Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide

Drawings and Reports
Reference Data Guide
Version 2011 R1 (9.1)

May 2012
DSHIP-PE-2000016H
Copyright
Copyright 2002-2012 Intergraph Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement;
contains confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade
secret law, and international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from
Intergraph Corporation.
Portions of this software are owned by Spatial Corp. 1986-2010. All Rights Reserved.
U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth below. For civilian agencies: This was
developed at private expense and is "restricted computer software" submitted with restricted rights in accordance with
subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at 52.227-19 of the Federal
Acquisition Regulations ("FAR") and its successors, and is unpublished and all rights are reserved under the copyright laws of
the United States. For units of the Department of Defense ("DoD"): This is "commercial computer software" as defined at DFARS
252.227-7014 and the rights of the Government are as specified at DFARS 227.7202-3.
Unpublished - rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
P.O. Box 240000
Huntsville, AL 35813
Terms of Use
Use of this software product is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with this software product unless
the licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the licensee has a valid signed
license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take precedence and govern the use
of this software product. Subject to the terms contained within the applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives
licensee permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement
and delivered with the software product for licensee's internal, non-commercial use. The documentation may not be printed for
resale or redistribution.
Warranties and Liabilities

All warranties given by Intergraph Corporation about equipment or software are set forth in the EULA provided with the software
or applicable license for the software product signed by Intergraph Corporation, and nothing stated in, or implied by, this
document or its contents shall be considered or deemed a modification or amendment of such warranties. Intergraph believes
the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and are subject to applicable
technical product descriptions. Intergraph Corporation is not responsible for any error that may appear in this document.
The software discussed in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the
terms of this license. No responsibility is assumed by Intergraph for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not
supplied by Intergraph or its affiliated companies. THE USER OF THE SOFTWARE IS EXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL
EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE SOFTWARE IN HIS OWN ENVIRONMENT.
Intergraph is not responsible for the accuracy of delivered data including, but not limited to, catalog, reference and symbol data.
Users should verify for themselves that the data is accurate and suitable for their project work.
Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, PDS, SmartPlant, FrameWorks, I-Convert, I-Export, I-Sketch, SmartMarine, IntelliShip, INtools,
ISOGEN, MARIAN, SmartSketch, SPOOLGEN, SupportManager, and SupportModeler are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Intergraph Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Microsoft and Windows are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. ACIS is a registered trademark of SPATIAL TECHNOLOGY, INC. Infragistics, Presentation
Layer Framework, ActiveTreeView Ctrl, ProtoViewCtl, ActiveThreed Ctrl, ActiveListBar Ctrl, ActiveSplitter, ActiveToolbars
Ctrl, ActiveToolbars Plus Ctrl, and ProtoView are trademarks of Infragistics, Inc. Incorporates portions of 2D DCM, 3D DCM, and
HLM by Siemens Product Lifecycle Management Software III (GB) Ltd. All rights reserved. Gigasoft is a registered trademark,
and ProEssentials a trademark of Gigasoft, Inc. VideoSoft and VXFlexGrid are either registered trademarks or trademarks of
ComponentOne LLC 1991-2009, All rights reserved. Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of
Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Tribon is a trademark of AVEVA Group plc. Alma and act/cut are trademarks of the Alma
company. Other brands and product names are trademarks of their respective owners.
Contents
Preface ........................................................................................................................................................ 13
SmartMarine 3D Documentation Set .................................................................................................... 15
Documentation Comments ................................................................................................................... 19
ISO Standards in Drawings................................................................................................................... 19
AWS Standards in Drawings................................................................................................................. 21
SmartMarine 3D and Oracle ................................................................................................................. 23
What's New in Drawings and Reports Reference Data.......................................................................... 25
The Management Console, Folders, and Components ......................................................................... 27
Locations of Drawings and Reports Data ............................................................................................. 30
3D Model By Query ............................................................................................................................... 32
3D Model Data ...................................................................................................................................... 32
Exporting 3D Model Graphics to MicroStation ...................................................................................... 34
Generic Module Folder ......................................................................................................................... 34
Composed Drawings ............................................................................................................................. 35
Drawings by Query Manager ................................................................................................................ 37
Orthographic Drawings by Query WRAP .............................................................................................. 38
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query ..................................................................................................... 39
Spreadsheet Reports ............................................................................................................................ 41
Search Folders ...................................................................................................................................... 41
Volume Drawings .................................................................................................................................. 43
Tools Menu ................................................................................................................................................. 45
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) .......................................................................................... 45
Define View Style Dialog Box ......................................................................................................... 47
View Style Properties Dialog Box ................................................................................................... 48
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box .............................................................................................. 108
Key Plan Style Dialog Box ............................................................................................................ 125
Define Layout Style Command ........................................................................................................... 128
Define Layout Style Dialog Box .................................................................................................... 129
Define a Layout Style ................................................................................................................... 130
Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) .................................................................................. 130
Select Template Dialog Box ......................................................................................................... 131
Import a Border File and Create a Drawing Area ......................................................................... 132
Edit Layout Template Command ........................................................................................................ 133
Select Layout Template Dialog Box ............................................................................................. 134
Select Border Family Dialog Box.................................................................................................. 135
Edit a Layout Template................................................................................................................. 135
Create Border and Layout Templates .......................................................................................... 137
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data ......................................................................................... 139
Marine Structure Drawing Packages .................................................................................................. 140
Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) Package ........................................................................................ 141
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles ............................................................................................... 142
Hull Lines - Body Plan View ......................................................................................................... 144
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide
Contents
Mfg PinJig SideView ..................................................................................................................... 149
Mfg Profile Sketch ........................................................................................................................ 151
Mfg TemplateSet - Full Scale ....................................................................................................... 152
Scantlings - Production - Major Views.......................................................................................... 154
Scantlings - Production - Shell Expansion ................................................................................... 155
Scantlings - Production - Shell Profiles ........................................................................................ 157
Shell Expansion ............................................................................................................................ 159
Steel Order (Reference Plane) View Style ................................................................................... 161
Steel Order - Detail Views ............................................................................................................ 163
Steel Order - Section Views ......................................................................................................... 165
Steel Order ................................................................................................................................... 166
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles ............................................................... 168
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets................................................................................. 191
Assembly Drawing Rule Set ......................................................................................................... 192
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set ....................................................................................................... 193
Manufacturing PinJig Drawing Rule Set ....................................................................................... 201
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set......................................................................................... 202
Manufacturing Sketch Rule Set .................................................................................................... 206
Manufacturing Template Drawing Rule Sets ................................................................................ 210
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale Drawing Rule Set ............................................................ 213
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set .................................................................................... 216
Scantling Drawing Rule Sets ........................................................................................................ 219
Ruleset Custom Tests .................................................................................................................. 236
Add-on Ruleset View Styles................................................................................................................ 247
Grid Add-on Rulesets ................................................................................................................... 249
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ................................................................................................... 251
Layout Style Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ........................................................................ 251
Collation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings .............................................................................. 255
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings .......................................................................... 259
Section View Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings .................................................... 263
Line Styles in Marine Structure Drawings .................................................................................... 269
Document and Sheet Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ............................................ 269
View Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ...................................................................... 274
View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings .......................................................................... 276
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ............................................................................... 277
Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure Drawings and Reports ...................................................... 282
Catalog Drawing Filters ................................................................................................................ 282
Catalog Object Filters ................................................................................................................... 283
Catalog Report Filters................................................................................................................... 289
Bulkload Files ...................................................................................................................................... 289
Naming Rules Worksheet ............................................................................................................. 289
ShipDwgSymbolFiles Sheet ......................................................................................................... 289
Ruleset Sheet ............................................................................................................................... 291
OrientationRule Sheet .................................................................................................................. 291
CollationRule Sheet ...................................................................................................................... 292
Reports Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) ................................................................................ 292
R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) .......................................................................... 293
Marine Structure Drawing Reports...................................................................................................... 294
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data ............................................................................................... 297
Orthographic Drawing Packages ........................................................................................................ 298
Electrical Packages ...................................................................................................................... 299
Equipment Packages.................................................................................................................... 326
Contents
HVAC Packages ........................................................................................................................... 337
Instrument Packages .................................................................................................................... 347
Isometrics (by Query) Packages .................................................................................................. 357
Orthographic (by Query) Packages .............................................................................................. 358
Piping Packages ........................................................................................................................... 361
Structural Framing Packages ....................................................................................................... 371
Orthographic Drawing by Query Components .................................................................................... 379
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles ............................................................................................. 380
Orthographic Drawings View Styles ............................................................................................. 380
Drawing View Style Creation Process .......................................................................................... 695
Key Plan View Styles.................................................................................................................... 698
Drawing Rules for View Styles ..................................................................................................... 699
Layout Style Rules in Orthographic Drawings .............................................................................. 701
Bulkload Files ...................................................................................................................................... 704
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet ............................................................................................... 704
Bulkload Drawings Scales to Codelists ........................................................................................ 705
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes Workbook ............................................................................. 707
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist Workbook ................................................................................... 708
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data .......................................................................................... 709
Customizable Piping Isometric Deliverables ................................................................................ 709
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query Packages.................................................................................... 711
Bulkload Files ...................................................................................................................................... 711
PipeMfgRules Sheet ..................................................................................................................... 712
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet ............................................................................................................. 712
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet ........................................................................................................... 713
Modify Default Isometric Paths ..................................................................................................... 714
Piping Isometric Drawings Surface-mounted Components ................................................................ 715
Place an Automatic Piping Isometric Drawings Surface-mounted Components
Label ............................................................................................................................................. 715
Modify an Existing Border File ............................................................................................................ 716
Create a New Isometric Style ............................................................................................................. 716
Import an Existing MicroStation DGN Border ..................................................................................... 718
Edit an Isometric Backing Sheet ......................................................................................................... 719
Reports Reference Data .......................................................................................................................... 721
Report Sheet ....................................................................................................................................... 722
R-Hierarchy Sheet .............................................................................................................................. 723
Add a Report Template ....................................................................................................................... 723
Create a filter-based report that uses the DrawingMAP table ............................................................ 724
Label Rules .............................................................................................................................................. 725
Label Editor ......................................................................................................................................... 727
Select Rule Dialog Box (Label Editor - Unit of Measure) ............................................................. 730
Create a Label .............................................................................................................................. 731
Modify Label Symbol File ............................................................................................................. 731
Modify Label XML File .................................................................................................................. 732
Create a New Label Rule ............................................................................................................. 733
Compound Labels ............................................................................................................................... 733
Create a Compound Label Using Label Rules ............................................................................. 734
Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol .................................................................. 735
Contents
Create a Compound Label Using the Content Module ................................................................ 738
Symbols in Orthographic Drawings..................................................................................................... 740
Create a Custom Symbol for Drawings ........................................................................................ 740
Create a Custom Cutting Plane Symbol....................................................................................... 741
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions ............................................................ 743
Label Definition for Marine Structure Drawings ............................................................................ 745
Concatenated Labels for Marine Structure Drawings .................................................................. 748
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure Drawings ........................................................................ 749
Label Rules XML ................................................................................................................................. 751
North-East Coordinate Labels ...................................................................................................... 770
Label Templates XML ......................................................................................................................... 772
Label Templates XML Overview .................................................................................................. 772
Clipped Labels .............................................................................................................................. 790
Coordinate and Control Point Labels ........................................................................................... 792
Coordinate Labels ........................................................................................................................ 797
Generic Name Labels ................................................................................................................... 801
Grid Labels ................................................................................................................................... 806
Longest Segment Labels .............................................................................................................. 810
Miscellaneous Labels ................................................................................................................... 812
Name Labels (DrawingAbsolute).................................................................................................. 818
Name Labels (DwgLinearAbsPos) ............................................................................................... 820
Name Labels (Name-Elevation-Width) ......................................................................................... 822
Nozzle Orientation Labels ............................................................................................................ 823
Reference Labels ......................................................................................................................... 825
Section Size Labels ...................................................................................................................... 826
View Label Rules in Drawings ............................................................................................................ 827
DetailSimpleReference ................................................................................................................. 827
Hanger and Support Piping Properties......................................................................................... 827
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat ..................................................................................................... 828
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat ..................................................................................................... 828
SectionSimpleReference1 ............................................................................................................ 828
SectionSimpleReference2 ............................................................................................................ 828
Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ......................................................................................... 829
General Marine Label Rules ......................................................................................................... 829
Scantling Label Rules ................................................................................................................... 830
Hull Lines and Manufacturing Label Rules ................................................................................... 832
North Arrow Label Rules .............................................................................................................. 834
Label Templates in Marine Structure Drawings .................................................................................. 835
Label Templates: A - G................................................................................................................. 835
Label Templates: H - L ................................................................................................................. 839
Label Templates: Mfg - R ............................................................................................................. 840
Label Templates: Scantling .......................................................................................................... 842
Label Templates: Ship Structure Plate ......................................................................................... 847
Label Templates: StrMfg - W ........................................................................................................ 850
North Arrow Templates................................................................................................................. 855
View Templates ............................................................................................................................ 857
Steel Order Templates ................................................................................................................. 858
Label Rules in Offshore Drawings ................................................................................................ 862
Weld Labels .............................................................................................................................................. 865
Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label ...................................................................................................... 865
Scantling Profile Weld_IButt ......................................................................................................... 865
Scantling Profile Weld_IVButt ...................................................................................................... 866
Contents
Scantling Profile Weld_IXButt ...................................................................................................... 866
Scantling Profile Weld_VButt ....................................................................................................... 866
Scantling Profile Weld_XButt ....................................................................................................... 867
Scantling Profile Weld_XButtSM .................................................................................................. 867
Scantling Profile Weld_YButt ....................................................................................................... 867
Structure_Weld ................................................................................................................................... 868
WeldLabel ........................................................................................................................................... 875
Structure_Weld_Fillet ................................................................................................................... 875
Structure_Weld_IButt ................................................................................................................... 876
Structure_Weld_IVButt ................................................................................................................. 876
Structure_Weld_IXButt ................................................................................................................. 876
Structure_Weld_VButt .................................................................................................................. 877
Structure_Weld_XButt .................................................................................................................. 877
Structure_Weld_YButt .................................................................................................................. 877
Structure_Weld_Tee1................................................................................................................... 878
Structure_Weld_TeeK .................................................................................................................. 881
Structure_Weld_TeeV .................................................................................................................. 881
Structure_Weld_TeeX .................................................................................................................. 882
Structure_Weld_TeeY .................................................................................................................. 882
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale ........................................................................................................ 883
WeldSymbol ................................................................................................................................. 883
Dimension Rules ..................................................................................................................................... 885
Dimension Rules XML ........................................................................................................................ 885
Dimension Rules ................................................................................................................................. 897
Dimension Templates XML ................................................................................................................. 898
Dimension Templates XML Overview .......................................................................................... 898
Generic Horizontal Dimensions .................................................................................................... 904
Generic Vertical Dimensions ........................................................................................................ 906
Hangers and Supports Dimensions.............................................................................................. 907
Horizontal and Vertical Cable Trays ............................................................................................. 910
Horizontal Structure Dimensions .................................................................................................. 911
Miscellaneous Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 914
Structure Margin Dimensions ....................................................................................................... 918
Vertical Routable Dimensions ...................................................................................................... 919
Vertical Structure Dimensions ...................................................................................................... 921
Dimension Templates ......................................................................................................................... 928
SmartMarine 3D Custom Graphic Rules ............................................................................................... 931
Civil Elevation...................................................................................................................................... 932
Civil Overall Key Plan ......................................................................................................................... 932
Civil Plan ............................................................................................................................................. 932
Civil Section ........................................................................................................................................ 932
Electrical Above Ground Plan ............................................................................................................. 933
Electrical CableTray Elevation ............................................................................................................ 933
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan ........................................................................................................ 933
Contents
Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan ................................................................................................ 933
Electrical CableTray Plan .................................................................................................................... 934
Electrical CableTray Section ............................................................................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Elevation ........................................................................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Key Plan ............................................................................................................ 934
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan ............................................................................................... 935
Electrical Equipment Section .............................................................................................................. 935
Eelctrical Raceway Plan ..................................................................................................................... 935
Equipment Elevation ........................................................................................................................... 935
Equipment Overall Key Plan ............................................................................................................... 935
Equipment Plan ................................................................................................................................... 936
Equipment Section .............................................................................................................................. 936
HngSup - CAD Detail .......................................................................................................................... 936
HngSup - End...................................................................................................................................... 936
HngSup - End Style2 .......................................................................................................................... 937
HngSup - Key Plan ............................................................................................................................. 937
HngSup - Side Style2 .......................................................................................................................... 937
HVAC Elevation .................................................................................................................................. 937
HVAC Isometric................................................................................................................................... 938
HVAC Overall Key Plan ...................................................................................................................... 938
HVAC Plan .......................................................................................................................................... 938
HVAC Section ..................................................................................................................................... 938
Instrument Elevation ........................................................................................................................... 939
Instrument Overall Key Plan ............................................................................................................... 939
Instrument Section .............................................................................................................................. 939
Pipe Supports...................................................................................................................................... 939
Piping Elevation .................................................................................................................................. 940
Piping Fire Protection Plan ................................................................................................................. 940
Piping Isometric Detail ........................................................................................................................ 940
Piping Overall Key Plan ...................................................................................................................... 940
Piping Safety Shower Plan ................................................................................................................. 940
Piping Section ..................................................................................................................................... 941
Piping Utility Station Plan .................................................................................................................... 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation ................................................................................................ 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan ........................................................................................................ 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section ................................................................................................... 942
SM_Equipment_Plan .......................................................................................................................... 942
SM_Equipment_Section ..................................................................................................................... 942
SM_HVAC_Elevation .......................................................................................................................... 943
SM_HVAC_Plan.................................................................................................................................. 943
SM_HVAC_Section ............................................................................................................................. 943
SM_Lighting_Plan ............................................................................................................................... 944
SM_Piping_Elevation .......................................................................................................................... 944
SM_Piping_Plan.................................................................................................................................. 944
SM_Piping_Section ............................................................................................................................. 945
Structural Framing Elevation............................................................................................................... 945
Structural Framing Plan ...................................................................................................................... 945
Structural Framing Section ................................................................................................................. 946
Custom Graphic Modules ....................................................................................................................... 947
Using Custom Graphic Modules and Subfilters in Drawings .............................................................. 949
Create a View Style with Resymbolized Normal Pipes ................................................................ 950
Create a View Style with Single Line Pipes.................................................................................. 953
Contents
CappedNormalPipe ............................................................................................................................. 958
BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity ........................................................................................................ 958
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator ......................................................................................................... 959
ElbowtoArc .......................................................................................................................................... 960
ElbowtoSingleArc ................................................................................................................................ 960
EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren ............................................................................................... 961
EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren .................................................................................................... 963
EquipmentNozzleSeparator ................................................................................................................ 964
Exclude ............................................................................................................................................... 965
Exclude with Not Drawn Rule ............................................................................................................. 967
GenericLineWrapperEntity .................................................................................................................. 969
GetActual3DGeometry ........................................................................................................................ 969
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity .......................................................................................................... 969
MakeDrawable .................................................................................................................................... 970
MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity ...................................................................................................... 971
MakeDrawableSimple ......................................................................................................................... 971
OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity .......................................................................................................... 972
PipeTurnFeattoArc .............................................................................................................................. 973
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity ............................................................................................... 973
PlateContourDrawingWrapperEntity ................................................................................................... 974
ProfileKnuckleAsCurve ....................................................................................................................... 974
PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity .......................................................................................... 975
PlatePartDrawingWrapperEntity ......................................................................................................... 976
PlateSystemDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................................................................... 977
PortsSeparator .................................................................................................................................... 978
ProfileCSDrawingWrapperEntity ......................................................................................................... 979
ProfilePartDrawingWrapperEntity ....................................................................................................... 980
ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity ............................................................................................. 981
ProfileSystemDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................................................................. 982
ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr .................................................................................................................. 982
ReplaceWPoint ................................................................................................................................... 984
RteComponentsCtrLine ...................................................................................................................... 985
SeamDrawingWrapperEntity............................................................................................................... 986
SimpleVolumeToX .............................................................................................................................. 987
SlopedPipeWArcSymbol ..................................................................................................................... 987
StructOpenToX ................................................................................................................................... 988
TrimPipeSurface ................................................................................................................................. 990
VolumeWireFrame .............................................................................................................................. 990
WeldToLine ......................................................................................................................................... 991
Embedded Symbol Rules ....................................................................................................................... 993
End Cut and Slot Embedded Symbol Rules ....................................................................................... 995
End Cut Embedded Symbols .............................................................................................................. 995
Slot Embedded Symbols................................................................................................................... 1002
Marking Line Embedded Symbols .................................................................................................... 1006
Feature Embedded Symbols ............................................................................................................ 1009
Catalog Symbols ............................................................................................................................... 1010
Annotation Modules .............................................................................................................................. 1011
Point Generators ............................................................................................................................... 1012
DefaultLabelPointGenerator ....................................................................................................... 1013
DrawingMatchlinePG .................................................................................................................. 1013
Contents
DrawingPGByNote ..................................................................................................................... 1015
DrawingPGControlPoint ............................................................................................................. 1016
DrawingPGCPThenNone ........................................................................................................... 1016
DrawingPGCuttingPlane............................................................................................................. 1017
DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint ................................................................................................ 1018
DrawingPGLinear ....................................................................................................................... 1019
DrawingPGLocalCS.................................................................................................................... 1020
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace ....................................................................................................... 1020
DrawingPGObjectCorners .......................................................................................................... 1021
DrawingPGPipeSegments .......................................................................................................... 1021
DrawingPGStructHoriz ............................................................................................................... 1021
DrawingPGStructVert ................................................................................................................. 1022
DrawingPGWelds ....................................................................................................................... 1023
DrawingPointGenerator .............................................................................................................. 1025
InsideOrAlongCurve2D............................................................................................................... 1025
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG ............................................................................................................ 1028
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D ....................................................................................................... 1028
ISDimensionBtwPointsPG .......................................................................................................... 1030
ISDwgPointsForView .................................................................................................................. 1033
ISMidPointLabelPG .................................................................................................................... 1033
ISPinJigPointsOnNearestPin ...................................................................................................... 1033
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG ......................................................................................... 1034
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG......................................................................................... 1036
ISRulesetPointGenerator............................................................................................................ 1038
PenPlatePointGenerator ............................................................................................................ 1039
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG ......................................................................................... 1039
SMDwgPinjigCornersDistancePG .............................................................................................. 1040
SMDwgPointsByType ................................................................................................................. 1040
SMDwgProfileWeldsPG.............................................................................................................. 1041
SMPointsByAssociateObjectsID ................................................................................................ 1041
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG...................................................................................... 1042
StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG ........................................................................................................... 1043
StrMfgTemplateSetOffsetPG ...................................................................................................... 1043
Geometric Analyzers ......................................................................................................................... 1044
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer................................................................................................. 1044
DrawingGAByOppositePoints .................................................................................................... 1045
DrawingGAEndOfSegment ........................................................................................................ 1045
DrawingGALabelInline ................................................................................................................ 1047
DrawingGALongestSegment ...................................................................................................... 1048
DrawingGAMarginOnly ............................................................................................................... 1050
DrawingGAPipeSegments .......................................................................................................... 1051
DrawingGAWelds ....................................................................................................................... 1052
DrawingGeometricAnalyzer ........................................................................................................ 1053
DummyGeomAnalyzer ............................................................................................................... 1054
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA .................................................................................................. 1054
ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels ........................................................................................... 1055
ISGAEliminateOverlappingLabels .............................................................................................. 1056
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer ............................................................................................................. 1056
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA ............................................................................................................. 1057
SMDwgConvertToCoordDimGA ................................................................................................. 1057
SMDGAEliminateLabelsWithMissingParents ............................................................................. 1058
Content Modules ............................................................................................................................... 1059
DrawingCuttingPlanesContent ................................................................................................... 1060
10
Contents
DrawingDimContAngNoReplace ................................................................................................ 1060
DrawingDimContentAngular ....................................................................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearH ....................................................................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearV ....................................................................................................... 1062
DrawingDimContentRadial ......................................................................................................... 1062
DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace ............................................................................................... 1062
DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace ............................................................................................... 1063
DrawingDimContRadNoReplace ................................................................................................ 1063
DrawingFlowDirectionContent .................................................................................................... 1063
DrawingLabelHelper ................................................................................................................... 1064
DrawingMatchlineContent .......................................................................................................... 1066
DrawingNArrowContent .............................................................................................................. 1066
DrawingNoContent ..................................................................................................................... 1067
DrawingOrientToY0Content ....................................................................................................... 1067
DrawingPipeSegsDimContent .................................................................................................... 1068
DrawingPipeSegsDimContNoReplace ....................................................................................... 1068
DrawingReferenceLabelContent ................................................................................................ 1068
DrawingWeldSymbols ................................................................................................................ 1069
DwgScantlingWeld ..................................................................................................................... 1070
ISDimensionContentOverride ..................................................................................................... 1071
ISDwgEndCutRuleServer ........................................................................................................... 1071
ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol ....................................................................................................... 1072
ISDwgSlotRuleServer ................................................................................................................. 1074
ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent ................................................................................................. 1074
ISKnucklePointSymbolContent .................................................................................................. 1075
ISKnuckleSlopingDirectionSymbolContent ................................................................................ 1075
ISMfgMarginSymbolContent ...................................................................................................... 1077
ISPlateAngleSymbolContent ...................................................................................................... 1077
ISPlateThicknessSymbolContent ............................................................................................... 1078
ISProfileAngleSymbolContent .................................................................................................... 1079
ISProfilePartThicknessSymbolContent ...................................................................................... 1080
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM ........................................................................................ 1081
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM ........................................................................................ 1082
ISProfileSysThicknessSymbolContent ....................................................................................... 1082
ISRulesetLabelContent............................................................................................................... 1083
ISSeamSymbolContent .............................................................................................................. 1083
ISShipDirectionSymbolContent .................................................................................................. 1084
ProfileSketchMarkingLineSymbol............................................................................................... 1086
SM3D ProfileSketchFeatureSymbol ........................................................................................... 1086
SlotSymbols ................................................................................................................................ 1087
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM ........................................................................................ 1089
SMDrawingDimContentLinear .................................................................................................... 1089
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM ..................................................................................... 1089
SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM .............................................................................................. 1090
SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent ............................................................................................ 1091
SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent ........................................................................................ 1091
SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent ......................................................................................... 1092
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent............................................................................................... 1092
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSDirectionContent ................................................................................ 1093
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent ...................................................................................................... 1093
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolContent .............................................................................. 1094
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery .......................................................................................................... 1095
StructuralWidgetLabelContent ................................................................................................... 1095
11
Contents
SMProfileSeamSymbolContent .................................................................................................. 1096
ThicknessSymContent................................................................................................................ 1096
SMPSWebThicknessContent ..................................................................................................... 1098
Control Generators ........................................................................................................................... 1099
DefaultLabelControlGenerator ................................................................................................... 1100
DrawingDimGenerator ................................................................................................................ 1100
DrawingPipeSegmentsCG ......................................................................................................... 1100
Positioning Modules .......................................................................................................................... 1101
posModulesSet ........................................................................................................................... 1102
DrawingAbsolute ........................................................................................................................ 1103
DrawingCenterThenAbove ......................................................................................................... 1103
DrawingCenterThenAboveCL .................................................................................................... 1104
DrawingCenterThenRotate ......................................................................................................... 1104
DrawingCentroid ......................................................................................................................... 1105
DrawingCoordLblPosMod .......................................................................................................... 1105
DrawingDimAbsolutePos ............................................................................................................ 1106
DrawingDimHorizBottomCS ....................................................................................................... 1106
DrawingDimHorizTopCS ............................................................................................................ 1106
DrawingDimMarginPos ............................................................................................................... 1107
DrawingDimPipeSegPos ............................................................................................................ 1107
DrawingDimVertLeftCS .............................................................................................................. 1107
DrawingDimVertRightCS ............................................................................................................ 1108
DrawingGridLblHoriz .................................................................................................................. 1108
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly ........................................................................................................ 1109
DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos ....................................................................................................... 1109
DrawingGridLblVert .................................................................................................................... 1110
DrawingMatchlinePositioning ..................................................................................................... 1110
DrawingQuadFour ...................................................................................................................... 1111
DrawingQuadOne ....................................................................................................................... 1111
DrawingQuadThree .................................................................................................................... 1112
DrawingQuadTwo ....................................................................................................................... 1112
DrawingVectorAbsolute .............................................................................................................. 1113
DwgClippedPositioning............................................................................................................... 1113
DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos ......................................................................................................... 1113
DwgLinearAbsPos ...................................................................................................................... 1114
DwgLinearPositioning ................................................................................................................. 1114
DwgMatchlineWithDim ............................................................................................................... 1115
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D .......................................................................................................... 1115
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D............................................................................................ 1118
ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin ........................................................................................... 1120
SMDwgPositionAxis ................................................................................................................... 1122
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis ............................................................................................. 1122
SMDwgPositionGridLblMarginOnly ............................................................................................ 1125
Leader Modules ................................................................................................................................ 1126
DrawingCoordLeaderControl ...................................................................................................... 1126
DrawingLinearLeader ................................................................................................................. 1127
DwgLeaderControl...................................................................................................................... 1127
DwgMarginLeaderControl .......................................................................................................... 1128
ISDwgMarginLeader ................................................................................................................... 1130
DwgStackLabelLeader ............................................................................................................... 1131
Index ....................................................................................................................................................... 1133
12
Preface
This document is a reference data guide for the SmartMarine 3D Drawings and Reports task.
The purpose of this document is to describe the reference data delivered with the software for
this task.
Reference data includes both catalog data and specification data. Catalog data includes the
parts that you place in the model, such as piping components and equipment. Specification data
includes the rules that govern how those parts are placed and connected.
For more information, refer to the Drawings and Reports task user documentation:
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide
Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide
Reports User's Guide
13
Preface
14
SmartMarine 3D Documentation Set

SmartMarine 3D documentation is available as Adobe PDF files. The content is the same as
online Help. To access these PDF documents, click Help > Printable Guides in the software.
The documentation set is divided into four categories:
Administrative guides contain information about installing, configuring, customizing, and
troubleshooting SmartMarine 3D.
User's guides provide command reference and how-to information for working in each
SmartMarine 3D task.
Reference data guides define the reference data workbooks. Not all tasks have reference
data.
ISOGEN guides
Administrative Guides
SmartMarine 3D Installation Guide - Provides instructions on installing and configuring the
software.
Project Management User's Guide - Provides instructions for setting up the databases, creating
permission groups, backing up and restoring project data, assigning access permissions to the
model, defining and managing locations for Global Workshare, and version migration.
SmartMarine 3D Global Workshare Guide - Provides instructions for setting up the software and
the databases to work in a workshare environment.
SmartMarine 3D Interference Checking Guide - Provides information on installing, configuring,
and using the interference detection service.
SmartMarine 3D Integration Reference Guide - Provides information about installing,
configuring, and using SmartMarine 3D in an integrated environment.
SmartMarine 3D Interpreting Human Piping Specifications - Provides information about how to
interpret human piping specifications so that you can create the corresponding piping
specification in the software.
SmartMarine 3D Export to PDMS - Provides information about how to export model data from
SmartMarine 3D to PDMS. Specific guidelines relating to best practices and known limitations of
the export functionality are also included.
SmartMarine 3D Point Cloud Reference - Provides information for referencing point cloud files
provided by point cloud vendors in SmartMarine 3D.
SmartMarine 3D Troubleshooting Guide - Provides information on how to resolve errors that you
may encounter in the software by documenting troubleshooting tips, error messages, and To Do
List messages.
SmartMarine 3D Plant Design System (PDS) Guide - Provides all information needed to use
PDS with SmartMarine 3D. Topics include referencing active PDS projects in SmartMarine 3D,
exporting PDS data and importing that data into SmartMarine 3D, and converting PDS reference
data to SmartMarine 3D reference data.
SmartPlant 3D/SmartMarine 3D Programmer's Guide - Provides information about custom
commands, naming rules, and symbol programming. This document is delivered, if you install
the Programming Resources, to the [Product Folder]\3D\Programming\Help folder.
User's Guides
Catalog User's Guide - Provides information about viewing, editing, and creating reference data
and select lists (codelists).
15
Preface
Common User's Guide - Provides information about defining workspaces, manipulating views,
and running reports.
Compartmentation User's Guide - Provides instruction for placing volume objects such as
compartments and zones in the model.
Electrical User's Guide - Provides information about routing electrical cable, cableway, cable
tray, and conduit.
Equipment and Furnishings User's Guide - Provides information about placing equipment.
Geometry Analysis and Repair User's Guide - Provides instructions for importing and exporting
model data, checking the data against a defined set of requirements, and repairing the data.
Grids User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating coordinate systems, elevation grid
planes, vertical grid planes, radial cylinders, radial planes, grid arcs, and grid lines.
Hangers and Supports User's Guide - Provides instructions on placing piping, duct, and
cableway supports in the model.
Hole Management User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing, reviewing, and approving
holes in a structure.
HVAC User's Guide - Provides instructions for routing HVAC duct.
Molded Forms User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing hull, bulkheads, major openings,
stiffeners, and other major components of a ship's frame in the model.
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide - Provides information about creating and managing
orthographic drawings.
Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide - Provides information about creating and managing
piping isometric drawings.
Piping User's Guide - Provides instructions for routing pipe and placing valves, taps, and pipe
joints.
Planning User's Guide - Provides instructions about defining the assembly hierarchy (production
bill of material) by creating blocks, assemblies, and by specifying the assembly sequence.
Reports User's Guide - Provides information about creating and managing spreadsheet reports.
Space Management User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing space objects such as
areas, zones, interference volumes, and drawing volumes in the model.
Structural Analysis User's Guide - Provides instructions for defining loads, load cases, load
combinations, and the importing and exporting of analytical data.
Structural Detailing User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating, detailing, and maintaining
the structural members of a marine structure.
Structural Manufacturing User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating and maintaining
manufacturing objects such as templates, jigs, and margins.
Structure User's Guide - Provides instructions for placing structural members such as: beams,
columns, slabs, openings, stairs, ladders, equipment foundations, and handrails.
Systems and Specifications User's Guide - Provides instructions for creating systems and
selecting which specifications are available for each system type.
Reference Data Guides

SmartMarine 3D 2D Symbols User's Guide - Provides command reference information and
procedural instructions for creating 2D symbols used to represent collars, clips, profiles,
brackets, and other items.
SmartMarine 3D 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide - Provides information about the
two-dimensional symbols used in all tasks.
16
Preface
Compartmentation Reference Data Guide - Provides information about compartmentation
reference data.
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide - Provides information about reports reference
data.
Electrical Reference Data Guide - Provides information about electrical cable, cableway, cable
tray, and conduit reference data.
Electrical 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the cable tray and conduit 3D
symbols that are available.
Equipment and Furnishings Reference Data Guide - Provides information about equipment
reference data.
Equipment 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the equipment, equipment
component, design shapes, and design aides 3D symbols that are available.
Hangers and Supports Reference Data Guide - Provides information about hangers and
supports reference data.
Hangers and Supports 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the hanger and
support 3D symbols that are available.
Hangers and Supports SmartPart Symbols Reference - Provides information about the hanger
and support SmartPart symbols that are available.
Hole Management Reference Data Guide - Provides information about hole reference data.
HVAC Reference Data Guide - Provides information about HVAC reference data.
HVAC 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the HVAC 3D symbols that are
available.
SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide - Provides instructions about the Bulkload utility,
codelists, and the reference data common to several disciplines.
Piping Reference Data Guide - Provides information about piping reference data including piping
specifications, piping specification rules, piping parts, and piping symbols.
Piping 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the piping 3D symbols that are
available.
Space Management Reference Data Guide - Provides information about space management
reference data.
Structure Reference Data Guide - Provides information about structural reference data.
Structure 3D Symbols Reference - Provides information about the stair, ladder, footings, and
equipment foundation 3D symbols that are available.
SmartMarine 3D Structural Reference Data Overview - Provides an overview of the
SmartMarine 3D structural reference data library.
ISOGEN Guides
Symbol Keys Reference Guide - Provides information about the symbol keys for isometric
drawings. This guide is from Alias, the makers of ISOGEN.
17
Preface
18
Documentation Comments
We welcome comments or suggestions about this documentation. You can send us an email at:
PPMdoc@intergraph.com.
Documentation updates for supported software versions are available from eCustomer
https://crmweb.intergraph.com.
ISO Standards in Drawings

SmartMarine 3D Drawings are ISO compliant. Several ISO templates are delivered with the
product.
Below is a list of ISO Reference numbers and the description of the document.
ISO 128-20:1996(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Basic

conventions for lines
ISO 128-21:1997(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Preparation of

lines by CAD systems
ISO 128-22:1999(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Basic

conventions for applications for leader lines and reference lines
ISO 128-23:1999(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Lines on

construction drawings
ISO 128-24:1999(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Lines on

mechanical engineering drawings
ISO 128-25:1999(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Part 25: Lines

on shipbuilding drawings
ISO 128-30:2001(E)
Technical Drawings General principles of presentation Part 30: Basic

conventions for views
ISO 128-40:2001(E)

conventions for cuts and sections
ISO 128-50:2001(E)

conventions for representing areas on cuts and sections
ISO 5457:1999(E)
Technical product documentation Sizes and layout of drawing sheets
ISO 7200:2400(E)
Technical product documentation Data fields in title blocks and

document headers
ISO 5261:1995(E)
Technical Drawings Simplified representation of bars and profile

sections
ISO 2553:1992(E)
Welded, brazed and soldered joints Symbolic representation on

drawings
ISO 5572:1987(E)
Shipbuilding and marine structures Numbering of equipment and

structural elements in ships
ISO 7462:1985(E)
Shipbuilding Principal ship dimensions. Terminology and definitions for

computer applications
ISO 8193:1984(E)
Shipbuilding Shell plating information
19
Preface
ISO 9203-1:1989(E)
Shipbuilding Topology of ship hull structure elements Part 1:

Location of elements
ISO 9203-2:1989(E)

Description of elements
ISO 9203-3:1989(E)

Relations of elements
ISO 129-1:2004(E)
Technical drawings Indication of dimensions and tolerances Part 1:

General principles
ISO 6428:1982(E)
Requirements for microcopying
ISO 3898:1997(E)
Bases for design of structure Notations General symbols
ISO 3098-0:1997(E)
Technical product documentation Lettering Part 0: General

requirements
ISO 3098-2:2000(E)
Technical product documentation Lettering Part 2: Latin alphabet,

numerals and marks
ISO 3098-5:1997(E)
Technical product documentation Lettering Part 5: CAD lettering of

Latin alphabet, numerals and marks
By default, the following metric drawing templates are delivered in the ISO format.
LARGE
Paper Format (ISO 5457)
A0 (valid for A1 and enlarged formats)
Title-block (ISO 7200)
Lines (ISO 128 Part.25, ISO 6428)
Wide 0.7 mm
Narrow 0.35 mm
Characters (ISO 3098-5, ISO 6428)
Titles 7 mm (ISO 3098 BVL 7)
Labels 3.5, bold or 5 (ISO 128 Part.22)
Dimensions 3.5, values rounded to 1 mm (ISO 129)
Symbols to match above lines and characters for
relative positions of structural elements (BL, CL,...)
sections and details (Section plane, Section and Detail Titles)
profile cross sections (ISO 5261)
profile end-cuts re-symbolization
section and plates butt joints
welds (ISO 2553)
20
AWS Standards in Drawings

SmartMarine 3D follows the ANSI/AWS A2.4:2007 standard for weld labels constructed with the
Structure_Weld label.
The Structure_Weld.xml file is located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder and uses symbols in the
\DrawingsCatalog\Labels\Templates\WeldSymbols folder. For more information on this weld
label, see Structure_Weld (on page 868).
1 - Primary Side Symbol or Primary Side

Groove
2 - Secondary Side Symbol or Secondary
Side Groove
3 Primary Side Groove Size
4 Secondary Side Groove Size
5 - Primary Side Bevel Depth or Leg Length
or Actual Throat Thickness or Strength
6 - Secondary Side Bevel Depth or Leg
Length or Actual Throat Thickness or
Strength
7 Field Weld
8 - All Around
9 Tail Notes
10 Primary Side Length
11 Secondary Side Length
12 Primary Side Pitch or Distance Between
the Ends of Adjacent Welds
13 - Secondary Side Pitch or Distance Between

the Ends of Adjacent Welds
14 Primary Side Contour
15 Secondary Side Contour
16 Primary Side Finish Method
17 Secondary Side Finish Method
18 Primary Side Root Opening or Depth of
Filling
19 - Secondary Side Root Opening or Depth of
Filling
20 Primary Side Groove Angle or Included
Angle of Countersink
21 - Secondary Side Groove Angle or Included
Angle of Countersink
22 Primary Side Number Of Welds
23 - Secondary Side Number Of Welds
21
Preface
22
SmartMarine 3D and Oracle

SmartMarine 3D shares much of its functionality with Intergraph's plant design software,
SmartPlant 3D. Because of this shared functionality, you will see throughout the software
references and options pertaining to Oracle databases, which SmartPlant 3D supports but
SmartMarine 3D does not. Please remember that when using SmartMarine 3D, to always select
the SQL option when given a choice between Oracle and SQL.
23
Preface
24
What's New in Drawings and Reports

Reference Data
The following changes have been made to the Drawings and Reports reference data.
Version 2011 R1 (9.1)
New gathering and volume creation rules are added to the steel order rule sets. The intent
of positive and negative directions for volume growth and view offset are also clarified. For
more information, see Scantling Drawing Rule Sets (on page 218). (P2 CP:201339)
New label templates and rules StrMfg Sketch Bevel Symbol, StrMfg Sketch Feature
Label, and StrMfg Sketch Feature Symbol are added for manufacturing sketches. For
more information, see Hull Lines and Manufacturing Label Rules (on page 832) and Label
Templates: StrMfg - W (on page 850). (P2 CP 194200)
A new rule set is added for manufacturing sketches. For more information, see
Manufacturing Sketch Rule Set (on page 206). (P2 CP 194200)
A new source, Compartment, is now available for scantling drawing rule sets. For more
information, see Compartment Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 223).
A new rule set view style property, Projector, is added to define the scaling method used for
a manufacturing sketch. For more information, see General Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style
Dialog Box) (on page 122). (P2 CP:194200)
A new graphic rule is added to read XML-based data, such as manufacturing data, and
convert it to two-dimensional vector graphics. For more information, see Draw 2D Graphics
Graphic Rule (on page 282). (P2 CP:194200)
The following annotation modules are added for manufacturing sketches:
Point generator: MfgSketchPG.
Geometric analyzer: MfgSketchNameFeaturesGA.
Content module: MfgSketchContent.
(P2 CP 194200)
A new custom graphic rule is added to place an X symbol in empty volumes. For more
information, see SimpleVolumeToX (on page 987).
You can now use the DrawingIssueReason_Codelist.xls workbook to customize values for
the Issue Reason property on the Issue tab of the Properties dialog box. For more
information, see Bulkload Files (on page 289). (P3 CP:204897)
A new line style, Centerline Extension, has been added. (P2-CP:205291)
The equivalenceLabel tag for the geometric analyzer DrawingGAEndOfSegment and
DrawingGALongestSegment has been added. For more information, see Edit a label rule
to use the Equivalence Label (on page 1046). (P2 CP 210780)
25
What's New in Drawings and Reports Reference Data
26
SECTION 1
The Management Console, Folders, and

Components
When working in the Drawings and Reports task, you manage your work with the Management
Console, the panel on the left side of the application window. The Management Console is
where you add folders, components, and packages to manage your drawing and report
documents.
You add components to the Management Console by right-clicking the top level or an existing
folder and selecting New on the shortcut menu. This displays the Add Component dialog box
for you to add folders, components, and packages to the console. For more information on the
New command, see any of the Drawings and Reports user's guides:
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide
Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide
Reports User's Guide
You can also manage documents, components, and packages in the 3D modeling tasks
using the Tools > Drawings Console command. For more information, see the Common User's
Guide.
Delivered Components and Folders

When you first enter the Drawings and Reports task, the Management Console is empty
except for the top-most level, the
Model. You add
Folders to the Model, then begin
adding components and packages to the folders you create. For example, you could add a
folder and call it Equipment, then add the Imperial_Equipment Drawing package to the folder
to create Equipment drawings.
The delivered components are shown on the General tab of the Add Component dialog box.
They include:
Delivered Component
3D Model By Query
Description
Creates a 3D Model By Query component in the
Console. You can use the 3D Model By Query
component to export 3D model data in bulk as CAD
27
The Management Console, Folders, and Components

(SAT) files. The software uses a filter-based query
to collect the objects and document them
automatically. More information is available in the
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
3D Model Data
Creates a 3D Model Data component in the

Console. Right-click the component and select
Setup on the shortcut menu to specify a filter that
identifies the objects you want collected by the 3D
Model Data component. You can use the 3D Model
Data component to output SmartPlant Review files
or CAD (SAT) files. More information is available in
the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
MicroStation 3D DGN
Creates a MicroStation 3D DGN component in the

Console. Right-click the component and select
Setup from the shortcut menu to define the
MicroStation seed file and style to use in generating
the component documents. More information is
available in the Orthographic Drawings User's
Guide.
Folder
Creates an empty folder in the Console.
Drawings By Query Manager
Creates a Drawings by Query Manager in the

Console. The Drawings by Query Manager is used
in conjunction with other components, such as the
Orthographic Drawing by Query and Piping
Isometric Drawing by Query components, to
complete the query for objects in the model. The
Drawings by Query Manager provides the filter that
specifies the "where" side of the query. It tells the
query "where" to look for the objects specified by
the component "what" filter. More information is
available in the Orthographic Drawings Users
Guide and the Piping Isometric Drawings User's
Guide.
Generic Module Folder
Creates a Generic Module Folder in the Console.

The Generic Module Folder component provides a
way for you to run your custom VB modules to
create custom drawings. You set up the Generic
Module Folder component to use your custom VB
module. More information is available in the
Composed Drawing
Creates a Composed Drawing component in the

Console. Composed drawings are orthographic
drawings created in a 3D task such as Common.
The composed drawing component manages the
composed drawings you create. More information is
Guide.
Orthographic Drawing by Query Creates an Orthographic Drawings by Query

component in the Console. The Orthographic
28

Drawing by Query component allows you to create
drawings for many objects in the model all in the
same manner. This component does not require
physical volumes in the model. The software uses a
filter-based query to collect the objects and
document them automatically. More information is
Guide.
Piping Isometric Drawing by
Query
Creates a Piping Isometric Drawings by Query

component in the Console. You create isometric
drawing by associating a Piping Isometric Drawing
by Query component to a Query Manager. The
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query component
specifies the "what" portion of the query, while the
Query Manager specifies the "where". More
information is available in the Piping Isometric
Drawings User's Guide.
Spreadsheet Reports
Creates a Spreadsheet Report component in the

Console. More information is available in the
Reports User's Guide.
Search Folder
Creates a Search Folder in the Console. Search

Folders allow you to search for documents based
on common properties such as out-of- date status,
approval, or documents that have been published
to a certain contract in integrated environment.
More information is available in the Orthographic
Volume Drawings
Creates a Volume Drawings component in the

Console. The Volume Drawing component uses a
template to create drawings. You can place a view
on the template and associate the view with a view
style to control the output. To define the contents of
the view, you create a drawing volume in the
model. More information is available in the
Drawings by Rule
Creates a Drawing by Rule component in the

Console. The Drawings by Rule component allows
you to create empty marine structure drawings. For
more information, see the Orthographic Drawings
User's Guide.
For more information on the delivered components, see:

3D Model Data (on page 32)
Exporting 3D Model Graphics to MicroStation (on page 34)
Generic Module Folder (on page 34)
Composed Drawings (on page 35)
Drawings by Query Manager (on page 37)
Orthographic Drawings by Query
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query (on page 39)
Spreadsheet Reports (on page 41)
29
Search Folders (on page 41)

Volume Drawings (on page 42)
Delivered Packages
Delivered packages contain components that have already been defined or setup to create
particular types of drawings, usually per discipline such as Electrical or Structural. For more
information on the delivered packages, see:
Orthographic Drawing Packages (on page 298)
Orthographic Drawing by Query Components (on page 379)
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query Packages (on page 711)
Marine Structure Drawing Packages (on page 140)
See Also
Locations of Drawings and Reports Data (on page 30)
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data (on page 297)
Reports Reference Data (on page 721)
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data (on page 139)
Locations of Drawings and Reports Data

Drawings reference data are delivered in the Catalog database and displayed within the
hierarchy in the Catalog task. User-generated drawings are stored in the Model database.
Drawing Documents
Drawing documents, sheets and views are not included in the Catalog database. Generated
drawings are maintained within the Model database. You can use drawing objects to create
filters for use in view styles and in creating search folders:
30

Templates
Report and Label templates reside in the Catalog and are included in the hierarchy in the
Catalog task:
The Catalog templates also reside in the SharedContent share. You can copy a Catalog
Label from the SharedContent share \Labels\Types of Labels folder to the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder to use them as Drawing Labels in a drawing view
style. For more information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Report and Label occurrences reside in the Model database. When you are creating or applying
filters, the Report Templates node is included in the Object Type hierarchy:
Drawing Volumes
Drawing volumes are included as space definitions in the Catalog task hierarchy within the
Space folder:
Drawing volume occurrences are available in the model for creating filters for drawings:
For additional information on drawing volumes, see Drawing Volume Properties Sheet (on page
704) and the Space Management User's Guide.
See Also
The Management Console, Folders, and Components (on page 27)
31
3D Model By Query
You can create a 3D Model by Query component and base it on a specific filter that
determines what objects to document. You can use the 3D Model by Query component to output
CAD (SAT) files. The software uses a filter-based query to collect the objects and document
them automatically. For more information on setting up the 3D Model by Query component, see
Set up a 3D Model by Query component in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's
Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
Output as Neutral CAD (SAT) Graphics File

You can setup the 3D Model by Query component to output your model objects to a neutral
CAD (.sat) file format. Right-click the 3D Model by Query component and select Setup to set the
filter and navigation rule.
Project Supervisor Setup

Your project supervisor should set up appropriate filters that define the objects to include in the
component documents when they are created.
3D Model Data
You can create a 3D Model Data component and base it on a specific filter. The filter defines
the contents of the component documents when they are created. You can use the 3D Model
Data component to output SmartPlant Review files or CAD (SAT) files. For more information on
setting up the 3D Model Data component, see Setup a 3D Model Data component in the
SmartMarine 3D Integration Reference Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
Output as Neutral CAD (SAT) Graphics File

You can setup the 3D Model Data component to output your model objects to a neutral CAD
(.sat) file format. Right-click the 3D Model Data component and select Setup to set the filter and
output file path.
Output as SmartPlant Review File

If you are using the 3D Model Data component to output as SmartPlant Review files, there are
three files the software generates depending on how you set up the 3D Model Data component.
If you are working in an integrated environment (registered with the SmartPlant Registration
Wizard), the software creates all three files: ZVF, VUE, and XML. If you are not working in an
integrated environment, the software only creates the VUE and XML files.
You can set the output on the 3D Model Data component to save the SmartPlant Review (SPR)
file to disk, database, or both. If your model has been registered using the SmartPlant
Registration Wizard, the software also creates a ZVF file during the update process. The
SmartPlant Review VUE file is never published. Likewise, the ZVF file is never copied to the
disk; it must be saved to the database for publishing to SmartPlant Foundation. For more
information, see the SmartMarine 3D Installation Guide, available from Help > Printable
Guides.
The basic workflow for creating a 3D Model Data component is:
Define your workspace logically, based on divisions such as Unit or Area, instead of
choosing a filter based on the entire model.
Create a 3D Model Data component and set it up with a filter and output file information.
32
Create the 3D Model Data document (one document per 3D Model Data component).
SPR shows the objects from the VUE file using global coordinates. If you plan to
save the 3D Model Data component documents to a VUE file using the Save as SmartPlant
Review File command, right-click the component and select Properties to check the Style
tab Coordinate System property setting. You want to make sure the Plant Monument
Coordinate Offset is passed correctly to SPR when creating the VUE file. The offset value
allows you to see the original coordinates relative to the new SPR coordinate system.
Revise the documents if publishing to SmartPlant Foundation.
Set properties Surface Styles and Aspects properties as needed on the 3D Model Data
documents. For more information, see Set surface styles and aspects for 3D model data
documents in any of the SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help >
Printable Guides.
Update the documents using Update Now or Batch > Update on the 3D Model Data
component shortcut menu.
If SmartPlant Foundation requires a password, you are prompted to enter it when updating
drawings.
Save the documents to a predefined location for viewing in SmartPlant Review or publish
the documents to the registered SmartPlant Foundation plant.
For a more comprehensive list of tasks associated with the 3D Model Data Components, see 3D
Model Data Component Common Tasks in the SmartMarine 3D Integration Reference Guide,
available from Help > Printable Guides.
Recommendations for Exporting to SmartPlant Review
The number of objects generated by a 3D Model Data component and exported successfully
to a SmartPlant Review file depends largely on the type of objects and your hardware
resources. We recommend that you limit each 3D Model Data component filter to
approximately 50,000 objects.
Monitor the error logs regularly for resource issues, even if the specified filter worked
initially. Users could add more objects to the model meeting the filter criteria.
SmartPlant Review (SPR) version 6.1.0.15 (or higher) allows you to open multiple VUE files
simultaneously. Refer to your SmartPlant Review documentation for more information. When
you open VUE and XML files in SPR for the first time, SPR builds a database containing the
tag information for the files. This process may take a significant amount of time.
SmartPlant Review (SPR) version 6.2.0.29 (or higher) supports turning SmartMarine 3D
aspects on and off. All aspects are turned on by default in SPR. The SPRSchema.txt file can
be customized to add any user-defined aspects.
The 3D View Control used for viewing the published graphics in SmartPlant Markup
Plus does not currently support turning aspects on and off.
Project Supervisor Setup

Your project supervisor should set up appropriate filters that define the objects to include in the
component documents when they are created.
You must install the SmartPlant Schema Component and the SmartPlant Client to use this
component. For more information, see the SmartMarine 3D Installation Guide available from
Help > Printable Guides.
33
Exporting 3D Model Graphics to MicroStation

You can export 3D model graphics directly to MicroStation. The actual export is not a
drawing file. It is an actual 3D file translated into MicroStation graphic types. While the workflow
is similar to that of regular volume drawings, there are some differences.
You create a MicroStation component with the same Add Component command. Once the
component is created, right-click and select Setup from the shortcut menu. The Setup
command allows you to define the MicroStation seed file and style to use in generating the
component documents.
The view style you specify for the component determines which model object graphics are
included in the component documents. The view style also specifies the layers on which the
graphics are placed when imported in MicroStation. The seed file selected determines the
MicroStation symbology used within the document.
Layers are referred to as Levels in MicroStation. Levels are defined by integers 0-63 and
must be entered in the Layers property in the view style properties dialog box.
Generic Module Folder

The Generic Module Folder component provides a way for you to run your custom VB
modules to create custom drawings. You set up the Generic Module Folder component to use
your custom VB module. For example, you might create a VB module to create MicroStation 3D
drawings, AutoCAD 3D drawings, or Electrical Isometric drawings. The Generic Module Folder
is simply a container for your VB modules. You create the component just like other
components, but when you perform Setup on the component, you specify a custom VB module.
The software builds the list of available VB modules from the SharedContent share, specifically
from \SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\DwgTypeModules. You must store your VB module in
this location to have access to it when setting up the component.
Custom VB Module
The behavior of the component depends entirely on how the VB module is developed.
Everything is controlled by the VB module. When you right click the component, the VB module
determines which menu items are available. If the module has a command that creates
documents, you see the Create Documents command. If, for whatever reason, the module
does not need documents, the document-related commands do not appear on the shortcut
menu. Other commands the VB module might include are Rename, Delete, Refresh, and Print.
For more information on general commands available, see Shortcut Menus in any of the
SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help > Printable Guides.
If the module supports publishing, the right-click menu includes the Publish command. This
command is available only if your model has been registered using the SmartPlant Registration
Wizard. For more information, see Publishing Documents in the SmartMarine 3D Integration
Reference Guide, or in any of the SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help
> Printable Guides.
For information on the interfaces used to create a custom VB drawing module, see the
Programmer's Guide. Contact your administrator or Intergraph Support if you need the
Programmer's Guide. You can find support information on our web site
http://support.intergraph.com (http://support.intergraph.com/).
34
Composed Drawings
Composed drawings are orthographic drawings created in a 3D task, such as Common,
through the Drawing Console. The composed drawing component manages the composed
drawings you create. Composed drawings are flexible, allowing you to have views that are
managed by a drawing region and associate the views to volumes and other views.
In 3D modeling tasks such as Common, you can use the Tools > Drawing Console command
to create a composed drawing component and the drawings associated with it. In the Drawings
and Reports task, you can create the composed drawing component, but you must use the 3D
modeling tasks to associate the drawing to objects in the model.
1. In the Drawings and Reports task, use the Tools > Define Layout Style command to create
layout styles you need for your composed drawing regions, then use the layout styles when
you create your layout templates with the Tools > Edit Layout Template command.
2. Create a folder for the drawing component either in the Management Console, or go to a
3D task and use Tools > Drawing Console to create the component.
3. In the 3D modeling task, use the Drawing Console to create new composed drawings.
Right-click the component and select New Drawing. For more information, see New
Drawing in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from Help >
Printable Guides. You can also use Edit on the shortcut menu to view or modify existing
composed drawings. You can select Tools > Snapshot View to add snapshots of the
model to composed drawings. For additional information, see the Common User's Guide
4. When the composed drawing is open in the SmartSketch Drawing Editor, you can add
views, associate views to volumes or other views, remove view associations, add dependent
report views, and modify the layout of the drawing sheet. For more information, see Create a
New Composed Drawing in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide,
available from Help > Printable Guides. For information on the Drawings Compose
Toolbar, see Working with SmartMarine 3D Drawings in the SmartSketch Drawing Editor
Help.
5. After saving the drawing in SmartSketch Drawing Editor, return to the Drawing Console to
do additional editing, update the drawing, and revise and publish the drawing. After the
composed drawing is created, it is just like any other drawing document and can be
managed in the Drawings and Reports task. For information on the 2D commands available
for editing, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
If the drawing document you are looking at in the Detail View has a yellow icon (for
example:
), the drawing document is a version 6.1 legacy Snapshot drawing. You should use
the Tools > Convert Legacy Snapshots command to convert this document to a Composed
Drawing for use in the current version of the software. If you do not convert the legacy snapshot
drawing, you cannot perform edit operations on the drawing, including update, revise, and
publish. For more information, see Convert Legacy Snapshots in the SmartMarine 3D
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
Drawing Regions and Drawing Views

A region is a container that manages drawing views. The layout style associated with the region
dictates the order and placement of the managed drawing views. Drawing views are associated
with objects, volumes, or other drawing views. You place regions and views on a composed
35

drawing when it is open in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information on placing regions
and views, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
Regions and drawing views behave as follows:

You can create a drawing view outside a region, but this makes the drawing view an
"unmanaged view", meaning the properties of the region do not impact the drawing view.
However, if a view is inside a region or touching a region, the region manages the drawing
view and, when you update the drawing, the software associates the drawing view with the
region and updates it based on the applied region layout style.
If a region refuses to accept a drawing view (for example: the region is defined for three
views, and you are attempting to add a fourth view), the drawing view is added as an
unmanaged view, just outside and to the upper left of the region. If another region occupies
this space in the drawing area, the unmanaged view is placed as close to the original region
as possible.
If a drawing view "straddles" two or more regions, the region that contains more of the
drawing view manages it. If the drawing view equally straddles two or more regions, the
software uses the first drawing view point to measure distance and determine which region
manages the drawing view.
If a region contained a drawing view and the drawing view properties make it ineligible for
the region, the software removes the drawing view from the region automatically and places
is in the upper left of the drawing area, outside of other regions.
Layout Templates and Layout Styles

Composed drawings use layout templates and layout styles to assist you in creating reusable
drawings. The software combines layout templates with drawing borders to create composed
drawings. Layouts also use regions as containers to manage drawing views. You also define a
layout style associated with the region. The layout style dictates the order and placement of the
managed drawing views. For more information on defining layout styles, see Define Layout Style
Command (on page 128). For additional information on editing layout templates, see Edit Layout
Template Command (on page 133).
36

Drawing Borders
When you create a composed drawing in a 3D task, you specify a border template to use with
the drawing. After the drawing is created, you can switch the border associated with the drawing
using the Switch Border command on the shortcut menu of the drawing. For more information,
see Switch Border in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from
Help > Printable Guides.
Drawings by Query Manager

The Drawings by Query Manager component works in conjunction with the Orthographic
Drawing by Query and Piping Isometric Drawing by Query components. The Drawings by Query
Manager provides the filter that specifies the "where" side of the query. It tells the query "where"
to look for the objects specified by the component "what" filter.
After you have set up the Drawings by Query Manager, you are ready to start creating drawings
with either an Orthographic Drawing by Query and Piping Isometric by Query components.
The Drawings by Query Manager uses the normal filter to specify "where" to look for the objects
included in the drawing. You do not use an asking filter with the Drawings by Query Manager.
The Drawings by Query Manager component is available by running the New command from
the shortcut menu of a folder in the Console hierarchy.
It is best to store the Drawings by Query Manager in the same location as the other
components with which it works.
Drawings by Query Manager Shortcut Menu

Right click on the Drawings by Query Manager component to display the shortcut menu.
Run Query - Runs the query specified by the Drawings by Query Manager setup definition. If
you have not run the Drawings by Query Manager Setup command, this command is
unavailable.
Copy - Copies the Drawings by Query Manager component. After you paste the copy to a
different location in the Console hierarchy, you can run Setup again as needed for the new
Drawings by Query Manager.
Delete - Deletes the Drawings by Query Manager component. It does not delete any of the
associated Drawings by Query components or documents.
Rename - Renames the component. It does not affect any of the associated Drawings by Query
components or documents.
Save Package - Allows you to save the Drawings by Query Manager and its definition as a
package to be reused in other folder locations in the hierarchy.
Setup - Specifies the Filter and Package to query for the Drawings by Query components.
Properties - Displays the Properties dialog box for the component.
37
Orthographic Drawings by Query

You can generate orthographic (volume) drawings using a filter-based query. The
Orthographic Drawing by Query component allows you to create drawings for many objects in
the model all in the same manner. This component does not require physical volumes in the
model. The software uses a filter-based query to collect the objects and document them
automatically.
For example, Hanger drawings use parts that can be queried from the database. There are
many of them, and in most cases, they are documented the same way. Using the Orthographic
Drawing by Query component means you do not have to place hundreds of drawing volumes to
document each type of part or assembly.
The basic workflow for creating Orthographic Drawings by Query is as follows:
Create an Orthographic Drawing by Query component that specifies what you want to
document
Create a Query Manager that says where to look for the data
Run the filter-based query
Create the drawings
Update the drawings
Publish the drawings to a viewable graphic file; no physical data is published
Administrator Setup
Your administrator sets up appropriate templates to use with the Orthographic Drawings by
Query component. The administrator is also responsible for creating filters that define "what"
and filters that specify "where" in the model to look for the objects. The template and the "what"
filter information within the component are saved as a package.

The Drawings by Query Manager uses the normal filter to specify "where" to look for the objects
included in the drawing. You do not use an asking filter with the Drawings by Query Manager.
For more information on the filters necessary for setting up a Drawings by Query component,
see Drawings by Query Filters in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Navigator Rules
The navigator rules for Orthographic Drawings by Query tell the software how to traverse
elements to be included in the range for the drawing view objects. The navigation rule can also
optionally return separate object collections, whose range is included in the 3D object range. If
no navigation rule is specified for a drawing view, the drawing object collection includes
everything in the 3D object range. The delivered rules are:
HngSupSimpleNavigator.dll - Specific to Hanger and Support objects. Returns the Hanger
and Support objects, support components, supporting objects, supported objects, and the
design children (recursively). It also returns the control points on the Hanger and Support
objects and support components.
HngSupRangeNavigator.dll - Same as HngSupSimpleNavigator.dll with design children
collection to extent of the Hanger and Support range.
DrawingSpoolNavigator.dll - Specific to Spools. Returns the Spool, its connected parts,
and their features.
38
HngSupNoSupportingRange.dll - Same as HngSupRangeNavigator.dll, but without

supporting objects.
SystemRangeNavigator.dll - Specific to Equipment objects. Returns the Equipment
objects, as specified by the "what" filter. It also returns design hierarchy children of the
Equipment, including any Route objects that are children of the Equipment (Runs, Parts, and
Features).
When you edit the template associated to an Orthographic Drawing by Query component, such
as the HgrSup3View package, you can set the navigation rule assigned to each drawing view.
Right-click the component or package and select Edit Template to open the drawing template in
SmartSketch Drawing Editor. Select and right- click a drawing view to display the Drawing
View Properties and set the navigator rule. For more information, see the SmartSketch
Drawing Editor Help.
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query

Isometric drawings communicate several important types of information to a pipe fabrication
workshop. This information includes pipe cut lengths, bend angles, and welds. You create
isometric drawing by associating a Piping Isometric Drawing by Query component to a Query
Manager. The Piping Isometric Drawing by Query component specifies the "what" portion of the
query, while the Query Manager specifies the "where".
The basic workflow for creating Piping Isometric Drawings by Query is as follows:
Create a Piping Isometric Drawing by Query component that specifies what you want to
document
Create a Drawings by Query Manager that specifies where to look for the data
Run the filter-based query
Create the drawings
Update the drawings, if necessary
Publish the drawings to a viewable graphic file; no physical data is published
Each Piping Isometric Drawing by Query component has an associated isometric style. The
delivered styles are Iso_Pipeline, Iso_Piperun, Iso_PenSpool, Iso_Spool, Iso_WBS, and
Iso_Stress. You can open the Isometric Style Options Browser from any of the isometric
drawing styles by right-clicking the drawing style in the Console and selecting Edit Options on
the shortcut menu. The browser allows you to set options for isometric drawing format and
content.
After creating the Piping Isometric Drawings, you can open them for viewing, editing, printing,
and publishing (if your model has been registered using the SmartPlant Registration Wizard). To
troubleshoot the drawings, you can use the View Data command to access part and reports
information and log files.
39

The software uses a third-party engine made by Alias, ISOGEN, to generate isometric drawings
from the three- dimensional model. The following illustration shows the process of creating the
drawings.
The application creates a piping component file (PCF), which is used along with the isometric
style information to create an intermediate data file (IDF). The ISOGEN engine then reads the
IDF and creates the isometric drawings.
Administrator Setup
Your administrator should setup appropriate isometric styles to use with the Piping Isometric
Drawings by Query component. The administrator is also responsible for creating filters that
define "what" and filters that specify "where" in the model to look for the objects. The template
and the "what" filter information within the component are saved as a package.

The Drawings by Query Manager uses the filter to specify "where" to look for the objects
included in the drawing.
For more information on the filters necessary for setting up a Drawings by Query component,
see Drawings by Query Filters.
40
Spreadsheet Reports
The Spreadsheet Report component allows you to define report templates and create report
deliverables.
The software features a tabbed editor called the Report Template Editor that allows you to
create and modify report templates. Most of the delivered reports use a combination of filters
and SQL. The Report Template Editor includes an interface for entering database query
syntax and testing the results of a query as part of the report. The editor also features an Excel
component in which you can drag and drop attributes onto a worksheet. The default format of all
reports is Microsoft Excel format.
After you make changes to a template, you can test the template by using the Update
Document(s) or Update Now command. For more information on updating documents, see
Updating Documents.
There are several types of spreadsheet reports delivered with the software. They are defined
and described in the Reports.xls workbook. For more information on the workbook, see the
Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Microsoft Excel 2003 is the minimum supported version for the Drawings and Reports task.
Excel 2007 uses a new file format and extension (.xlsx). However, the delivered report
templates still use the old .xls extension. If you create a report template with the .xlsx
extension, only machines with Excel 2007 will be able to handle (edit, update, or open) the
report. If you attempt to open a .xlsx file with an older version of Excel, an error message
appears stating that the file is not compatible with the version of Excel.
For users of Office 2003, in Microsoft Excel under Tools > Macro > Security > Trusted
Publishers tab, check the Trust Access to Visual Basic Project option.
For users of Office 2007 and Office 2010, click the Microsoft Office button to access Excel
Option. Go to the Trust Center category and select the Trust Center Settings button.
Select the Macro Settings category and check Trust access to the VBA project object
model.
For more information about Microsoft Office and service packs, refer to the Microsoft web
site (http://www.microsoft.com/) (http://www.microsoft.com/).
Search Folders
Search Folder allows you to search for documents based on common properties such as
out-of-date status, approval, or documents that have been published to a certain contract in
integrated environment. You can create a Search Folder component in any folder in the
Console. After running the query defined for a Search Folder, you can perform such tasks as
Update or Publish as if you were working from the actual owning component location for the
documents.
The documents found by the Search Folder query are listed in the Detail View as if they existed
under the Search Folder component. You are able to interact with the Search Folder documents
just as if you were dealing with the "real" components that own the documents. Search folders
can also be used for reports.
The Search Folder Component is available by running the New command from the shortcut
menu of a folder in the Console hierarchy. Generally, you can create a Search Folder
component under any component in the Console that allows you to run New command.
41

Search Folder Shortcut Menu
Right click on the Search Folder component to display the Search Folder shortcut menu.
Run Query - Runs the query specified by the Search Folder setup definition. If you have not run
the Search Folder Setup command, this command is not available.
Setup - Specifies the query to run for the Search Folder. Selecting Setup for the Search Folder
does not perform the individual setups for any of the drawing by query documents found in the
Search Folder query and shown in the detail view.
Copy - Copies the Search Folder. It does not copy the associated documents shown in the
detail view area. The Search Folder setup information is saved with the copy. After you paste
the copy to a different location in the Console hierarchy, you can run Setup again as needed for
the new Search Folder.
Delete - Deletes the Search Folder. It does not delete any of the documents found in the
associated detail view.
Rename - Renames the Search Folder. It does not affect any of the documents found in the
associated detail view.
Properties - Displays the Configuration Properties for the document.
To change properties on the document, go the "owner" location of the document. The
Search Folder does not participate in any propagation of properties to its documents.
Save Package - Allows you to save the Search Folder and its definition as a package to be
reused in other folder location in the hierarchy.
42
After the search folder is placed in the console, it will follow the same localized naming
convention as a normal folder. For example: "New Search Folder", "New Search Folder (2)",
and so forth.
Unlike normal folders, you cannot create components beneath a Search Folder. This
includes Paste; however, you can Copy the Search Folder and paste it somewhere else in
the hierarchy.
The Search Folder does not participate in any commands executed from a higher node (for
example, Update, Refresh, and Publish). This prevents multiple actions being run on the
same documents.
Volume Drawings
The Volume Drawing component uses a template to create drawings. You can place a view
on the template and associate the view with a view style to control the output. To define the
contents of the view, you create a drawing volume in the model. Before you create these types
of drawings, an administrator should create or edit drawing view styles and templates for use
with the drawings. For example, you can place title block labels and reports on the templates to
reflect your project or company standards.
After you have your view styles and templates in place, you are ready to start creating drawings.
The volume drawings require that the changes occur within the drawing template.
The software allows you to place several views on a template each with independent scale. In
the Space Management task, you can place a volume, which is associated to a single or
multiple views. The volume you create in Space Management is associated with all the views
you create within a volume drawing template. Therefore, in a multiple view volume drawing, you
can have multiple views of the same volume, and each view specifies the style, scale, and
orientation for the volume associated with the view. If the volume you create is too big for a
particular view at its scale, the volume is clipped.
For example, if you place two views in a drawing template with the following property settings:
DrawingView1 - Size 6" x 6", Scale 1" = 1', and Orientation = Plan
DrawingView2 - Size 6" x 6", Scale 1" = 1', and Orientation = North.
You use the Place Volume By 2-Points command in the Space Management task from
coordinates (0,0,0) to (6,6,6). In this case, the volume is exactly the right size based on scale
and orientation. The generated drawing contains the complete contents of the volume.
However, if your volume was placed from (0,0,0) to (8,6,6), the volume is too big for the drawing
view on the template. The maximum volume size the view can accommodate is no more than 6
inches on each side. The software centers the volume in the drawing view, effectively giving you
the information from (1,0,0) to <7,6,6 in the output drawing.
The overall processing for volume drawings is:
Identify a drawing volume. This is a query of all the objects that have been created in the
database which reside inside the volume borders. The objects do not have to be visible or
even in the current workspace to be included.
When the drawing is created, the software checks the objects from the volume query
against the list of filters in the specified view style.
If an object in the volume matches one of the specified view style filters, the software applies
the rules set for the object filter. If the object does not match a filter, it is not included in the
drawing view.
43

The following conceptual graphic shows the workflow for creating volume drawings:
The software applies the view styles in a top-down manner. If an object finds its match in several
filters, the last one applied (the bottom-most style) overrides any preceding style rules.
When a drawing is updated, it can be published by right-clicking the document and selecting
Publish on the right- click menu. The document is published as a viewable graphic file; no
physical data is published. For more information, see Publishing Documents in any of the
SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help > Printable Guides.
44
SECTION 2
Tools Menu
Several tools are provided within the Drawings and Reports task. These tools appear on the
Tools menu in the Drawings and Reports task.
Reference Data Tools

The following commands on the Tools menu are for use by your reference data administrator.
They apply strictly to customizing Orthographic and Marine Structure Drawing reference data:
Define View Style
Define Layout Style
Edit Border Template
Edit Layout Template
You do not use these commands in the normal workflow of creating drawings and reports. For
more information, see the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Other Tools
You can use Custom Command tool to set up special macro commands you use in your
documents. Convert Legacy Snapshots converts legacy version 6.1 Snapshot drawings to
Composed drawings.
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu)

Defines drawing view and key plan styles for drawings and MicroStation 3D DGN documents
and defines ruleset view styles to use with Drawing by Rule components and packages. This
command displays the Define View Style dialog box, which lists the available styles.
Each drawing view and MicroStation 3D DGN document in the software has an associated view
style and can have a key plan style. A view style contains several rules for filtering, labeling, and
creating the graphics in the output document. The key plan style specifies the rules used to
define the appearance of the key plan associated to a drawing view.
Ruleset view styles define the style information for drawings created using a Drawing by Rule
component.
Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47)
45
Tools Menu
Defining Filters for View Styles
You can set up the filters for styles by using the File > Define Workspace or Tools > Select by
Filter commands in any 3D task. One way to organize the drawing filters is by discipline, such
as Piping, Equipment, or Structure. The following example shows Equipment filters. You can
also define filters within the View Style Properties dialog box by selecting More in the Filter
dropdown.
Defining View Styles for Drawing Views

For orthographic drawings, you can create and edit view styles using the Tools > Define View
Style command. For piping isometric drawings, you can modify drawing output using the
Isometric Style Options Browser dialog box.
The software comes with default view styles for a number of drawing types. These view styles
can be used as delivered or copied and modified to suit your needs.
You can change the order of the rows on the View Style Properties dialog box by selecting a
row and then clicking the up and down arrows on the left side of the dialog box. The software
applies the graphic rules in a top- down manner. If an object finds its match in several filters, the
last graphic rule applied (the bottom-most style) overrides any preceding graphic rules. Label
rules and dimension rules accumulate.
Defining Styles for Key Plans

The Tools > Define View Style command also allows you to create and maintain styles for key
plans you place within a drawing. The key plan style uses an existing drawing view style to
define the appearance of the key plan. You can create three different types of key plan styles:
One Volume with Model View, Natural Volumes Only, and Normalized Volumes Only.
Defining Ruleset View Styles

Within a Drawings by Rule component or package, you can have multiple view types. Each view
type can have many view styles. You create the view styles from valid rulesets available in the
Catalog. You can create multiple view styles from a single ruleset. You then specify the view
style to use when creating a drawing view of a particular view type within a Drawing by Rule
component or package.
Within regard to the graphic rules specified as part of the view style properties, the
software honors only the last aspect applied.
46
Tools Menu
See Also
Create a Ruleset View Style (on page 124)
Define View Style Dialog Box

Defines and edits view styles for drawings and MicroStation 3D DGN documents. You can open
this dialog box by clicking Tools > Define View Style. When you create view styles, the
software stores them as files in the SharedContent share of the model.
View Style Type - Specifies a type of view style. The selected view style filters the hierarchy
with the available styles found in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\Drawings\Catalog\Rules folder. The following view styles types are delivered:
Key Plan - For more information, see Key Plan View Styles (on page 697).
Orthographic - Orthographic and isometric view styles. For more information, see
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380).
Ruleset Styles - Drawings by Rule styles for marine structure drawings. For more
information, see Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142).
Spatial - Orthographic view styles specific to SmartMarine 3D drawings. For more
information, see Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380).
New Style - Adds a new view style to the selected folder.
Delete - Deletes the selected style from the hierarchy and removes it from the folder.
Rename - Renames the selected view style.
Properties - Displays the properties for the selected View Style Type for editing:
For Key Plan properties, see Key Plan Style Dialog Box (on page 125).
For Orthographic properties, see View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48).
For Ruleset Styles, see Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108).
Close - Dismisses the dialog box.
See Also
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45)
47
Tools Menu
View Style Properties Dialog Box

Defines view styles for orthographic drawings and MicroStation 3D DGN documents. You can
open this dialog box by clicking New or Properties on the Select View Style dialog box.
The software stores the view styles and rules as files in the SharedContent share.
If you are editing the properties of an existing view style, the current properties are shown. If this
is a new view style, all the fields are empty.
View Style Name - Specifies the name of the view style. The view style name can have up to
128 characters. If you are creating a new view style, you need to type a new name.
We do not support special characters in the view style name (such as, $, #, =, /, or \).
Description - Describes the view style.
View Style Settings

Lists graphic preparation rules and resolution settings for intersections between objects. This
section also lists tests and actions for the view style. Each row in the grid must contain a filter. If
all the tests are true in a row, then the software executes the actions in that row.
Filter Behavior - Specifies the content behavior for the objects returned by the selected filters
when a drawing view is created. The options are:
Filters determine which objects are processed (Volume) - Specifies that all objects
inside the volume run through the view style, regardless of workspace and show/hide
settings. The items that match a filter in the view style are shown in the drawing with the
appropriate rules applied. Items that do not match a filter are not included in the drawing.
Filters provide overrides to set of objects (Snapshot) - Indicates that a list of objects
(that is, a combination of the workspace and the show/hide settings at the time you created
the snapshot drawing volume) run through the view style. The items that match a filter in the
view style are shown in the drawing with the appropriate rules applied. Items that do not
match a filter are included in the drawing with a basic Visible Hidden Line (VHL) style
applied.
Graphic Preparation Rules - Specifies or defines a graphic preparation rule. One rule may
contain several modules (.dll files). The module can replace the three-dimensional graphics
shown in the model workspace with other three-dimensional graphics for the drawing. For more
information, see Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule (on page 59). For more information
on the graphic rule files delivered with the product, see Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947).
48
Tools Menu
Intersection Edges - Creates lines where surfaces intersect each other. At High Resolution,
more detail is shown in the drawing by creating lines between all intersecting surfaces. At Low
Resolution, less detail is shown by omitting the bspline properties. For example, changing from
Off to High Resolution would produce the following effect for your graphics:
Using High Resolution increases the drawing generation time.

Preserve Z Order - Maintains the three-dimensional order of resymbolized graphics. This
setting overrides the top-down ordering in the view style for the graphic rules. For example, pipe
gaps display according to their layering in the 3D model. A cleaner-looking drawing results if this
option is selected.
Filter Name - Specifies a filter in the current model. You can choose existing filters or define
new filters by selecting More in the dropdown. You can use CTRL+C to copy and CTRL+V to
paste filters from one cell to another.
Asking or parameterized filters are only supported when they are asking for a WBS
Project.
These custom tests are used with orthographic view styles for outfitting drawings, and
marine structure view styles for scantling drawings.
Primary Orientation - Orientation of the primary linear axis of an object with respect to the
drawing view. The primary linear axis is along the x-axis of the local coordinate system.
Secondary Orientation - Orientation of the secondary linear axis of an object with respect to
the drawing view. The secondary linear axis is along the y-axis of the local coordinate system.
For members, this corresponds to the web orientation.
49
Tools Menu
Primary Orientation and Secondary Orientation use the same options:
Not shown Normal
1
Normal, toward you
Normal, away from you
Not shown Sloped

3
Sloped, toward you
Sloped, away from you
See below Sloped, projects

horizontal
See below Sloped, projects vertical
Not shown Parallel
See below Parallel, vertical
5
Parallel, pointing up
Parallel, pointing down
Parallel, horizontal
Parallel, pointing right
Parallel, pointing left
10
Parallel, sloped
The following graphic shows an example for members:

1
This target member has a primary orientation of

Parallel, vertical and a secondary orientation of
Parallel, horizontal.
This non-target member has a primary orientation of

Normal, toward you and a secondary orientation of
The Sloped, projects horizontal and Sloped, projects vertical options provide special
orientations for situations where the drawing needs to distinguish between a sloped pipe or
member that projects orthogonally on the sheet and those that project non-orthogonally on the
50
Tools Menu
sheet. You may, for example, prefer orthogonally-projected pipe be dimensioned in the drawing
with the pipes that are parallel and orthogonal to the sheet. The following graphic shows
examples of a 3D model with pipe for both cases:
1
This pipe is sloped in the 3D space of the model, but

projects using the Sloped, projects horizontal
primary orientation. The view style specifies that the
dimensions for the pipe are handled the same as the
actual parallel, horizontal, and vertical pipe in the
view.

uses the Sloped primary orientation and does not
project horizontally or vertically. The view style
distinguishes between this pipe and pipe 1.
These pipes are parallel and horizontal or vertical to

the view, and use the Parallel, horizontal and
Parallel, vertical primary orientations.
For dimensioning purposes in the drawing view, the Parallel, horizontal and Sloped, projects
horizontal pipes are part of the same dimensioning chain. The Sloped pipe is not included in
the dimensioning.
You can resymbolize the model graphics based on special orientation cases. For
example, you might want to represent piping items that are parallel to the sheet plane as single
lines while representing the items coming straight out of the sheet as special symbols.
Clipping - Lists the various clipping options. For example, you might want to put a cap on a pipe
that is clipped to the right of the sheet.
Use the Clipped option when testing for objects that are clipped by one of the sides (Top,
Bottom, Right, or Left) of the volume. Dimensioning pipe that is clipped by the volume can take
advantage of this option setting.
Use the Not Clipped option to test for objects that are not clipped at all.
The Clipped and Not Clipped options ignore front and back clipping.
51
Tools Menu
The following picture illustrates the various clipping options - Left, Right, Front, Back, Top, and
Bottom.
Graphic Rule - Determines how objects passing the tests will display. Objects can be displayed
as Vector Hidden Line (VHL) or resymbolized. If you click More, you can define a new graphic
rule. For more information on graphic rules, see Graphic Rules (on page 88).
Label Rule - Determines the labeling to be applied to objects that pass the tests. Click More in
the field to select a label rule. For more information, see Label Rules (on page 102). For
information on using bubble labels in your drawings, see Use Bubble Labels in Drawings (on
page 84).
Dimension Rule - Controls the placement of dimensions on objects that pass the tests. Click
More in the field to select a dimension rule. For more information, see Dimensions in the
SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
View Frame
This section provides additional view frame properties you can set within the view style.
52
Tools Menu
View Rule - Identifies the view frame rule to use for detail and section views within the drawing.
Click More in the dropdown to select a view rule, modify an existing rule, or create a new rule.
For more information, see View Rules (on page 105).
Matchline Label - Provides a selectable list of delivered matchline labels. Click More in the field
to select a matchline rule. For more information, see Matchline Rules (on page 107).
North Arrow Label - Provides a selectable list of delivered north arrow labels. Click More in the
field to select a north arrow label. For more information, see North Arrow Rules (on page 108).
Clear All - Removes all data in the grid, but not the name or description of the view style.
You can change the order of the rows on the View Style Properties dialog box by selecting
a row and then clicking the up and down arrows at the left side of the dialog box. If an object
finds its match in several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row)
wins.
To delete a row from the table, select the row and press DELETE on the keyboard.
If any text string is longer than the width of its box on the grid, a ToolTip provides the entire
string.
See Also
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56)
Select Graphic Preparation Rule Dialog Box

Lists the available custom graphic rules. You can open this dialog box by clicking More in the
Graphic Preparation Rules box on the View Style Properties dialog box.
Views - Switches the view from List to Details. When you choose the List mode,
descriptions of each rule do not appear.
Rule Name - Lists the names of the graphic rules.
Description - Lists the descriptions of the graphic rules.
New - Creates a new graphic rule of the selected type.
Rename - Renames the selected graphic rule.
Delete - Deletes the selected graphic rule.
Properties - Displays the properties for the selected graphic rule for editing.
53
Tools Menu
When you create a new custom rule or edit the properties for an existing rule, the Custom
Graphic Rule dialog box displays. For more information, see Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box
(on page 54).
See Also
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule (on page 59)
View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48)
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box

Sets options for a custom graphic preparation rule.
Rule Name - Specifies the name of the custom graphic rule.

Description - Describes the rule.
Filter Name - Specifies a filter. The filter sets the criteria to meet for the custom rule to be
applied.
Custom Module - Specifies the module (a .dll file) that contains the changes you want to
incorporate to objects meeting the criteria determined by the filter.
For more information on using custom graphic rules, see Custom Graphic Modules (on page
947).
See Also
Select Graphic Preparation Rule Dialog Box (on page 53)
54
Tools Menu
Select Dimension Rule Dialog Box

Lists the available dimension rules. You can open this dialog box by clicking More in the
Dimension Rule box on the View Style Properties dialog box.
Rule Name - Lists the names of the rules. For more information, see Use Dimension Rules in
the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable
Guides.
Description - Lists the descriptions of the rules.
New - Creates a new rule. This button is not currently available.
Rename - Renames the selected rule. This button is not currently available.
Delete - Deletes the selected rule.
Properties - Allows you to edit the properties for the selected rule. This button is not currently
available.
See Also
Select Label Rule Dialog Box

Lists the available label rules. You can open this dialog box by clicking More in the Label Rule
field on the View Style Properties dialog box. You can also open this dialog box from the
Matchline Label or North Arrow Label lists.
Rule Name - Lists the names of the rules.
available.
See Also
Label Rules (on page 102)
55
Tools Menu
Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style

The following procedure steps you through creating an orthographic drawing view style with the
Tools > Define View Style command. To create a ruleset view style, see Create a Ruleset View
Style (on page 124).To create a key plan view style, see Create a Key Plan View Style (on page
57).
1. Select Tools > Define View Style. The Define View Style dialog box appears. For more
information, see Define View Style Dialog Box (on page 47).
2. In the View Style Type box, select the Orthographic view style type.
to create a new orthographic view style. Click Rename
3. Click New Style
the name of the new style.
to change
to open the View Style

4. Select the new orthographic view style and click Properties
Properties dialog box. For more information, see View Style Properties Dialog Box (on
page 48).
5. In the View Style Name box, type the style name.
6. In the Description box, type an optional description of the style.
7. You can specify how the style rules are applied with regard to the objects found by the filter
by selecting a Filter Behavior.
8. Under Graphic Preparation Rule, select or define a rule, if necessary. The rule can contain
multiple modules (.dll files).
9. Specify the resolution in the Intersection Edges box.
10. Select the Preserve Z Order option if necessary. This option maintains the threedimensional order of the resymbolized graphics.
11. In the Filter Name column, select More in the dropdown list to choose an existing filter or to
create a new filter.
12. Select additional tests, if necessary, in the Primary Orientation, Secondary Orientation,
and Clipping columns.
13. In the Graphic Rule column, select an existing graphic rule or create a new graphic rule by
clicking More. Graphic rules control the line style and formatting of the output.
14. In the Label Rule column, select a labeling rule.
15. In the Dimension Rule column, select a dimension rule.
16. Select a matchline label, if applicable.
17. Select a north arrow label, if applicable.
56
Test your view style by creating drawings. You can edit the view style with the Tools >
Define View Style command.
The rules and associated files are saved in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog folder.
wins.
To delete a row in the view style properties table, select it and press DELETE on the
keyboard.
Tools Menu
See Also
Create a Key Plan View Style

The following procedure steps you through creating a key plan view style with the Tools >
Define View Style command. To create an orthographic drawing view style, see Create an
Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56). To create a ruleset view style, see Create a
Ruleset View Style (on page 124).
2. In the View Style Type box, select the Key Plan style type.
to create a new key plan view style. Click Rename
3. Click New Style
name of the new style.
to change the
to open the Key Plan Style dialog box. For

4. Select the new style and click Properties
more information, see Key Plan Style Dialog Box (on page 125).
5. Specify a name and description for the new key plan view style.
6. Select a Key Plan Type. The list of available properties updates.
7. Select More for the Key Plan View Style property to display the Select View Style dialog
box.
8. Select the View Style Type.
9. Click New to display the View Style Properties dialog box.
10. In the View Style Name box, type the style name.
11. In the Description box, type a description of the style.
12. In the Filter Name column, select More in the dropdown list to choose an existing filter or to
create a new filter.
13.
14.
15.
16.
To apply a style to the volume of the current drawing in the key plan, use the term
KEY PLAN FOCUS ELEMENT in the Filter column of the key plan view style and then
assign a graphic rule. You must use uppercase letters for the term.
In the Graphic Rule column, select an existing graphic rule or create a new graphic rule by
clicking More.
In the Label Rule column, select a labeling rule, if applicable.
In the Dimension Rule column, select a dimension rule, if applicable.
Select a north arrow label, if applicable.
A single drawing view can have multiple key plans.
To delete a key plan style, select it and click Delete.
Test your view style by creating drawings. You can edit the view style with the Tools >
Define View Style command.
The rules and associated files are saved in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog folder.
wins.
To delete a row in the view style properties table, select it and press DELETE on the
keyboard.
57
Tools Menu
See Also
Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View Styles

The following steps show you how to create new line styles in the SmartSketch Drawing Editor
and implement them in drawing view styles.
The lines styles used by drawing view styles are stored in the ISStyles.sha file on the
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\templates\ folder. If you are going to add line
styles to this file, you need write permission to the file because it is shared. If you do not have
write permission to the file, you will not be able to save changes you make to the file. Contact
your system administrator if you require write access to the file.
Create a New Line Style

For more information on commands available in SmartSketch Drawing Editor, see the
SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
1. Open the ISStyles.sha file in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. Go to the \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\Common2D\Shape2D\Bin folder and double-click Shape2DServer.exe.
Use File > Open, navigate to the location of the ISStyles.sha file, and open it.
2. In SmartSketch Drawing Editor, select Format > Style. The Style dialog box appears.
3. Change the Style type to Line, then click New to create a new line style.
4. On the New Line Style dialog box, name the new line style. For example, create a new line
style called AAA_Normal Dark Red.
5. In the Based on field, select a line style on which to base the new line style. For this
example, the base style is None, which applies the style settings Color=Black,
Weight=0.35 mm, Type=Dash Dot to the new line style.
6. Go to the General tab. Change the Color setting to Dk Red. Set the Width and Type
properties as needed.
7. Click OK to save the changes. The new line style appears in the Styles list on the Styles
dialog box. Click Close to exit the dialog box.
8. Select File > Save to save the ISStyles.sha file with the new line style. Exit SmartSketch
Drawing Editor.
Implement a New Line Style in a Drawing View Style

For more information creating view styles, see Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on
page 45).
1. In the Drawings and Reports task, select Tools > Define View Style. The Define View
Style dialog box appears.
. This example uses the orthographic
2. Select an existing view style and click Properties
Civil Plan view style. The dialog displayed depends on the type of view style selected. If
you select an orthographic view style, the View Style Properties dialog box appears. If you
are changing a key plan view style, the Key Plan Style dialog box appears. If you are
modifying a ruleset view style, the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box appears.
3. With any view style type, you want to modify the Graphic Rule definition to use the new line
style. Select More in the Graphic Rule dropdown to display the Select Graphic Rule dialog
box.
4. Select an existing graphic rule from the list and click Properties to display the Graphic Rule
- VHL dialog box. You can select the Visible Line Style property, for example, and select
your new line style from the dropdown in the Value field. Click OK to modify the existing
58
Tools Menu
graphic rule, or you can change the name in the Rule name field to save the changes to a
new graphic rule name. If you change the name, a confirmation dialog appears so you can
verify the graphic rule action.
5. Use the modified or new graphic rule in the view style definition and click OK to close the
dialog boxes. You can save the changes to the existing view style or change the name of
the view style. A confirmation dialog box appears so you can verify the view style action.
6. Use the modified or new view style to create drawings and verify the appearance of the new
line style.
See Also
Key Plan Style Dialog Box (on page 125)
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page 108)
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule

Graphic preparation rules allow you to customize the graphics included in your view style. You
can use a graphic preparation rule to implement functionality that does not generally support
interface that the Drawings environment requires. For example, the MakeDrawable custom
module forces objects that cannot normally appear in a drawing, such as piping runs objects, to
be drawable.
1. Click Tools > Define View Style. The Define View Style dialog box appears.
2. In the View Style Type box, select a drawing view type.
to create a new view style in the current folder. If
3. To create a new style, click New Style
you want to create a new folder for the view style, click New Folder
first, then create the
new style in the new folder.
You can use Rename
to change the name of the new folder or style.
to open the View Style

4. Select a new or existing drawing view style and click Properties
Properties dialog box. For more information, see View Style Properties Dialog Box (on
page 48).
5. In the Graphic Preparation Rule box, select More. The Select Custom Rule dialog box
displays.
59
Tools Menu
6. Click New to create a new graphic rule, or select an existing rule and click Properties to edit
the properties. The Custom Graphic Rule dialog box displays.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
In the Rule Name box, type a name.

In the Description box, type a description.
In the Filter Name column, select a filter, such as Equipment.
In the Custom Module column, select a .dll file.
Click OK on the Custom Graphic Rule dialog box.
On the Select Custom Rule dialog box, select the new or modified rule, and click OK to
return to the View Style Properties dialog box. You can continue specifying parts of the
view style on this dialog box.
See Also
Apply Grid Labels to Elevation and Section Views (on page 60)
Apply Grid Labels to Elevation and Section Views

The following procedure describes how to apply grid labels to elevation and section views on
drawings. Custom rules are required along with filters for Grid Plane objects.
The example workflow uses the GridLinesDrawingWrapperEntity.dll custom rule to resymbolize
the grid plane as a set of lines. The lines draw at all perpendicular plane locations and extend
along the elevation plane from (lowest Z-1)m to (highest Z+1)m of the coordinate system to
which the grid plane belongs. For example, if the coordinate system has X=0,10,20, Y=0,5,10
and EL=0,10, then for the grid plane at X=0, there will be three lines:
Y=0 from Z-1 to Z+11
Check for the Required Filters
If the catalog you are using does not have filters for Grid Plane Elevation and Sections, you
need to create them. You need one for "Elevations" looking North/South and another for
"Sections" looking East/West.
60
Tools Menu
Check the Catalog for the filters. If you are using the delivered default filters in version
6.1 or later, these two filters are delivered under Catalog Filters > SP3D Object Filters > Grid
Systems.
Create the Required Filters

If the Grid Plane Elevation and Sections filters do not exist, you can create them. For more
information on creating filters, see the Common User's Guide available from Help > Printable
Guides.
1. In the Common task, use File > Define Workspace to create two new filters. On the
Define Workspace dialog box, select Create new filter in the Filter dropdown. The New
Filter Properties dialog box displays.
2. Go to the Object Type tab and select Grid Systems. Expand Grid Systems and select
Grid Plane.
61
Tools Menu
3. Go to the Properties tab to further restrict the filter. For example, select Grid Planes and
restrict to Axis = X for the Elevation filter and Axis = Y for the Sections filter. Select More in
the Property dropdown. The Select Properties dialog box displays so you can specify the
property definition for the Grid Plane object. Click OK to return to the Properties tab to set
the value for the selected property. Refer to the graphic below for more information.
4. Click OK to save the new filter definitions.

After checking to make sure you have the required filters or creating new filters, you need to
create a view style that uses the filters to create the grid labels on your drawings. Go to the
Drawings and Reports task to perform the steps below.
1. Select Tools > Define View Style. The Define View Style dialog box displays. For more
2. In the View Style Type box, select a drawing view style type.
62
Tools Menu
3. Click New Style
to create a new view style in the current folder. If you want to create a
new folder for the view style, click New Folder
first, then create the new style in the new
folder. For example, you could create a view style called Elevation Grid Bubbles.
You can use Rename
to change the name of the new folder or style.
to open the View Style Properties dialog

4. Select the new style and click Properties
box. For more information, see View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48).
5. In the Graphic Preparation Rule box, select More. The Select Custom Rule dialog box
displays.
6. Click New to create a new graphic rule. The Custom Graphic Rule dialog box displays.
7. Select the Grid Plane Elevation filter by selecting More in the Filter Name dropdown.
8. Apply the GridLinesDrawingWrapperEntity.dll custom rule to resymbolize the vertical grid
planes as lines.
9. Click OK on the Custom Graphic Rule dialog box.
10. On the Select Custom Rule dialog box, select the new rule, and click OK to return to the
View Style Properties dialog box.
11. Specify a graphic rule to apply color or style to the graphics in the drawing.
We recommend the "invisible" style to prevent the lines for Grid Planes from
appearing. The software labels them even when invisible.
12. Apply a label rule that returns the name as its value.
We recommend copying one of the delivered Grid labels and its supporting files in
the \Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder and the
\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder. Rename the new label and substitute
one of the delivered name label .rqe files for the new labels query.
63
Tools Menu
13. After defining the drawing view style, click OK to save the settings. The view style is now
ready to use with drawings.
64
Tools Menu
The example workflow above uses columns and beams to give the results of the view style
application and meaning. The row referencing Grid Plane Elevations is the only required row. In
a drawing using the new view style, the Grid Planes are blue based on the settings from the
view style:
Some modeling situations have intersections that cause unwanted Grid Planes to appear
and be labeled. You may need to edit the drawing document and delete unwanted labels. Be
sure to save changes to make to the drawing document so that subsequent updates are
remembered.
Use the procedure above to create separate view styles for Elevation and Section views. You
can then create Elevation and Section view drawing type packages using the appropriate view
styles. For more information, see Save Package Command, found in any of the SmartMarine 3D
Drawings user's guides available from Help > Printable Guides.
See Also
65
Tools Menu
Apply a Visible Fill Style to a Drawing

The following procedure describes how to apply the Visible Fill Style VHL graphic rule option to
drawings. It uses the following model as an example:
Without using the Visible Fill Style VHL graphic rule option, the drawings of this model would
appear as follows:
Create a View Style Using a Visible Fill Style

Using the model shown previously, you want your drawings to display the top floor slab as a
metal grating without changing the appearance of the bottom floor slab. You can use the Visible
Fill Style on the VHL graphic rule for the view style to achieve this output.
. Give
2. Select Orthographic View Styles as the View Style Type, then click New Style
the new style a name and click Properties
to display the View Style Properties dialog
box.
In order for a fill style to work properly in a drawing, Intersection Edges must
be set to Low Resolution or High Resolution. The default setting for an Orthographic View
Style is Low Resolution. For more information on Intersection Edges, see View Style
Properties Dialog Box (on page 48).
66
Tools Menu
3. On the View Style Properties dialog box, create a filter for the view style. In the Filter
Name dropdown, select Create New Filter. The Filter Properties dialog appears. First, you
go to the Object Type tab and the structure slab objects only:
Then go to the Properties tab and specify the property definition to select only the slabs
that are higher than 2 feet in elevation.
4. On the View Style Properties dialog box, click More in the Graphic Rule dropdown to
display the Select Graphic Rule dialog box. Select Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) as the
Graphic View Type, then click New to create a new graphic rule.
67
Tools Menu
5. On the Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box, give your new graphic rule a name and description.
Set the Visible Fill Style with one of the dropdown options. For example, you would select
Grate as the fill style for the top-most slab definition.
For more information, see Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91).
6. Click OK on all the view style dialog boxes to save the changes to the new graphic rule and
the view style. You can now use this view style to create fill style drawings.
See Also
68
Tools Menu
Apply a Clipped Solid Fill Style to a Drawing

The following procedure describes how to apply the Clipped Solid Fill Style VHL graphic rule
option to drawings. It uses the following model as an example:
The wall in the model shown is clipped by a drawing volume:
The following graphic shows the result of the clipping. The intersection of the drawing volume
and the wall are outlined in red. This is the area in the drawing which needs to be filled.
Although the wall appears to be a hollow sheet body, it is a solid. Therefore, the red outlines
represent planar surfaces capping the intersected wall.
69
Tools Menu
Create a View Style Using a Clipped Solid Fill Style
The steps below show how you can use the Clipped Solid Fill Style on the VHL graphic rule for
the view style to achieve output showing Walls with a Blue Hatch fill style.
. Give
box.
In order for a fill style to work properly in a drawing, Intersection Edges must
be set to Low Resolution or High Resolution. The default setting for an Orthographic View
Style is Low Resolution. For more information on Intersection Edges, see View Style
Properties Dialog Box (on page 48).
3. On the View Style Properties dialog box, specify a filter for wall objects.
4. On the View Style Properties dialog box, click More in the Graphic Rule dropdown to
display the Select Graphic Rule dialog box. Select Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) as the
Graphic View Type, and then click New to create a new graphic rule.
70
Tools Menu
5. On the Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box, give your new graphic rule a name and description.
Set the Visible Fill Style with one of the dropdown options. For example, you would select
Hatch as the fill style for the wall definition. You could also specify Normal Blue as the
Visible Line Style value to outline the walls in blue.
See Also
71
Tools Menu
Apply Transparency to an Orthographic View Style

The following procedure describes how to apply the Make Transparent VHL graphic rule option
to orthographic drawings. It shows how you can use the Make Transparent option to make pipe
objects under a slab visible through the slab object graphics.
Without using the Make Transparent VHL graphic rule option, a drawing of this type appears as
follows:
Create a View Style Using a Make Transparent Option

You want your drawings to display the slab without changing the appearance of the pipes below
the slab. You can use the Make Transparent option on the VHL graphic rule for the view style
to achieve this output.
. Give
box. For more information, see View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48).
Name dropdown, select a filter that looks for the slab objects, and then create a new graphic
rule that sets the Make Transparent option for the slabs to For all objects in view.
72
Tools Menu
4. Your filter setting to collect your pipeline objects should use a standard graphic rule.
See Also
Apply Symbology to Graphic Object Aspects (on page 75)
Apply Invisible Option to an Orthographic View Style

The following procedure describes how to apply the Invisible VHL graphic rule option to
orthographic drawing objects. It shows how you can use the Invisible option to label plan grid
lines that do not appear in the drawing.
Without using the Invisible VHL graphic rule option, a drawing of this type appears as follows:
Create a View Style Using the Invisible Option

You can use the Invisible option on the VHL graphic rule for the view style to leave out the
graphic representation of the grid lines, while still labeling the grid lines.
1. In the Drawings and Reports task, select Tools > Define View Style.
73
Tools Menu
2. Select Orthographic as the View Style Type, then click New Style
. Give the new style
a name and click Properties
to display the View Style Properties dialog box. For more
information, see View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page 48).
Name dropdown, select two filters that look for grid lines.
4. In the Primary Orientation dropdown, select Parallel, vertical for the first grid line row, and
Parallel, horizontal for the second grid line row.
5. Create a new graphic rule that sets the Visible Line Style and Hidden Line Style options
to Invisible for both grid line rows.
6. In the Label Rule dropdown, select a grid line rule for each grid line row. For example,
select Equipment Plan_Grid Line_X Name and Equipment Plan_Grid Line_Y Name.
Assign the X Name graphic rule to the Parallel, vertical grid line row and the Y
Name graphic rule to the Parallel, horizontal grid line row.
7. Add rows to the view style to document other objects in the model.
74
Tools Menu
the view style. You can now use this view style to create a drawing that does not include a
graphic representation of grid lines, but labels them.
75
Tools Menu
Apply Symbology to Graphic Object Aspects

You can apply the Aspect VHL graphic rule option to drawings.
For example, you could have pipes in your model that include an Insulation aspect style. You
want your drawings to include the Insulation aspect as part of the drawing, also setting
transparency so both the pipes and the insulation can be seen as unique in the drawing.
Use Tools > Define View Style to create a view style that applies a graphic rule setting the
aspect and transparency. As shown in the following example Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box,
the Insulation aspect is selected and the Make Transparent property is set to For other
aspects of same object. This allows a different symbology to be applied to each aspect of the
graphic object if necessary.
In marine structure rule set view styles, the Graphic Style dialog box is used to assign
VHL aspects, The dialog box looks different, but the procedure is similar to the above
description. For more information, see Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
See Also
Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91)
Apply Transparency to an Orthographic View Style (on page 72)
76
Tools Menu
Add Flow Arrows to Orthographic Drawings

The following procedure describes how to add flow arrows to orthographic drawings as part of
the view style definition.
You can also add flows arrows after the drawing document is created. For more information, see
Place a Manual Flow Arrow on Orthographic Drawings, in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic
Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable Guides.
. Give
box.
Name dropdown, select the Object Types\Piping\Piping Parts\Pipes filter.
4. Click More in the Graphic Rule dropdown to display the Select Graphic Rule dialog box.
Select the graphic rule Piping Plan_Piping, or any graphic rule that has a Show
Centerline property of Yes. Click OK to close this dialog box.
5. In the Label Rule dropdown, click More to display the Select Label Rule dialog box. Select
a label rule that adds a flow arrow to the object. Click OK to save the label rule definition to
the view style. For example, you could add the flow arrow label rule Piping
Plan_FlowArrow_Longest Segment to add the flow arrow to the longest segment of a
pipeline collected by the filter.
For more information, see Select Label Rule Dialog Box (on page 55).
the view style. You can now use this view style to create drawings with flow arrows placed
on the specified objects.
Pipes that have no flow direction defined will not have flow arrows applied in the drawing.
You can place NO FLOW arrows manually when you edit the drawing document.
See Also
77
Tools Menu
Place a Manual North Arrow on a Drawing

North arrows are typically included in drawing views when the option is selected in the view
style. The following workflow allows you to place a north arrow on a drawing independent of
other views. For example, you can place a master north arrow in the company border area, or
another generic location in the drawing to adhere to company standards.
Create a New North Arrow XML Template

In the SharedContent share of your database, locate the delivered north arrow templates. The
default location for these is [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\NorthArrows.
1. In the NorthArrows folder, copy and paste the NorthArrow.xml file.
2. Rename the copied XML file to NorthArrowManual.xml.
3. Edit the NorthArrowManual.xml file and remove the following text from the posModules
section:
<posModule value="DrawingQuadTwo">
<connectPoint>8</connectPoint>
<positioningPoint>8</positioningPoint>
</posModule>
<posModule value="DrawingQuadOne">
</posModule>
<posModule value="DrawingQuadThree">
</posModule>
<posModule value="DrawingQuadFour">
</posModule>
4. Edit the DrawingAbsolute positioning module as follows:
<posModule value="DrawingAbsolute">
<vOffset>0</vOffset>
<hOffset>0</hOffset>
</posModule>
5. Save the NorthArrowManual.xml file, and exit.
Create a New North Arrow XML Rule

In the SharedContent share of your database, locate the delivered north arrow rules. The default
location for these is [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\NorthArrowRules.
1. In the NorthArrowRules folder, copy and paste the NorthArrow.xml file.
2. Rename the copied XML file to NorthArrowManual.xml.
3. Edit the NorthArrowManual.xml file, and replace the NorthArrow name with your new north
arrow label name.
<labels>
<label>
<name>NorthArrows\NorthArrowManual</name>
78
Tools Menu
</label>
</labels>
4. Save the NorthArrowManual.xml file and exit.
Create a New North Arrow Symbol

In the SharedContent share of your database, locate the delivered north arrow symbol. The
default location for this is [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\NorthArrows.
In the NorthArrows folder, copy and paste the NorthArrow.sym file.
Rename the copied SYM file to NorthArrowManual.sym.
Create a New North Arrow View Style

2. In the Define View Style dialog box, select Orthographic in the View Style Type
dropdown menu, and click
New Style. Name the new style NorthArrow.
3. Double-click the NorthArrow view style to edit the view style properties.
4. Select NorthArrowManual in the North Arrow Rule dropdown menu.
Create a New Graphic Preparation Rule

1. In the Graphic Preparation Rules dropdown of the View Style Properties dialog box,
select More.
2. In the Select Graphic Preparation Rule dialog box, click New.
3. Enter NorthArrow in the Rule Name field.
4. Select More in the Filter Name dropdown and navigate to the Catalog Filters > Default
Filters > SP3D Object Filters > Object Types > Space > Space Entities > Drawing
Volumes filter.
5. Click OK.
6. In the Custom Module dropdown, select ReplaceWPoint.dll.
7. Click OK in the Custom Graphic Rule dialog box to save the new graphic preparation rule.
8. Select NorthArrow in the Select Graphic Preparation Rule dialog box and click OK.
9. Click OK on the View Style Properties dialog box to save your new view style. Below is an
example of what your finished NorthArrow view style should look like:
79
Tools Menu
Place a North Arrow View in the Drawing
1. Open an existing drawing, or create a new drawing, in the Drawings Console.
2. Place a new view in the drawing that uses your new NorthArrow view style. For more
information on placing views in drawings, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor User's
Guide.
3. Select Fit to Scale in the Scale Family dropdown menu.
4. Select the Look Direction for the north arrow.
5. On the Format tab of the Drawing View Properties dialog box, clear the Show Border
option.
6. Click OK.
7. Associate the view to a volume in the model and update the drawing.
The north arrow appears in the view you placed and indicates the north direction.
See Also
View Style Rules (on page 87)
80
Tools Menu
Use the Make Clipped Solid Monolithic Option

The following procedure describes how to apply the Make Clipped Solid Monolithic VHL
graphic rule option to drawings. It uses the following model of a wall and slab as an example:
You can also place a drawing volume that clips the east side of the wall and slab in the example
model:
You have a drawing view style that defines the graphic rule for Structure objects. The graphic
rule applies a Normal Blue for visible edges, a LightGray non-transparent fill style for clipped
surfaces. By default, the Make Clipped Solid Monolithic option is set to No. For more
information on creating view styles, see Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page
56).
81
Tools Menu
The resulting drawing resembles the following graphic. You can see the line between the wall
and the slab because they are separate objects. For more information on creating view styles,
see Create an Orthographic Drawing View Style (on page 56).
82
Tools Menu
Edit a View Style to Use the Make Clipped Solid Monolithic Volume Option
to edit the style
2. Select your Structure orthographic view style and click Properties
properties.
3. Modify the graphic rule applied to Structure objects and set Make Clipped Solid Monolithic
to Yes. For more information on the VHL properties, see Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on
page 91).
the view style.
5. Update the drawings that use the updated view style to incorporate the changes to the
drawing style. The wall and slab appear as one monolithic body. The line between the wall
and slab is no longer displayed.
You should always use a non-transparent clipped solid fill style when creating
drawings that use this graphic rule functionality. When the drawing is open in SmartSketch
83
Tools Menu
Drawing Editor and you drag the "clipped surface" aside, you will notice that the original wall
and slab graphics are still there under it. The non-transparent style allows the masking to
work properly in the drawing.
See Also
Use Bubble Labels in Drawings

You can use bubble labels to identify objects in a drawing view by the Item Numbers shown in
a report view. The drawing view style must identify a bubble label for the objects you wanted
labeled with the Item Numbers. The filter in the following view style example looks for Structure
objects and applies the HngSup Side_Reference_Circle_CA_L bubble label:
The drawing document must have a drawing view that is associated to a report view. The bubble
label looks for the Item Number field in the report to label the objects in the associated drawing
view. For example, you can use the delivered HgrSup3View package to create drawings that
use a bubble label to identify the part of a support object. The Item Numbers for each support
part are listed in the report shown on the drawing.
84
Tools Menu
The bubble labels applied to the drawing view are generated from the Item Number values in
the report.
You can also place bubble labels manually using the Manual Place Label command when a
drawing is open in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. You must still have a drawing view associated
to a report before using the bubble label. For more information on placing manual labels, see
Place a Manual Label on a Drawing in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's
Label XML definition is discussed further in the SmartPlant 3D/SmartMarine 3D
Programmer's Guide under Label Templates and Rules (XML) > XML Tag Reference. When
creating new bubble labels, see <content> XML tag definitions to find the value of the
DrawingReferenceLabelContent attribute. Contact your administrator or Intergraph Support if
you require the Programmer's Guide. You can find support information on our web site
See Also
85
Tools Menu
Assign Drawing Objects to Specific Layers

Layers provide a way to control the display of elements on a drawing sheet in SmartSketch
Drawing Editor. There are three different places in drawings that affect the layer settings. The
label templates folder, dimension templates folder, and the graphic rule interface inside the
software.
By default, all objects in a drawing reside in the default view layer.
To alter which layer the labels appear, see Modify the Label Template Layer (on page 87).
To alter which layer the dimensions appear, see Modify the Dimension Template Layer (on
page 86).
To alter which layer the graphical objects appear, you must modify the Layer field in the
Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box (on page 91), Graphic Rule - Line Dialog Box (on page 95),
or Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog Box (on page 99).
The settings listed above determine which objects from certain templates appear in non-default
layers in the drawing view. As a drawings administrator, you may want to pre-define layers in the
delivered view template for ease of use and export. For more information and an example
workflow, see Pre-Define Layers in Delivered View Template in the SmartSketch Drawing Editor
Help.
Modify the Dimension Template Layer

In this example, Equipment, Piping, Structural Framing templates are used to demonstrate the
functionality of associating dimension templates to view layers.
1. Open Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal.xml. This file is located on the SharedContent
share at [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Dimensions\Templates\Equipment
Plan_Columns_Horizontal.xml
2. Add the following text to the XML file directly above the </dimension> tag:
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Select File > Save.

Open Piping Plan_Columns_Horizontal.xml.
Repeat step 2, but replace the words Equipment Dim with Piping Dim.
Select File > Save.
Open Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Horizontal.xml.
Repeat step 2, but replace the word Equipment Dim with Structure Dim.
Select File > Save.
This workflow must be repeated for every dimension template that you want included in a
pre-defined layer.
86
Tools Menu
Modify the Label Template Layer
In this example, Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name.xml, Piping Plan_Piping
Parts_RunName.xml, and Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section Size.xml will be used to
demonstrate the functionality of associating label templates to view layers.
1. Open Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name.xml. This file is located on the SharedContent
share at [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Equipment
Plan_Equipment_Name.xml
2. Add the following text to the XML file directly above the </label> tag:
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Select File > Save.

Open Piping Plan_Piping Parts_RunName.xml.
Repeat step 2, but replace the word Equipment with Piping.
Select File > Save.
Open Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section Size.xml.
Repeat step 2, but replace the word Equipment with Structure.
Select File > Save.
This workflow must be repeated for every label template that you want included in a
pre-defined layer.
View Style Rules

View styles consist of tests and actions. One of the tests must be a filter, and the actions are
rules that control the drawing results. Each rule is an XML file, which is used as an input to the
view style XML file. The rule XML files are located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Rules folder.
Graphic Rules
Graphic rules control the representation of the model graphics on drawings. For example, you
can represent pipe runs as single lines while representing equipment as control point symbols.
You can also resymbolize structural members as single lines with detailed widgets placed along
the lines. To specify the resymbolization, you create a custom symbol and incorporate the
symbol into a graphic rule for a view style. For more information, see Graphic Rules (on page
88).
Label Rules
Label rules control automatic label placement on drawings. For more information, see Label
Rules (on page 102).
Before creating a new label rule, you must first create the label query using the Define Label
command in the Catalog task.
87
Tools Menu
Dimension Rules
Dimension rules control the placement of dimensions while dimension styles control the
appearance, including the units, of dimensions on orthographic drawings. You can specify the
granularity, offsets, style, text size, and object types for the dimensions. For more information on
working with dimensions, see Dimensions in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's
View Rules
The view rules use properties to define how objects are associated to a drawing view. For more
information, see View Rules (on page 105).
Matchline Rules
The matchline rule uses labels to specify the drawing extents and the names of adjoining
drawings. For more information, see Matchline Rules (on page 107).
North Arrow Rules

The north arrow rule uses a label to specify the direction toward north on drawings. For more
information, see North Arrow Rules (on page 108).
The drawing dimension and label rules are discussed further in the SmartPlant
3D/SmartMarine 3D Programmer's Guide under Extending the Capabilities of the Software.
Contact your administrator or Intergraph Support if you need the Programmer's Guide. You can
find support information on our web site http://support.intergraph.com
(http://support.intergraph.com/).
See Also
Graphic Rules
Graphic rules control the representation of the model graphics on drawings. Each filter in the
view style can have its own graphic rule. For example, you can represent pipe runs as single
lines while representing equipment as control point symbols. You can also resymbolize
structural members as single lines with detailed widgets placed along the lines.
You specify graphic rules when you edit an existing view style or create a new view style with
the Tools > Define View Style command. In the Graphic Rule dropdown on the View Style
Properties dialog box, select More to display the Select Graphic Rule dialog box.
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 89)
88
Tools Menu
You have several types of rules available. The following graphic shows examples for each type.
If an object is filtered in more than one row of the view style, the graphic rule in the
bottom-most row applies to the object.
For more information on the delivered graphic rules, see Custom Graphic Modules (on page
947).
See Also
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box
Lists the available graphic rules. You can open this dialog box by clicking More in the Graphic
Rule box on the View Style Properties dialog box.
89
Tools Menu
Graphic Rule Type - Specifies a type of graphic rule. The rule types available include:
90
Visible/Hidden Lines (VHL) - Creates a "wireframe" representation of objects, where just

the outline of the object is drawn.
Replace Objects with Line - Replaces objects, such as pipes, with lines.
Tools Menu
Replace Objects with Line and Widget - Replaces objects, such as structural members,
with a line plus widget combination.
Replace Objects with Symbol - Replaces objects with symbols.
Views - Switches the view from List to Details. When you choose List mode, descriptions of
each rule to not appear.
Rule Name - Lists the names of the graphic rules.
Description - Lists the descriptions of the graphic rules.
New - Creates a new graphic rule of the selected type.
Rename - Renames the selected graphic rule.
Delete - Deletes the selected graphic rule.
Properties - Displays the properties for the selected graphic rule for editing.
When creating a new graphic rule or editing the properties of an existing graphic rule, see the
following for more information:
Graphic Rule - Line Dialog Box (on page 95)
Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box (on page 96)
Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog Box (on page 99)
See Also
Graphic Rules (on page 88)
91
Tools Menu
Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box
Sets options for a specific Visible/Hidden Lines (VHL) graphic rule. The VHL graphic rules
create a "wireframe" representation of objects, where just the outline of the object is drawn.
Rule Name - Specifies the name of the graphic rule. The rule name can be up to 128 characters
long.
Aspect - Provides a dropdown list of available aspects so they can be resymbolized
independently. For example, you may have pipes that use an insulation aspect, and you want
both the pipe and its insulation symbolized uniquely on the drawing. You can use this property
on the VHL graphics to resymbolize both the pipe and its insulation. For more information, see
Apply Symbology to Graphic Object Aspects (on page 75).
Show aspect - Specifies that you want to show the aspect symbology for the selected objects
within the drawing. Only the aspects for which this checkbox is checked are shown in the
generated drawings.
Graphic Module - Specifies a module (.dll file) that allows you to customize the graphics
included in your graphic rule. For more information, see Custom Graphic Modules (on page
947).
For orthographic drawings, this module affects only those items that meet the criteria of
the filter on the selected row of the table in the View Style Properties dialog box. To apply a
module to all items in the view style, choose a Graphic Preparation Rule on the View Style
Properties dialog box.
Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for visible edges of objects and for centerlines in the
Centerline aspect.
Hidden Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an object hidden by the surface of other
objects and for centerlines in the Centerline aspect. The line style is shown as dashed red in the
example below.
92
Tools Menu
Hidden By Self Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an object that are hidden by
the surface of the same object and for centerlines in the Centerline aspect. The line style is
shown as dashed red in the example below.
Occluded Line Style - Specifies a line style for edges of an object that are aligned with and
completely hidden by edges of the same or another object. For example, you may use this style
when you have two objects that are aligned but at different elevations. Occluded lines are
drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style dominates. The line style is
shown as dashed red behind the solid black visible line in the example below.
Occluded lines are drawn, but are frequently not visible because the visible line style
dominates.
Layer - Specifies the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the
graphic is placed. For example, type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your VHL
graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already exist in the
template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer automatically.
For graphic rules used in the conversion to MicroStation files, the software only
recognizes whole numbers between 1 and 63, inclusive, in the Layer field. Other values are
ignored and the object is placed on level 1 in the DGN file.
Visible Fill Style - Specifies the fill style for visible surfaces of objects within the clipped area of
the view. Every face of every instance of the objects matching the applied filter in the view style
will have the selected fill style. For an example workflow showing how fill styles can be applied,
see Apply a Visible Fill Style to a Drawing (on page 66). In the following graphic, everything that
is a slab (everything except the two barrels and the wall piece) has a Hexagon fill style applied.
Make Transparent - Specifies how transparency is applied to an aspect:
93
Tools Menu
No - The aspect will not be transparent.
For all objects in view - Full transparency. The aspect of the object is transparent for all
other objects and all aspects of the same object (that is, it does not hide other objects or
aspects of the same object).
For other aspects of same objects - Relative transparency between objects. The aspect
of the object is transparent only for other aspects of the same object (that is, the given
aspect does not hide other aspects for the same object, such as the flanges and web of a
built-up member, but hides other objects).
In orthographic view styles, the Make Transparent option is especially useful when you need to
show objects beneath another object. In marine structure rule set view styles, the Make
Transparent option is only available for members. For example workflows, see Apply
Transparency to an Orthographic View Style (on page 72).
All of the line styles in the pull down lists are found in the Styles.sha file, located in the
SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new line styles to
this file.
Drawing view styles work in a top-to-bottom priority order. If an object finds its match in
several different filters, the last graphic rule applied (bottom most row) wins.
You can create new line styles to use with the properties on this dialog box. For more
information, see Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View Styles (on page 58).
See Also
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 97)
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page 98)
94
Tools Menu
Graphic Rule - Line Dialog Box
Sets options for a single line graphic rule. The single line graphic rules replace linear objects,
such as pipes and structural members, in the graphic view with single lines. If possible, the
centerline of the object is used. The graphic below shows pipes replaced with a blue line.
long.
947).
Centerline aspect.
example below.
95
Tools Menu
dominates.
graphic is placed. For example, type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your line
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new styles to
this file.
See Also
Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box
Sets options for a line with widget graphic rule. The line with widget graphic rules replace
objects, such as pipes, in the graphic view with a line plus widget combination. A widget is a
symbol placed at a user-defined spacing along the line. The graphic below shows a line plus
widget combination of a black line with a red rectangle widget.
long.
To set the line and fill style properties, go to the Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget
Dialog Box) (on page 97).
To set the widget properties, go to the Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box)
(on page 98).
96
Tools Menu
See Also
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box)
Sets line and fill style properties for a line with widget combination graphic rule. To set the
widget properties, go to the Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page
98).
included in your graphic rule.
This module affects only those items that meet the criteria of the filter on the selected row
of the table in the View Style Properties dialog box. To apply a module to all items in the view
style, choose a Graphic Preparation Rule on the View Style Properties dialog box.
Centerline aspect.
example below.
dominates.
Layer - Indicates the drawing layer (or level, if saving to a MicroStation file) on which the graphic
is placed. For example, you would type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your
symbol graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of your drawing. If the layer does not already
exist in the template you are using to create drawings, the software creates the layer
automatically.
97
Tools Menu
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new line
styles to this file.
See Also
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box)
Sets options for widgets (symbols) on a line for the line plus widget combination graphic rule. To
set the line and fill style properties, go to the Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget
Widget Graphics - Specifies whether an aspect or symbol should be used as part of the
graphic rule.
Aspect Properties
Aspect (Multi-Select) - Specifies one or more envelopes to display around objects. You can
select multiple aspects by holding the CTRL or SHIFT keys.
Aspect Length (%) - Sets the length of the aspect as a percentage of the line on which it is
placed.
Aspect Height (%) - Sets the height of the aspect as a percentage of the height of the object.
Widget Position (% along object) - Sets the positioning of the widget as a percentage of total
length from the start of the line.
Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for visible edges of the aspect.
Hidden By Self Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an aspect that are hidden by
itself.
automatically.
Show Centerline - Specifies whether the centerline appears in addition to the 3D graphics. If
you reset this property to No, the Centerline Visible Line Style, Centerline Hidden Line Style,
and Centerline Extension boxes display <Not Drawn>.
Centerline Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for a visible centerline.
Centerline Hidden Line Style - Specifies the line style for a hidden centerline.
Centerline Extension - Specifies the length of the extension at the ends of a centerline.
Symbol Properties
Symbol - Specifies a symbol file. You can click More to open the Choose Symbol dialog box.
Symbols are saved in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Symbols folder. For
more information, see Choose Symbol Dialog Box (on page 101).
98
Tools Menu
Widget Position (% along object) - Sets the positioning of the widget as a percentage of the
total length from the start of the line.
automatically.
Show Centerline - Specifies whether the centerline appears in addition to the 3D graphics. If
you reset this property to No, the Centerline Visible Line Style, Centerline Hidden Line Style,
and Centerline Extension boxes display <Not Drawn>.
Centerline Visible Line Style - Specifies the line style for a visible centerline.
Centerline Hidden Line Style - Specifies the line style for a hidden centerline.
Centerline Extension - Specifies the length of the extension at the ends of a centerline.
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder. You can add new line
styles to this file.
See Also
Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog Box
Specifies a symbol for a graphic rule. The symbol graphic rule replaces objects in the graphic
view with a symbol. The graphic below shows an object replaced by a symbol
The symbol files are saved in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Symbols
folder.
Rule Name - Names of the graphic rule. The rule name can be up to 128 characters long.
99
Tools Menu
included in your graphic rule.
This module affects only those items that meet the criteria of the filter on the selected row
of the table in the View Style Properties dialog box. To apply a module to all items in the view
style, choose a Graphic Preparation Rule on the View Style Properties dialog box.
Symbol - Specifies a symbol for objects that are visible. You can click More to open the
Choose Symbol dialog box. For more information, see Choose Symbol Dialog Box (on page
101).
When selecting a symbol to replace an object, you can set the symbol as scalable. To achieve
this, open the symbol in SmartSketch Drawing Editor and define the variable in the symbol and
map the name of a label to the symbol so that the symbol received the scale variable from the
3D model. For example, the symbol FrontClipPipe1.sym specifies the OPD variable, which calls
the label OPD.rtp from the SharedContent share in the
\SharedContent\Reports\Templates\DrawingsReports\SymbolParameters) folder.
When the software replaces the objects with the FrontClipPipe1 symbol, it evaluates the OPD
label for the object being replaced, then takes the value returned and uses it to scale the 2D
symbol in the drawing view.
Hidden Object Symbol - Specifies a symbol for objects that are hidden.
automatically.
100
Tools Menu
Orientation - Sets the orientation behavior for the symbol. Set the value to Fixed Orientation Upwards to always have the symbol orientation in the upward direction on the drawing. Set the
value to Orients as Replaced Object Did to set the symbol orientation to match the replaced
graphic object orientation.
See Also
Choose Symbol Dialog Box
Specifies a symbol for the replace with symbol and replace with line and widget graphic rule
types.
You can open this dialog box in two ways:

Select More in the Symbol or Hidden Object Symbol fields on the Graphic Rules Symbols dialog box. For more information, see Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog Box (on page
99).
Select More in the Symbol field on the Widget tab of the Line with Widget dialog box. For
more information, see Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box) (on page
98).
Symbol - Shows a hierarchical list of available symbols from the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Symbols folder. Select a symbol from the list and click OK to return to the
previous dialog box.
See Also
101
Tools Menu
Label Rules
Label rules control the appearance of annotation labels as well as their automatic placement on
drawings. For example, you can create label rules that place labels with or without borders and
leader lines. You can even specify that the labels find "clear space" on the drawing, as shown in
the graphic.
You can use these rules for many purposes. The delivered sample rules include several types of
rules, such as control point labels, grid line labels, name labels, name and part labels, and
piping labels.
The label rules are saved in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder. The rules have corresponding templates and
symbols under \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates. For more information on the delivered
label rules, see Label Rules (on page 725).
If you choose to relocate or reorganize the labels folder structure, you need to edit each
associated Label Rule XML file. The label rules are located in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder. After each <name> tag of the XML file, enter the
correct relative path and name for the template files, as in the example below.
Delivered path
Modified path
Select Label Rule Dialog Box (on page 55)
102
Tools Menu
Layering Labels
You can define the layer on which your annotation labels appear in the drawing by editing the
label rule template XML file. After the <posSettings> section of the XML file, add a
<labelLayerSettings> definition using the <labelLayer> tag, like the one shown in the example
below, that defines the layer on which you want the annotations placed:
If the layer does not already exist in the template you are using to create drawings, the software
creates the layer automatically.
Prioritizing Labels
In "Clearspace Labels", you can use the XML setting for Priority to dictate which label(s) in the
drawing have a higher chance of being placed at their preferred positions, as specified by the
Positioning module within the label XML template. When you create a drawing that uses a view
style with two or more "Clearspace Labels" defined, you can have multiple labels with different
Priority settings, and the level of Priority can impact which label is more likely to receive its
preferred position. For example, Label 1 and Label 2 have different Priority settings defined in
their respective XML templates. However, Label 1 takes its preferred position in the drawing
over Label 2 because the Priority is higher for Label 1. The lower numeric value for the
Priority means Label 1 is more likely to receive its preferred position.
Label 1
Label 2
Labels that have the same Priority setting in their XML templates will not collide in the drawing if
there is sufficient clear space, but neither label receives preferential treatment for placement.
See Also
Use Bubble Labels in Drawings (on page 84)
103
Tools Menu
Select Label Rule Dialog Box
Lists the available label rules. You can open this dialog box by clicking More in the Label Rule
field on the View Style Properties dialog box. You can also open this dialog box from the
Matchline Label or North Arrow Label lists.
available.
See Also
Dimension Rules
In general, dimension rules control the placement of dimensions while dimension styles control
the appearance, including the units, of dimensions in orthographic drawings. However,
dimension styles and dimension rules interact in complex ways. There are two methods you can
use to get dimensions to appear in drawings. Automatic dimensioning and manual dimensioning
place dimensions in native format drawings.
For automatic dimensioning, the view style controls whether or not dimensions are placed. For
manual dimensioning, you edit an existing drawing and place dimensions manually.
The Save As command saves drawings from the database to files and presents
additional considerations about dimensions. The files created by the Save As command can be
native format or a foreign format such as MicroStation or AutoCAD. With the Save As
command, the software attempts to replicate dimensions as they are shown within a drawing.
Assigning dimension units is different for each method. For more information, see:
Automatic Dimensioning
Manual Dimensioning
Save As MicroStation or AutoCAD Format
Isometric drawings use the isometric options settings within their style to determine the
dimension appearance, placement, and units.
See Also
Isometric Drawing Styles
Working with SmartPlant 3D Drawings
104
Tools Menu
View Rules
View rules specify how view frames appear in the drawing document. You can use delivered
view rules or create and modify your own rules that enable you to incorporate custom symbols
and labels into your drawings.
The view rules are saved in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\ViewRules
folder. For more information, you can open the rule XML file to view the comments in the code.
Select View Rule Dialog Box (on page 105)
For more information on including detail and section views in your drawings, see Place a
Section or Detail View in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available
from Help > Printable Guides.
See Also
Create a Custom Cutting Plane Symbol (on page 741)
Select View Rule Dialog Box
Lists the available view rules. You can open this dialog box by clicking More in the View Rule
field on the View Style Properties dialog box.
New - Opens the View Frame Rule dialog box so you can create a new view rule. For more
information, see View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106).
Rename - Renames the selected rule.
Properties - Opens the View Frame Rule dialog box so you can edit the properties for the
selected view rule.
See Also
View Rules (on page 105)
105
Tools Menu
View Frame Rule Dialog Box
Sets options for a view rule.
Rule Name - Specifies the name of the view frame rule.

Property - Identifies the properties available for the view frame rule definition.
Value - Specifies the value for the selected property
Properties
Available Values
View Caption Label

Section Reference 1
Section Arrow 1
Section Reference 2
Section Arrow 2
Detail Reference
DetailSimpleReference
SectionBubbleArrow
SectionSimpleArrow
SectionSimpleReference1
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale
Section Cutting Plane Style

Detail Envelope Style
Select from a list of line styles available for the cutting plane
or detail envelope frame.
Section Cutting Plane Layer

Detail Envelope Layer
Specify the layer on which the cutting plane or detail envelope

frame resides.
See Also
Select Graphic Preparation Rule Dialog Box (on page 53)
106
Tools Menu
Matchline Rules
Matchline rules are used to label adjoining volumes on drawings.
The matchline rules (the standard rule delivered and any new rules you create) are saved in the
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\MatchlineRules folder. The rules have
corresponding templates and symbols under \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Matchline.
For more information, you can open the rule and template XML files to view the comments in the
code.
Use the following steps to add matchline labels to a specific layer:
1. In the directory [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Matchline, open the
Matchline_None_A.xml file.
2. Insert the following new lines of code just above the 
line in the Matchline_None_A.xml file.
<labelLayerSettings>

<labelLayer>MATCHLINE_LABELS</labelLayer>
</labelLayerSettings>
MATCHLINE_LABELS can be any name you want, including an existing layer. If the
layer name that you choose does not already exist, then it will be created.
Working with Volumes that Share a Common Surface

If you require matchline labels for drawings that share common surfaces like the graphic below,
all of the drawings should be part of the same component.
107
Tools Menu
For example, in the following Management Console, the drawings produced by the three
separate components in the MatchlinesSeparate folder will not have matchline labels applied.
The three drawings created by the single MatchlinesTogether component will have matchline
labels placed on them.
See Also
North Arrow Rules

North arrow rules place a label that points toward Global North on drawings.
The north arrow rules are saved in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\NorthArrowRules folder. The rules have corresponding templates and
symbols under \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\NorthArrows. For more information, you
can open the rule and template XML files to view the comments in the code.
See Also
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box

Specifies view style settings for the selected ruleset. This dialog box displays when you select a
ruleset view style and click New or Properties on the Define View Style dialog box. The view
style defines the style applied to the drawing view generated by the ruleset. It determines the
appearance of the drawing to which it is applied. For more information on the dialog box tabs,
see:
Name Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 109)
Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 109)
Query Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 118)
Area Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 118)
AddOns Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 119)
Labels Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 122)
General Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 122)
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142)
108
Tools Menu
Name Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)

Sets or displays the name and description for the ruleset view style.
Name - Specifies the name of the ruleset view style. For more information on the delivered view
styles, see Marine Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142).
Description - Provides a brief description of the view style.
See Also
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190)
Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)

Specifies a rule set, source objects, and actions to use for the view style. After you select the
rule set, you set the style actions for each source in the Action table by identifying tests that
specify the objects called by the view and rules that specify how graphics, labels, and
dimensions are displayed within the view.
Select Ruleset - Provides a list of rule sets for this view style. Click the dropdown and select a
rule set from the list to populate the Action table.
Edit action description for selected row - Specifies the tooltip that is visible when the
cursor hovers over the number of an action row. Select a row and click Edit action description
to display the Edit Action Description dialog box. For more information,
for selected row
see Edit Action Description Dialog Box (on page 111).
Source - Specifies a named list of items that receive action once extracted by the rule set view
style query. This list is created by the selected rule set. Each row in the grid shows an action, or
operation, to be performed on the source. You can add a new row from the list of Source items.
You can add more than one row belonging to the same source item.
109
Tools Menu
How Actions are Applied to a View (on page 111)
Delete a source on the Actions tab (on page 114)
For more information about specific actions used in view styles, see Marine Structure
Drawing View Styles (on page 142).
For more information about the sources available in rule sets, see Marine Structure Drawing
View Style Rule Sets (on page 190).
Tests
There are two types of tests you can apply to specify the objects against which the actions run.
Filter - Specifies a filter to use in specifying objects. Select More in the Filter dropdown to
display the Select Filter dialog box. For more information, see "Select Filter Dialog Box" in any
of the SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides, available from Help > Printable Guides.
Custom - Specifies a list of custom tests available for the selected ruleset. Select Edit in the
Custom dropdown to display the Custom Tests dialog and make any changes necessary to the
test you need for the current action. For more information, see Custom Tests Dialog Box (on
page 113).
Rules
Graphic - Specifies the graphic rule used for the current action. For each object processed by
the ruleset view style, the software applies the first action that passes the specified Tests and
has a graphic rule specified. The software does not draw the graphic produced by the action
unless you select a Custom or From ruleset option from the Graphic dropdown. The From
ruleset option tells the software to use the graphic rule specified by the selected ruleset. The
Custom option tells the software to use a custom graphic rule you provide. You can also use
the Edit Custom option in the dropdown to display the Graphic Style dialog box and edit the
graphic definition as needed. For more information, see Graphic Style Dialog Box (on page
115).
Label - Specifies the label rule used for the current action. For each object processed by the
ruleset view style, the software applies the labels from all the actions that pass the applied tests.
More than one label can be added to an object. Select More in the Label dropdown to display
the Select Label dialog box. For more information, see Label Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings (on page 829).
Dimension - Specifies the dimension rule used for the current action. For each object
processed by the ruleset view style, the software applies the dimensions from all the actions that
pass the applied tests. More than one dimension can be added to an object. Select More in the
Dimension dropdown to display the Select Dimension dialog box.
See Also
110
Tools Menu
How Actions are Applied to a View

When views are created by a view style, all source items are first drawn, and then labeled. The
software processes the source items staring at the top of the list and working down:
1. During the drawing phase, the first of each source/test/rule combination is gathered and
drawn and remaining occurrences of the same combination are ignored. For example,
consider an Actions tab list consisting of:
Plate Part
Plate Part
Plate Part
Profile Part
Profile Part
Profile Part
where each Plate Part row uses the same tests and rules, and each Profile Part row uses
the same tests and rules. Objects in the model meeting the tests and rules of the first
occurrence of Plate Part and Profile Part are drawn, and subsequent occurrences are
ignored.
2. During the labeling phase, items in the model meeting the tests and rules of all occurrences
of Plate Part and Profile Part are labeled.
See Also
Edit Action Description Dialog Box

Specify a description for the source and its actions on the selected row of the Action tab. The
description appears as a tooltip that is visible when the cursor hovers over the number of an
action row.
Description - Type a description of up to 255 characters.
Select Filter Dialog Box

Creates, edits, deletes, and selects filters for use with the Define Workspace, Surface Style
Rules, and Select by Filter commands. You can access this dialog box in several ways:
Select File > Define Workspace, and select the More option in the Filter box.
Select Format > Surface Style Rules, click New or Modify, and then select the More
option in the Filter box.
Select Tools > Select by Filter.
Select Tools > Add Query and create a filter-based query.
111
Tools Menu
This dialog box is also used by Drawings and Reports commands that require runtime filter
selection.
The tree view displays the following types of filters:

Catalog Filters - These filters are used like reference data in the Catalog. For example, a
catalog filter could apply to company-wide operations. Your administrator could define
Company_Filter_1, Company_Filter_2, and so forth.
Ship Filters - These filters are available to all users assigned to a specific database model.
There are delivered catalog filters to query on the different types of Ship objects. You must
have the appropriate privileges to create, edit, or delete these filters.
My Filters - These are personal filters that you create and place in the My Filters folder.
They are visible only to you, the owner. You cannot see the personal filters of other users,
and they cannot see your personal filters. Select a filter from one of the listed filters, or
create a new filter to meet your specific requirements.
New Folder - Creates a new folder.
New Filter (Simple or Asking) - Displays the New Filter Properties dialog box where you
can create a new filter. Asking filters allow you to specify the parameters of the search. An
asking filter has built-in functionality to ask for values (with boxes that you are required to
record). The values apply to properties you have already designated you will supply when the
filter is run. Asking filters are portable between models.
New Compound Filter - Displays the New Compound Filter Properties dialog box where
you can create a new compound filter containing the Or, And, or Not operators.
New SQL Filter - Displays the New SQL Filter Properties dialog box where you can type
the text of an SQL query.
Delete - Removes a filter or folder from the Select Filter list, and deletes it. If you delete a
folder, the software also deletes its contents.
Rename - Changes the name of an existing filter or folder from the Select Filter list.
Properties - Displays the Filter Properties dialog box on which you can select the
properties that determine your filter search criteria.
112
If this dialog box is activated from the Select by Filter command, you can select multiple
filters on this dialog box. Hold CTRL or SHIFT and click each filter. On OK, all objects that fit
the selected filters are selected.
If this dialog box is activated from the Select by Filter command, it clears the select set
before adding objects to the select set.
Tools Menu
For more information, see "Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure Drawings and Reports"
in the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Custom Tests Dialog Box

Provides a list of custom tests available for the current ruleset. This dialog box appears when
you select Edit in the Custom dropdown of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. You can
make changes to the tests as needed for the current ruleset view style action.
Filter Method - Provides options to either Match All or Match Any objects found by the
selected test.
Tests and Properties

For each test, you can specify how the test is applied to the current ruleset view style action.
Use - Turns tests on or off. When the box is checked, the test is turned on and applied to the
ruleset view style action.
Condition - Specifies the test condition checked by the ruleset view style action.
Operator - Specifies the operator used in the test.
Value - Sets the value checked by against the specified condition.
Custom test conditions are unique for each view style ruleset.
For more information on custom tests, see the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
See Also
Ruleset Custom Tests (on page 236)
113
Tools Menu
Apply Transparency to Members in a Ruleset View Style
The following procedure describes how to apply the Make Transparent VHL graphic rule option
to ruleset marine structure view styles. It shows how you can use the Make Transparent option
to make a Member source transparent. For example, you may want to do this when a member
source uses the Insulation aspect, and you do not want the insulation to hide the member.
The Define View Style dialog box appears.
2. Select Ruleset Styles as the View Style Type,
.
3. Select a ruleset view style and click Properties
The Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box appears.
4. On the Actions tab, select a row with a Member source, or create a new action with a
Member source.
5. Click Edit Custom on the Graphic list for the row.
The Graphic Style dialog box appears.
6. On the Graphic tab:
Select Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) as the Graphic Rule Type.
Select the Aspect (such as Insulation) that you want to make transparent.
Click Show Aspect.
Click For all objects in view or For other aspects of same objects from the Value list
for the Make Transparent property. For more information, see Visible/Hidden Edges
(VHL) Graphic Rule (on page 278).
the view style.
See Also
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115)
Delete a source on the Actions tab

To delete a Source item from the Actions tab:
1. Click on a row in the grid column to the right of Source. The row highlights.
2. Press Delete on the keyboard.
114
Tools Menu
Graphic Style Dialog Box

Shows the current settings for the ruleset graphic rule. This dialog box appears when you select
Edit Custom in the Graphic dropdown of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. You can
make changes to the graphic style as needed for the current ruleset view style action.
Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 116)
General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 116)
AddOns Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 116)
See Also
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)

Shows the current graphic settings for the ruleset graphic rule. The Graphic Style dialog box
appears when you select Edit Custom in the Graphic dropdown of the Edit Ruleset View
Style dialog box. You can make changes to the current graphic properties as needed on the
Graphics tab.
Graphic Rule Type - Click the needed graphic rule on the pull-down list. For more information
about the delivered graphic rules, see Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page
277) and Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947).
Aspect - Provides a dropdown list of available aspects so they can be resymbolized
independently. For example, you may have members that use an insulation aspect, and you
want both the member and its fireproofing insulation symbolized and/or labeled uniquely on the
drawing. You can use this property on the VHL graphics to resymbolize both the member and its
insulation. For more information, see Apply Symbology to Graphic Object Aspects (on page 75).
Show Aspect - Specifies that you want to show the aspect symbology for the selected objects
within the drawing. Only the aspects for which this checkbox is checked are shown in the
generated drawings.
Preview - Shows a graphic example of the graphic rule.
Description - Provides a general description of the graphic rule.
Property - Displays the graphic properties available for the selected graphic rule. For more
information about the properties available for each graphic rule, see Graphic Rules in Marine
Structure Drawings (on page 277).
Value - Click a value for the graphic rule property on the pull-down list. You type a numeric
value for some properties.
Graphic rules are used by a variety of view styles, and some properties may not be valid
for the selected view style type. Value appears as shaded for an invalid Property.
See Also
115
Tools Menu
Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)
Shows the current custom graphic properties for the ruleset graphic rule. The Graphic Style
dialog box appears when you select Edit Custom in the Graphic dropdown on the Actions tab
of Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. You can make changes to the custom graphic properties
as needed on the Custom tab, such as defining embedded symbol rules for end cuts or slots.
The available properties are associated with The values for Select Ruleset and Source on the
Actions tab.
See Also
General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)

Shows the current general graphic settings for the ruleset graphic rule. The Graphic Style
dialog box appears when you select Edit Custom in the Graphic dropdown of the Edit Ruleset
View Style dialog box. You can make changes to the general graphic properties as needed on
the General tab.
Include in Area Calculation - Determines if the object contributes to the size and shape of the
view area. If True, the software uses the graphics drawn for the action for the drawing area
computation. The entire graphic is positioned completely inside the drawing area. If False, the
software does not use the graphics drawn for the action for the drawing area computation. The
graphics could be "trimmed" by the drawing area.
See Also
AddOns Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)

Shows the add-ons selected for the view style, and controls how the add-ons are used by the
source action.
Name - Name of an add-on from the AddOns tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box.
For more information, see AddOns Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 119).
Apply AddOn to Source - Select True when the add-on needs to retrieve data from specific
objects, instead of from the global data shared across rule sets. The rule set for the primary view
style passes specific objects to the add-on. Select False when the add-on uses only the global
data.
False is the default value when a new add-on is added to the view style in the AddOns tab
of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. You must change the value to True in each
source in which you want to apply the add-on.
Add-ons that rely on global data shared across rule sets, such as ruler add-ons, do not need
to receive objects from the rule set of the primary view style. Always use False as the value
for Apply AddOn to Source for this type of add-on. If set to True, the add-on will ignore the
objects sent to it, but performance will be degraded.
See Also
Apply an Add-On to a Source Action (on page 117)
116
Tools Menu
Apply an Add-On to a Source Action
1. To add an add-on ruleset view style to a drawing view style, see Add an Add-on View Style
to an Existing Ruleset View Style (on page 120).
2. If the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box is not already open:
Select Tools > Define View Style. The Define View Style dialog box opens.
Select Ruleset Styles as the View Style Type.
Select the needed view style.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
. The Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box appears.

Click Properties
On the Actions tab, on the row for the needed source, select Edit Custom in the Graphic
rules field. The Graphic Style dialog box opens.
On the AddOns tab, each add-on ruleset view style added to the drawing view style
appears. The default value for each is False.
To apply an add-on to the source, Select True in the Apply AddOn to Source field.
Click OK.
In the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box, click OK to save the changes to the view style.
Click Close.
See Also
Change the End Cut Embedded Symbol Rule for a Source Action
Some graphic actions used in the ruleset view style accept symbol rules that place symbols
along with (embedded with) the object graphics. In Steel Order Drawings, the target profiles or
beams in a drawing view need to show the end cut symbols at the end of the landing curve
graphic. The action for the graphic rule used to draw the profile or beam accepts an end cut
symbol rule. For more information, see End Cut Embedded Symbols (on page 995).
To change the selected end cut symbol rules:
.
1. In the Define View Style dialog box, select a view style and click Properties
2. In the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box, select the Action tab.
3. For a value of Profile Part in the Source field of the grid, select Edit Custom... in the
Graphic field.
4. In the Graphic Style dialog box, select the Custom tab.
5. For the Property specified as EndCut, ProfilePartEndCut is specified as the Value. This is
the default set of endcut embedded symbol rules.
6. Double-click Browse
to open the EndCut dialog box and select a different set of rules.
117
Tools Menu
Query Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)

Specifies the view query values for the ruleset defined on the Actions tab of the Edit Ruleset
View Style dialog box.
Query - Sets the queries to use with the current ruleset view style. Each view can have more
than one query applied. Depending on the query selected, displays the Filter field or the Value
field.
A view query specifies the type of model object or parameter value used by for view definition. A
set of view queries are specific to the ruleset defined on the Actions tab of the Edit Ruleset
View Style dialog box. For more information, see the appropriate rule set under Marine
Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets (on page 190) in the Drawings and Reports Reference
Data Guide.
Filter - Specifies the filter to use for this query definition. Select More in the dropdown to display
the Select Filter dialog and choose from a list of available filters. Select Create New Filter to
create a new filter with the Filter Properties dialog box. The dropdown also provides a list of
previously selected filters. For more information, see Select Filter Dialog Box (on page 111).
Properties - Displays only when the Filter field displays. Displays the Filter Properties dialog
box so you can modify the currently selected filter as needed. For more information about filters,
see "Filter Properties Dialog Box" in the Common User's Guide.
Remove Filter - Removes the specified filter from the currently selected view type query
definition.
Value - Shows the current value used to define the query. If this field is blank, no value has
been set for the query. You may be able to Edit (change the value), Reset (set the value back
to the original value when the dialog displayed), or Default (reset to the default query for the
current ruleset).
See Also
Area Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)

Specifies how the drawing area is computed for the view that has this ruleset view style. The
properties on the Areas tab are part of the view style definition.
Area Computation - Determines the drawing area applied to the view. The values are:
Default (ruleset) - The drawing area specified by the ruleset (if any) is applied to the view.
Custom - The drawing area is computed based on settings specified in this view style for
every action. For more information, see Include in Area Calculation in General Tab
(Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 116).
Discard - No drawing area is applied for this view, even if one is specified by the ruleset.
Area Shape - Specifies how the drawing area shape is computed. You can set this value to
Rectangular or Elliptical to approximate the drawing area shape, or you can apply an Exact
Boundary to the drawing area shape.
118
Tools Menu
Boundary Overlap - Specifies the distance to extend the drawing view SmartFrame beyond the
computed area.
Overlap Fill Style - Specifies the fill style for the boundary overlap. You can set this value to
<Not Drawn> to have no fill style, or to standard fill styles such as Brick, Dash, or Mesh.
Frame Shape - Specifies the shape applied to the drawing view SmartFrame. You can set this
value to Rectangular or Elliptical to approximate the drawing area shape, or you can apply an
Exact Boundary to the frame shape.
Frame Border Style - Specifies the border style applied to the drawing view SmartFrame. You
can set this value to <Not Drawn> to have no border style, or to standard border styles such as
Dashed, Dotted, or Thick.
Frame Behavior - Determine the way the SmartFrame resizes when the view is placed. The
values are:
Frame size is fixed - Frame size is based on the initial size created with the Place View
command. For more information, see "Place View Command" in SmartSketch Drawing
Editor.
Frame resizes to drawing area - Resizes the frame to the geometry in the view, as
determined by the Area Computation property.
See Also
AddOns Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)

Specifies add-on rule set view styles to include in the current rule set view style.
Add-ons are rule set view styles that are added to an existing rule set view style. The main use
of an add-on is to enhance a view style by importing actions. A rule set view style can have
multiple add-on view styles.
Because an add-on is a rule set, it has access to global model data such as:
The drawing view
The coordinate system
The thin volume used by a drawing view
The query results, such as the level 0 objects returned by the query
119
Tools Menu
If an add-on needs to retrieve data from specific objects, instead of from the global data
shared across rule sets, then the rule set for the primary view style can pass specific objects to
the add-on. This is more efficient and provides better performance. You set this option as a
Graphic Rule in the Actions tab using the AddOns tab in the Graphic Style dialog box. For
more information, see AddOns Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 116).
AddOns - Click the browse button in a table row to display the Select AddOn dialog box to
select from a list of ruleset view styles.
Delete AddOn - Right-click on an add-on in a table row and select this command to delete the
add-on.
See Also
Add an Add-on View Style to an Existing Ruleset View Style (on page 120)
Add-on Ruleset View Styles (on page 246)
Add an Add-on View Style to an Existing Ruleset View Style

The following procedure steps you through adding an AddOn ruleset view style to a primary
ruleset view style.
For more information, see Add-on Ruleset View Styles (on page 246).
1. Select Tools > Define View Style. The Define View Style dialog box opens.
2. Select Ruleset Styles as the View Style Type.
3. Select the view style to which you want to add the AddOn ruleset view style.
. The Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box appears, showing the
4. Click Properties
definition for the selected ruleset view style.
5. On the AddOns tab, click the browse button in an AddOns table row. The Select AddOn
dialog box appears, showing a list of ruleset styles.
6. Select an addon ruleset view style and click OK.
7. In the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box, click OK to save the changes to the view style.
8. Click Close.
Add-ons can also be controlled by individual source actions. For more information,
see Apply an Add-on to a Source Action (on page 117).
In the example below, the AddOn - Grid Axis view style adds rulers based on a coordinate
system associated with the drawing view. All planes from the coordinate system are drawn as
well.
120
Tools Menu
Without AddOn - Grid Axis:
With AddOn - Grid Axis:
See Also
121
Tools Menu
Labels Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)

Specifies the label rules used within the ruleset view style.
View Label Rule - Controls placement of view names specified by the View Naming Rule
property in the View Definition dialog box. For more information, see "General Tab (Setup Dialog
Box - Drawings by Rule)" in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available
from Help > Printable Guides.
Ship Direction Rule - Controls placement of direction symbols for Port, Starboard, Forward, Aft,
Up, and Down.
See Also
General Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)

Specifies miscellaneous rules used within the ruleset view style.
Preview View Style - Specifies the view style used for preview geometry after a view is placed,
but before generating an update of the view.
Added Object Color - Specifies the geometry color for added objects used by the Update view
generation mode. The default value is <Default from View Style>.
Modified Object Color - Specifies the geometry color for modified objects used by the Update
view generation mode. The default value is <Default from View Style>.
Deleted Object Color - Specifies the geometry color for deleted objects used by the Update
view generation mode. The default value is <Not Tracked>.
Associate Objects to View Command - Specifies which associate ribbon the software will
display when associating objects to a view. The default value is Default, which displays the
Drawing Ruleset View Ribbon. If you select Expansion, the software displays the Expansion
Ribbon. For more information about these ribbons, see "Associate Objects to Views" in the
Orthographic Drawings User's Guide. You can access this document using the Help > Printable
Guides command in the Drawings and Reports task.
122
Tools Menu
Intersection Edges - Creates lines where surfaces intersect each other. Select Off to omit all
surface intersection lines. Select Low Resolution to draw all lines except b-splines between
intersecting surfaces. Select High Resolution to draw all lines including b-splines between
intersecting surfaces. For example, changing from Off to High Resolution would produce the
following effect for your graphics:
High Resolution draws the most detail, but increases view generation time.
Preserve Z Order - Maintains the three-dimensional order of resymbolized graphics. This
setting overrides the top-down ordering in the graphic rules of a view style. A cleaner-looking
drawing results if this option is selected. Select Yes to turn on the option. For example, pipe
gaps display according to their layering in the 3D model:
Projector - Defines the scaling method used for a manufacturing sketch. Select one of the
following:
Mfg Sketch - Not to Scale - Fits the sketch and all information into a fixed-size view. All
geometry, symbols, and annotations are clearly displayed, but the geometry is not to scale.
This is the typical selection for fixed-size manufacturing sketches.
Mfg Sketch - To Scale - Draws geometry to scale. Geometry, symbol, and annotation
display is similar to the Part Monitor in the Structural Manufacturing task.
See Also
123
Tools Menu
Create a Ruleset View Style

The following procedure steps you through creating a ruleset view style with the Tools > Define
View Style command. To create an orthographic view style, see Create an Orthographic
Drawing View Style (on page 56).To create a key plan view style, see Create a Key Plan View
Style (on page 57).
2. In the View Style Type box, select the Ruleset view style type.
to create a new rulest view style. Click Rename
3. Click New Style
name of the new style.
to change the
to open the Edit Ruleset View

4. Select the new ruleset view style and click Properties
Style dialog box. For more information, see Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box (on page
108).
5. On the Name tab, specify a name and description for the new ruleset view style.
6. On the Actions tab, select the ruleset you want to use in creating this view style definition.
The ruleset determines the actions and options available for the ruleset view style and
populates the Actions table. For more information, see Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View
Style Dialog Box).
7. In the Actions table, define the Source/Action combinations you want included in this
ruleset view style. Each source shows an action, or operation, to be performed. You can add
a new action from the list of Source items. You can add more than one action belonging to
the same source. For example, a Classification source could have several different actions
assigned on multiple rows in the table - one for Forward, one for Aft, and one for
OnReference.
8. For each row you create, you can set the Tests that the ruleset view style runs to identify
the objects included in the drawing.
9. In the Rules section of the table, you specify the Graphic, Label, and Dimension rules
applied to the drawing output.
10.
11.
12.
13.
124
You can use symbols as part of the ruleset view style for your Drawings by Rule
drawings. The symbols can appear as part of the drawing view, enhancing graphic objects.
You can also place symbols on a drawing as a label in paper space.
Go to the Query tab to set the query to use with the current ruleset view style. When you
select a query, the Value field updates. You can modify the value as needed for the current
ruleset view style.
On the Area tab, you specify how the drawing area is computed for the view that has this
ruleset view style.
Finally, if you want to include an AddOn ruleset view style as part of your primary view style,
go to the AddOn tab to import the AddOn style. For more information on AddOn view styles,
see Add-on Ruleset View Styles (on page 246).
Click OK on the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box to save the changes to the new ruleset
view style.
Tools Menu
Test your view style by creating drawings. You can edit the view style with the Tools > Define
View Style command. The rules and associated files are saved in the SharedContent share in
the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\RulesetStyles folder.
Copy an Existing Ruleset View Style

You can also copy and existing ruleset view style and modify it instead of creating new styles
from scratch. There are two methods you can use to copy ruleset view styles:
Go to the SharedContent share. In the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\RulesetStyles folder, select
and copy the XML file for the ruleset view style you need as a starting point. Go to the
Drawings and Reports task and select Tools > Define View Style. On the Define View
to open the
Style dialog box, select the copied ruleset view style and click Properties
Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box and modify it as needed.
You can also use the Tools > Define View Style command to copy an existing ruleset view
style. Select a ruleset view style from the hierarchy and click Properties
. On the Name
tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box, type in a new name. You can also make
other definitions changes to the ruleset view style at this time. When you click OK on the
dialog box, a Name Change message appears. To save the new ruleset style with the new
name, click Yes. The original ruleset view style is not changed. If you click No, the original
ruleset view style is saved with the new name.
See Also
Key Plan Style Dialog Box

Sets options for a key plan view style. You access this dialog box when you select a key plan
style, then click Properties
on the Define View Style dialog box.
Name - Specifies the name of the key plan styles.
Description - Describes the key plan style.
Key Plan Type - Specifies a type for the key plan. There are several types of key plan styles
you can create. They are described below. The properties displayed depend on the key plan
type you select.
Normalized Volumes Only - This key plan type specifies that the key plan be arranged in a
normalized manner, meaning that each volume has exactly the same amount of space in
the key plan. The graphic below represents the layout of the Normalized Volumes Only key
plan type. The Default key plan that is delivered with the software is an example of this type
of key plan.
125
Tools Menu
Natural Volumes Only - The Natural Volumes Only type specifies that the key plan displays
the volumes by natural size. This means that the key plan layout is based on the size of
each volume, which may be irregular if the volumes are of different sizes. The graphic below
shows the layout of a Natural Volumes Only key plan type.
One Volume with Plant View - This key plan type shows the full plant view with a "you are
here" representation for the associated volume. The graphic below is a sample of the One
Volume with Plant View key plan type.
One Volume with Plant View Properties
126
Coordinate System - Provides a dropdown list of all coordinate systems in the model. It
also includes the value Use the Coordinate System of Related View. Selecting this value
will cause the key plan to use the same coordinate system as the associated drawing view.
Range Filter - Specifies the range to display beyond the associated volume. The range filter
determines the range and what objects can be displayed in the key plan view. For example,
if you want to have equipment and grids shown in the key plan view, both must be included
within the range filter and not only in the filters that are used in the volume view style
associated with the key plan view style. Click More to display the Select Filter dialog box.
Orientation - Provides a list of orientations available for the key plan type.
View Style - Specifies the style used to display the key plan graphics. Click More to display
the Select Key Plan View Style dialog box and select the view style. You specify the type of
view style, such as Orthographic. The selected view style type filters the hierarchy with the
available styles found in the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules folder.
Tools Menu
Natural Volumes Only Properties
also includes the value Use the Coordinate System of Related View. Selecting this value
will cause the key plan to use the same coordinate system as the associated drawing view.
Search Range in X direction - Determines the horizontal extents the software uses to
locate another drawing volume with the same parent as the current drawing. The larger the
value, the larger the extents.
Search Range in Y direction - Determines the vertical extents the software uses to locate
another drawing volume with the same parent as the current drawing. The larger the value,
the larger the extents.
Normalized Volumes Only Properties
also includes the value Use Coordinate System of Related View. Selecting this value will
cause the key plan to use the same coordinate system as the associated drawing view.
Search Range in X direction - Determines the horizontal extents the software uses to
locate another drawing volume with the same parent as the current drawing. The larger the
value, the larger the extents.
Search Range in Y direction - Determines the vertical extents the software uses to locate
another drawing volume with the same parent as the current drawing. The larger the value,
the larger the extents.
Alignment in X direction - Specifies a tolerance for the software to use when determining
whether to align the vertical sides of volumes within the key plan. The larger the tolerance,
the more likely the vertical sides will align.
Alignment in Y direction - Specifies a tolerance for the software to use when determining
whether to align the horizontal sides of volumes within the key plan. The larger the
tolerance, the more likely the horizontal sides will align.
Normalized in X direction - Specifies a tolerance for the software to use when determining
whether to represent volumes within the key plan with the same width as the volume of the
current drawing. The larger the tolerance, the more likely the volumes will be resized.
Normalized in Y direction - Specifies a tolerance for the software to use when determining
whether to represent volumes within the key plan with the same height as the volume of the
current drawing. The larger the tolerance, the more likely the volumes will be resized.
To apply a style to the volume of the current drawing in the key plan, use the term KEY
PLAN FOCUS ELEMENT in the Filter column of the key plan view style and then assign a
graphic rule. You must use uppercase letters for the term.
Normalized key plan types do not support the use of graphic modules in their key plan view
styles.
One Volume With Plant View key plan types do support the use of graphic modules in their
key plan view styles. For example, you can use the VolumeWireFrame.dll graphic module
to prevent the volume of the current drawing from obscuring objects within it.
127
Tools Menu
See Also
Create a Key Plan View Style (on page 57)
Define Layout Style Command

Defines layout styles that control the position of the drawing views associated with a drawing
region. The Tools > Define Layout Style command allows you select to an existing layout style
and modify its properties or you can create a new layout style.
Define Layout Style Dialog Box (on page 128)
The layout styles you create are available when you use the Tools > Edit Layout Template
command to create and edit regions within a layout template. For more information on layout
templates, see Edit Layout Template Command (on page 133).
You can have multiple regions on a layout template, and each region can use a different layout
style. After you have created your layout template with its regions and layout styles, you can go
to a 3D task and use the layout template to create composed drawings. For more information on
creating drawings in a 3D task, see the Common User's Guide available from Help > Printable
Guides.
See Also
Define a Layout Style (on page 129)
128
Tools Menu
Define Layout Style Dialog Box

Defines layout styles for use with drawing regions, sheets, and documents within layout
templates. This dialog box appears when you select Tools > Define Layout Style.
You can select an existing layout style to modify or create a new layout style.
New Folder - Adds a new layout style folder to the hierarchy.
New - Displays the Layout Style dialog box so you can create a new layout style. For more
information, see Layout Style Dialog Box (on page 129).
Delete - Deletes the selected layout style from the hierarchy.
Rename - Allows you to rename the selected layout style.
Properties - Displays the Layout Style dialog box so you can view and edit an existing
style. Select an existing style in the hierarchy before clicking this button. You can also
double-click an existing style to display the properties. For more information, see Layout Style
Dialog Box (on page 129).
Select Layout Style to Edit - Shows a hierarchy of existing layout styles. The hierarchy is
divided up according to the type of layout style: Document Assignment Rules, Region Layout
Rules, and Sheet Assignment Rules. If you are creating a new layout style, make sure you
place it in the correct folder in the hierarchy.
See Also
Define Layout Style Command (on page 128)
Layout Style Dialog Box

Defines layout style properties. This dialog box appears when you select New
or Properties
on the Define Layout Style dialog box.
Style name - Displays name of the existing style or you can type a new name for a new layout
style.
Description - Provides a description of the layout style.
Layout Processor - Specifies a layout processor DLL to define how the drawing region
behaves and how many views it accepts. Each style is a variation of the layout processor,
depending on the properties set.
DefaultLayoutProcessor.dll - This processor allows you to choose a predefined
arrangement of views to be aligned and managed inside a region. Some of the delivered
examples are 4 views arranged in a checkerboard fashion, 4 tall views aligned vertically, and
4 wide views aligned horizontally. Other delivered examples increase the number of views,
using similar arrangements. If you define the region to have a layout style for 4 views but
you attempt to place 6 views within the region, the software moves the extra drawing views
to an unmanaged area of the drawing sheet, outside the region.
When you select a processor, the properties table updates so you can specify the properties for
the layout style.
See Also
129
Tools Menu
Define a Layout Style

1. Select Tools > Define Layout Style. The Define Layout Style dialog box appears.
to edit the properties on the
2. You can select an existing layout style and click Properties
Layout Style dialog box. You can also change the name of the existing style to create a
new layout style based on the old one.
You could also select a folder on the Define Layout Style dialog box and click New
to
create a new layout style. The new style is created in the selected folder.
3. On the Define Layout Style dialog box, you can also select an existing layout style and use
the buttons at the top of the dialog box to Rename or Delete the style.
.
4. To create a new folder in the hierarchy, click New Folder
After you create your layout styles, use Edit Template on the shortcut menu of a Drawing by
Ruleset component to specify the layout styles used for the component drawings and place
regions using the layout styles. For more information, see Edit a Drawings by Rule Template in
the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable
Guides.
See Also
Layout Style Dialog Box (on page 129)
Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu)

Opens a drawing border template in SmartSketch Drawing Editor for customization. You can
place drawing property labels and manual graphics.
Graphic objects used in the templates must be embedded, not linked, using the Insert >
Object command in SmartSketch Drawing Editor when editing the drawing or the drawing
template.
Select Template Dialog Box (on page 131)
130
Tools Menu
When you place drawing property labels, the software automatically makes the DwgTemplate
layer active. The labels need to be on this layer so that they are preserved when you update the
drawing. You should not place manual markups on the DwgTemplate layer.
If you use other native SmartSketch Drawing Editor commands (such as Place Line or Place
Dimension) to add manual markups to the template, put them on any layer in the template in
order to preserve the changes when you update drawings. For more information on layers, see
Working with Layers in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide or the
SmartMarine 3D Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide, available from Help > Printable
Guides.
You can create new border templates. For more information, see Create Border and Layout
Templates (on page 137).
The drawing area is the area on a border template in which you place views. Each border
template has a drawing area. When you create new composed drawings, a layout template
and a border template merge together to form the new drawing. A single view layout
arrangement works with multiple border sizes. For more information on using layouts with
borders, see Edit Layout Template Command (on page 133).
Importing Border Files from Other Software

You can use border file you created in MicroStation (DGN) or AutoCAD (DWG) for use as
border templates in 3D drawings. You can import the DGN or DWG file to SHA and place a
drawing area within the border in order to use it for Composed Drawings. For more information,
see Import a Border File and Create a Drawing Area (on page 132).
See Also
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query (on page 39)
Select Template Dialog Box

Specifies a template. This dialog box appears when you click the Edit Border Template
command. It also appears the first time you edit a template for a volume component. The
templates listed in this dialog box are located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Templates folder.
You can select a template on this dialog box and then click OK, or you can just double-click a
template.
The application delivers a set of Imperial and Metric border templates. The names of the
templates indicate their size. All of the delivered Imperial and Metric border templates already
contain border labels. Some of the border templates also contain a label to display notes. The
naming convention indicates which templates contain this label.
See Also
Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) (on page 130)
131
Tools Menu
Import a Border File and Create a Drawing Area

This procedure shows you how to import a file (MicroStation DGN or AutoCAD DWG) so you
can edit it in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see Edit Border Template
Command (Tools Menu) (on page 130).
template has a drawing area. When you create new composed drawings, a layout template and
a border template combine to form the new drawing. A single view layout arrangement works
with multiple border sizes. For more information on using layouts with borders, see Edit Layout
Template Command (on page 133) and Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) (on page
130).
1. Open your DGN or DWG file in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. You can double-click
Shape2DServer.exe in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\Common2D\Shape2D\Bin folder
to run SmartSketch Drawing Editor. Use File > Open to open the DGN or DWG border file.
2. Save the file as an SHA file to the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Templates
folder and exit SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
3. In the Drawings and Reports task, select Tools > Edit Border Template. The Select
Template dialog box appears.
4. Select the imported SHA file from the hierarchy on the dialog box and click OK.
132
Tools Menu
5. The imported border file opens in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. Place a drawing area using
the Place Drawing Area
command in the toolbar area. Click and drag to place the
drawing area. For more information, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
The Place Drawing Area command creates a rectangle object and sets the properties as
needed for the drawing area. You can only place one drawing area per border template. If
you open a border template that already has a drawing area specified and try to place a
drawing area using this command, an error message displays.
6. Edit the template as needed, saving your changes in SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
After you edit your border templates, you can use a 3D task to create new composed drawings
that use this border. For information on creating composed drawings, see the Common User's
Guide available from Help > Printable Guides.
See Also
Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) (on page 130)
Edit Layout Template Command

Edits existing layout templates for use with composed drawings. The Tools > Edit Layout
Template command allows you to select an existing layout template, and then assign it to a
border family - a set of border templates that can be used with the layout template. After you
specify a border family, the layout template opens in SmartSketch Drawing Editor for
modification.
Select Layout Template Dialog Box (on page 134)
Select Border Family Dialog Box (on page 135)
The layout templates are available when you create composed drawings in a 3D task using the
Tools > Drawings Console command. For more information, see the Common User's Guide
133
Tools Menu
While the layout template is open in SmartSketch Drawing Editor, you can place drawing
regions, place views, place reports, edit the border family, and preview the layout against the
border templates. For more information on the commands available, see the SmartSketch
Drawing Editor Help.
You can create new layout templates. For more information, see Create Border and Layout
The selected templates and layout styles for the Edit Layout Template command cannot
be read-only. To edit the template and style permissions, contact your administrator.
template has a drawing area. When you create new composed drawings, a layout template
and a border template merge together to form the new drawing. A single view layout
arrangement works with multiple border sizes. For more information on using layouts with
borders, see Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) (on page 130).
See Also
Edit a Layout Template (on page 135)
Select Layout Template Dialog Box

Specifies the layout template you want to edit. This dialog box appears when you select Tools >
Edit Layout Template.
You select an existing layout style to modify from the hierarchy shown on the dialog box.
When you click OK, the template opens in SmartSketch Drawing Editor and the Select Border
Family appears so you can specify the border templates you want associated with this layout
template. For more information, see Select Border Family Dialog Box (on page 135).
134
Tools Menu
After you select the border family and click OK, you can modify the layout as needed for your
drawings. You can place regions, place views, place reports, change the border family, and
preview the layout against the border templates. For more information on the commands
available, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
You can create new layout templates. For more information, see Create Border and Layout
The grayed out buttons on this dialog box are not supported in this version of the software.
See Also
Edit Layout Template Command (on page 133)
Select Border Family Dialog Box

Specifies the border templates to associate with the current layout template. This dialog box
displays when you click OK on the Select Layout Template dialog box. You can multi-select
borders by holding down the CTRL key while selecting borders from the hierarchy.
See Also
Edit a Layout Template

1. Select Tools > Edit Layout Template. The Select Layout Template dialog box appears.
2. Select an existing layout template and click OK. The template opens in SmartSketch
Drawing Editor and the Select Border Family dialog box appears.
The selected templates and layout styles for the Edit Layout Template command
cannot be read-only. To edit the template and style permissions, contact your administrator.
3. Select the borders you want associated with the open layout template and click OK.
4. A heavy black border indicates the layout area of the template. You can select the layout
area and position it as needed within the template.
5. Use the commands available in SmartSketch Drawing Editor to place regions, place views,
place reports, edit the border family, and preview the layout against the selected border
templates. For more information, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
After you create your layout templates, go to a 3D task and create new composed drawings
using the layout template. For information on creating composed drawings, see the Common
User's Guide available from Help > Printable Guides.
Deleting a Region from a Layout Template

Regions are used to manage the positioning of views within layout template. For more
information on placing regions, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help. Additional information
is available in Composed Drawings (on page 35).
135
Tools Menu
1. To delete a region from a layout template, you should use PickQuick to select the outer
boundary of the region.
2. After selecting the region outer boundary, select Edit > Delete to remove the region
definition. You can also press the Delete key on the keyboard. Any views placed within the
region remain on the layout template as unmanaged views.
136
Tools Menu
See Also
Create Border and Layout Templates

This procedure shows you how to create a new border or layout template so you can edit it in
the Drawings and Reports task. You can edit existing templates using commands on the Tools
menu. For more information, see Edit Border Template Command (Tools Menu) (on page 130)
and Edit Layout Template Command (on page 133).
1. Go to the SharedContent share and locate the \Drawings\Catalog\Templates\Imperial (or
Metric) folder.
2. Find an existing template .sha file. For example, you could use the existing border template
B_Wide.sha.
3. Right-click the .sha file and select Copy.
4. Right-click in the same folder and select Paste to paste a copy of the original .sha file.
5. Right-click the new copied file and select Rename to change the name of the file. For
example, change it from Copy of B_Wide.sha to NewBWide.sha.
6. In the Drawings and Reports task, select Tools > Edit Border Template if the new template
is a border template. Use Tools > Edit Layout Template if you create a new layout
template.
7. Edit the new template as needed, saving your changes in SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
After you edit your border and layout templates, go to a 3D task and create new composed
drawings. For information on creating composed drawings, see the Common User's Guide
When creating a border template, the border graphics should be created in the Working
Sheets view. If the border template is created in the Background Sheets view, the border will
not be visible when a drawing is created. The Switch Border command will also not work
correctly if the drawing border was created in the Background Sheets view. For more
information on these views, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor Help.
See Also
137
Tools Menu
138
SECTION 3
Marine Structure Drawings Reference

Data
You can customize your marine structure drawings by understanding and modifying the
delivered marine structure drawings reference data. You can use reference input data for
multiple drawing types, or you could configure different input for each type of drawing. The
customizable reference data includes:
Ruleset view styles
Packages
Rulesets
Labels, symbols, and dimensions
Reports
There are other customizable elements which are common to all marine structure drawings and
they are:
Lines styles
Naming rules
AddOns
Layout styles
Collation rules
Orientation rules
ShipDrawings.xls
In the Drawings and Reports task, reference data defines various settings for each type of
marine structure drawing. The ShipDrawings.xls workbook contains the reference data for
marine structure drawings within the Drawings and Reports task. The workbook is located on
the client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
The sheets that are unique to ShipDrawings.xls are described below. For more information on
common sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help >
Printable Guides command.
ShipDwgSymbolFiles - Modifies the marine structure drawing symbol reference data. For more
information, see ShipDwgSymbolFiles Sheet (on page 289).
Ruleset - Identifies the rulesets used for marine structure drawings. For more information, see
Ruleset Sheet (on page 291).
OrientationRule - Defines the orientation rules for marine structure drawings. For more
information, see OrientationRule Sheet (on page 291).
CollationRule - Defines the collation rules for marine structure drawings. For more information,
see CollationRule Sheet (on page 292).
ShipDwgReports.xls
A second workbook, ShipDwgReports.xls, contains the reference data for marine structure
drawing reports used within the Drawings and Reports task. This workbook is also located on
The sheets that are unique to ShipDwgReports.xls are described below. For more information
139
Marine Structure Drawings Reference Data

on common sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide accessible from Help >
Printables Guides.
Report - Identifies the marine structure drawing reports delivered with the product and the files
used to create the reports. For more information, see Reports Sheet (Marine Structure
Drawings) (on page 292).
R-Hierarchy - Specifies where the marine structure drawing reports are located in the Catalog
hierarchy. For more information, see R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) (on page
293).
See Also
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 251)
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions (on page 743)
Marine Structure Drawing Reports (on page 294)
Marine Structure Drawing Packages

Packages contain definition information for one or more components, plus template and style
definitions. You can create new packages or modify existing packages. Drawing documents are
not saved as part of the package. When you save a package, using the Save Package
command in the Drawings and Reports task, you specify where it is saved. You can save the
package on a single drawing, an entire folder, or even the entire root. You can also create your
own tab when you save your packages. The tab appears in the Add Component dialog box of
the New command.
Packages are saved on the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder. A sub-folder exists for each type of delivered
package. When you use the New command to add a package to the Management Console,
each tab of the Add Component dialog box represents a sub-folder showing the available
packages for each drawing type. For example, you find pin jig packages on the Manufacturing
tab.
Marine structure drawing packages are based on the Drawings by Rule component.
The delivered marine structure drawing packages include:
Assembly Drawings
On the Ship tab of the Add Component dialog box:
Assembly Method
Assembly Sequence
Hull Line Drawings

On the Ship tab of the Add Component dialog box:
Hull Lines
Manufacturing Drawings
On the Manufacturing tab of the Add Component dialog box:
Mfg PinJig - Contains an asking filter to select the pin jigs.
Mfg Profile Sketch - Contains an asking filter to select the profile.
Mfg Profile Sketch (Multiple) - Contains an asking filter to select the profiles.
Mfg Template Set - Contains an asking filter to select the template sets.
140
Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) (see "Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) Package" on page 141) Contains an asking filter to select the template sets.
Scantling Drawings
On the Ship Structure tab of the Add Component dialog box:
Shell Expansion - Creates unfolded port and starboard views of shell plate.
Steel Order
Steel Order (Check Drawings)
Steel Order (Shell Profiles) - Creates plan views of individual shell profiles, also showing
level 2 non-target parts connected to the profiles.
Steel Order (Weld)
Steel Order by Block or Assembly -Creates transverse, longitudinal, deck shell expansion,
and shell profile views for plate and profile parts within selected blocks or assemblies.
The Steel Order packages use scantling steel order rulesets and view styles for light
(non-detailed) parts created in the Molded Forms task, and detailed parts created in the
Structural Detailing task. The packages also use short name and typical labels for profiles and
plates. For more information, see Scantling Drawing Rule Sets (on page 218) and Marine
Structure Drawing View Styles (on page 142).
Baseline Drawings by Rule Package

You can also use the baseline Drawings by Rule component to create an empty drawing
package to which you can add views as needed. The Drawings by Rule component appears on
the Ship tab of the Add Component dialog box. After adding the package to a Management
Console folder, you can set it up with views and reports, specify the query definition, and create
drawings.
For more information on adding marine structure drawing packages to the Management
Console, see "Add a Component or Package" in the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
See Also
Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) Package

Name: Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) Package
Description: This package creates Full Scale Templateset drawings for Templatesets. After
loading this component, the user can select a Block, Assembly Block or Assembly to create the
related set of Views and generate Drawings.
Sheet Size: A1 Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Mfg Templateset (Full Scale)\template.sha
Package files are stored on the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder.
141

Template Example
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles

Marine Structure drawing view styles are used as part of the definition of marine structure
drawing components. A view style defines source objects, and the following conditions for the
source objects:
Catalog Filters
Custom tests applied to the filters
Graphic styles
Label rules
Dimension rules
View queries
Using the Tools > Define View Style command in the Drawings and Reports task, you specify
the ruleset you want to use for your drawing view style. When you create a new view style or
modify an existing style, you select the ruleset and specify source conditions on the Action tab
of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. You specify view query properties on the Query tab
of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. For more information, see Define View Style
Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45). There is no need to directly edit the view style XML files.
All values are set in the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box.
Each type of marine structure drawings uses a specific view style to achieve the appropriate
output. The delivered view style XML files are found on the SharedContent share in the
[Reference Data Product Folder]\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\RulesetStyles folder.
The delivered view styles include:
Assembly Drawings
Use the AssemblyRuleSets.Default (see "Assembly Drawing Rule Set" on page 192) ruleset.
Assembly Drawings
Assembly Drawings - Sequence
142

Hull Line Drawings
Use the HullLinesRulesets.DefaultRuleset (see "Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set" on page 193)
ruleset.
Hull Lines - Body Plan - Default
Hull Lines - Body Plan View (on page 144)
Hull Lines - Plan View
Hull Lines - Profile View
Manufacturing Drawings - Pin Jig

Use the MfgPinJigRuleset.Default (see "Manufacturing PinJig Drawing Rule Set" on page 201)
ruleset.
Mfg PinJig - Pin Data
Mfg PinJig - Remarking Data
Mfg PinJig SideView (on page 149)
Manufacturing Drawings - Profile Sketch

Use the MfgProfileRuleset.DefaultRuleset (see "Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set" on page
202) ruleset.
Mfg Profile Sketch (Multiple)
Mfg Profile Sketch (on page 151)
Manufacturing Drawings - Template

Use the MfgTemplateRuleset.DefaultRuleset (see "Manufacturing Template Drawing Rule Sets"
on page 210) and MfgTemplateSetRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet (see "Manufacturing Template
Drawing Rule Sets" on page 210) rulesets.
Manufacturing Template (see "Manufacturing Template Drawing Rule Sets" on page 210)
Mfg Template Set - Base Control Line
Manufacturing Drawings - Template Set

Use the MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset (see "Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule
Set" on page 216) ruleset.
Mfg Templateset - Full Scale (on page 152)
Scantling Drawings
Use the ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default ruleset.
Scantlings - Production - Major Views (on page 154)
Scantlings - Production - Shell Expansion (on page 155)
Scantlings - Production - Shell Profiles (on page 157)
Shell Expansion (on page 159)
Steel Order - Detail Views (on page 163)
Steel Order - Preview
Steel Order - Section Views (on page 165)
Steel Order (Classification)
Steel Order (Decks)
Steel Order (Longitudinal Bulkheads)
Steel Order (Reference Plane) (see "Steel Order (Reference Plane) View Style" on page 161)
Steel Order (Shell Expansion)
Steel Order (Shell Profiles)
143

Steel Order (Transverse Bulkheads)
Steel Order (on page 166)
The following definitions apply to Scantling Drawings view styles:
Steel Order - Draws detailed and light (non-detailed) parts. Uses short name and typical
labels for profiles and plates.
Expansion - Draws parts in their unfolded form.
Preview - Provides limited output for graphics by providing a preview of the target plate. You
can use the preview to position the views or clip the smart frame before updating. The
preview also provides enough geometry to place section and details views. After updating
the view, the complete resymbolized geometry is shown.
Shell Profiles - Draws individual shell profiles and level 2 non-target parts connected to the
profiles.
1. Delivered view styles not listed here are obsolete and no longer supported.
2. There is no need to directly edit the view style XML files. All values are set in the Edit
Ruleset View Style dialog box.
3. AddOn ruleset view styles enhance a view style by importing actions from one or more
external view styles. For more information on AddOn view styles, see Add-on Ruleset View
Styles (on page 246).
See Also
Hull Lines - Body Plan View

Name: Hull Lines - Body Plan View
File name: Hull Lines - Body Plan View.xml
Description: Creates a full body plan view, looking forward, with aft frames on the port side and
forward frames on the starboard side. View direction is global coordinate system, looking aft or
forward.
Actions
Ruleset used: HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleset (see "Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set" on page
193)
Row
Source
Description
Hull Lines
Draws hull lines aft of the separation plane on the port side of the body
plan view.
Hull Lines
Draws hull lines at the separation plane between the port and starboard
sides of the body plan view.
Hull Lines
Draws hull lines forward of the separation plane on the starboard side of
the body plan view.
All actions combined:
144

1 - Forward
2 - Aft
3 - Port
4 - Starboard
5 - Separation plane
6 - Trimming plane
7 - Port hull lines - Drawn when aft of
the separation plane
8 - Starboard hull lines - Drawn when
forward of the separation plane
Query
Hull plate systems
Separation planes are optional.
Area (for view)

Rectangular with boundary overlap and fixed frame size.
Area Computation - Custom
Area Shape - Rectangular
Boundary Overlap - 5 mm
Frame Shape - Rectangular
Frame Border Style - Not drawn
Frame Behavior - Frame size is fixed
AddOns used
AddOn - Grid Axis and Lines (see "Add-on Ruleset View Styles" on page 246) - Draws X
(waterline) and Z (buttock) coordinate system axes and grid lines
View Labels
View label rule: Default (see "View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): None
General View Properties

Preview View Style: Not supported
Added, Modified, Deleted Object Color: Not supported
Intersection Edges: Off
Preserve Z Order: No
145

Example
See Also
146
1. Hull Lines (Hull Lines - Body Plan View)

Draws hull lines aft of the separation plane on the port side of the body plan view.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Hull
Lines
None
Finds all transverse From the lines found

hull lines aft of the by the custom tests,
separation plane.
draws normal black
lines on the port side
of the view.
Match All:
Transverse Lines
Graphic: Normal black
Aft of separation
lines
plane
Custom:
Draw Port
Draw Aft and Forward
- single curve
Draw Top and Bottom
- single curve
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Labels the drawn None

lines with the
name of the grid
plane.
Hull Lines_Name
(see "Hull Lines
and
Manufacturing
Label Rules" on
page 832)
1 - Forward
2 - Port
3 - Separation plane (along X axis)
4 - Transverse hull line aft of the separation plane.
Gathered by Custom Tests.
5 - Port side of transverse hull line is drawn. Set by
Graphic Rules.
See Also
147

Draws hull lines at the separation plane between the port and starboard sides of the body plan
view.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Hull
Lines
None
Finds the transverse From the line found

hull line at the
by the custom tests,
separation plane.
draws a thick black
line on both sides of
the view.
Match All:
Transverse Lines
Graphic: Thick black
On Reference
lines
(separation plane)
Custom:
Draw Port and
Starboard - single
curve
- single curve
Draw Top and Bottom
- single curve
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Labels the drawn None

line with the name
of the grid plane.
Hull Lines_Name
(see "Hull Lines
and Manufacturing
Label Rules" on
page 832)
1 - Forward
2 - Port
4 - Transverse hull line at the separation plane.
5 - Both sides of transverse hull line are drawn. Set by
Graphic Rules.
If an X axis frame is not coincident with the
separation plane, no hull line is drawn.
See Also
148

Draws hull lines forward of the separation plane on the starboard side of the body plan view.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Hull
Lines
None
Finds the transverse

hull lines forward of
the separation
plane.
From the lines found

by the custom tests,
draws normal black
lines on the starboard
side of the view.
Labels the drawn

lines with the
name of the grid
plane.
None
Match All:
Transverse Lines
Forward of
separation plane
Graphic: Normal
black lines
Custom:
Draw Starboard
- single curve
Draw Top and Bottom
- single curve
Hull Lines_Name
(see "Hull Lines
and Manufacturing
Label Rules" on
page 832)
1 - Forward
2 - Starboard
4 - Transverse hull line forward of the separation plane.
5 - Port side of transverse hull line is drawn. Set by
Graphic Rules.
See Also
Mfg PinJig SideView

Name: Mfg PinJig SideView
File name: Mfg PinJig SideView.xml
Description: View Style for Mfg PinJig side view drawing. Creates side views of the plates
supported by the PinJig for a selected block or assembly.
Actions
Ruleset used: MfgPinJigSideView.Default (see "Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set" on
page 216)
149

PlateEdge Source (see "PlateEdge Source (MfgPinJigSideView.Default)" on page 217)
Seam Intersection Point Source (see "Seam Intersection Point Source
(MfgPinJigSideView.Default)" on page 217)
Chord Line Source (see "Chord Line Source (MfgPinJigSideView.Default)" on page 218)
Query
Manufacturing PinJig
Area (for view)

Area Computation - Default (Ruleset)
Boundary Overlap - 0
AddOns used
None
View Labels
View label rule: Default (see "View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): Not Defined

Example
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set (on page 216)
150

Mfg Profile Sketch

Name: Mfg Profile Sketch
File name: Mfg Profile Sketch.xml
Description: View Style for Profile Sketch drawing. Creates profile sketch views for a selected
block or assembly.
Actions
Ruleset used: MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet (see "Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set"
on page 202)
Draw Profile
Web Cut
Flange Cut
Profile Outline
Corner Feature
Edge Feature (see "Edge Feature Source (MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)" on page
204)
Slot Feature
Knuckle
Marking Lines (see "Marking Lines Source (MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)" on page
204)
Marking Lines Details
Connected Bracket
Web Thickness
Feature Distance
Margin
Bevel (see "Bevel Source (MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)" on page 205)
Query
Manufacturing Profile
Length of Profile on Drawing (Optional)
Height of Profile on Drawing (Optional)
Reverse Profile Drawing (Optional)
Draw Multiple Profile Sketch (Optional)
Area (for view)

Overlap Fill Style - Not drawn
151

AddOns used
None
View Labels
View label rule: Not Defined
Ship direction rule (for arrow): Mfg Profile DirectionRule

Added, Modified, Deleted Object Color: Supported
Example
See Also
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Ruleset (see "Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set" on page
202)
Mfg TemplateSet - Full Scale

Name: Mfg TemplateSet - Full Scale
File name: Mfg TemplateSet - Full Scale.xml
Description: View Style for Mfg TemplateSet - Full Scale drawing. Creates Mfg TemplateSet
Full Scale views for a selected block or assembly.
Actions
Ruleset used: MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset (see "Manufacturing Templateset Full
Scale Drawing Rule Set" on page 213)
Template Source
Template Mid Line Source
Seam Source
Reference Curve Source
152

Query
Manufacturing TemplateSet
Cascade Horizontal Offset - Cx (Optional) - 100 mm
Cascade Vertical Offset - Cy (Optional) - 100 mm
Area (for view)

AddOns used
None
View Labels
View label rule: ShipParentBlockAndPartNameRule (see "View Label Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): MfgTemplatesetFullScaleDirection Right

Example
See Also
153
Scantlings - Production - Major Views

Name: Scantlings - Production - Major Views
File name: Scantlings - Production - Major Views.xml
Description: Creates major plate views for decks, transverse bulkheads, and longitudinal
bulkheads.
Gathers all objects within a volume created by the boundaries of a selected block or assembly,
and a thin slice at the view plane. Objects are gathered even if they are not assigned to the
block/assembly.
Actions
Ruleset used: ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
Sources used:
Block
Plate Part
Profile Part
Beam Part
Member
Seam
Connection
Knuckle
Opening
Each source can be used in multiple actions in the view style. Pause over a row number on
the Actions tab to display a ToolTip description of an action.
For more information on actions, see Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles
(on page 168).
Query
Structural Part or Plane - Catalog Filters/Default Intelliship Filters/Intelliship Drawing
Filters/Types of Drawings/Scantling By Plate parts/For ViewStyle/Scantling Major views
Block or assembly - Selected by user in the asking filter
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane - 5 mm
Area (for view)

Frame Behavior - Frame resizes to drawing area
AddOns used
AddOn - Mfg Scantling (see "Add-on Ruleset View Styles" on page 246) - Places manufacturing
data on detailed parts
154

View Labels
View label rule: SteelOrderSectionadDetailViewRule (see "View Label Rules in Marine
Structure Drawings" on page 276)
Ship direction rule (for arrow): ShipDirectionRule Right Up

Preview View Style: Supported
Examples
See Also
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles (on page 168)
Scantlings - Production - Shell Expansion

Name: Scantlings - Production - Shell Expansion
File name: Scantlings - Production - Shell Expansion.xml
Description: Creates shell expansion views for a selected block or assembly.
Actions
Plate Part
Profile Part
155

Seam
Reference Curve
Knuckle
Opening
Each source can be used in multiple actions in the view style.

(on page 168).
Query
Structural Part or Plane
Use expansion
Angle for target evaluation - 20 degrees
Area (for view)

AddOns used
None
View Labels

See Also
156
Scantlings - Production - Shell Profiles

Name: Scantlings - Production - Shell Profiles
File name: Scantlings - Production - Shell Profiles.xml
Description: Creates views of individual shell profiles and non-target parts connected to the
profiles.
Actions
Profile Part
Plate Part
Seam
Connection

(on page 168).
Query
Area (for view)

AddOns used
None
View Labels

157

Example
See Also
158
Shell Expansion
Name: Shell Expansion
File name: Shell Expansion.xml
Description: Creates full shell expansion views for classification drawings.
Actions
Plate Part
Profile Part
Seam
Reference Curve
Plate Knuckle
Profile Knuckle (see "Profile Knuckle Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)" on page 233)

(on page 168).
Query
Use expansion
Area (for view)

AddOns used
AddOn - Horizontal Grid Axis (see "Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets" on page
190) - Draws Y (frame) coordinate system axis.
View Labels
View label rule: ViewNameScaleRule (see "View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings" on
page 276)

159

Example
Only part of a full shell expansion view is shown for clarity.
See Also
160
Steel Order (Reference Plane) View Style

Name: Steel Order (Reference Plane)
File name: Steel Order (Reference Plane).xml
Description: Creates a manual view for plates intersecting a selected reference plane.
Gathers all objects related to plates intersecting a selected reference plane and within the
boundaries of a selected block or assembly.
Actions
Sources used:
Block
Plate Part
Profile Part
Beam Part
Member Part
Seam
Connection
Plate Knuckle
Opening
Each source can be used in multiple actions in the view style. Pause over a row number on
the Actions tab to display a ToolTip description of an action.
(on page 168).
Query
Structural Part or Plane - None
Block or assembly - Selected by user in the asking filter
Area (for view)

AddOns used
161

View Labels
Ship direction rule (for arrow): ShipDirectionRule Right Up

Preview View Style: Supported
Examples
For a view with reference plane D7 selected:
162

For a view with reference plane F9 selected:
See Also
Steel Order - Detail Views

Name: Steel Order - Detail Views
File name: Steel Order - Detail Views.xml
Description: View style for detail views. Manually select this style when creating a detail view in
SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
Actions
Block
Plate Part
Profile Part
Beam Part
Member Part
Seam
Connection
Plate Knuckle
Opening
163
(on page 168).
Query
Block or assembly
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane
Area (for view)

AddOns used
None
View Labels

See Also
164
Steel Order - Section Views

Name: Steel Order - Section Views
File name: Steel Order - Section Views.xml
Description: View style for section views. Manually select this style when creating a section
view in SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
Actions
Block
Plate Part
Profile Part
Beam Part
Member Part
Seam
Connection
Plate Knuckle
Opening

(on page 168).
Query
Block or assembly
Positive and negative thicknesses from the view plane
Area (for view)

AddOns used
View Labels
165

See Also
Steel Order
The Steel Order ruleset view style is a custom view style specific to marine structure drawings
used for detailed and light (non-detailed) parts. There are several labels that contribute to the
Steel Order view style, many of which are customizable. When using the
ViewNameDirectionScale view label, the software annotates the profile parts on decks using
three different labels. The view label, summary labels, and position index numbers work
together in order to effectively annotate the profile parts in a Steel Order drawing.
View Label
The delivered View Label rule, SteelOrderSectionandDetailViewRule, places a view label on
the drawing that displays the view name, direction, scale, and typical profile section size used.
For more information, see View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 276).
Summary Labels
Any profile parts that are non-typical are annotated with the Plate Stiffeners Summary and
Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary labels. These labels display the non-typical profiles and their
section size. You must place these labels manually. For more information on these labels, see
Plate Stiffeners Summary Label Template (on page 860) and Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary
Label Template (on page 861).
Position Index Numbers

The view style also assigns position index numbers to each profile part. The position index
numbers are used instead of the profile names in order to save space and improve readability.
Starting with 1, each profile part is given a number. If two or more profile parts are identical, they
are given the same number.
166
In order to generate the position index numbers automatically, you must split and assign the
blocks and run Board Management. For more information on Block Assignments, see the
Planning User's Guide. For more information on Board Management, see the Structural
Detailing User's Guide.
When the position index numbers are generated, the numbering sequence progresses from
the Aft to the Fore, and from the Centerline of the ship to both sides.
Example
Typical label, Summary labels, and position index numbers on a Steel Order drawing.
167
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing View Styles

The following examples show the types of actions you can use to create scantling drawing view
styles when using the ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default rule set. Add the actions on the Actions tab
of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box.
See Also
Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box)
Topics
How Actions are Applied to a View ................................................ 169
Block Action: Get Parts in Range of the Block .............................. 169
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Hull Plate Parts ............................ 170
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates Bounded by Target Hull Plate
....................................................................................................... 170
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Hull Plates as Non-Target............ 171
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Light Plates .................................. 172
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Plates ........................................... 174
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates Spit by Target Plate .. 174
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates Bounded by Target Plate
....................................................................................................... 175
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates That Split Target Plate
....................................................................................................... 176
Profile Part Action: Draw and Label Hull Profiles .......................... 177
Profile Part Action: Draw Target Light Profiles .............................. 178
Profile Part Action: Draw Target Profiles ....................................... 179
Profile Part Action: Draw Edge Reinforcement Profiles ................ 180
Profile Part Action: Draw Non-Target Profiles ............................... 181
Seam Action: Draw Seam Symbols on Target Plates ................... 181
Seam Action: Draw Seam Symbols on Bounding Plates .............. 182
Connection Action: Label Connections with Intersection Symbols 183
Connection Action: Label with Penetration Symbols ..................... 184
Connection Action: Label Butt Welds ............................................ 185
Connection Action: Label Tee Welds ............................................ 186
Reference Curve Action: Draw and Label Reference Curves ....... 187
Knuckle Action: Label Knuckles .................................................... 188
Opening Action: Label with Typicals .............................................. 189
168
How Actions are Applied to a View

When views are created by a view style, all source items are first drawn, and then labeled. The
software processes the source items staring at the top of the list and working down:
1. During the drawing phase, the first of each source/test/rule combination is gathered and
drawn and remaining occurrences of the same combination are ignored. For example,
consider an Actions tab list consisting of:
Plate Part
Plate Part
Plate Part
Profile Part
Profile Part
Profile Part
where each Plate Part row uses the same tests and rules, and each Profile Part row uses
the same tests and rules. Objects in the model meeting the tests and rules of the first
occurrence of Plate Part and Profile Part are drawn, and subsequent occurrences are
ignored.
2. During the labeling phase, items in the model meeting the tests and rules of all occurrences
of Plate Part and Profile Part are labeled.
See Also
Block Action: Get Parts in Range of the Block

Gathers, but does not draw, all objects within a volume created by the boundaries of the
selected block or assembly, and a thin slice at the view plane. Objects are gathered even if they
are not assigned to the block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Block
None
None
Graphic elements in None

the block are
gathered, but not
drawn.
Graphic: None
Custom:
Get parts in range (of
the block)
General:
Include graphics in
view area calculation
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
None
169
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Hull Plate Parts

Gathers and draws target detailed hull plate parts.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Plate
Part
None
Finds level 0 target Graphic:

None
plate parts
Narrow blue visible
and hidden lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Molded side drawn
Dimension
Rule
None
Plate part graphics are typically hidden

behind black seam graphics.
170
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates Bounded by Target

Hull Plate
Gathers and draws non-target plate parts that are bounded by the target hull plate and are part
of the block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Plate
Part
None
Finds non-target
plate parts
Bounded by the
target plate
Plate parts belong
to the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
None
Wide dashed blue
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Molded side
drawn
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
None
171
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Hull Plates as Non-Target

Gathers and draws target hull plate parts, but classifies them as non-target plates.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Plate
Part
Hull Plate Parts
Finds target plate

parts
(Orientation =
Target)
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object Filters/
Object Types/
All Parts/
Plate Parts/
Hull Plate Parts)
Plate parts do not

belong to the
selected
block/assembly.
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
None
None
Graphic:
Narrow black
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Molded side drawn
Overrides the
custom test and
treats hull plate as
non-target
Black line - Hull plate part drawn by this action
172
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Light Plates

Gathers and draws target light (non-detailed) plate parts that are part of the block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Plate
Part
Light Plate Parts
Finds target plate

parts
(Orientation =
Target)
Graphic:
Green visible and
hidden lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Molded side drawn
None
None
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object Filters/ Plate parts belong
Object Types/
to the selected
All Parts/
block/assembly.
Plate Parts Light)
Green lines - Target light plate parts drawn by

this action
173
Plate Part Action: Draw Target Plates

Gathers and draws target detailed plate parts that are part of the block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Plate
Part
None
Finds target plate

parts
(Orientation =
Target)
Graphic:
Blue visible and
hidden lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Molded side drawn
AddOns:
Mfg Scantling
addon applied
None
None
Plate parts belong

to the selected
block/assembly.
Blue lines - Target plate parts drawn by this

action
174
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates Spit by Target Plate

Gathers and draws non-target light (non-detailed) plate parts that are split by the target plate
and are part of the block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Plate
Part
Light Plate Parts
Custom Tests
Finds non-target
plate parts
(Orientation =
(Catalog Filters/
Non-Target)
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Split by the target
Intelliship Object Filters/ plate
Object Types/
Plate parts belong
All Parts/
to the selected
Plate Parts Light)
block/assembly.
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Graphic:
None
Narrow green
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Molded side
drawn
Dimension
Rule
None
Green line - Non-target light plate parts drawn by

this action
175
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates Bounded by Target

Plate
Gathers and draws non-target light (non-detailed) plate parts that are bounded by the target
plate and are part of the block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Plate
Part
Light Plate Parts
Custom Tests
Finds non-target
plate parts
(Orientation =
(Catalog Filters/
Non-Target)
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Bounded by the
Intelliship Object Filters/ target plate
Object Types/
Plate parts belong
All Parts/
to the selected
Plate Parts Light)
block/assembly.
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Graphic:
None
Narrow green
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Molded side
drawn
Dimension
Rule
None
Green line - Non-target light plate parts drawn by

this action
176
Plate Part Action: Draw Non-Target Plates That Split Target

Plate
Gathers and draws non-target detailed plate parts that split the target plate and are part of the
block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Plate
Part
None
Finds non-target
plate parts
(Orientation =
Non-Target)
Splits the target
plate
Plate parts belong
to the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
None
Narrow blue visible
and hidden lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Both sides drawn
Dimension
Rule
None
Blue line - Non-target plate part drawn by this

action
177
Profile Part Action: Draw and Label Hull Profiles

Draws and labels target hull profile parts that are part of the block/assembly. Labels with short
profile names.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Profile
Part
None
Finds target
profile parts
Graphic:
Wide dashed
orange visible and
hidden lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Draw endcuts
Ship Structure None

Profile Short
Name (see
"Scantling
Label Rules"
on page 830)
Not edge
reinforcements
on target plate
Profile parts
belong to the
selected
block/assembly.
Dimension
Rule
Stiffened Plates
= Catalog
Filters\Default
Intelliship
Filters\Intelliship
Object
Filters\Object
Types\All
Parts\Plate
Parts\Hull Plate
Parts
178
Profile Part Action: Draw Target Light Profiles

Gathers and draws target light (non-detailed) profile parts that are part of the block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Profile
Part
Light Profile Parts
Custom Tests
Finds target profile

parts
Not edge
(Catalog Filters/
reinforcements on
Default Intelliship
target plate
Filters/
Intelliship Object Filters/ Profile parts belong
Object Types/
to the selected
All Parts/
block/assembly.
Profile Parts Light)
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Graphic:
Narrow dark red
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Get connected
objects
Draw endcuts
None
None
Dark red lines - Target light profile parts drawn

by this action
Profile Part Action: Draw Target Profiles

Gathers and draws target detailed profile parts that are part of the block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Profile
Part
None

parts
Not edge
reinforcements on
target plate
Profile parts
belong to the
selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Narrow orange
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Draw endcuts
None
None
179
Orange lines - Target profile parts drawn by this

action
Profile Part Action: Draw Edge Reinforcement Profiles

Gathers and draws target detailed edge reinforcement profile parts that are part of the
block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Profile
Part
Detailed Profile Parts

(no filter)

parts
Edge
reinforcements on
target plate
Profile parts
belong to the
selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Narrow orange
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Draw endcuts
None
None
Orange line - Target detailed edge reinforcement

profile part drawn by this action
180
Profile Part Action: Draw Non-Target Profiles

Gathers and draws non- target light (non-detailed) profile parts that are part of the
block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label
Rules
Dimension
Rule
Profile
Part
Light Profile Parts
Finds non-target
profile parts
Profile parts belong
to the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Narrow dark red
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Do not get
connected objects
Draw endcuts
None
None
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object Filters/
Object Types/
All Parts/
Profile Parts Light)
Dark red cross-sections - Non-target light profile

parts drawn by this action
181
Seam Action: Draw Seam Symbols on Target Plates

Draws and labels target design seams on target plates. Seams are part of the block/assembly.
Labels with the target seam symbol.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules Dimension

Rule
Seam
Design Seams
Finds target seams

on target plate
Seams belong to
the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Narrow black
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Draw slots
None
Scantling
Target
Seam
Symbol (see
"Scantling
Label Rules"
on page
830)
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object
Filters/
Object Types/
All Seams/
Design Seams)
182
Seam Action: Draw Seam Symbols on Bounding Plates

Draws and labels non-target design seams on plates bounding the target plate. The seams are
part of the block/assembly. Labels with the non-target seam symbol.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules

Rule
Seam
Design Seams
Finds non-target
seams on plates
bounding the target
plate
Seams belong to
the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Narrow black
visible and hidden
lines
Custom:
Draw slots
None
Scantling
Non-Target
Seam
Symbol (see
"Scantling
Label Rules"
on page
830)
(Catalog Filters/
Default Intelliship
Filters/
Intelliship Object
Filters/
Object Types/
All Seams/
Design Seams)
183
Connection Action: Label Connections with Intersection

Symbols
Labels connections where a target plate is intersected by non-target plates. The connections are
part of the block/assembly. Labels with the intersection symbol.
Source
Filter
Connection Logical
Connections
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Finds side-on-face, Graphic:

plate-to-plate
No graphics drawn
connections
(Catalog Filters/ Connections
Default Intelliship belong to the
selected
Filters/
Intelliship Object block/assembly.
Filters/
Object Types/
All Connections/
Logical
Connections)
184

Rule
None
Scantling
Connection
Intersection
Symbol (see
"Scantling
Label Rules"
on page
830)
Connection Action: Label with Penetration Symbols

Labels connections where a target plate intersects non-target plates. The connections are part
of the block/assembly. Labels with the penetration symbol.
Source
Filter
Connection
Logical
Connections
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Finds face-on-side, Graphic:

plate-to-plate
No graphics drawn
connections
belong to the
Default
Intelliship Filters/ selected
Filters/
Object Types/
All Connections/
Logical
Connections)

Rule
None
Scantling
Connection
Penetration
Symbol (see
"Scantling
Label Rules"
on page
830)
185
Connection Action: Label Butt Welds

Labels butt welds between target plates. The connections are part of the block/assembly. Labels
with the appropriate weld symbol.
Source
Filter
Connection
Physical
Connections
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Finds side-on-side, Graphic:

plate-to-plate
No graphics drawn
connections
belong to the
Default
Filters/
Object Types/
All Connections/
Physical
Connections)

Rule
None
WeldLabel
(see
"Scantling
Label Rules"
on page
830)
I butt weld shown
186
Connection Action: Label Tee Welds

Labels tee welds between target and non-target plates. The connections are part of the
block/assembly. Labels with the appropriate weld symbol.
Source
Filter
Connection
Physical
Connections
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Finds side-on-face, Graphic:

plate-to-plate
No graphics drawn
connections
belong to the
Default
Filters/
Object Types/
All Connections/
Physical
Connections)

Rule
None
WeldLabel
(see
"Scantling
Label Rules"
on page
830)
187
Reference Curve Action: Draw and Label Reference Curves

Draws and labels reference curves on the target hull plate parts and that are part of the
block/assembly.
Source
Filter
Referenc None
e Curve
188
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Finds reference
curves on target parts
Reference curves
belong to the
selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Narrow long dashed
dotted black visible
and hidden lines
Generic_Name
(see "General
Marine Label
Rules" on page
829)
None
Knuckle Action: Label Knuckles

Labels knuckles on target hull plates. The knuckles are part of the block/assembly. Labels with a
knuckle symbol.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Knuckle
None
Finds knuckles on
target plates
Knuckles belong to
the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
No graphics drawn
Scantling Knuckle
Line Symbol (see
"Scantling Label
Rules" on page
830)
None
189
Opening Action: Label with Typicals

Labels major openings on target plates. The openings are part of the block/assembly. Labels
with the opening name, using typical labels.
Source
Filter
Custom Tests
Graphic Rules
Label Rules
Dimension
Rule
Opening
None
Finds major openings

on target plates
Openings belong to
the selected
block/assembly.
Graphic:
Fully transparent lines
(The lines are drawn,
but not visible The
opening is also drawn
as part of the plate
part)
Opening (see
"Scantling Label
Rules" on page
830)
None
Typical openings (circled) - Not labeled as

part of the view style, but typical label is part
of the view label
Non-typical openings (arrow) - Label
directly as part of the view style.
190
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule Sets

You define and edit options for view style rulesets using the Actions tab of the Edit Ruleset
View Style dialog box.
See Also
Topics
Assembly Drawing Rule Set .......................................................... 192
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set ........................................................ 193
Manufacturing PinJig Drawing Rule Set ........................................ 201
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set .......................................... 202
Manufacturing Sketch Rule Set ..................................................... 206
Manufacturing Template Drawing Rule Sets ................................. 210
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale Drawing Rule Set ............. 213
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set ..................................... 216
Scantling Drawing Rule Sets ......................................................... 218
Ruleset Custom Tests ................................................................... 236
191
Assembly Drawing Rule Set

An assembly drawing view style uses the AssemblyRuleSets.Default ruleset, which provides a
list of source actions. Each source draws specific types of items, and applies drawing rules to
the items based on conditions allowed in the source. Using the Tools > Define View Style
command in the Drawings and Reports task, you specify the source/condition combination,
queries, view area properties, labels and add-on rulesets you want to use for your drawing view
style.
AssemblyRuleSets.Default
This ruleset is used for assembly drawings showing either the assembly method or assembly
sequence.
Source Items (Actions tab)

The ruleset and the source/condition definitions are defined on the Action tab of the Edit
Ruleset View Style dialog box. For more information, see Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style
The following options are available in the Source field:
Assembly
Assembled Part
Added Part
Planning Joint
There are no custom tests for these actions.
View Queries (Query tab)

View query properties are defined on the Query tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box.
For more information, see Query Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 118).
The following options are available in the Query field:
1. Assembly
2. Part List (Optional)
3. Added Part (Optional)
View Area Properties (Area tab)

View area and frame properties are defined on the Area tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style
dialog box. For more information and property definitions, see Area Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style
The following options are available in the Property field:
Area Computation
Area Shape
Frame Shape
Frame Border Style
Frame Behavior
See Also
192
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set

A hull lines view style uses the HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleSet ruleset, which provides a
list of source actions. Each source draws specific types of items, and applies drawing rules to
style.
HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleSet
This ruleset is used for all hull lines drawings, such as body plan drawings.
Hull lines are created by the intersection of a grid plane with the hull surface.

Source Item
Custom Tests
Hull Lines
Line type
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom
Plate Systems on Hull
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom
Profile Systems on Hull
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom
Seams on Hull
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom
Reference Curve
Line type
Port or Starboard
Aft or Forward
Top or Bottom

For more information, seeQuery Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 118).
1. Hull Plate System(s) - Hull plate systems to be used for the hull lines drawings.
2. Separation Plane X (Optional) - Frame (transverse) grid plane (along the X axis) used as a
separation or trimming plane, depending on the hull line view style:
193
Body Plan (Transverse) - Used as a separation plane for gathering forward and aft hull
lines, usually at or near midship.
Plan (Waterline) View - Used as a trimming plane to clip the hull.
Profile (Buttock) View - Used as a trimming plane to clip the hull
3. Separation Plane Y (Optional) - Buttock (longitudinal) grid plane (along the Y axis) used as
a separation or trimming plane, depending on the hull line view style:
Body plan (Transverse) - Used as a trimming plane for drawing the port or starboard
sides of hull lines, usually at longitudinal centerline.
Plan (Waterline) View - Used as a trimming plane for drawing the port or starboard sides
of hull lines, usually at longitudinal centerline.
Profile (Buttock) View - Used as a separation plane for port and starboard hull lines,
usually at longitudinal centerline.
4. Separation Plane Z (Optional) - Waterline (deck) grid plane (along the Z axis) used as a
separation or trimming plane, depending on the hull line view style:
Body plan (Transverse) - Used as a trimming plane to clip the hull below the top.
Plan (Waterline) View - Used as a separation plane for gathering top and bottom hull
lines.
Profile (Buttock) View - Used as a trimming plane to clip the hull.
If a separation plane is not selected and is required for gathering or drawing hull lines,
the software selects one based on the calculated midpoint of the appropriate axis. Separation
planes for clipping the hull are not required.
See Also
Hull Lines Source (HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleset)

Available on the Actions tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box. For more information,
see Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 109).
Applies to hull lines created by the intersection of grid planes with the hull.
Custom Tests
See Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Line Type
Transverse
Line
Hull line created by the

intersection of a
transverse (x-axis) grid
plane with the hull
1 - Forward
2 - Typical transverse grid plane
194

Condition
Values
3 - Transverse Lines
Water Line

intersection of a deck
(z-axis) grid plane with
the hull
1 - Forward
2 - Typical deck grid plane
3 - Water Lines
Buttock Line

intersection of a
longitudinal (y-axis) grid
plane with the hull
1 - Forward
2 - Typical longitudinal grid plane
3 - Buttock Lines
Unknown
Port or
Starboard
Port
Starboard
Both
Both - Lines on both sides are used
OnReference
Unknown
Aft or
Forward
OnReference - The line is used if it is on the separation plane
Aft
Forward
Both
195

Condition
Values
OnReference
Unknown
Top or
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
Draw Port or Starboard
Port
Starboard
Both
Whole
Draw Aft or Forward
Draw Top or Bottom
Aft
Forward
Both
Whole
Both - Both sides are

drawn as two curves
Whole - Both sides are
drawn as a single curve
Top
Bottom
Both
Whole
General tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
See Also
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set (on page 193)
196
Plate Systems on Hull Source

(HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleset)
Applies to plate systems that are connected to the hull.
Custom Tests
Condition
Values
Port or
Starboard
Port
Starboard
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Aft or
Forward
Aft
Both - Plate system lies on both sides
Forward
Both
OnReference - The plate system lies on the separation plane
OnReference
Unknown
Top or
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
197

Property
Values
Port
Starboard
Both
Whole
Draw Aft or Forward
Draw Top or Bottom
Aft
Forward
Both
Whole

drawn as two curves
Top
Bottom
Both
Whole
116).
See Also
Profile Systems on Hull Source

(HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleset)
Applies to profile systems on the hull.
Custom Tests
Condition
Values
Port or
Starboard
Port
Starboard
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Aft or
Forward
Aft
Both - Profile system lies on both sides
Forward
Both
OnReference - The profile system lies on the separation plane
OnReference
Unknown
198

Condition
Values
Top or
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Both
OnReference
Unknown
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Property
Values
Port
Starboard
Both
Whole
Draw Aft or Forward
Aft
Forward
Both
Whole

drawn as two curves
Draw Top or Bottom
Top
Bottom
Both
Whole
Draw Profile Orientation

Mark
True
False
Length of Profile
Orientation Mark
0.2
Mounting Angle
Representation
Orientation Measured from Plate Surface

Normal
Orientation Measued on the Reference
Plane
Default value can be

changed
116).
See Also
199
Seams on Hull Source (HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleset)

Applies to seams on the hull.
Custom Tests
Condition
Values
Port or
Starboard
Port
Starboard
Both
OnReferenc
e
Unknown
Aft or
Forward
Aft
Forward
Both - Seam lies on both sides

OnReference - The seam lies on the separation plane
Both
OnReferenc
e
Unknown
Top or
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Both
OnReferenc
e
Unknown
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
200

Property
Values
Port
Starboard
Both
Whole
Draw Aft or Forward
Draw Top or Bottom
Aft
Forward
Both
Whole

drawn as two curves
Top
Bottom
Both
Whole
116).
See Also
Manufacturing PinJig Drawing Rule Set

A pin jig view style uses the MfgPinJigRuleSet.Default ruleset, which provides a list of source
actions. Each source draws specific types of items, and applies drawing rules to the items based
on conditions allowed in the source. Using the Tools > Define View Style command in the
Drawings and Reports task, you specify the source/condition combination, queries, view area
properties, labels and add-on rulesets you want to use for your drawing view style.
MfgPinJigRuleSet.Default
This ruleset is used for all pin jig drawings.

Source Item
Custom Test Conditions
Plate
None
Pin
None
Remarking Line
Remarking Line Type
Axis
None
Intersection Point Type
Intersection Point Type

Horizontal Parent Type
Vertical Parent Type
201

The following option is available in the Query field:
1. Pin Jig

Area Computation
Area Shape
Frame Shape
Frame Border Style
Frame Behavior
See Also
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set

A profile sketch view style uses the MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet ruleset, which provides
a list of source actions. Each source draws specific types of items, and applies drawing rules to
style.
MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet
This ruleset is used for all single and multiple profile sketch drawings.

202
Source Item
Custom Test
Conditions
Draw Profile
Cell
Web Cut
Cell
Flange Cut
Cell
Profile Outline
Cell
Corner Feature
Cell
Draw

Edge Feature (see "Edge
Cell
Draw
Feature Source
(MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRu
leSet)" on page 204)
Slot Feature
Cell
Draw
Knuckle
Cell
Marking Lines (see "Marking Cell

Lines Source
Marking Line Type
(MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRu
leSet)" on page 204)
Marking Lines Details
Cell
Draw
Marking Line Type
Connected Bracket
Cell
Web Thickness
Cell
Feature Distance
Cell
Draw
Margin
Cell
Draw
Bevel
Cell
Draw

For more information, seeQuery Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 118).
1. Manufacturing Profile
2. Length of Profile on Drawing (Optional)
3. Height of Profile on Drawing (Optional)
4. Reverse Profile Drawing (Optional)
5. Draw Multiple Profile Sketch (Optional)

Area Computation
Area Shape
Frame Shape
Frame Border Style
Frame Behavior
203

See Also
Marking Lines Source (MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)

Applies to each marking line created on the manufacturing profile in the Structural
Manufacturing task.
Custom Test
Condition
Values
Cell
Web
TopFlange
BottomFlange
Based on your selection, the respective

cell's marking line is drawn.
Marking Line Type
Fitting
Reference Plane
Knuckle
Rend
Ara Margin
Seam

marking line is drawn.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box: See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. No custom graphic rules are used.
116).
Edge Feature Source (MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)

Applies to each feature created on the manufacturing profile in the Structural
Manufacturing task.
Custom Test
204
Condition
Values
Cell
Web
TopFlange
BottomFlange


Condition
Values
Draw
OnProfile
InDetail

feature is drawn on the profile or in a
detail box.
EdgeFeature Type
EdgeFeature
WaterStop

feature is drawn.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Bevel Source (MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)

Applies to each physical connection at the end of profile.
Custom Test
Condition
Values
Cell
Web
TopFlange
BottomFlange

BevelDepths
Numerical value
Represents number of bevel depths on

a physical connection.
Parent Feature
EndCut
WaterStop
The Bevel symbol is drawn for the

physical connection associated to the
selected feature type.
Graphic Rule
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
Draw Detail (see "Draw

Detail Custom Test" on
page 245)
True
False
205

Property
Values
Bevel Orientation (see

Default
"Bevel Orientation Custom Horizontal
Test" on page 246)
116)
Manufacturing Sketch Rule Set

A manufacturing sketch view style uses S3DMfgSketch.RuleSet, which provides a list of source
actions. Each source draws specific types of items, and applies drawing rules to the items based
on conditions allowed in the source. Using the Tools > Define View Style command in the
Drawings and Reports task, you specify the source/condition combination, queries, view area
properties, labels and add-on rulesets you want to use for your drawing view style.
S3DMfgSketch.RuleSet
This ruleset is used for all profile sketch drawings of members. The ruleset and the
source/condition definitions are defined on the Action tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog
box. For more information, see Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 109).
Source (Actions tab)

Source specifies a named list of items that receive action once extracted by the rule set view
style query. The options available are taken from the manufacturing schema provided in
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Xml\StructManufacturing\MfgXMLSchema.xsd.
To select a source, click a cell in the Source column to open the Select Manufacturing Source
dialog box. Sources are selected using one of the following options:
206
Basic - Displays the manufacturing schema in a readable format.
Expert - Displays the manufacturing schema as it appears in MfgXMLSchema.xsd.
Custom Test (Actions tab)

Custom specifies a list of properties for the selected value of Source. For more information, see
Custom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
207

The options available for Custom are taken from the manufacturing schema provided in
[Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Xml\StructManufacturing\MfgXMLSchema.xsd. These
options are parameters and properties for the selected source selected on the Select
Manufacturing Source Property dialog box. The top pane displays parameters for the selected
manufacturing source. The bottom pane displays properties for a selected parameter. The
example below shows the SMS_EDGE source with the SMS_BEVEL selected in the top pane.
Properties for SMS_BEVEL are shown in the bottom pane.
Select properties for a manufacturing sketch source (on page 209)
Graphic Rule (Actions tab)

Graphic specifies the graphic rule used for the selected value of Source. For more information,
see Graphic Style Dialog Box (on page 115).
On the Graphic tab, select Draw 2D Graphics as the value for Graphic Rule Type and select
the needed value for each property. For more information, see Draw 2D Graphics Graphic Rule
(on page 282).
On the Custom tab, select the needed value for Zone to draw. Drawings zones are defined by
the selected value for Projector on the General tab (see below). For example:
208

1 - Reports region
and view
2 - Drawing region
and view
Drawing Zones:
3 - Main
4 - Feature Detail
5 - Bevel Detail


Projector (General Tab)

General properties are defined on the General tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box.
For more information, see General Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 122).
Projector specifies the scaling method for the selected drawing zone.
See Also
Select properties for a manufacturing sketch source

Use this workflow with the S3DMfgSketch.RuleSet rule set on the Actions tab of the Edit
Ruleset View Style dialog box.
To select custom test properties for a source:
1. On a row with a value selected for Source, click a cell in the Custom column and select
More.
The Custom Test dialog box appears.
2. Select the needed value for Filter method.
3. Click a cell in the Condition column.
The Select Manufacturing Property dialog box appears.
4. Select a parameter in the top pane.
209

Properties for the parameter appear in the bottom pane.
5. Select a property in the bottom pane.
6. Click OK.
The Select Manufacturing Property dialog box appears and the property appears in the
Condition column.
7. Select a property value in the Value column.
8. Repeat as needed to add additional properties.
9. Click OK to close the Custom Test dialog box.
Manufacturing Template Drawing Rule Sets

A template drawing view style uses the MfgTemplateRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet or
MfgTemplateSetRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet ruleset, which provides a list of source actions. Each
source draws specific types of items, and applies drawing rules to the items based on conditions
allowed in the source. Using the Tools > Define View Style command in the Drawings and
Reports task, you specify the source/condition combination, queries, view area properties, labels
and add-on rulesets you want to use for your drawing view style.
MfgTemplateRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet
his ruleset is used for single template drawings.

Source Item
Custom Test Conditions
Template Source (see Seam's Side to Draw

"Template Source
(MfgTemplateRuleSet.D
efaultRuleSet)" on page
211)
Seam's Side to Draw
Base Control Source
(see "Base Control
Source
212)
Seam Source (see
Seam's Side to Draw
"Seam Source
212)
Offset Line
210
Seam's Side to Draw

1. Manufacturing TemplateSet
2. Template Index (Optional)
3. Offset (Optional)

Area Computation
Area Shape
Frame Shape
Frame Border Style
Boundary Overlap
Overlap Fill Style
Frame Behavior
See Also
Template Source (MfgTemplateRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)

see Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box).
Applies to each template of the templateset created in the Structural Manufacturing task.
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Template source.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
See Also
211
Base Control Source (MfgTemplateRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)

Applies to the templateset created in the Structural Manufacturing task.
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Base Control source.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
See Also
Seam Source (MfgTemplateRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)

Applies to the lower and upper seams of the Template.
Custom Test
Condition
Values
Seam Side to draw
Upper Seam
Lower Seam

seam is drawn. If you ignore the
condition, both seams are drawn.
Graphic Rule
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box: No custom graphic rules are used.
116).
See Also
212
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale Drawing Rule Set

A templateset full-scale drawing view style uses the MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset
ruleset, which provides a list of source actions. Each source draws specific types of items, and
applies drawing rules to the items based on conditions allowed in the source. Using the Tools >
Define View Style command in the Drawings and Reports task, you specify the
source/condition combination, queries, view area properties, labels and add-on rulesets you
want to use for your drawing view style.
MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset
This ruleset is used for templateset full-scale drawings.

Template Source (MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset) (on page 214)
Template Mid Line Source (MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset) (on page 214)
Seam Source (MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset) (on page 215)
Reference Curve Source (MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset) (on page 215)

1. Manufacturing TemplateSet - Templateset. A value for this query is always required.
2. Cascade Horizontal Offset - Cx (Optional) - The horizontal distance by which a template
should be cascaded with respect to its previous template. A value for this query is optional.
3. Cascade Vertical Offset - Cy (Optional) - The vertical distance by which a template should
be cascaded with respect to its previous template. A value for this query is optional.

213

Area Computation
Area Shape
Boundary Overlap
Overlap Fill Style
Frame Shape
Frame Border Style
Frame Behavior
See Also
Template Source (MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset)

Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Template source.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
See Also

(MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset)
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Template Mid Line source.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
214

See Also
Seam Source (MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset)

Applies to the lower and upper seams of the Template.
Custom Test
Condition
Values
Seam Side to draw
Upper Seam
Lower Seam

seam is drawn. If you ignore the
condition, both seams are drawn.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
See Also

(MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset)
Applies to reference curves created or imported on plate in the Molded Forms task.
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Reference Curve source.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
See Also
215
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set

A PinJig side view drawing view style uses the MfgPinJigSideView.Default ruleset, which
provides a list of source actions. Each source draws specific types of items, and applies drawing
rules to the items based on conditions allowed in the source. Using the Tools > Define View
Style command in the Drawings and Reports task, you specify the source/condition
combination, queries, view area properties, labels and add-on rulesets you want to use for your
drawing view style.
MfgPinJigSideView.Default
This ruleset is used for PinJig side view drawings.

PlateEdge (see "PlateEdge Source (MfgPinJigSideView.Default)" on page 217)
Seam (see "Seam Intersection Point Source (MfgPinJigSideView.Default)" on page 217)

Manufacturing PinJig - PinJig. A value for this query is always required.

Area Computation
Area Shape
Boundary Overlap
Overlap Fill Style
Frame Shape
Frame Border Style
Frame Behavior
See Also
216
PlateEdge Source (MfgPinJigSideView.Default)

Applies to the plate of the PinJig.
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the PlateEdge source.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
See Also
Seam Intersection Point Source (MfgPinJigSideView.Default)

Applies to the lower and upper seams of the PinJig.
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Seam source.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
See Also
217
Chord Line Source (MfgPinJigSideView.Default)

Applies to the end points of the PinJig plate.
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Seam source.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
See Also
218
Scantling Drawing Rule Sets

Scantling and steel order drawing view styles use the ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default ruleset,
which provides a list of source actions. Each source draws specific types of items, and applies
drawing rules to the items based on conditions allowed in the source. Using the Tools > Define
View Style command in the Drawings and Reports task, you specify the source/condition
combination, queries, view area properties, labels and add-on rulesets you want to use for your
drawing view style.
ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default
This ruleset is used for scantling production (steel order) and classification drawings using both
detailed parts and light (non-detailed) parts.

Block: Block Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default (see "Block Source
(ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)" on page 223)
Compartment: Compartment Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 223)
Plate Part: Plate Part Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 223)
Profile Part (including profile edge reinforcements): Profile Part Source
(ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 226)
Member Part: Member Part Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 228)
Beam: Beam Part Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 229)
Seam: Seam Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 230)
Connection:Connection Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 231)
Reference Curve: Reference Curve Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 232)
Plate Knuckle: Plate Knuckle Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 232)
Profile Knuckle: Profile Knuckle Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 233)
Feature: Feature Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 234)
Opening: Opening Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 235)

Structural parts or plane - Defines the query by selected parts or a selected reference plane. A
value for this query is always required. The following can be set:
Plate parts or plate systems - Parts can be selected manually using the Associate Objects
to Views
command in the 2D Drawing Editor. Parts can also be specified automatically
as output of an applicable collation rule, such as Collation Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings (on page 255). When systems are selected, the parts belonging to the systems
are used.
Profile parts or profile systems - Selections are the same as for plates, except applicable to
profiles.
219
Member parts or member systems - Selections are the same as for plates, except applicable
to members.
Reference planes - Reference planes can be selected manually using the Associate
objects to view command in the 2D Drawing Editor. Reference planes can also be specified
automatically as output of an applicable collation rule, such as Collation Rules in Marine
Structure Drawings (on page 255).
Optional Queries
Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly) - Defines the boundaries of a query by a selected
planning block, volume, assembly, or assembly block. A value for this query is optional.
Volume growth into drawing - Defines a distance into the drawing to extend the depth of a thin
volume. Parts within the thin volume are displayed in the view. A value for this query is optional.
Volume growth out of drawing - Defines a distance out of the drawing to extend the depth of a
thin volume. Parts within the thin volume are displayed in the view. A value for this query is
optional.
1 - View plane
2 - View direction
3 - Out of drawing
4 - Into drawing
Specify a positive value for both Volume growth into drawing and Volume
growth out of drawing. The software projects the thickness for each in the appropriate
direction.
Use expansion - Uses expanded geometry in the view for the shell or non-planar parts. A value
for this query is optional.
Angle for target evaluation - Defines the allowable angle from the view plane for a target plate.
This option is used only when a reference plane selected for Structural Parts or Plane has
been set by the Place Detail View and Place Section View commands in the 2D Drawing
Editor. When plates or profiles are selected in Structural Parts or Plane, target evaluation is
determined by a combination of levels and type of connection. A value for this query is optional.
Offset - Defines the distance from a reference plane used to create the view plane. A
positive value offsets the view plane out of the drawing. A negative value offsets the view
plane into the drawing. This value can be used in combination with Volume growth into
drawing and Volume growth out of drawing to create a thin volume. A value for this query
is optional. Used only when a reference plane is selected in Structural Parts or Plane.
220
1 - Reference plane
2 - View direction
3 - Offset out of drawing (positive value)
4 - Offset into drawing (negative value)
5 - View plane offset out of drawing
6 - View plane offset into drawing
Volume creation rule - Defines the volume for the view by one of the following methods.
Create volume along surface of input parts with boundary extents - The volume follows
the surfaces of the parts selected in Structural parts or plane. The volume depth (normal
to the view) is extended by the values of Volume growth into drawing and Volume growth
out of drawing. The volume area (in the plane of the view) is extended to (or clipped by) the
boundaries defined by Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly). See the corrugated
bulkhead example below.
1 - Cross-section of volume
2 - Volume growth
3 - Additional part not gathered into view
4 - View direction
5 - Volume extended to boundaries
Create volume along surface of input parts without boundary extents - The volume
follows the surfaces of the parts selected in Structural parts or plane. The volume depth
(normal to the view) is extended by the values of Volume growth into drawing and Volume
growth out of drawing. The volume area (in the plane of the view) is not extended to (nor
clipped by) the boundaries defined by Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly). See the
corrugated bulkhead example below.
2 - Volume growth
3 - Additional part not gathered into view
4 - View direction
Create volume from range box around input parts with boundary extents - The volume
is a rectangular range box around the parts selected in Structural parts or plane. The
volume depth (normal to the view) is extended by the values of Volume growth into
drawing and Volume growth out of drawing. The volume is extended to (or clipped by) the
boundaries defined by Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly). See the corrugated
bulkhead example below.
221
2 - Volume growth
3 - Additional part gathered into view
4 - View direction
5 - Volume extended to boundaries
Create volume from range box around input parts without boundary extents - The
volume is a rectangular range box around the parts selected in Structural parts or plane.
The volume depth (normal to the view) is extended by the values of Volume growth into
drawing and Volume growth out of drawing. The volume is not extended to (nor clipped
by) the boundaries defined by Boundary (Block, volume, or assembly). See the
corrugated bulkhead example below.
2 - Volume growth
3 - Additional part gathered into view
4 - View direction
Do not create volume - A volume is not used to restrict gathering using gathering rule. For
example, a shell longitudinal profile view does not use a volume. It instead uses levels to
gather secondary parts.
A value for this query is optional.
Gathering rule - Defines how parts are included in the drawing view. The volume selected with
Block, volume, or Assembly or created with Volume creation rule is used as input for the
gathering rule.
Gather objects by connections - Parts are gathered based on connections to the parts
selected in Structural parts or plane.
Gather objects in volume - All parts in the volume are gathered even if they are not
connected to the parts selected in Structural parts or plane.
A value for this query is optional.
The volume selected with Block, volume, or assembly or created with Volume
creation rule is also used for view clipping in the graphic rule. For more information, see
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277).

Area Computation
Area Shape
Boundary Overlap
Overlap Fill Style
Frame Shape
222
Frame Border Style

Frame Behavior
See Also
Block Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to blocks, assemblies, and assembly blocks created in the Planning task.
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by the Block source.
Graphic Rule
115).
Custom tab of Graphic Style dialog box. See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page
116).
Property
Values
Get Parts in Range (see

"Get Parts in Range
Custom Test" on page
238)
True
False
116).
Compartment Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to compartments created in the Compartmentation task.
Custom Test
No custom tests are used.
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab: For Graphic Module, use SimpleVolumeToX (on page 987). See Graphic Tab
(Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115).
116).
223
Plate Part Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to detailed and light (non-detailed) plates - planar, linear and non-linear extruded,
and knuckled.
Custom Test
Condition
Orientation (see
"Orientation
Custom Test" on
page 240)
Orientation of the plate Target

part with respect to
drawing view direction
Non-Target
Level (see "Level

Custom Test" on
page 239)
Relation of this plate

part to plates selected
in the main query
Relation to Target
Plate
IsPlateAngular
224
Values
Relation of this plate

part to a connected
Target plate
Plate normal is along the view

direction
Plate normal is perpendicular
to the view direction
Direct input to the view. The

part is selected in the main
query.
Connected to a level 0 object.
Not Applicable
The level cannot be

determined.
Not Applicable
Splitting the
Target
The plate splits the Target

plate
Split By Target
The plate is split by the

Target plate
Bound By
Target
The plate is bound by the

Target plate
Bounding the
Target
The plate is bounding the

Target plate
Stiffens the
Target
Valid only for profiles. The

profile stiffens the Target
plate.
Edge
Reinforcement
on Target -
Valid only for profiles. The

profile is an edge
reinforcement on the Target
plate.
True
False
Does the plate have a

mounting angle to the target
plate other than 90?

Condition
Values
Orientation Angle
(Degrees)
The angle of the plate part normal to the view

direction.
Belongs to Query
(see "Belongs to
Query Custom
Test" on page
236)
True
False
Is the plate included in the

block?
Valid only for view styles that
are part of a component using
an asking filter.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Property
Values
Get Connected
Objects
Indicates if connected
objects are to be
gathered for this plate
True
False
Drawn Side
The side of the plate

part drawn in the
view
Molded Side
Molded Side (Without
Features)
Anti Molded Side
Anit Molded Side (Without
Features)
Both
Both (Without Features)
Not Applicable
Orientation
(Override)
Select a value if you

want to override the
computed view
orientation (Orientation
condition of the
Custom Test)
(None) - No override
Treat as Target irrespective of the
computed direction
Treat as Non-Target irrespective of the
computed direction
Example:
If the plate is a
shell plate, always
select "Treat as
Non-Target" so
the plate's
cross-section is
drawing.
116).
1. When a plate orientation is overridden, all profiles and seams on the plate are drawn based
on the plate's new orientation.
2. A knuckled plate, because of its natural non-orthogonal orientation, is frequently given an
Orientation of Non-Target, even when selected as part of the query as Level 0. In this
case, an Orientation (Override) of Treat as Target should be selected.
225

3. In automated views, the CollationForSteelOrder rule separates flat, curved, and knuckled
plates into separate drawing views. The view for each knuckled or curved plate projects the
view along the closest major axis of the global coordinate system. For manual views, flat,
curved, and knuckled plates can be selected for a single view. In this case, you must choose
the coordinate system and view direction as part of the orientation rule. For more
information, see Collation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 255)and
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 259).
Profile Part Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to detailed and light (non-detailed) profiles and profile edge reinforcement parts.
Custom Test
Condition
Values
Orientation (see "Orientation

Custom Test" on page 240)
Target
Non-Target
Orientation of the profile part with

respect to the target plate and the
drawing view direction.
Direct input to the view. The part is

selected in the main query.
Not Applicable
The level cannot be determined.
Target
Non-Target
Orientation of the profile part web in the

drawing view.
Level (see "Level Custom

Test" on page 239)
Web Orientation (see "Web

Orientation Custom Test" on
page 244)
IsProfileAngular (see
True
"IsProfileAngular Custom Test" False
on page 239)
226
Does the profile have an orientation

angle other than 90?
Always set to False if the
profile is twisted and has more than one
orientation angle.
Relation to Target Plate
N/A
Splitting the Target
Split By Target
Bound By Target
Stiffens the Target
Belongs to Query (see

"Belongs to Query Custom
Test" on page 236)
True
False
Is the profile included in the block?

Valid only for view styles that are part of
a component using an asking filter.
Stiffened Plates (see
Filter
Catalog filter or Ship filter

Condition
Values
"Stiffened Plates Custom Test"

on page 245)
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Property
Values
Get Connected Objects
True
False
Includes connected
objects when applying
actions to objects on the
next level
Drawing Rule
(Auto)
Automatically determines
how to draw the profile
part
(See table below)
Draw Simple Projection
Projects the profile part

using vector hidden line
Draw Landing Curve with

EndCuts
Draw the profile part

landing curve with endcut
symbols
Draw Profile CrossSection
Draws the cross-section of

the profile
EndCut Rule
Target
Non-Target
(Auto) Drawing Rule

Is the profile an
edge
reinforcement?
Profile
Orientation
Web
Orientation
Rule used
No
Target
Target
No
Target
Non-Target
Draw Landing Curve with EndCuts
No
Non-Target
Yes
Target
Yes
Non-Target
116).
227
Member Part Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to members. Members are created in the Structure task.
Custom Test
SeeCustom Tests Dialog Box (on page 113).
Condition
Values
Primary Orientation (see "Primary and Secondary Orientation Custom Tests" on page 242)
Secondary Orientation (see "Primary and Secondary Orientation Custom Tests" on page
242)
Test" on page 239)

Test" on page 236)

Not Applicable
True
False
Is the beam included in the block?

Valid only for view styles that are part of a
component using an asking filter.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Property
Values
True
False
Includes connected
next level
116).
228
Beam Part Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to detailed and light (non-detailed) beam parts.
Custom Test
Condition
Values

Target
Non-Target
Orientation of the beam part with respect

to the target plate and the drawing view
direction.

Test" on page 239)

Not Applicable

page 244)
Target
Non-Target
Orientation of the beam part web in the

drawing view.

Test" on page 236)
True
False
Is the beam included in the block?

Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Property
Values
True
False
Includes connected
next level
116).
229
Seam Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to design seams created in the Molded Forms task.
Custom Test
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
Target
"Orientation Custom Non-Target
Test" on page 240)
Orientation of the seam with

Parent Plate (see

"Parent Plate
Custom Test" on
page 241)
Relationship between the parent

plate of the seam and the target
plate of the view
Not Applicable
Split By Target
Bound By Target
Bounding the Target
Stiffens the Target
Edge Reinforcement on Target
Target
True
Belongs to Query
(see "Belongs to
False
Query Custom Test"
on page 236)
Is the seam included in the block?

Valid only for view styles that are
part of a component using an
asking filter.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Property
Values
Slot Rule
ProgID of the slot graphic rule used for a seam at a slot

(profile penetrating a plate).
116).
230
Connection Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to logical connections created in the Molded Forms task and physical
connections created in the Structural Detailing task.
Custom Test
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation Custom
Test" on page 240)
Target
Non-Target
Connection Species (see

"Connection Species
238)
Plate Plate
Profile Plate
Plate Profile
Profile Profile
Connection Type (see

"Connection Type
238)
Side On Face
Face On Side
Face On Face
Side On Side

"Belongs to Query
236)
True
False
Orientation of the connection with

Is the connection included in the block?

Graphic Rule
115).
116).
231
Reference Curve Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to reference curves created or imported on plates in the Molded Forms task.
Custom Test
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation Custom
Test" on page 240)
Target
Non-Target
Orientation of the reference curve with


"Belongs to Query
236)
True
False
Is the reference curve included in the

block?
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Plate Knuckle Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to plate knuckles created in the Molded Forms task.
Custom Test
232
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation
Custom Test" on
page 240)
Target
Non-Target
Orientation of the knuckle with

Parent Plate (see

"Parent Plate
Custom Test" on
page 241)
Not Applicable
Split By Target
Bound By Target
Bounding the Target
Stiffens the Target
Relationship between the parent

plate of the knuckle and the target
plate of the view

Condition
Values
Target
True
Belongs to Query
(see "Belongs to
False
Query Custom
Test" on page 236)
Is the knuckle included in the

block?
Valid only for view styles that are
part of a component using an
asking filter.
Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Profile Knuckle Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to profile knuckles created in the Molded Forms task.
Custom Test
Profile Knuckle inherits its custom test values from Profile Part. For more information, see
Profile Part Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) (on page 226).
Condition
Values

Target
Non-Target
Orientation of the profile part with


Test" on page 239)

Not Applicable
Target
Non-Target
Orientation of the profile part web in the

drawing view.

page 244)
IsProfileAngular (see
True
"IsProfileAngular Custom Test" False
on page 239)
Does the profile have an orientation

angle other than 90?
Always set to False if the
233

Condition
Values
profile is twisted and has more than one
orientation angle.
N/A
Split By Target
Bound By Target
Stiffens the Target

Test" on page 236)
True
False
Stiffened Plates (see

Filter
"Stiffened Plates Custom Test"
on page 245)
Is the profile included in the block?

Catalog filter or Ship filter
Graphic Rule
Graphic tab: For Graphic Module, use ProfileKnuckleAsCurve (on page 974) or
ReplaceWPoint (on page 984). See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115).
When Manufacturing Method for a knuckle is set to Extend in the model, no knuckle for
the profile exists on the profile part. This is a method of extending the straight section of a profile
when there is a knuckle on the parent plate. For more information, see "Profile Knuckle Dialog
Box" in the Molded Forms User's Guide.
116).
Label Rule
For knuckle text labels, use Scantling Knuckle Line Label_CP_L or Scantling Knuckle Line
Label_CA_L.
For knuckle sloping direction symbols, use Scantling Knuckle Sloping Direction Symbol.
For more information, see Label Templates: Scantling (on page 842).
Feature Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to openings created in the Molded Forms task and holes created in the Hole
Management task.
Custom Test
234

Condition
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation Custom
Test" on page 240)
Target
Non-Target
Opening Type
Major Opening
Hole Trace

"Belongs to Query
236)
True
False
Orientation of the feature with respect to

the target plate and the drawing view
direction.
Is the feature included in the block?

Graphic Rule
115).
116).
Opening Source (ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default)

Applies to plate knuckles created in the Molded Forms task.
Custom Test
Condition
Values
Orientation (see
"Orientation Custom
Test" on page 240)
Target
Non-Target
Orientation of the knuckle with respect

to the target plate and the drawing view
direction.

"Belongs to Query
236)
True
False
Is the opening included in the block?

Graphic Rule
115).
116).
235
Ruleset Custom Tests

Ruleset custom tests are specified as part of the ruleset view style definition using the Tools >
Define View Style command in the Drawings and Reports task. The number and type of tests
available depends on the source object type selected on the Action tab of the Edit Ruleset
View Style dialog box, as part of the ruleset view style property definition. For more information,
Topics
Belongs to Query Custom Test ..................................................... 236
Bounded Custom Test ................................................................... 237
Connection Species Custom Test ................................................. 238
Connection Type Custom Test ...................................................... 238
Get Parts in Range Custom Test ................................................... 238
IsProfileAngular Custom Test ........................................................ 239
Level Custom Test ......................................................................... 239
Orientation Custom Test ................................................................ 240
Parent Plate Custom Test.............................................................. 241
Primary and Secondary Orientation Custom Tests ....................... 242
Web Orientation Custom Test ....................................................... 244
Stiffened Plates Custom Test ........................................................ 245
Draw Detail Custom Test ............................................................... 245
Bevel Orientation Custom Test ...................................................... 246
Belongs to Query Custom Test

Belongs to Query
This custom test is for all sources (except Block) in the Actions tab of the Edit Ruleset View
Style dialog box. The custom test is used when a Block source is used first.
The test prevents extra objects from being drawn when using the Get Parts in Range Custom
Test (on page 238) for the Block source. The test is used by view styles in a component that
uses an asking filter for selecting a block. Objects that are assigned to the block are drawn and
labeled. Objects that are not assigned to the block, but are adjacent to the block and added by
Get Parts in Range are not drawn.
True - Objects assigned to the block are drawn regardless of its level. Objects not assigned
to the block are not drawn.
False - Objects are not assigned to the block. They can be drawn using different graphic
styles.
236

Examples
1 - Objects assigned to the block
2 - Objects not assigned to the block, but added by Get Parts in Range.
When Get Parts in Range = True, and Belongs to Query is not used, all objects are drawn:
When Belongs to Query = True, objects not assigned to the block are not drawn:
When a separate action uses Belongs to Query = False, objects not assigned to the block can
be drawn using different graphic styles:
See Also
Bounded Custom Test

Bounded
The Bounded custom tests apply to plates only.
True - The evaluated plate, during initial creation, was bounded by one or more other plate
systems.
False - The evaluated plate, during initial creation, was bounded only by reference planes or
was not bounded.
See Also
237
Connection Species Custom Test

Connection Species
The relationship between the parent part of the connection and the part to which the parent is
connected.
This custom test is for connections only.
Plate Plate - The connection is between two plates.
Profile Plate - The parent part of the connection is a profile and the connected part is a plate.
Plate Profile - The parent part of the connection is a plate and the connected part is a profile.
Profile Profile - The connection is between two profiles or beams.
See Also
Connection Type Custom Test

Connection Type
The connection type between the parent part of the connection and the part to which the parent
is connected.
This custom test is for connections only.
Side on Face - The target side connects to non-target face.
Face on Side - The target face connects to non-target side.
Face on Face - Lapped faces.
Side on Side - Butt joint.
See Also
Get Parts in Range Custom Test

Get Parts in Range
This custom test shows all detailed parts and light (non-detailed) parts in the range of the
selected block, assembly, or assembly block by taking a "thin slice" at the view plane, and
getting all parts within the slice.
True - All parts in the range of the block/assembly are shown in the view, including shell
plate and shell profiles not assigned to the block.
False - Only parts that are assigned to the block/assembly are shown in the view.
Examples
238

Get Parts in Range = True:
All parts in the range of the block/assembly are shown in the view, including shell plate and shell
profiles not assigned to the block.
Get Parts in Range = False:
Only parts that are assigned to the block/assembly are shown in the view.
See Also
IsProfileAngular Custom Test

IsProfileAngular
This custom test is for profiles and beams.
True - The evaluated profile or beam includes an angular twist.
False - The evaluated profile or beam does not include an angular twist.
See Also
239
Level Custom Test

Level
Select object. Level = 0
Level = 1
Level = 2
Direction of view
Level 0 applies to the evaluated object.

Level 1 is for objects connected to Level 0 objects (the evaluated object).
Level 2 is for objects connected to Level 1 objects, and the levels progress upward in the
same fashion.
See Also
240
Orientation Custom Test

Orientation
Selected object. Orientation = Target
Orientation = Non-target
Orientation = Target
Direction of view
Target - Orientation is set to that of the evaluated object or parallel to the evaluated object.
Non-Target - Orientation is not parallel to evaluated object.
See Also
Parent Plate Custom Test

Parent Plate
This custom test is for Seam and Knuckle sources in the Actions tab of the Edit Ruleset View
Style dialog box.
This test allows you to supply the relationship of the parent plate of the knuckle or seam to the
target plate:
Not Applicable
Split By Target
Bound By Target
Bounding the Target
Stiffens the Target
Target
241

Without this test, target knuckles or seams on non-target plates cannot be controlled through the
ruleset view style and can only be identified as target or non-target. For example, the knuckle
shown below is classified as target and drawn and labeled even though it is on a non-target
plate and should not be drawn.
Primary and Secondary Orientation Custom Tests

These custom tests are used with orthographic view styles for outfitting drawings, and
marine structure view styles for scantling drawings.
Primary Orientation - Orientation of the primary linear axis of an object with respect to the
drawing view. The primary linear axis is along the x-axis of the local coordinate system.
Secondary Orientation - Orientation of the secondary linear axis of an object with respect to
the drawing view. The secondary linear axis is along the y-axis of the local coordinate system.
For members, this corresponds to the web orientation.
242

Primary Orientation and Secondary Orientation use the same options:
Not shown Normal
1
Normal, toward you
Normal, away from you
Not shown Sloped

3
Sloped, toward you
Sloped, away from you
See below Sloped, projects

horizontal
See below Sloped, projects vertical
Not shown Parallel
See below Parallel, vertical
5
Parallel, pointing up
Parallel, pointing down
Parallel, horizontal
Parallel, pointing right
Parallel, pointing left
10
Parallel, sloped
The following graphic shows an example for members:

1
This target member has a primary orientation of

Parallel, vertical and a secondary orientation of
This non-target member has a primary orientation of

Normal, toward you and a secondary orientation of
The Sloped, projects horizontal and Sloped, projects vertical options provide special
orientations for situations where the drawing needs to distinguish between a sloped pipe or
member that projects orthogonally on the sheet and those that project non-orthogonally on the
243

sheet. You may, for example, prefer orthogonally-projected pipe be dimensioned in the drawing
with the pipes that are parallel and orthogonal to the sheet. The following graphic shows
examples of a 3D model with pipe for both cases:
1

projects using the Sloped, projects horizontal
primary orientation. The view style specifies that the
dimensions for the pipe are handled the same as the
actual parallel, horizontal, and vertical pipe in the
view.

uses the Sloped primary orientation and does not
project horizontally or vertically. The view style
distinguishes between this pipe and pipe 1.
These pipes are parallel and horizontal or vertical to

the view, and use the Parallel, horizontal and
Parallel, vertical primary orientations.
For dimensioning purposes in the drawing view, the Parallel, horizontal and Sloped, projects
horizontal pipes are part of the same dimensioning chain. The Sloped pipe is not included in
the dimensioning.
You can resymbolize the model graphics based on special orientation cases. For
example, you might want to represent piping items that are parallel to the sheet plane as single
lines while representing the items coming straight out of the sheet as special symbols.
See Also
Web Orientation Custom Test

Web Orientation
This custom test is for profiles and beams.
Target - The profile or beam web is parallel to the evaluated objects.
Non-Target - The web is not parallel to the evaluated object.
See Also
244
Stiffened Plates Custom Test

Stiffened Plates
This custom test is for profiles on the Actions tab of the Edit Ruleset View Style dialog box.
The custom test is used to select profile parts whose stiffened plate parts meet the criteria of the
filter given in the condition.
Examples
For Hull profile parts, select the filter Stiffened Plates = "Catalog Filters\Default Intelliship
Filters\Intelliship Object Filters\Object Types\All Parts\Plate Parts\Hull Plate Parts.
For Deck profile parts, select the filter Stiffened Plates = Catalog Filters\Default Intelliship
Filters\Intelliship Object Filters\Object Types\All Parts\Plate Parts\ Deck Plate Parts.
Draw Detail Custom Test

Draw Detail
This custom test is for bevel shapes with bevel values that need to be shown in a detail box for a
drawing.
True - All the bevel shapes and their bevel values are shown in detail boxes in the drawing.
False - The detail box for the bevels is not shown in the drawing.
Examples
Draw Detail = True:
All the bevel shapes and their bevel values are shown in detail boxes in the drawing.
Draw Detail = False:
The detail box for the bevels is not shown in the drawing.
245

See Also
Bevel Orientation Custom Test

Bevel Orientation
This custom test is to orient the bevel shape with labels on the drawing.
Default - The bevel shape and the values are placed with the default orientation (based on the
orientation in the Manufacturing Profile XML).
Horizontal - The bevel shape and the values are placed in horizontal orientation.
Examples
Bevel Orientation = Default
Bevel Orientation = Horizontal
See Also
246
Add-on Ruleset View Styles

Add-ons are rule set view styles that are added to an existing rule set view style. The main use
of an add-on is to enhance a view style by importing actions. A rule set view style can have
multiple add-on view styles.
Because an add-on is a rule set, it has access to global model data such as:
The drawing view
The coordinate system
The thin volume used by a drawing view
The query results, such as the level 0 objects returned by the query
If an add-on needs to retrieve data from specific objects, instead of from the global data
shared across rule sets, then the rule set for the primary view style can pass specific objects to
the add-on. This is more efficient and provides better performance.
The delivered add-on rule set view styles are located in the SharedContent share in the
[Reference Data Product Folder]\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\RulesetsStyles folder. You add
add-on rulesets to a ruleset view style using the Tools > Define View Style command in the
Drawings and Reports task.
When you create a ruleset view style, you can add add-on view styles to:
Import actions. You can import actions to improve the content of the primary ruleset view
style. For example, you could add a manufacturing add-on ruleset and a rulers add-on
ruleset to a Scantling Steel Order view style.
Override existing actions. You can override a behavior defined in the primary ruleset view
style. To override an action, you would discard the action from the primary ruleset view style,
enable propagation of the primary ruleset view style query, and then make sure an override
action is enabled in the add-on.
The following add-on ruleset view styles are delivered:
AddOn - Grid Axis - Adds visible coordinate system rulers and axes to a ruleset view style.
Grid lines crossing the view are invisible, but will highlight. This add-on is included as part of
several delivered ruleset view styles, such as many of the Steel Order view styles. Uses the
ISGridRuleSets.Default ruleset. For more information, see Grid Add-on Rulesets (on page
249).
247

Example:
AddOn - Grid Axis and Lines - Adds visible coordinate system rulers, axes, and grid lines to a
ruleset view style. This add-on is included as part of several delivered ruleset view styles, such
as Hull Lines view styles. Uses the ISGridRuleSets.Default ruleset. For more information, see
Grid Add-on Rulesets (on page 249).
Example:
AddOn - Horizontal Grid Axis - Adds visible coordinate system ruler and axis for the horizontal
axis to a ruleset view style. The ruler and axis for the vertical axis are not added. This add-on is
included as part of several delivered ruleset view styles, such as the Steel Order (Shell
248

Expansion) view styles. Uses the ISGridRuleSets.Default ruleset. For more information, see
Grid Add-on Rulesets (on page 249).
Example:
AddOn - Mfg Scantling - Adds manufacturing information created in the Structural

Manufacturing task to a Steel Order view style. This add-on is included as part of the Steel
Order ruleset view style. Uses the MfgScantlingRuleSet.Default ruleset. Plate margin, marking
lines, and shrinkage can be added as source actions for this add-on. Only plate margin is
enabled by default.
See Also
Grid Add-on Rulesets

A grid add-on view style uses a grid ruleset, which provides a list of source actions. Each source
draws specific types of items, and applies drawing rules to the items based on conditions
allowed in the source. Using the Tools > Define View Style command in the Drawings and
Reports task, you specify the source/condition combination you want to use for your add-on
view style.
The following delivered ruleset applies to grid add-on view styles:
249

ISGridRuleSets.Default
Source Item
Condition
Coordinate System
Drawn or Not Drawn. Applied to Grid Lines and

Grid Axis
Grid Lines
Line style, color, and visibility
Grid Axis
Line style, color, and visibility
Custom Test
No custom tests are used by ISGridRuleSets.Default.
Custom Tab of Graphic Style Dialog Box

Used only by the Coordinate System source action. See Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog
Box) (on page 116).
Property
Values
Horizontal Grid
Axis
Grid axis that is

Drawn
horizontal with respect Not Drawn
to the view
Applied to the Grid Lines

and Grid Axis source actions
Vertical Grid Axis
Grid axis that is

Drawn
vertical with respect to Not Drawn
the view
Applied to the Grid Lines

and Grid Axis source actions
Graphic Tab of Graphic Style Dialog Box

Graphic tab of Graphic Style dialog box. Used only by the Grid Lines and Grid Axis source
actions. Specifies the line styles, colors, and visibility. See Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog
Box) (on page 115).
116).
See Also
Add-on Ruleset View Styles (on page 246)
250
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings

There are customizable elements which are available to all marine structure drawings.
Topics
Layout Style Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ......................... 251
Collation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ............................... 255
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ........................... 259
Section View Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ..... 263
Line Styles in Marine Structure Drawings...................................... 269
Document and Sheet Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings
....................................................................................................... 269
View Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ........................ 273
View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ........................... 276
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings ................................ 277
Layout Style Rules in Marine Structure Drawings

Layout style rules define how the number of views per document, per sheet, and per region in a
marine structure drawing document. You use the Tools > Define Layout Style command in the
Drawings and Reports task to create new layout styles. For more information on using this
command, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
The delivered layout style rules are:
Document assignment rules that define how many views are in each document
Sheet assignment rules that define how many views are in each sheet
Region layout rules that define how many views are in each region
All delivered region layout rules have margins set to 2, with all borders and labels turned
off. The software populates the views within a region from bottom-to-top and left-to-right across
the region.
Document Assignment Rules
Purpose
One Document Per Query
Creates one document for each query no matter how many

view are created.
One View
Puts a maximum of one view in each document.
Two Views
Puts a maximum of two views in each document.
Three Views
Puts a maximum of three views in each document.
Four Views
Puts a maximum of four views in each document.
Five Views
Puts a maximum of five views in each document.
Ten Views
Puts a maximum of ten views in each document.
Twenty Views
Puts a maximum of twenty views in each document.
No Assignment
Creates one document with no views assigned.
251

Sheet Assignment Rules
Purpose
Sheet By Regions
Specifies that the number of sheets is controlled by the

number of views each region accepts.
One Sheet Per Assembly

number of assemblies. This assignment rule is for use in
Assembly Drawings only.
One Sheet Per Query

number of queries.
No Assignment
Specifies one sheet with no views assigned.
Region Layout Rules
Purpose
Assembly Method
A horizontal layout specifically for Assembly Method

Drawings.
Assembly Sequence
A layout specifically for Assembly Sequence Drawings.
One View 1x1
A region by layout table with only one graphic view.
One View - Graphical or Report A region by layout table with either one graphic view or one
report view.
252
One View
A region by layout table with only one graphic view.
One Report
A region by layout table with only one report view.
Two Views 1x2
A region by layout table with two graphic views in two

columns.
Two Views 2x1
A region by layout table with two graphic views in two rows.
Three Views 1x3
A region by layout table with three graphic views in three

columns.
Three Views 3x1
A region by layout table with three graphic views in three

rows.
Four Views 1x4
A region by layout table with four graphic views in four

columns.
Four Views 2x2
A region by layout table with four graphic rules in two

columns and two rows.
Four Views 4x1
A region by layout table with four graphic rules in four rows.
MfgPinJigSideView-Left
A layout with left end view of the plate supported by the

PinJig. This is specific to Manufacturing PinJig drawings.
MfgPinJigSideView-Right
A layout with right end view of the plate supported by the

PinJig. This is specific to Manufacturing PinJig drawings.
MfgPinJigSideView-Main
A layout with main view of the PinJig. This is specific to

Manufacturing PinJig drawings.

Each delivered rule uses a processor DLL that defines how the rule behaves within the software.
The DLLs are delivered on the client machine to the \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Middle\Bin\LayoutProcessors folder.
Processors Used with Document Assignment Rules

Rule Processor File
Description
Used In
Attributes
Available
DBRDocumentByAssembly
Creates one
document per
assembly.
Assembly Drawings Maximum

number of views
Group by
Level
DBRDocumentByQuery
Creates one
All Drawings by
document per query. Rule documents
Maximum
number of views
DBRDocumentByViews
Creates a document All Drawings by

by the maximum
Rule documents
number of views.
Maximum
number of views
Processors Used with Sheet Assignment Rules

Rule Processor File
Description
Used In
Attributes
Available
DBRSheetPerAssembly
Creates one sheet

per assembly.
All Drawings by
Rule documents.
Maximum
number of views
DBRSheetByQuery
Creates one sheet

per query.
All Drawings by
Rule documents.
Maximum
number of views
DBRSheetByRegion
Creates a sheet by
Assembly Drawings
the maximum number
of regions.
Processors Used with Region Layout Rules

Rule Processor File
Description
DBRAssemblyMethodLayout Applies one region

layout per assembly
method.
DBRAssemblySeqLayout
Applies one region

layout per assembly
sequence.
Used In
Attributes
Available
Assembly Method
Drawings
Layout style
Assembly
Sequence
Drawings
253

Rule Processor File
Description
Used In
DBRLayoutByTable
Applies a
All Drawings by
user-defined region
Rule documents.
layout by table. You
can give the table row
and column attributes
to define how many
views are allowed in
the region.
Allowed view
types
Minimum rows
Maximum rows
Minimum
columns
Maximum
columns
Left margin
Right margin
Top margin
Bottom margin
Draw outline
Label views
Show view name
Show view scale
DBRMfgPinjigSideLayout
Applies the
appropriate region
layout for PinJig
views as per the
user-defined rules.
Region Side
Manufacturing
PinJig Drawings
Attributes
Available
Layout Style Rule Attributes

The attributes available for use with the processor rules listed above are described as follows:
254
Attribute Name
Range of Values
Description
Allowed view types
Graphical views only

Graphical views and
reports
Reports only
Specifies whether the region accepts

graphical views, report views, or both.
Bottom margin
0 to n
Sets the width (in meters) of the bottom

margin of the region.
Draw outline
Line style
Defines the line style used to draw the

rectangle for the outline for the region.
Group by
Assembly or Block
Distributes the views on the document

according to the Assembly or Block that
contains the objects.
Label views
Normal
Not Drawn
Turns the labels views on and off within a

region.
Layout style
Horizontal
Vertical
Sets the arrangement order for the Assembly

Method Drawing views as either horizontal or
vertical within the region.
Left margin
0 to n
Sets the width (in meters) of the left margin of

the region.

Attribute Name
Range of Values
Description
Level
1 to n
Sets the number of levels from the Assembly

hierarchy to put on each document.
Maximum columns
1 to n
Sets the maximum number of columns in a

region table layout.
Maximum number of
views
1 to n
Sets the maximum number of views a

particular sheet or document can accept.
Maximum rows
1 to n
Sets the maximum number of rows in a region

table layout.
Minimum columns
1 to n
Sets the minimum number of columns in a

region table layout.
Minimum rows
1 to n
Sets the minimum number of rows in a region

table layout.
Right margin
0 to n
Sets the width (in meters) of the right margin

of the region.
Show view name
True
False
Turns the view name on and off within the

region.
Show view scale
True
False
Turns the view scale on and off within the

region.
Top margin
0 to n
Sets the width (in meters) of the top margin of

the region.
Region Side
Left
Right
Main
Sets the side view of the plate to be displayed

in the region.
Collation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings

Collation rules specify how objects returned by a query are grouped. View styles then use the
groups to create views in marine structure drawings. You specify the collation rule on the
Queries tab of the Setup dialog box in the Drawings and Reports task. When you set up a
Drawings by Rule package in the Drawings and Reports task, the collation rule is part of the
query definition. For more information on using collation rules, see the Orthographic Drawings
User's Guide.
255

The following example shows the collation concept:
The collation rules are delivered on the client machine in the \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Middle\Bin\CollationRules folder. The rules are also
bulkloaded into the catalog. For more information, see CollationRule Sheet (on page 292).
CollateAssemblySequencee
Identifies the parts in an assembly, and the assembly sequence of the parts, as defined in the
Planning task, then:
1. Places each part of the assembly in a separate group.
2. Creates a group for each step of the sequence, by adding the next part(s) in the sequence.
Only groups parts within an assembly, not assemblies within an assembly or block.
CollateAssemblyStep
Identifies the parts and assemblies that make up an assembly or block, and the assembly
sequence of each, then creates a group for each step of the sequence, by adding the next
part(s) or assembly in the sequence.
CollateConnectedPlates
Groups connected plate parts. Connected plates are connected face-to-face (lapped
connections) or edge-to-edge (butt connections).
CollateConnectedProfiles
Groups connected profiles parts. Connected profiles are connected end-to-end.
CollateContiguousBlocks
Groups spatially connected blocks.
CollateContiguousProfiles
Groups spatially connected profile parts.
256

CollateCoplanarPlates
Groups coplanar plate parts or plate parts with coplanar parent systems.
CollateForSteelOrder
Creates groups of major parts in a selected block/assembly. A grouping is created for parts that
meet each of the following tests:
Major Plate Part Tests
Plate parts of the same type, such as deck plates, transverse bulkhead plates,
longitudinal bulkhead plates, and hull plates.
Plate parts belonging to the same system.
Coplanar plate parts that may be in different systems. Coplanar means that plates with
different thicknesses and thickness directions are collated if the thicknesses overlap.
Connected plate parts or plate parts with connected parent systems. Connections must
be edge-to-edge (butt connections) or face-to-face (lapped connections).
Major Profile Part Tests
Hull profile parts.
Profile parts belonging to the same system.
Connected profile parts or profile parts with connected parent systems. Connections
must be end-to-end.
Hull plate parts are expanded and are separated into port and starboard groups.
Brackets and standalone plate parts are not grouped because brackets (created in both the
Molded Forms and Structural Detailing tasks), and standalone plates (created in Structural
Detailing task) are not major parts. After drawings are created, you can manually create
views for these parts.
The following example shows a simple collation using the CollateForSteelOrder rule:
257

CollateSimilarProfiles
Groups similar profiles without sketch features to a single view by matching the following
conditions between profiles:
Cross sections - The cross-section type and size must be the same.
Material grade - The material grade must be the same.
End cut counts.
End cut smart items - The end cut types must be the same but the end cut parameters may
be different.
Corner feature counts.
Corner feature smart items - The corner types must be the same but the feature parameters
may be different.
Remaining feature counts.
Remaining feature distances.
Remaining feature parameter values - Edge features must be exactly the same, including
the he position, type and parameters.
CollateSimilarProfilesByXML
Uses information in the manufacturing profile XML created in the Structural Manufacturing task.
Groups similar profiles without sketch features to a single view by matching conditions between
profiles. The goal is to group profiles based on the profile XML similar to the
CollateSimilarProfiles collation rule. However, the profile XML only contains the data to
support the following conditions:
Material grade
End cut counts
Corner feature counts
Remaining feature counts
Remaining feature distances
CollateTemplateSetToTemplates
Places each template in a template set in a separate group.
CollateToFlipShellProfilesByDir
Groups shell profiles with aft orientation into a view, and reverses the view direction.
CollateToMany
Places each part is in a separate group.
CollateToOne
Groups all parts.
The following table shows how collation rules are typically used depending on the type of
drawing you are creating:
258

Type of Marine Structure Drawing
Collation Rules
Scantling Drawings, including the following delivered

packages:
Classification
Classification - Expansion, Steel Order
Steel Order - Expansion
Steel Order by Block or Assembly
CollateToOne
CollateToMany
CollateConnectedProfile
CollateConnectedPlates
CollateContiguousProfiles
CollateCoplanarPlates
CollateForSteelOrder
Collation Rules
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Drawings, including the

following delivered packages:
Mfg Profile Sketch
Mfg Profile Sketch - Multiple
CollateToOne
CollateToMany
CollateSimilarProfiles
CollateSimilarProfilesByXML
CollateToFlipShellProfilesByDir
Manufacturing Template Drawings, including the

following delivered packages:
Mfg Template
Mfg Template Set
CollateTemplateSetToTemplates
Manufacturing PinJig Drawings, including the following

delivered packages:
Mfg PinJig
CollateToOne
CollateToMany
Hull Lines Drawings, including the following delivered

packages:
Hull Lines
CollateToOne
CollateToMany
Assembly Drawings, including the following delivered

packages:
Assembly Method
Assembly Sequence
CollateAssemblySequence
CollateAssemblySteps
See Also
Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View Styles (on page 58)
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings

Orientation rules specify the available orientations for the current view type. You specify the
orientation rule used with a layout style when you use Place View
in a drawing document
open in SmartSketch Drawing Editor or on the General tab of the Setup dialog box in the
Drawings and Reports task. For more information on using orientation rules, see the
The Orientation Rules must be registered and bulkloaded using the ShipDrawings.xls file
located on the client machine in the \ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder. The Orientation
Rules are defined on the OrientationRule sheet of this spreadsheet. For more information, see
OrientationRule Sheet (on page 291).
The orientation rules are delivered on the client machine in the \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Middle\Bin folder.
259

Global Coordinate System (ISGlobalLCS.Default) - Orientation is relative to the global
coordinate system. View direction options include planar view options such as Looking Aft or
Looking Port; and isometric view options such as Up Port Aft and Plan Starboard Forward.
Up direction options are dependent on the selected view direction and include planar view
options Plan, Up, Aft, Forward, Port, or Starboard; and isometric view options Up, Down,
Left, or Right.
Local Coordinate System - Orientation is relative to the local coordinate system of the part, as
defined by the software. View direction options include planar view options such as Right
(Along -X) or Top (Along +Z); and isometric view options such as Top Front Right and
Bottom Back Left. Up direction options are dependent on the selected view direction and
include planar view options along the X, Y, and Z-axes in both directions; and isometric view
options Bottom, Top, Back, or Front.
Not Applicable (SMNotApplicableLCS.Default) - Orientation rule has no significance. Both View
direction and Up direction options are Not Applicable.
Mfg PinJig SideView (SMMfgPinJigSideLCS.Default) - Orientation is relative to PinJig local
coordinate system. View direction options include planar view options such as Left (Along +X)
or Right (Along -X). The up direction option includes Jig Floor Up.
The up direction is along the jig floor and view directions are along +X and -X, as shown below:
Scantlings for Plate/Profile - Orientation is relative to a view direction that is across the local
X,Y, and Z - axes of the view coordinate system. If the view does not have any coordinate
system, the view direction will be set to the global X, Y or Z axis. The following are standard
combinations of view direction and up direction:
Transverse Bulkheads
Section view Looking Aft: View direction is looking aft (Along -Z), Up direction is up (Along
+Y).
260
Section View Looking Fwd: View direction is looking forward (Along +Z), Up direction is up
(Along +Y).
Longitudinal Bulkheads
Elevation Looking Stbd: View direction is looking starboard (Along -Z), Up direction is up
(Along +Y).
Elevation Looking Port: View direction is looking port (Along +Z), Up direction is up (Along
+Y).
Decks
Plan Looking Down: View direction is looking down (Along -Z), Up direction is port (Along
+Y). The forward end of the ship is always orientated to the right of the drawing.
Shell Profiles
View direction will be either Global Z or Global +Y based on the angle between the web
surface of the shell profile and Global Z axis as shown below:
The orientation rule sets the view direction to:

Global -Z (Plan looking Down): If the angle of inclination is less than the tolerance
angle.
Global +Y (Looking Port): If the angle of inclination is more than the tolerance angle.
The default value for the tolerance angle is set to 75 degrees. You can configure the tolerance
angle value using the Angle for Target Evaluation (Optional) view query in the view style. For
more information about view queries, see Scantling Drawing Rule Sets (on page 218).
Mfg Template At Index - Orientation is relative to the local coordinate system of a template
within a template set. The template is identified by its index number within the template set.
View direction options include planar view options such as Right (Along -X) or Top (Along +Z);
and isometric view options such as Top Front Right and Bottom Back Left. Up direction
options are dependent on the selected view direction and include planar view options along the
X, Y, and Z-axes in both directions; and isometric view options Bottom, Top, Back, or Front.
261

Shell Expansion for Plate - Used for partial shell plate expansions and expansion of curved
and knuckled internal plates. Orientation is relative to the global coordinate system. Up direction
option is Up. View direction options are:
Looking Outboard and Looking Inboard
Looking Port and Looking Starboard
Expansion (Hull) - Used for full shell expansions. Orientation is relative to the global coordinate
system. In all view directions, hidden line conventions are ignored. The hull plate is always solid,
and all connected plates and profiles are dashed. The up direction option is Up. View direction
options are:
Centerline Looking Port and Starboard Looking Centerline - Forward is to the right in
the view.
Centerline Looking Starboard and Port Looking Centerline - Forward is to the left in the
view.
View Coordinate System - Orientation is relative to the coordinate system specified in the view
definition. View direction options include planar view options such as Right (Along -X) or Top
(Along +Z); and isometric view options such as Top Front Right and Bottom Back Left. Up
direction options are dependent on the selected view direction and include planar view options
along the X, Y, and Z-axes in both directions; and isometric view options Bottom, Top, Back, or
Front.
If the View direction does not have any coordinate system, then it will be set to the global X, Y or
Z axis.
Scantling By Plate Normal Orientation is relative to plate normal. The following are standard
combinations of view direction and up direction:
Plate normal inclined towards global X axis
Looking Aft: View direction is looking aft along the plate normal (Along Z), Up direction is
up (Along +Y).
Looking Forward: View direction is looking forward (Along +Z), Up direction is up (Along
+Y).
Plate normal inclined towards global Y axis
Looking Stbd: View direction is looking starboard along the plate normal (Along Z), Up
direction is up (Along +Y).
Looking Port: View direction is looking port (Along +Z), Up direction is up (Along +Y).
Plate normal inclined towards global Z axis
Plan Looking Down: View direction is looking down (Along Z), Up direction is port (Along
+Y).
The following table shows how orientation rules are typically used depending on the type of
drawing you are creating:
Scantling Drawings, including the following
delivered packages:
Steel Order
Steel Order (Expansion)
Steel Order by Block or Assembly
Steel Order (Shell Profiles)
262
Orientation Rules
Global Coordinate System
Scantlings for Plate/Profile (for planar plates
and Shell Profiles)
Shell Expansion for Plate (for shell plates)
Shell Expansion
Expansion (Hull)
Hull Lines Drawings, including the following

delivered packages:
Global Coordinate System

Hull Lines
Assembly Drawings, including the following
delivered packages:
Assembly Method
Assembly Sequence
Local Coordinate System
Orientation Rules
Manufacturing Template Drawings,

including the following delivered packages:
Mfg Template Set

Mfg Template at Index
Manufacturing PinJig Drawings, including

the following delivered packages:
Mfg PinJig
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Drawings,

including the following delivered packages:
Mfg Profile Sketch
Not used
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale

Drawing
Not Applicable
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Drawing
Mfg PinJig SideView
See Also
Section View Orientation Rules in Marine Structure

Drawings
SmartPlant 3D Section View Orientation Behavior
The software automatically determines the "up" direction for section views. In most cases, the
up direction is "up," or +Z. In cases where using +Z is impossible (For example, if the section
view direction is Looking Plan or Looking Up.), the software orients the view to the North
direction.
263

The following examples outline common section view orientations:
Looking Plan
264
P1 Cutting Plane
P2 Cutting Plane
P3 Cutting Plane
Looking East
Looking South
Looking South, East
Up direction is up.
Up direction is up.
Up direction is up.

Looking North
E1 Cutting Plane
E2 Cutting Plane
E3 Cutting Plane
Looking South
Looking Plan
Looking South, Plan
Up direction is up.
Up direction is North.
Up direction is up.
265

Looking East
266
E4 Cutting Plane
E5 Cutting Plane
E6 Cutting Plane
Looking South
Looking Plan
Looking South, Plan
Up direction is up.
Up direction is North.
Up direction is up.

SmartMarine3D Section View Orientation Behavior
The software automatically determines the "up" direction for section views. In most cases, the
up direction is "up," or +Z. In cases where using the z-axis is impossible (For example, if the
section view direction is Looking Plan or Looking Up.), the software orients the view to the Port
direction.
Additionally, angled sections of elevation views, and any section of a non-standard view
direction (in which it is possible), uses Port orientation.
The following examples outline common section view orientations:
Looking Plan
P1 Cutting Plane
P2A-P2B Cutting Plane
P3 Cutting Plane
Looking Fore
Looking Starboard
Looking Fore, Starboard
Up direction is up.
Up direction is up.
Up direction is up.
267

Looking Aft
268
E1 Cutting Plane
E2 Cutting Plane
E3 Cutting Plane
Looking Port
Looking Plan
Looking Port, Plan
Up direction is up.
Up direction is Port.

Looking Port
E4 Cutting Plane
E5 Cutting Plane
E6 Cutting Plane
Looking Fore
Looking Plan
Looking Fore, Plan
Up direction is up.
See Also
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 259)
Line Styles in Marine Structure Drawings

Line styles used in marine structure drawings are available in the ISStyles.sha file on the
SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\templates folder. If you are going to add line
styles to this file, you need write permission to the file because it is shared. If you do not have
write permission to the file, you will not be able to save changes you make to the file. Contact
your system administrator if you require write access to the file.
See Also
Document and Sheet Naming Rules in Marine Structure

Drawings
Naming rules are used to define unique names for Drawings by Rule documents. The naming
rules also define sheet names within the drawings.
Rules for orthographic drawing names are delivered in the Visual Basic projects in [Product
Folder]\ShipDrawings\Data\Rules\NamingRules\DrawingSheet. Each project has one class
module named ComputeName.cls, is compiled into a .dll, and is delivered in [Product
269

Folder]\ShipDrawings\Middle\Bin\NamingRules. The rules are also bulkloaded into the catalog.
For more information, see Naming Rules Worksheet (on page 289).
You can define document and sheet names for a component when you use the Edit Sheet
Properties
command in SmartSketch Drawing Editor while a marine structure drawing
document is open. Document naming rules are defined on the Document tab of the Sheet
Properties dialog box. Sheet naming rules are defined on the Current Sheet tab of the Sheet
For more information on the Edit Sheet Properties command, see the SmartSketch Drawing
Editor Help.
The following default naming rules are delivered:
Default
Document
Names the drawing using:
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-D"<index number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID set to 12 in the Project Management
task, and the second drawing created, the drawing is named L101-12-00002.
Sheets - Names drawing sheets using the default software names. For example, two sheets
are named Sheet1 and Sheet2.
Delivered to ...\Default\DBRSheetNameDefault.vbp and compiled into
DBRSheetNameDefault.dll.
Name by Assembly
Finds the first view on the drawing (as sorted internally by the software), finds the primary input
object on the view (such as a system or part), and uses the parent assembly or block of the
primary object, as defined by the Planning task.
Document
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-"<assembly/block name>"-D"<index
number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID of 1, an assembly name of A0123,
and the first drawing created based on the assembly name, the drawing is named
L101-1-A0123-D0001.
Sheets
Names drawing sheets using:
<assembly/block name>"_"<index number>
For example, three sheets using the same assembly name are named A0123, A0123_1,
A0123_2. Two sheets using different assembly names are A0123 and A4567.
When the criteria for the rule are not met, the software defaults to the Default rule.
Delivered to ...\NameByAssembly\DBRSheetNameByAssembly.vbp and compiled into
DBRSheetNameByAssembly.dll.
Name by Query
Finds the first view on the drawing (as sorted internally by the software) and uses the primary
input object on the view (such as a system or part). Also determines if the Global Workshare
Location ID is part of the block/assembly name.
Document
270

<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-"<object name>"-D"<index number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID of 1, a plate part name of
<B0.1>-LS.5-1, and the second drawing created based on the part name, the drawing is
named L101-1-<B0.1>-LS.5-1-D02.
Sheets
<object name>"_"<index number>
For example, three sheets using the same plate system name are named A-103DCK,
A-103DCK_1, and A-103DCK_2. Two sheets using different assembly names are
A-103DCK and A-110DCK.
Delivered to ...\NameByQuery\DBRSheetNameByQuery.vbp and compiled into
DBRSheetNameByQuery.dll.
Name by Grid Plane

Finds the first view on the drawing (as sorted internally by the software), finds the primary input
object on the view, and looks for the parent system if the input object is not a system. The rule
then uses the name of the grid plane that defines a plate system, or the profile system name for
a profile system. This rule is only used for planar plate systems or intersection profile systems.
Document
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-"<grid plane name>"+ or -"<offset
from grid plane>"-D"<index number>
If the drawing is for a shell profile, names the drawing using:
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"- Shell Profile -"<parent profile system
name>"-"<index number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID of 1, a plate system defined by a grid
plane of F222, and the third drawing created based on the grid plane, the drawing is named
L101-1-F222-D03. For a grid plane of F222 and a global coordinate system offset of -0.5 m,
the drawing is named L101-1-F222-0.5-D03. For a profile by intersection, the profile name is
used, such as L101-1-D47-1DCK-101T-D01.
Sheets
<grid plane name>"+ or -"<offset from grid plane>"_"<index number>
For example, three sheets using the same assembly name are named F222, F222_1,
F222_2. Two sheets using different assembly names are F222 and F232.
Delivered to ...\NameByRefPlane\DBRSheetNameByRefPlane.vbp and compiled into
DBRSheetNameByRefPlane.dll.
Name by Asking Assembly
Document (automatically created, single view, shell plates)

If a block or assembly is selected through an asking filter, names the drawing using:
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-SH-EX-"<assembly/block name>" "<PORT/STBD>"-D"<index number>
271

For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID of 1, a starboard block name of
B0.1.2, and the second drawing created based on the grid plane, the drawing is named
L101-1-SH-EX-BO.1.2-STBD-D03.
If a single shell part is selected without the block/assembly asking filter, names the drawing
using:
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-SH-EX-"<part name>" "<PORT/STBD>"-D"<index number>
If multiple shell parts are selected without the block/assembly asking filter, names the
drawing using:
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-SH-EX-"<PORT/STBD>"-D"<index
number>
Document (automatically created, single view, non-shell plates)
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-"<grid plane name>"+ or -"<offset
from grid plane>"-D"<index number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID of 1, a plate system defined by a grid
plane of F222, and the third drawing created based on the grid plane, the drawing is named
L101-1-F222-D03. For a grid plane of F222 and a global coordinate system offset of -0.5 m,
the drawing is named L101-1-F222-0.5-D03.
Document (automatically created, multiple views)
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-MultipleViews-D"<index number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID of 1, and the first drawing created
based on the assembly name, the drawing is named L101-1-MultipleViews-D0001.
Document (manually created)
Use the Add Document command in the Management Console to manually create
documents.
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-"<assembly/block name>"-D"<index
number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID of 1, an assembly name of A0123,
and the first drawing created based on the assembly name, the drawing is named
L101-1-A0123-D0001.
When the criteria for the rule are not met, the software defaults to the Name by Query rule.
Delivered to ...\NameByAskAssy\DBRSheetNameByAskAssy.vbp and compiled into
DBRSheetNameByAskAssy.dll.
272

Name by Template Set Plate Part
This rule is applicable only to template set drawings.
Finds the first view on the drawing (as sorted internally by the software) and uses the primary
input object on the view (such as a system or part). Also determines if the Global Workshare
Location ID is part of the block/assembly name.
Document
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"-"<TemplateSet Plate Part
name>"-D"<index number>
For example, for a model name of L101, a location ID of 1, a Templateset plate part name of
<B0.1>-LS.5-1, and the second drawing created based on the part name, the drawing is
named L101-1-<B0.1>-LS.5-1-D02.
Sheets
< TemplateSet Plate name>"_"<index number>
For example, three sheets using the same plate system name are named A-103DCK,
A-103DCK_1, and A-103DCK_2. Two sheets using different assembly names are
A-103DCK and A-110DCK.
Delivered to ... \NameByTemplatesetPlate\DBRSheetNameByTemplatesetPlate.vbp and
compiled into DBRSheetNameByTemplatesetPlate.dll.
Name for Full Expansion

This rule is applicable only to full expansion drawings.
Finds the shell expansion view on the drawing and finds the hull object on the view. Also
determines if the Global Workshare Location ID is part of the name, and whether a port or
starboard view type has been selected.
Document
<ship name>"-"<Global Workshare Location ID>"- SHELL EXPANSION -" <PORT or
STBD> "-D"<index number>
For example, for a ship name of L101, a location ID of 1, and a view type of starboard, the
drawing is named L101-1- SHELL EXPANSION -STBD-D0001.
Delivered to ...\NameForFullExpansion\DBRSheetNameForFullExpn.vbp and compiled into
DBRSheetNameForFullExpn.dll.
273
View Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings

View naming rules control the name assigned to a drawing view. The rules are delivered in the
Visual Basic projects in [Product Folder]\ShipDrawings\Data\Rules\NamingRules\DrawingView.
Each project has one class module named ComputeName.cls, is compiled into a .dll, and is
delivered in [Product Folder]\ShipDrawings\Middle\Bin\NamingRules. The rules are also
bulkloaded into the catalog. For more information, see Naming Rules Worksheet (on page 289).
You define view names when you setup a Drawings by Rule component in the Management
Console or the Drawing Console. Right-click the component and select Setup on the shortcut
menu. When you add a view or edit the view properties on the General tab of the Setup dialog
box, the View Definition dialog box appears. You can modify the View Naming Rule on this
dialog box.
The rules have corresponding view labels under \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Views.
For more information, see View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 276).
The following naming rules are delivered with the software:
Default
Delivered to ...\Default\DBRViewNameDefault.vbp and compiled into
DBRViewNameDefault.dll.
Default naming convention is applied by the software. For example: View1.
Name by Query
Delivered to ...\NameByQuery\DBRViewNameByQuery.vbp and compiled into
DBRViewNameByQuery.dll.
Sheet name is the returned query name.
Name by Grid Plane

Delivered to ...\NameByQuery\DBRViewNameByRefPlane.vbp and compiled into
DBRViewNameByRefPlane.dll.
Finds the primary input plate part in the view, and uses the plate type and the grid plane used to
create the parent plate system of the part. This rule is used for plate parts and intersection
profile part.
For planar plates that lie on a major grid plane, names the view using <plate type> <grid plane
name>"+ or -"<offset from grid plane>. For example, for a transverse plate defined by a grid
plane of F234, the view is named Transverse F234. For a grid plane of F234 and a global
coordinate system offset of -0.5 m, the view is named Transverse F234-0.5.
For plates that do not lie on a major grid plane (such as inclined plates, knuckled plates, and
planar orthogonal plates that are between grid planes), names the view using <plate type>
<parent plate system name>. Collected plates are sorted alphabetically, and the first parent
plate system name is used.
For a shell profile view, names the view using "SHELL PROFILE -" <parent profile system
name>.
274

Name by Parts for Expansion
Delivered to ...\NameByPartsForExpansion\DBRNameByPartsForExpansion.vbp and compiled
into DBRNameByPartsForExpansion.dll.
Uses the selected plate part name, and finds the transverse side location of part. This rule is
used for expansions of a single part or expansions of multiple parts that are not selected by
block or assembly.
View with an individual shell part - Names the view using "SHELL EXPANSION "<PORT/STBD>" - "<plate part name>. For example, SHELL EXPANSION - PORT <B0.1>-SH.1501-1.
View with an individual non-shell part - Names the view using "EXPANSION - "<plate
part name>. For example, EXPANSION - <B0.1>-47_20223LS.102-1.
View with multiple shell parts not selected by block/assembly - Names the view SHELL
EXPANSION - PORT or SHELL EXPANSION - STBD.
Name by Block for Expansion

Delivered to ...\NameByBlockForExpansion\DBRNameByBlockForExpansion.vbp and compiled
into DBRNameByBlockForExpansion.dll.
Uses the selected assembly, block, or assembly block name. This rule is used for shell
expansions in a block or assembly.
Names the view using "SHELL EXPANSION - "<PORT/STBD>" - "<assembly/block name>. For
example, for a starboard-side assembly name of A0123, the view is named SHELL
EXPANSION - STBD - A0123.
Name by Style
Delivered to ...\NameByStyle\ DBRViewNameByStyle.vbp and compiled into
DBRViewNameByStyle.dll.
Names the view using the view definition name. For example, if the view definition used is Mfg
PinJig - Pin Data then the view is named Mfg PinJig - Pin Data. For more information about
view styles, see Define View Style Command (Tools Menu) (on page 45).
Name by Template
This rule is applicable only to template set drawings.
Delivered to \NameByTemplate\DBRViewNameByTemplate.vbp and compiled into
DBRViewNameByTemplate.dll.
View name is the name of the template in that view.
Name for Full Expansion

This rule is applicable only to full expansion drawings.
Delivered to \NameForFullExpansion\DBRNameForFullExpansion.vbp and compiled into
DBRNameForFullExpansion.dll.
Names the view using "SHELL EXPANSION - "<view definition type name>". For example, if the
view definition used is "Starboard", the view is named SHELL EXPANSION - Starboard.
When the criteria for a selected naming rule are not met, the software defaults to
the Default rule.
For more information on setting up Drawings by Rule, see the Orthographic Drawings User's
Guide.
275
View Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings

View label rules control the appearance of view labels, their placement on views, and the
appearance and types of annotations within the views. You assign view labels as part of the
drawing view style with the Tools > Define View Style command in the Drawings and Reports
task.
View label rules are delivered in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\ViewRules folder.
The view label rules also use:
Templates delivered in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\templates\Views folder.
View naming rules. For more information, see View Naming Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings (on page 273).
The following view label rules are delivered with the software:
Default View
Displays the name of the view naming rule. For example:
LONGITUDINAL L-2
View Name Direction Scale

Displays the name from the view naming rule, the view direction, and the view scale. For
example:
LONGITUDINAL L-2
LKG PORT
(SCALE: 1:50 mm)
View Name Scale

Displays the name from the view naming rule and the view scale. For example:
SHELL EXPANSION - PORT
(SCALE: 1:100 mm)
Detail and Section View

Displays the view type, the view direction, and the view scale. Uses the
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale template.
Steel Order
Looking Up
SCALE: 1:50 mm
Steel Order Section and Detail View

Displays the View Name Direction Scale view name. Also defines section and detail-specific
annotations, such as the section arrow and cutting plane style. Uses the
ViewNameDirectionScale View Label Template (on page 277).
Ship Parent Block And Part Name

Displays the View Name, Ship Name, Parent Block Name and Part Name for a drawing view.
Uses the ShipParentBlockAndPartName View Label Template (on page 277).
276

ShipDirectionRule Right Up
Displays the Right and Up directions of the profile. Uses the ShipDirectionRule Right Up View
Label Template.
ViewNameDirectionScale View Label Template

Places a label on the view of a Steel Order drawing that includes typical information on profiles,
as well as view direction, scale, and drawing name. In the example below, the typical profile
name is BF 120x35. The 120x35 refers to the section size of the typical profile part.
In order to view the non-typical profile parts, manually place the Plate Stiffeners Summary or
Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary label. These labels will annotate any profile parts that are
different from the typical profile part for a particular plate system. For more information, see
Plate Stiffeners Summary Label Template (on page 860) and Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary
Label Template (on page 861).
ShipParentBlockAndPartName View Label Template

Places a label on the view of a drawing that includes information on:
View Name
Ship Name
Parent Block Name
Part Name
In the following example, block name is BO.1-6.1-3 and the part name is TB0.1-6.1-3-1_1-1.The
DWG_ATP_India refers to the ship name
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings

Graphic rules control the appearance of objects in a drawing view, including:
Handling of visible and hidden lines
Assigning line type, thickness, and color
Resymbolizing
Assigning custom graphic modules
You assign graphic rules as part of a marine structure rule set drawing view style with the Tools
> Define View Style command in the Drawings and Reports task. For more information, see
277

Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115) and Custom Graphic Modules (on page
947)
See Also
Custom Graphic Modules (on page 947)
Topics
Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) Graphic Rule .................................... 278
Replace Objects with Line Graphic Rule ....................................... 280
Draw 2D Graphics Graphic Rule ................................................... 282
Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) Graphic Rule

This rule creates a "wireframe" representation of objects, and allows visible and hidden lines to
have different styles.
Properties
947).
Centerline aspect.
example below.
Hidden By Self Line Style - Specifies the line style for edges of an object that are hidden by
the surface of the same object and for centerlines in the Centerline aspect. The line style is
shown as dashed red in the example below.
278

dominates.
graphic is placed. For example, type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your VHL
Visible Fill Style - Specifies the fill style for visible surfaces of objects within the clipped area of
will have the selected fill style. For an example workflow showing how fill styles can be applied,
see Apply a Visible Fill Style to a Drawing (on page 66). In the following graphic, everything that
is a slab (everything except the two barrels and the wall piece) has a Hexagon fill style applied.
Make Transparent - Specifies how transparency is applied to an aspect:

No - The aspect will not be transparent.
For all objects in view - Full transparency. The aspect of the object is transparent for all
other objects and all aspects of the same object (that is, it does not hide other objects or
aspects of the same object).
279
For other aspects of same objects - Relative transparency between objects. The aspect
of the object is transparent only for other aspects of the same object (that is, the given
aspect does not hide other aspects for the same object, such as the flanges and web of a
built-up member, but hides other objects).
In orthographic view styles, the Make Transparent option is especially useful when you need to
show objects beneath another object. In marine structure rule set view styles, the Make
Transparent option is only available for members. For example workflows, see Apply
Transparency to an Orthographic View Style (on page 72).
Hidden Fill Style - Specifies the fill style for hidden surfaces of objects within the clipped area of
will have the selected fill style.
Boundary Overlap Fill Style - Specifies a fill style for the boundary overlap, where the object
extends past the view boundary.
Z Order - Sets the top-down display order of object graphics along the z-axis (that is, in and out
of the view plane). Higher values have higher priority. For example: Grid lines have lower priority
than plates and should be assigned lower values.
All of the line styles in the pull down lists are found in the Styles.sha and ISStyles.sha files,
located in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
the files.
You can create new line styles to use with the properties on this dialog box. For more
information, see Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View Styles (on page 58)..
See Also
Replace Objects with Line Graphic Rule

This rule replaces linear objects in the graphic view, such members, with single lines. If possible,
the centerline of the object is used.
280

Properties
947).
Centerline aspect.
example below.
dominates.
graphic is placed. For example, type LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your line
All of the line styles in the pull down lists are found in the Styles.sha and ISStyles.sha files,
located in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
the files.
See Also
281
Draw 2D Graphics Graphic Rule

This rule reads XML-based data and converts it to two-dimensional vector graphics.
Properties
Geometry Transformation - Specifies how the XML data is converted to geometry. Select
Default to convert to all data, including features, to their actual geometry. Select Feature To
Line to convert all data except features to their actual geometry. Each feature, regardless of
actual geometry, is drawn as a line. This is useful when the feature is represented by a symbol.
Line Style - Specifies the style for all vectors.
Layer - Specifies the drawing layer on which the graphic is placed. For example, type
LinesAndSymbols in the value field to place your graphics on the LinesAndSymbols layer of
your drawing. If the layer does not already exist in the template you are using to create
drawings, the software creates the layer automatically.
See Also
Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure Drawings

and Reports
Filters are used in many tasks of the software. Catalog Filters are commonly used for marine
structure drawings in the Drawings and Reports task. The filters are located under Catalog
Filters / Default Intelliship Filters in the Select Filter Dialog Box.
Catalog Drawing Filters (on page 282)
Catalog Object Filters (on page 283)
Catalog Report Filters (on page 289)
Catalog Drawing Filters

All drawing filters are in the Types of Drawings folder.
Assembly Drawings
There are no assembly drawing filters.
282

Hull Drawings
Mesh
Shell Plates
Manufacturing Drawings
Plate margins - Filters for plate parts that have fabrication margin.
Scantling By Plate Parts

For Query
Steel Order By Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly, or assembly
block from the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog box.
For ViewStyle
Brackets
Plates to Label (compound filter) - Filters for plate parts that are not collar parts. Uses the
Plate Parts and Collar Parts object filters to create the compound filter "Plate Parts And Not
Collar Parts."
Tripping Brackets
Scantling By Plate Systems
Deck Systems
Longitudinal Plate Systems
Transverse Plate Systems
Scantling By Profile Parts
Shell Longitudinal Profiles (SQL filter)

Shell Profiles (SQL filter)
Scantling By Reference Planes
Deck Frames
Longitudinal Frames
Transverse Frames
See Also
Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure Drawings and Reports (on page 282)
Catalog Object Filters

All catalog filters are in the Object Types folder.
Block Filters (on page 284)
Compartmentation Filters (on page 284)
Connection, Knuckle, and Opening Filters (on page 285)
Part Filters (on page 285)
Seam Filters (on page 286)
System Filters (on page 287)
Grid Filters (on page 288)
Manufacturing Filters (on page 288)
Planning Joint and Reference Curve Filters (on page 288)
283

See Also
Block Filters
Assembly
Assembly
Block
Pipe Spool
Assembly
Assembly Block
Assembly
Block
Pipe Spool
Assembly Block
Block
Assembly
Block
Pipe Spool
Block
All Blocks
All Objects in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly, or assembly block
from the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog box. All objects in the
selection are included in the filter.
Compartmentation Filters
Compartments
Cargo
Habitable
Machinery
Tanks
Unknown
Void
Compartments
Ship Zones
284
CPS
Damage Control
Fire
Planning

Ship Zones
Void spaces
All Compartmentation
Connection, Knuckle, and Opening Filters

Connections
Assembly Connection
Logical Connections
Physical Connections
All Connections
Knuckles
All Knuckles
Plate Knuckles
Bent Plate Knuckles
Ignored Plate Knuckles
Split Plate Knuckles
Untyped Plate Knuckles
Plate Knuckles
Profile Knuckles
Bent Profile Knuckles
Extended Profile Knuckles
Ignored Profile Knuckles
Split Profile Knuckles
Profile Knuckles
Openings
All Openings
Part Filters
Plate Parts
Collar Parts
All Manufactured Plate Parts
Deck Plate Parts
Air Tight Deck Plate Parts
Deck Plate Parts / Manufactured Deck Plate Parts
Manufactured Air Tight Deck Plate Parts
Manufactured Non-Tight Deck Plate Parts
Manufactured Oil Tight Deck Plate Parts
Manufactured Water Tight Deck Plate Parts
285

Manufactured Deck Plate Parts
Non-Tight Deck Plate Parts
Oil Tight Deck Plate Parts
Water Tight Deck Plate Parts
Deck Plate Parts - All deck plate parts are included in the filter. This includes detailed deck plate
parts and light (non-detailed) plate parts.
Deck Plate Parts (Detailed) - All detailed deck plate parts, including standalone parts, are
included in the filter.
Similar filters are also delivered for Hull Plate Parts, Longitudinal Bulkhead Plate
Parts, Longitudinal Tube Plate Parts, Transverse Bulkhead Plate Parts, Transverse Tube
Plate Parts, and Vertical Tube Plate Parts.
Plate Parts - All detailed and light (non-detailed) plate parts are included in the filter.
Plate Parts Detailed - Detailed plate parts are included in the filter.
Plate Parts Light - Light (non-detailed) plate parts are included in the filter.
Stand Alone Plate Parts - Plate parts created in the Structural Detailing task. These parts do not
have parent plate systems.
System Generated Plate Parts - Plate parts created as children of plate systems in the Molded
Forms task.
Profile Parts
Beam Parts (Detailed) - All beam parts, including standalone parts, are included in the filter.
Profile Edge Reinforcement Parts (Detailed) - All profile edge reinforcement parts, including
standalone parts, are included in the filter.
Stiffener Parts (Detailed) - All profile stiffener parts, including standalone parts, are included
in the filter.
Profile Parts - All detailed and light (non-detailed) profile parts are included in the filter.
Profile Parts Detailed - Detailed profile parts are included in the filter.
Profile Parts Light - Light (non-detailed) profile parts are included in the filter.
Stand Alone Stiffener Parts - Profile parts created in the Structural Detailing task. These parts
do not have parent plate systems.
System Generated Stiffener Parts - Profile parts created as children of profile systems in the
Molded Forms task.
All Parts
All Parts in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly, or assembly block from
the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog box. All plate and profile
parts in the selection are included in the filter.
Seam Filters
Design Seams
Intersection Seams
Planning Seams
Straking Seams
All Seams
286
System Filters
Beam Systems
All Leaf Beam Systems
All Root Beam Systems
All Beam Systems
Plate Systems
Leaf Plate Systems
Air Tight Leaf Plate Systems
Non-Tight Leaf Plate Systems
Oil Tight Leaf Plate Systems
Water Tight Leaf Plate Systems
All Leaf Plate Systems
Similar filters are also delivered for All Root Plate Systems, Deck Plate Systems, Hull
Plate Systems, Longitudinal Bulkhead Plate Systems, Transverse Bulkhead Plate
Systems, and Tubular Plate Systems.
All Plate Systems
Profile Systems
Leaf Profile Systems
Deck Leaf Profile Systems
Hull Leaf Profile Systems
Longitudinal Bulkhead Leaf Profile Systems
Transverse Bulkhead Leaf Profile Systems
All Leaf Profile Systems
Similar filters are also delivered for All Profile Edge Reinforcement Systems and All
Root Profile Systems.
All Profile Systems
Stiffener Systems
Leaf Stiffener Systems
Axial Leaf Stiffener System
Deck Leaf Stiffener Systems
Hull Leaf Stiffener Systems
Longitudinal Bulkhead Leaf Stiffener Systems
Radial Leaf Stiffener Systems
Transverse Bulkhead Leaf Stiffener Systems
All Leaf Stiffener Systems
Similar filters are also delivered for All Root Stiffener Systems.
All Systems
287
Grid Filters
Axes
Grid Planes
C-Axis Grid Plane
Clip Parts
R-Axis Grid Plane
X-Axis Grid Plane
Y-Axis Grid Plane
Z-Axis Grid Plane
Grid Planes
Manufacturing Filters
Manufacturing Parts
Manufacturing Plate Parts - All manufacturing plate parts are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Plate Parts in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly, or
assembly block from the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog
box. All manufacturing plate parts in the selection are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Profile Parts - All manufacturing profile parts are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Profile Parts in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly,
or assembly block from the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog
box. All manufacturing profile parts in the selection are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Parts - All manufacturing plate and profile parts are included in the filter.
Manufacturing Parts in Block or Assembly (asking filter) - Select a block, assembly, or assembly
block from the Assembly tab of the Filter Properties for Asking Filter dialog box. All
manufacturing plate and profile parts in the selection are included in the filter.
Pin Jigs
Template Sets
Planning Joint and Reference Curve Filters

Planning Joints
Flat Welded Planning Joints
Horizontal Welded Planning Joints
Overhead Welded Planning Joints
Vertical Welded Planning Joints
Planning Joints
Reference Curves
288
Knuckle Curves
Reference Curves

Reference Curves
Catalog Report Filters

All report filters are in the Types of Reports folder.
Structure Manufacturing
Plate and Profile Parts
See Also
Bulkload Files
Bulkload files are used to add reference data to the catalog. The reference data includes
codelist values, rule progIDs, symbol file locations, and default values for rule and symbol
parameters. The relationships between different types of reference data are also established.
Each bulkload file is delivered with default values that can be customized. For more information
about bulkloading, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide.
Topics
Naming Rules Worksheet .............................................................. 289
ShipDwgSymbolFiles Sheet .......................................................... 289
Ruleset Sheet ................................................................................ 291
OrientationRule Sheet ................................................................... 291
CollationRule Sheet ....................................................................... 292
Reports Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings).................................. 292
R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) ........................... 293
Naming Rules Worksheet

The NamingRules worksheet in the SRDNamingRules.xls workbook represents a rule class in
the catalog and defines all ship naming rules. The workbook is delivered to the [Product
Folder]ShipCatalogData\BulkLoad\DataFiles folder, and is bulkloaded into the catalog.
Type Name - The folder located under the catalog root folder containing naming rules, as it
appears in the Catalog task hierarchy. See the CatalogRoot worksheet for the naming rules
catalog root folder.
Name - The name for the naming rule as it appears in the Catalog task hierarchy.
SolverProgID - The ProgID for the naming rule, using the format [.dll Name]. [Class Module
Name].
See Also
ShipDwgSymbolFiles Sheet
The marine structure drawing symbol reference data defines symbols used in the creation of
marine structure drawings.
The symbols are defined in the ShipDrawings.xls workbook. This workbook is located on the
client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
289

The ShipDwgSymbolFiles sheet is unique to ShipDrawings.xls. You use the
ShipDwgSymbolFiles sheet to modify the marine structure drawing symbol reference data. For
more information on modifying sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide
accessible from the Help > Printable Guides command.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with regard to
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the orientation rule is being added; the letter
D specifies the rule is deleted; the letter M indicates the rule is modified. A ! symbol specifies
that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
When adding symbols to this spreadsheet, it is recommended that you include a notation
stating which type of marine structure drawing ruleset uses the symbols. For example, the sheet
could include the following notation in column A to show that the symbols on the rows that follow
the notation are for manufacturing profile sketch drawings only:
! Added for Profile Sketch ruleset
RuleName - Names the symbol. The name of the symbol should be unique.
ProgId - Identifies the path to the symbol (SYM) file.
RuleListComponentId - Set to 0 as a default.
For more information on modifying the ShipDrawings.xml workbook, refer to the

SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides
command in the software.
All files must be located in the correct SharedContent share for bulkloading to be successful.
See Also
290
Ruleset Sheet
The marine structure drawing ruleset reference data defines rulesets used in the creation of
The rulesets are defined in the ShipDrawings.xls workbook. This workbook is located on the
client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
The Ruleset sheet is unique to ShipDrawings.xls. You use the Ruleset sheet to modify the
marine structure drawing ruleset reference data. For more information on modifying sheets, see
the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help > Printable Guides
command.
RuleName - Identifies the name of the ruleset. The name of the ruleset should be unique.
ProgID - Specifies the ProgID for the ruleset. The ruleset DLL must be registered.
Dll Relative Path - Identifies the relative path for the registered ruleset DLL. Not used at this
time.

See Also
OrientationRule Sheet
The marine structure drawing orientation rules reference data defines orientation rules used in
the creation of marine structure drawings.
The orientation rules are defined in the ShipDrawings.xls workbook. This workbook is located
on the client machine in the \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles
folder.
The OrientationRule sheet is unique to ShipDrawings.xls. You use the OrientationRule sheet to
modify the marine structure drawing orientation rules reference data. For more information on
modifying sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help >
RuleName - Names the orientation rule.
NoRegProgId - Specifies the progID associated with the orientation rule, using the format [.dll
Name]. [Class Module Name].
The DLL must be registered for the orientation rule to work with the software.
291

NoRegDll - Specifies the DLL associated with the collation rule. Not used at this time.

All files must be located in the correct SharedContentshare for bulkloading to be successful.
See Also
CollationRule Sheet
The marine structure drawing collation rules reference data defines collation rules used in the
creation of marine structure drawings.
The collation rules are defined in the ShipDrawings.xls workbook. This workbook is located on
The CollationRule sheet is unique to ShipDrawings.xls. You use the CollationRule sheet to
modify the marine structure drawing collation rules reference data. For more information on
modifying sheets, see the SmartMarine Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help >
RuleName - Name of the collation rule.
NoRegProgId - Specifies the progID associated with the collation rule, using the format [.dll
Name]. [Class Module Name].
The DLL of the progID must be registered for the collation rule to work with the software.
NoRegDll - Specifies the DLL associated with the collation rule. Not used at this time.

See Also
Reports Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings)

The Report sheet in the ShipDwgReports.xls workbook defines the locations for the report and
label templates used in marine structure drawings. The ShipDwgReports.xls workbook is
located on the client machine in the \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
The upper portion of this sheet lists the valid report and label templates and descriptions. This
portion is commented out with ! characters at the beginning of each row, so the Bulkload utility
does not read this information.
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the report or label template is being added;
292

the letter D specifies the template is deleted; the letter M indicates the template is modified. A !
symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
Name - Specifies the report or label template name. This name appears in the XML for the
template. This name must match the name specified on the R-Hierarchy sheet.
Type - Specifies the type of template. The types include label templates, query templates, query
parameters templates, report templates, and formatting templates.
Description - Provides some descriptive text about the template.
Filename - Shows the path to the template.
The Name column (Column B) includes the hierarchy folders shown in the Catalog task. You
add new report or label templates based on where you want them to be stored within the
hierarchy.
For more information on modifying the ShipDwgReports.xml workbook, refer to the

See Also
R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings)

The R-Hierarchy sheet maps parent and child relationships between folders and files in the
Catalog Reports and Catalog Labels hierarchies. This sheet is part of the ShipDwgReports.xls,
which is located on the client machine in the \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles folder.
The folder names are object names, not names that appear on the user interface. These names
must be unique in the Catalog. Also, the names must match between the Report sheet and the
R-Hierarchy sheet.
A parent folder can have any number of children. However, a child folder can only have one
parent. A familiar example is the hierarchy of folders in Windows Explorer.
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the report template is being added; the letter
D specifies the template is deleted; the letter M indicates the report template is modified. A !
You should copy the ShipDwgReports.xls spreadsheet to another name before
bulkloading. Once bulkloading occurs, the values in Column A will reset.
RelationSource - Specifies the parent object names.
RelationDestination - Specifies the child object names.
The R-Hierarchy sheet specifies relationships between all parent and children folders,
except part classes and the classification folders right above the part classes in the hierarchy.
These folders are related on the R-ClassNodeDescribes sheet. For more information, refer to
command.
See Also
293
Marine Structure Drawing Reports

Two types of Marine structure drawing reports are part of the marine structure drawing
component setup. When you set up a Drawings by Rule component or packages in the
Drawings and Reports task, you can add reports as part of the setup definition. For more
information on adding reports to a Drawings by Rule component, see "Setup a Drawings by Rule
Component" in the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
If you install the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data, marine structure drawings reports are
installed on the SharedContent share in the \SharedContent\Reports\Types of
Reports\ShipDrawings\Dependent View Reports folder. A sub-folder exists for each delivered
report.
The following report types are delivered:
Marine structure drawing reports are delivered as dependent reports that are associated to a
view, and as embedded standalone reports that are not associated with a view.
The delivered marine structure drawing reports include:
294
Drawing Type
Reports Used
Scantling Drawings, including the following delivered

packages:
Classification
Classification (Expansion)
Steel Order
Steel Order (Expansion)
Shell Expansion
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Drawings, including the following

delivered packages
Mfg Profile Sketch
Single Profile Sketch Report

Multiple Profile Sketch Report
Manufacturing Template Drawings, including the following

delivered packages:
Mfg Template Set
Mfg Template - Split Row
Manufacturing PinJig Drawings, including the following

delivered packages:
Mfg PinJig
PinJig Report
Accuracy Data Report
Hull Lines Drawings, including the following delivered

packages:
Hull Lines
None delivered.
Assembly Drawings, including the following delivered

packages:
Assembly Method
Assembly Sequence
None delivered.

For more information on adding marine structure drawing packages to the Management
Console, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
See Also
295
296
SECTION 4
Orthographic Drawings Reference Data

You can customize your orthographic drawings by understanding and modifying the delivered
drawings reference data. You can use reference input data for multiple drawing types, or you
could configure different input for each type of drawing. The customizable reference data
includes:
View styles (orthographic and key plan) and view style rules
Packages
Labels, symbols, and dimensions
There are other customizable elements which are common to all drawings and they are:
Lines styles
Naming rules
Layout styles
Some special Microsoft Excel workbooks are delivered to aid in bulkloading new reference data
into the product.
Drawings.xls
The Drawings.xls defines drawing volumes, which are used in the creation of all drawings.
In the Catalog task, you can view a hierarchy of folders containing the drawing volumes.
The hierarchy is derived from the Drawings.xls workbook that contains the reference data for
drawing volumes. This workbook is located at [Product Folder]\CatalogData\BulkLoad\DataFiles.
The Drawings sheet is unique to Drawings.xls. You use the Drawings sheet to modify the
Drawings reference data. For more information on modifying sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D
Reference Data Guide accessible from the Help > Printable Guides command.
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes.xls
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes.xls defines an example format for adding drawing custom
attributes, such as custom drawing properties to be used in creating drawing borders. For more
information, see Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes Workbook (on page 707).
See Also
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet (on page 704)
Layout Style Rules in Orthographic Drawings (on page 701)
Document and Sheet Naming Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 269)
Orthographic Drawing by Query Components (on page 379)
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles (on page 380)
Drawing Rules for View Styles (on page 699)
297
Orthographic Drawing Packages

the New command.
packages for each drawing type. For example, you find electrical packages on the Electrical
tab.
Delivered orthographic drawings packages are also located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder.
For more information on adding drawing components to the Management Console, see the
Topics
Electrical Packages ....................................................................... 299
Equipment Packages ..................................................................... 326
HVAC Packages ............................................................................ 337
Instrument Packages ..................................................................... 347
Isometrics (by Query) Packages ................................................... 357
Orthographic (by Query) Packages ............................................... 358
Piping Packages ............................................................................ 361
Structural Framing Packages ........................................................ 371
298
Electrical Packages
Topics
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Drawings Package......................... 299
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Elevation Package ......................... 300
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Isometric Package ......................... 300
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan Package .................... 301
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan Package ............. 302
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Plan Package ................................ 303
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Section Package............................ 304
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Drawings Package ........................ 305
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Elevation Package ........................ 305
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Isometric Package ........................ 306
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan Package ............ 307
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Section Package ........................... 309
Imperial_Electrical Instrument Plan Package ................................ 310
Imperial_Electrical Lighting Plan Package .................................... 311
Metric_Electrical Above Ground Plan Package ............................. 312
Metric_Electrical CableTray Drawings Package............................ 313
Metric_Electrical CableTray Elevation Package ............................ 313
Metric_Electrical CableTray Isometric Package ............................ 314
Metric_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan Package........................ 315
Metric_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan Package ................ 316
Metric_Electrical CableTray Plan Package ................................... 317
Metric_Electrical CableTray Section Package............................... 318
Metric_Electrical Equipment Drawings Package ........................... 319
Metric_Electrical Equipment Elevation Package ........................... 320
Metric_Electrical Equipment Isometric Package ........................... 320
Metric_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan Package ............... 321
Metric_Electrical Equipment Plan Package ................................... 322
Metric_Electrical Equipment Section Package .............................. 323
Metric_Electrical Instrument Plan Package ................................... 324
Metric_Electrical Lighting Plan Package ....................................... 325
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Drawings Package

The Imperial_Electrical CableTray Drawings package creates a folder that contains the
Electrical CableTray Elevation, Electrical CableTray Isometric, Electrical CableTray
Overall Key Plan, Electrical CableTray Plan, and Electrical CableTray Section Volume
Drawing components.
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Elevation Package (on page 300)
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Isometric Package (on page 300)
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan Package (on page 302)
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Plan Package (on page 303)
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Section Package (on page 304)
299
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Elevation Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical CableTray Elevation
Description: The Imperial Electrical CableTray Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Notes Area Location: Upper right-hand corner
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical CableTray Elevation\Electrical CableTray
Elevation\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Elevation View Style (on page 410)
Orientation: Looking North
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Convert report output to text boxes (no Excel): No
Template Example
300
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Isometric Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical CableTray Isometric
Description: The Imperial Electrical CableTray Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical CableTray Isometric\Electrical CableTray
Isometric\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Isometric View Style (on page 421)
Orientation: Looking Northeast (ISO)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
301
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan
Description: The Imperial Electrical CableTray Layout Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Layout Plan view style and also includes a key
plan drawing in the right-hand side of the sheet.
Sheet Size: A1 Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan\Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Layout Plan View Style (on page 428)
Orientation: Looking Plan
Scale: 3/8" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Key Plan View Style (on page 427)
Orientation: Defined by Key Plan Style
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
302
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan
Description: The Imperial Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume
Drawing component that uses the Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan\Electrical
CableTray Overall Key Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 434)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical CableTray Plan
Description: The Imperial Electrical CableTray Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Plan view style and also includes a key plan
drawing in the right-hand side of the sheet.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical CableTray Plan\Electrical CableTray
Plan\template.sha
303

Main Drawing View
View Style: Electrical CableTray Plan View Style (on page 437)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Section Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical CableTray Section
Description: The Imperial Electrical CableTray Section package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical CableTray Section\Electrical CableTray
Section\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Section View Style (on page 451)
Orientation: Looking East
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
304

Template Example
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Drawings Package

The Imperial_Electrical Equipment Drawings package creates a folder that contains the
Electrical Equipment Elevation, Electrical Equipment Isometric, Electrical Equipment
Overall Key Plan, Electrical Equipment Plan, and Electrical Equipment Section Volume
Drawing components.
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Elevation Package (on page 305)
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Isometric Package (on page 306)
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan Package (on page 307)
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Plan Package (on page 308)
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Section Package (on page 309)
305
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Elevation Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical Equipment Elevation
Description: The Imperial Electrical Equipment Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical Equipment Elevation\Electrical Equipment
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Equipment Elevation View Style (on page 454)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Isometric Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical Equipment Isometric
Description: The Imperial Electrical Equipment Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical Equipment Isometric\Electrical Equipment
306

Main Drawing View
View Style: Electrical Equipment Isometric View Style (on page 458)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
307
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan
Description: The Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan\Electrical
Equipment Overall Key Plan\template.sha
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder.
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 461)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Name: Imperial_Electrical Equipment Plan

Description: The Imperial Electrical Equipment Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Plan view style and also includes a key plan
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical Equipment Plan\Electrical Equipment
Plan\template.sha
Package files are stored on the SharedContentshare in the [Reference Data Product
308

Main Drawing View
View Style: Electrical Equipment Plan View Style (on page 462)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Electrical Equipment Key Plan View Style (on page 460)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
309
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Section Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical Equipment Section
Description: The Imperial Electrical Equipment Section package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical Equipment Section\Electrical Equipment
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Equipment Section View Style (on page 467)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
Imperial_Electrical Instrument Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical Instrument Plan
Description: The Imperial Electrical Instrument Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Instrument Plan view style and also includes a key plan
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical Instrument Plan\Electrical Instrument
Plan\template.sha
310

Main Drawing View
View Style: Electrical Instrument Plan View Style (on page 469)
Scale: 3/8" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Instrument Key Plan View Style (on page 573)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Imperial_Electrical Lighting Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Electrical Lighting Plan
Description: The Imperial Electrical Lighting Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Lighting Plan view style and also includes a key plan drawing
in the right-hand side of the sheet.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Electrical Lighting Plan\Electrical Lighting
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Lighting Plan View Style (on page 478)
Scale: 3/8" = 1'0"
311

Key Plan View
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_Electrical Above Ground Plan Package

Name: Metric_Electrical Above Ground Plan
Description: The Metric Electrical Above Ground Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Above Ground Plan view style and also includes a key plan
Sheet Size: A1 Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical Above Ground Plan\Electrical Above Ground
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Above Ground Plan View Style (on page 404)
Scale: 1:50 mm
Key Plan View

Orientation: Defined by View Style
Scale: No Scale
312

Template Example
Metric_Electrical CableTray Drawings Package

The Metric_Electrical CableTray Drawings package creates a folder that contains the
Electrical CableTray Elevation, Electrical CableTray Isometric, Electrical CableTray
Overall Key Plan, Electrical CableTray Plan, and Electrical CableTray Section Volume
Drawing components.
Metric_Electrical CableTray Elevation Package (on page 313)
Metric_Electrical CableTray Isometric Package (on page 314)
Metric_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan Package (on page 316)
Metric_Electrical CableTray Plan Package (on page 317)
Metric_Electrical CableTray Section Package (on page 318)
Metric_Electrical CableTray Elevation Package

Name: Metric_Electrical CableTray Elevation
Description: The Imperial Electrical CableTray Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical CableTray Elevation\Electrical CableTray
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Elevation View Style (on page 410)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
313

Template Example
314
Metric_Electrical CableTray Isometric Package

Name: Metric_Electrical CableTray Isometric
Description: The Metric Electrical CableTray Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical CableTray Isometric\Electrical CableTray
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Isometric View Style (on page 421)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan Package

Name: Metric_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan
Description: The Metric Electrical CableTray Layout Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Layout Plan view style and also includes a key
plan drawing in the right-hand side of the sheet.
Sheet Size: A1 Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan\Electrical CableTray
Layout Plan\template.sha
315

Main Drawing View
View Style: Electrical CableTray Layout Plan View Style (on page 428)
Scale: 3/8" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Metric_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan
Description: The Metric Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume
Drawing component that uses the Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan\Electrical
CableTray Overall Key Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 434)
Scale: No Scale
316

Template Example
Metric_Electrical CableTray Plan Package

Name: Metric_Electrical CableTray Plan
Description: The Metric Electrical CableTray Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Plan view style and also includes a key plan
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical CableTray Plan\Electrical CableTray
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Plan View Style (on page 437)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

Scale: No Scale
317

Template Example
318
Metric_Electrical CableTray Section Package

Name: Metric_Electrical CableTray Section
Description: The Metric Electrical CableTray Section package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical CableTray Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical CableTray Section\Electrical CableTray
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical CableTray Section View Style (on page 451)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
Metric_Electrical Equipment Drawings Package

The Metric_Electrical Equipment Drawings package creates a folder that contains the
Electrical Equipment Elevation, Electrical Equipment Isometric, Electrical Equipment
Overall Key Plan, Electrical Equipment Plan, and Electrical Equipment Section Volume
Drawing components.
Metric_Electrical Equipment Elevation Package (on page 320)
Metric_Electrical Equipment Isometric Package (on page 320)
Metric_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan Package (on page 321)
Metric_Electrical Equipment Plan Package (on page 322)
Metric_Electrical Equipment Section Package (on page 323)
319
Metric_Electrical Equipment Elevation Package

Name: Metric_Electrical Equipment Elevation
Description: The Metric Electrical Equipment Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical Equipment Elevation\Electrical Equipment
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Equipment Elevation View Style (on page 454)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
Metric_Electrical Equipment Isometric Package

Name: Metric_Electrical Equipment Isometric
Description: The Metric Electrical Equipment Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical Equipment Isometric\Electrical Equipment
320

Main Drawing View
View Style: Electrical Equipment Isometric View Style (on page 458)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
321
Metric_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Metric_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan
Description: The Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan\Electrical
Equipment Overall Key Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 461)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_Electrical Equipment Plan Package

Name: Metric_Electrical Equipment Plan
Description: The Metric Electrical Equipment Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Plan view style and also includes a key plan
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical Equipment Plan\Electrical Equipment
Plan\template.sha
322

Main Drawing View
View Style: Electrical Equipment Plan View Style (on page 462)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Electrical Equipment Key Plan View Style (on page 460)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_Electrical Equipment Section Package

Name: Metric_Electrical Equipment Section
Description: The Metric Electrical Equipment Section package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Equipment Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical Equipment Section\Electrical Equipment
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Equipment Section View Style (on page 467)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
323

Template Example
Metric_Electrical Instrument Plan Package

Name: Metric_Electrical Instrument Plan
Description: The Metric Electrical Instrument Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Electrical Instrument Plan view style and also includes a key plan
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical Instrument Plan\Electrical Instrument
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Instrument Plan View Style (on page 469)
Scale: 3/8" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

Scale: No Scale
324

Template Example
Metric_Electrical Lighting Plan Package

Name: Metric_Electrical Lighting Plan
Description: The Metric Electrical Lighting Plan package creates a Volume Drawing component
that uses the Electrical Lighting Plan view style and also includes a key plan drawing in the
right-hand side of the sheet.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Electrical Lighting Plan\Electrical Lighting
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Electrical Lighting Plan View Style (on page 478)
Scale: 3/8" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

Scale: No Scale
325

Template Example
Equipment Packages
Topics
Imperial_Equipment Drawings Package ........................................ 326
Imperial_Equipment Elevation Package ........................................ 327
Imperial_Equipment Isometric Package ........................................ 328
Imperial_Equipment Overall Key Plan Package ............................ 329
Imperial_Equipment Plan Package ............................................... 330
Imperial_Equipment Section Package ........................................... 331
Metric_Equipment Drawings Package ........................................... 331
Metric_Equipment Elevation Package ........................................... 332
Metric_Equipment Isometric Package ........................................... 333
Metric_Equipment Overall Key Plan Package ............................... 333
Metric_Equipment Plan Package .................................................. 334
Metric_Equipment Section Package .............................................. 335
Imperial_Equipment Drawings Package

The Imperial_Equipment Drawings package creates a folder that contains the Equipment
Elevation, Equipment Isometric, Equipment Overall Key Plan, Equipment Plan, and
Equipment Section Volume Drawing components.
Imperial_Equipment Elevation Package (on page 327)
Imperial_Equipment Isometric Package (on page 328)
Imperial_Equipment Overall Key Plan Package (on page 329)
Imperial_Equipment Plan Package (on page 330)
Imperial_Equipment Section Package (on page 331)
326
Imperial_Equipment Elevation Package

Name: Imperial_Equipment Elevation
Description: The Imperial Equipment Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing component
that uses the Equipment Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Equipment Elevation\Equipment
Main Drawing View

View Style: Equipment Elevation View Style (on page 488)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
327
Imperial_Equipment Isometric Package

Name: Imperial_Equipment Isometric
Description: The Imperial Equipment Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing component
that uses the Equipment Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Equipment Isometric\Equipment
Main Drawing View

View Style: Equipment Isometric View Style (on page 497)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
328
Imperial_Equipment Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Equipment Overall Key Plan
Description: The Imperial Equipment Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that
uses the Equipment Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Equipment Overall Key Plan\Equipment Overall Key
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 503)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
329
Imperial_Equipment Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Equipment Plan
Description: The Imperial Equipment Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Equipment Plan view style and also places a key plan drawing in the right-hand side of the
sheet.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Equipment Plan\Equipment Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Equipment Plan View Style (on page 506)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Equipment Key Plan View Style (on page 502)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
330
Imperial_Equipment Section Package

Name: Imperial_Equipment Section
Description: The Imperial Equipment Section package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Equipment Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Notes Area Location: Equipment Section
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Equipment Section\Equipment Section\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Equipment Section View Style (on page 515)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
Metric_Equipment Drawings Package

The Metric_Equipment Drawings package creates a folder that contains the Equipment
Elevation, Equipment Isometric, Equipment Overall Key Plan, Equipment Plan, and
Equipment Section Volume Drawing components.
Metric_Equipment Elevation Package (on page 332)
Metric_Equipment Isometric Package (on page 333)
Metric_Equipment Overall Key Plan Package (on page 333)
Metric_Equipment Plan Package (on page 334)
Metric_Equipment Section Package (on page 335)
331
Metric_Equipment Elevation Package

Name: Metric_Equipment Elevation
Description: The Metric Equipment Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing component
that uses the Equipment Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Equipment Elevation\Equipment Elevation\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Equipment Elevation View Style (on page 488)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
332
Metric_Equipment Isometric Package

Name: Metric_Equipment Isometric
Description: The Metric Equipment Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing component
that uses the Equipment Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Equipment Isometric\Equipment Isometric\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Equipment Isometric_M (see "Equipment Isometric View Style" on page 497)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_Equipment Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Metric_Equipment Overall Key Plan
Description: The Metric Equipment Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that
uses the Equipment Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Equipment Overall Key Plan\Equipment Overall Key
Plan\template.sha
333

Main Drawing View
View Style: Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 503)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_Equipment Plan Package

Name: Metric_Equipment Plan
Description: The Metric Equipment Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Equipment Plan view style and also places a key plan drawing in the right-hand side of the
sheet.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Equipment Plan\Equipment Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Equipment Plan View Style (on page 506)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Equipment Key Plan View Style (on page 502)
Scale: No Scale
334

Template Example
335
Metric_Equipment Section Package

Name: Metric_Equipment Section
Description: The Metric Equipment Section package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Equipment Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Notes Area Location: Equipment Section
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Equipment Section\Equipment Section\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Equipment Section View Style (on page 515)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
336
HVAC Packages
Topics
Imperial_HVAC Drawings Package ............................................... 337
Imperial_HVAC Elevation Package ............................................... 337
Imperial_HVAC Isometric Package ............................................... 338
Imperial_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package ................................... 339
Imperial_HVAC Plan Package ....................................................... 340
Imperial_HVAC Section Package .................................................. 341
Metric_HVAC Drawings Package .................................................. 342
Metric_HVAC Elevation Package .................................................. 342
Metric_HVAC Isometric Package .................................................. 343
Metric_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package ...................................... 344
Metric_HVAC Plan Package .......................................................... 345
Metric_HVAC Section Package ..................................................... 346
Imperial_HVAC Drawings Package

The Imperial_HVAC Drawings package creates a folder that contains the HVAC Elevation,
HVAC Isometric, HVAC Overall Key Plan, HVAC Plan, and HVAC Section Volume Drawing
components.
Imperial_HVAC Elevation Package (on page 337)
Imperial_HVAC Isometric Package (on page 338)
Imperial_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package (on page 339)
Imperial_HVAC Plan Package (on page 340)
Imperial_HVAC Section Package (on page 341)
337
Imperial_HVAC Elevation Package

Name: Imperial_HVAC Elevation
Description: The Imperial HVAC Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
HVAC Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_HVAC Elevation\HVAC Elevation\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: HVAC Elevation View Style (on page 528)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
Imperial_HVAC Isometric Package

Name: Imperial_HVAC Isometric
Description: The Imperial HVAC Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
HVAC Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_HVAC Isometric\HVAC Isometric\template.sha
338

Main Drawing View
View Style: HVAC Isometric View Style (on page 529)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Imperial_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Imperial_HVAC Overall Key Plan
Description: The Imperial HVAC Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that
uses the HVAC Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_HVAC Overall Key Plan\HVAC Overall Key
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: HVAC Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 531)
Scale: No Scale
339

Template Example
Imperial_HVAC Plan Package

Name: Imperial_HVAC Plan
Description: The Imperial HVAC Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the HVAC
Plan view style and also includes a key plan drawing in the right-hand side of the sheet.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_HVAC Plan\HVAC Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: HVAC Plan View Style (on page 537)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: HVAC Key Plan View Style (on page 530)
Scale: No Scale
340

Template Example
Imperial_HVAC Section Package

Name: Imperial_HVAC Section
Description: The Imperial_HVAC Section package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
HVAC Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_HVAC Section\HVAC Section\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: HVAC Section (see "HVAC Section View Style" on page 546)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
341

Template Example
Metric_HVAC Drawings Package

The Metric_HVAC Drawings package creates a folder that contains the HVAC Elevation,
HVAC Isometric, HVAC Overall Key Plan, HVAC Plan, and HVAC Section Volume Drawing
components.
Metric_HVAC Elevation Package (on page 342)
Metric_HVAC Isometric Package (on page 343)
Metric_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package (on page 344)\
Metric_HVAC Plan Package (on page 345)
Metric_HVAC Section Package (on page 346)
Metric_HVAC Elevation Package

Name: Metric_HVAC Elevation
Description: The Metric HVAC Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
HVAC Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_HVAC Elevation\HVAC Elevation\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: HVAC Elevation View Style (on page 528)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
342

Template Example
343
Metric_HVAC Isometric Package

Name: Metric_HVAC Isometric
Description: The Metric HVAC Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
HVAC Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_HVAC Isometric\HVAC Isometric\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: HVAC Isometric View Style (on page 529)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Metric_HVAC Overall Key Plan
Description: The Metric HVAC Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that uses
the HVAC Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_HVAC Overall Key Plan\HVAC Overall Key
Plan\template.sha
344

Main Drawing View
View Style: HVAC Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 531)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_HVAC Plan Package

Name: Metric_HVAC Plan
Description: The Metric HVAC Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the HVAC
Plan view style and also includes a key plan drawing in the right-hand side of the sheet.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_HVAC Plan\HVAC Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: HVAC Plan View Style (on page 537)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: HVAC Key Plan View Style (on page 530)
Scale: No Scale
345

Template Example
Metric_HVAC Section Package

Name: Metric_HVAC Section
Description: The Metric_HVAC Section package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
HVAC Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_HVAC Section\HVAC Section\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: HVAC Section View Style (on page 546)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
346

Template Example
Instrument Packages
Topics
Imperial_Instrument Drawings Package ........................................ 347
Imperial_Instrument Elevation Package ........................................ 348
Imperial_Instrument Isometric Package ........................................ 349
Imperial_Instrument Overall Key Plan Package ............................ 349
Imperial_Instrument Plan Package ................................................ 350
Imperial_Instrument Section Package ........................................... 351
Metric_Instrument Drawings Package ........................................... 352
Metric_Instrument Elevation Package ........................................... 352
Metric_Instrument Isometric Package ........................................... 353
Metric_Instrument Overall Key Plan Package ............................... 354
Metric_Instrument Plan Package ................................................... 355
Metric_Instrument Section Package .............................................. 356
Imperial_Instrument Drawings Package

The Imperial_Instrument Drawings package creates a folder that contains the Instrument
Elevation, Instrument Isometric, Instrument Overall Key Plan, Instrument Plan, Instrument
Section Volume Drawing components.
Imperial_Instrument Elevation Package (on page 348)
Imperial_Instrument Isometric Package (on page 349)
Imperial_Instrument Overall Key Plan Package (on page 349)
Imperial_Instrument Plan Package (on page 350)
Imperial_Instrument Section Package (on page 351)
347
Imperial_Instrument Elevation Package

Name: Imperial_Instrument Elevation
Description: The Imperial Instrument Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing that uses
the Instrument Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Instrument Elevation\Instrument
Main Drawing View

View Style: Instrument Elevation View Style (on page 551)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
348
Imperial_Instrument Isometric Package

Name: Imperial_Instrument Isometric
Description: The Imperial Instrument Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing that uses
the Instrument Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Instrument Isometric\Instrument Isometric\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Instrument Isometric View Style (on page 567)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Imperial_Instrument Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Instrument Overall Key Plan
Description: The Imperial Instrument Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that
uses the Instrument Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Instrument Overall Key Plan\Instrument Overall Key
Plan\template.sha
349

Main Drawing View
View Style: Instrument Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 574)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Imperial_Instrument Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Instrument Plan
Description: The Imperial Instrument Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Instrument Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Instrument Plan\Instrument Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Instrument Plan View Style (on page 578)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

Scale: No Scale
350

Template Example
Imperial_Instrument Section Package

Name: Imperial_Instrument Section
Description: The Imperial Instrument Section package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Instrument Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Instrument Section\Instrument Section\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Instrument Section View Style (on page 596)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
351

Template Example
Metric_Instrument Drawings Package

The Metric_Instrument Drawings package creates a folder that contains the Instrument
Elevation, Instrument Isometric, Instrument Overall Key Plan, Instrument Plan, Instrument
Section Volume Drawing components.
Metric_Instrument Elevation Package (on page 352)
Metric_Instrument Isometric Package (on page 353)
Metric_Instrument Overall Key Plan Package (on page 354)
Metric_Instrument Plan Package (on page 355)
Metric_Instrument Section Package (on page 356)
Metric_Instrument Elevation Package

Name: Metric_Instrument Elevation
Description: The Metric Instrument Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Instrument Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Instrument Elevation\Instrument Elevation\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Instrument Elevation View Style (on page 551)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
352

Template Example
Metric_Instrument Isometric Package

Name: Metric_Instrument Isometric
Description: The Metric Instrument Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Instrument Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Instrument Isometric\Instrument Isometric\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Instrument Isometric View Style (on page 567)
Scale: No Scale
353

Template Example
Metric_Instrument Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Metric_Instrument Overall Key Plan
Description: The Metric Instrument Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that
uses the Instrument Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Instrument Overall Key Plan\Instrument Overall Key
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Instrument Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 574)
Scale: No Scale
354

Template Example
Metric_Instrument Plan Package

Name: Metric_Instrument Plan
Description: The Metric Instrument Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Instrument Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Instrument Plan\Instrument Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Instrument Plan View Style (on page 578)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

Scale: No Scale
355

Template Example
Metric_Instrument Section Package

Name: Metric_Instrument Section
Description: The Metric Instrument Section package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Instrument Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Instrument Section\Instrument Section\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Instrument Section View Style (on page 596)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
356

Template Example
Isometrics (by Query) Packages

Topics
Iso PenSpool Package .................................................................. 357
Iso Pipeline Package ..................................................................... 357
Iso Pipeline Manager Package ...................................................... 358
Iso Spool Package ......................................................................... 358
Iso Spool Manager Package.......................................................... 358
Iso Stress Package ........................................................................ 358
Iso PenSpool Package

The Iso PenSpool drawing package creates a Piping Isometrics Drawings by Query
component that is pre-configured to use the Piping Penetration Spools filter and the
Iso_Penspool style. For more information on using Piping Isometrics Drawings by Query
components, see the SmartMarine 3D Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide.
Iso Pipeline Package

The Iso Pipeline drawing package creates a Piping Isometrics Drawings by Query
component that is pre-configured to use the Pipelines filter and the Iso_Pipeline style. For
more information on using Piping Isometrics Drawings by Query components, see the
SmartMarine 3D Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide.
357
Iso Pipeline Manager Package

The Iso Pipeline Manager drawing package creates a Drawings by Query Manager
component that is pre-configured to use the Iso_Pipeline style. For more information on using
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query components, see the SmartMarine 3D Piping Isometric
Iso Spool Package

The Iso Spool drawing package creates a Piping Isometrics Drawings by Query component
that is pre-configured to use the Piping Spools filter and the Iso_Spool style. For more
information on using Piping Isometrics Drawings by Query components, see the SmartMarine
3D Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide.
Iso Spool Manager Package

The Iso Spool Manager drawing package creates a Drawing by Query Manager component
that is pre-configured to use the Iso_Spool style. For more information on using Piping
Isometric Drawings by Query components, see the SmartMarine 3D Piping Isometric Drawings
User's Guide.
Iso Stress Package

The Iso Stress drawing package creates a Piping Isometrics Drawings by Query component
that is pre-configured to use the Pipelines filter and the Iso_Stress style. For more information
on using Piping Isometrics Drawings by Query components, see the SmartMarine 3D Piping
Isometric Drawings User's Guide.
Orthographic (by Query) Packages

Topics
HngSup3View Package ................................................................. 358
Pipe Support Drawings Package ................................................... 360
HngSup3View Package
Name: HngSup3View
Description: The HngSup3View package creates an Orthographic Drawings by Query
component that includes three views that use different looking directions. The package also
includes a location key plan view and a CAD Details view.
Sheet Size: C Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\HngSup3View\HngSup3View\template.sha
358

Elevation (Left)
View Style: HngSup - End View Style (on page 521)
Use object coordinate system: Yes
Scale: No Scale
Navigation Rule: HngSupRangeNavigator.dll
Elevation (Center)
View Style: HngSup - Side View Style (on page 525)
Scale: No Scale
Navigation Rule: HngSupRangeNavigator.dll
Isometric Looking Northeast View

View Style: HngSup - ISO View Style (on page 524)
Use object coordinate system: No
Scale: No Scale
Navigation Rule: HngSupNoSupportingRangeNav.dll
CAD Details
View Style: HngSup - Cad Details View Style (on page 521)
Scale: No Scale
Navigation Rule: HngSupSimpleNavigator.dll
Key Plan
View Style: HngSup - Key Plan View Style (on page 525)
Scale: No Scale
Navigation Rule: HngSupSimpleNavigator.dll
359

Template Example
Pipe Support Drawings Package

Name: Pipe Support Drawings
Description: The Pipe Support Drawings package creates an Orthographic Drawings by Query
component that includes three views that use different looking directions.
Sheet Size: C Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Notes Area Location: Top portion
Template Location: Packages\PIPE SUPPORT DRAWINGS\Pipe Support
Drawings\template.sha
Elevation Looking South View

View Style: Pipe Supports - Structure View Style (on page 604)
Orientation: Looking South
Scale: No Scale
Navigation Rule: None
Elevation Looking East View

View Style: Pipe Supports - Piping View Style (on page 603)
Scale: No Scale
Isometric Looking Northeast View

View Style: Pipe Supports - Components View Style (on page 603)
360

Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Piping Packages
Topics
Imperial_Piping Drawings Package ............................................... 362
Imperial_Piping Elevation Package ............................................... 362
Imperial_Piping Isometric Package ............................................... 363
Imperial_Piping Overall Key Plan Package ................................... 364
Imperial_Piping Plan Package ....................................................... 365
Imperial_Piping Section Package .................................................. 366
Metric_Piping Drawings Package .................................................. 366
Metric_Piping Elevation Package .................................................. 367
Metric_Piping Isometric Package .................................................. 368
Metric_Piping Overall Key Plan Package ...................................... 368
Metric_Piping Plan Package .......................................................... 369
Metric_Piping Section Package ..................................................... 370
361
Imperial_Piping Drawings Package

The Imperial_Piping Drawings package creates a folder that contains the Piping Elevation,
Piping Isometric, Piping Overall Key Plan, Piping Plan, and Piping Section Volume Drawing
components.
Imperial_Piping Elevation Package (on page 362)
Imperial_Piping Isometric Package (on page 363)
Imperial_Piping Overall Key Plan Package (on page 364)
Imperial_Piping Plan Package (on page 365)
Imperial_Piping Section Package (on page 366)
Imperial_Piping Elevation Package

Name: Imperial_Piping Elevation
Description: The Imperial Piping Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Piping Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Piping Elevation\Piping Elevation\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Piping Elevation View Style (on page 605)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
362
Imperial_Piping Isometric Package

Name: Imperial_Piping Isometric
Description: The Imperial Piping Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Piping Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Piping Isometric\Piping Isometric\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Piping Isometric View Style (on page 627)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
363
Imperial_Piping Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Piping Overall Key Plan
Description: The Imperial Piping Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that
uses the Piping Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Piping Overall Key Plan\Piping Overall Key
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Piping Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 635)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
364
Imperial_Piping Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Piping Plan
Description: The Imperial_Piping Plan package creates a Volume Drawing component that
uses the Piping Plan view style and includes a key plan drawing in the right-hand side of the
sheet.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Piping Plan\Piping Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Piping Plan View Style (on page 638)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Piping Key Plan View Style (on page 634)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
365
Imperial_Piping Section Package

Name: Imperial_Piping Section
Description: The Imperial Piping Section package creates a Volume Drawing component that
uses the Piping Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Piping Section\Piping Section\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Piping Section View Style (on page 658)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
Metric_Piping Drawings Package

The Metric_Piping Drawings package creates a folder that contains the Piping Elevation,
Piping Isometric, Piping Overall Key Plan, Piping Plan, and Piping Section Volume Drawing
components.
Metric_Piping Elevation Package (on page 367)
Metric_Piping Isometric Package (on page 368)
Metric_Piping Overall Key Plan Package (on page 368)
Metric_Piping Plan Package (on page 369)
Metric_Piping Section Package (on page 370)
366
Metric_Piping Elevation Package

Name: Metric_Piping Elevation
Description: The Metric Piping Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Piping Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Piping Elevation\Piping Elevation\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Piping Elevation View Style (on page 605)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
367
Metric_Piping Isometric Package

Name: Metric_Piping Isometric
Description: The Metric Piping Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing that uses the
Piping Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Piping Isometric\Piping Isometric\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Piping Isometric View Style (on page 627)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_Piping Overall Key Plan Package

Name: Metric_Piping Overall Key Plan
Description: The Metric Piping Overall Key Plan package creates a Volume Drawing that uses
the Piping Overall Key Plan view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Piping Overall Key Plan\Piping Overall Key
Plan\template.sha
368

Main Drawing View
View Style: Piping Overall Key Plan View Style (on page 635)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Metric_Piping Plan Package

Name: Metric_Piping Plan
Description: The Metric_Piping Plan package creates a Volume Drawing component that uses
the Piping Plan view style and includes a key plan drawing in the right-hand side of the sheet.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Piping Plan\Piping Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Piping Plan View Style (on page 638)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Piping Key Plan View Style (on page 634)
Scale: No Scale
369

Template Example
Metric_Piping Section Package

Name: Metric_Piping Section
Description: The Metric Piping Section package creates a Volume Drawing component that
uses the Piping Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Piping Section\Piping Section\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Piping Section View Style (on page 658)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
370

Template Example
Structural Framing Packages

Topics
Imperial_Structural Drawings Package ......................................... 371
Imperial_Structural Framing Elevation Package ........................... 372
Imperial_Structural Framing Isometric Package............................ 372
Imperial_Structural Framing Plan Package ................................... 373
Imperial_Structural Framing Section Package .............................. 374
Metric_Structural Drawings Package ............................................ 375
Metric_Structural Framing Elevation Package .............................. 375
Metric_Structural Framing Isometric Package............................... 376
Metric_Structural Framing Plan Package ...................................... 377
Metric_Structural Framing Section Package ................................. 378
Imperial_Structural Drawings Package

The Imperial_Structural Drawings package creates a folder that contains the Structural
Framing Elevation, Structural Framing Isometric, Structural Framing Plan, and Structural
Framing Section Volume Drawing components.
Imperial_Structural Framing Elevation Package (on page 372)
Imperial_Structural Framing Isometric Package (on page 372)
Imperial_Structural Framing Plan Package (on page 373)
Imperial_Structural Framing Section Package (on page 374)
371
Imperial_Structural Framing Elevation Package

Name: Imperial_Structural Framing Elevation
Description: The Imperial Structural Framing Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Structural Framing Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Structural Framing Elevation\Structural Framing
Main Drawing View

View Style: Structural Framing Elevation View Style (on page 669)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Template Example
Imperial_Structural Framing Isometric Package

Name: Imperial_Structural Framing Isometric
Description: The Imperial Structural Framing Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Structural Framing Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Structural Framing Isometric\Structural Framing
372

Main Drawing View
View Style: Structural Framing Isometric View Style (on page 680)
Scale: No Scale
Template Example
Imperial_Structural Framing Plan Package

Name: Imperial_Structural Framing Plan
Description: The Imperial Structural Framing Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Structural Framing Plan view style and also includes a key plan
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Structural Framing Plan\Structural Framing
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Structural Framing Plan View Styles (on page 683)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Structural Framing Key Plan View Style (on page 682)
Scale: No Scale
373

Template Example
Imperial_Structural Framing Section Package

Name: Imperial_Structural Framing Section
Description: The Imperial Structure Framing Section package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Structural Framing Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Imperial_Structural Framing Section\Structural Framing
Main Drawing View

View Style: Structural Framing Section View Style (on page 694)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
374

Template Example
Metric_Structural Drawings Package

The Metric_Structural Drawings package creates a folder that contains the Structural
Framing Elevation, Structural Framing Isometric, Structural Framing Plan, and Structural
Framing Section Volume Drawing components.
Metric_Structural Framing Elevation Package (on page 375)
Metric_Structural Framing Isometric Package (on page 376)
Metric_Structural Framing Plan Package (on page 377)
Metric_Structural Framing Section Package (on page 378)
Metric_Structural Framing Elevation Package

Name: Metric_Structural Framing Elevation
Description: The Metric Structural Framing Elevation package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Structural Framing Elevation view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Structural Framing Elevation\Structural Framing
Main Drawing View

View Style: Structural Framing Elevation View Style (on page 669)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
375

Template Example
Metric_Structural Framing Isometric Package

Name: Metric_Structural Framing Isometric
Description: The Metric Structural Framing Isometric package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Structural Framing Isometric view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Structural Framing Isometric\Structural Framing
Main Drawing View

View Style: Structural Framing Isometric View Style (on page 680)
Scale: No Scale
376

Template Example
Metric_Structural Framing Plan Package

Name: Metric_Structural Framing Plan
Description: The Metric Structural Framing Plan package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Structural Framing Plan view style and also includes a key plan
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Structural Framing Plan\Structural Framing
Plan\template.sha
Main Drawing View

View Style: Structural Framing Plan View Styles (on page 683)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
Key Plan View

View Style: Structural Framing Key Plan View Style (on page 682)
Scale: No Scale
377

Template Example
Metric_Structural Framing Section Package

Name: Metric_Structural Framing Section
Description: The Metric Structure Framing Section package creates a Volume Drawing
component that uses the Structural Framing Section view style.
Sheet Size: D Wide
Number of Sheets: 1
Template Location: Packages\Metric_Structural Framing Section\Structural Framing
Main Drawing View

View Style: Structural Framing Section View Style (on page 694)
Scale: 1/4" = 1'0"
378

Template Example
Orthographic Drawing by Query Components

Orthographic Drawing by Query components contain setup information plus template and style
definitions. You can create new components to generate orthographic (volume) drawings using
a filter-based query. Drawing by Query documents are not saved as part of the drawing
component. When you save a component as a package in the Drawings and Reports task, you
specify the folder where the package is saved. You can save the package on a single drawing or
on an entire Management Console folder. Packages are saved on the SharedContent share in
the \Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder.
Delivered components are also located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder. When you add a new component to the Management
Console in the Drawings and Reports task, the Orthographic (by Query) tab of the Add
Component dialog box shows the available orthographic Drawings by Query components. You
can also create your own tab when you save your components.
There are two delivered orthographic drawing by query components that appear on the
Orthographic (by Query) tab:
HngSup3View Package (on page 358)
Pipe Support Drawings Package (on page 360)
For more information on adding drawing components to the Management Console, see the
See Also
379
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles

View styles define how objects are resymbolized within drawing and key plan views in drawing
documents. In orthographic drawings, like composed drawings or orthographic drawing by
query, you can define both orthographic view styles and key plan view styles. You use Tools >
Define View Style in the Drawings and Reports task to manage and create view styles. For
more information, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
When you create a new orthographic or key plan view style, it is saved to the SharedContent
share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\KeyPlan and \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\Orthographic
folders. Orthographic view styles for SmartMarine 3D drawings are saved to the
\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\Spatial folder.
The styles delivered with the product are specific to each type of drawing. For example, you
would use the Electrical Equipment Plan view style to create Electrical Equipment drawings. If
you open the XML definition file for the view style, you will see the specifications for the output of
the Electrical Equipment for the drawing documents you will create.
Similarly, if you use the Electrical Equipment Key Plan view style, you are setting the output
style for an Electrical Equipment key plan within your drawing document.
See Also
Orthographic Drawings View Styles (on page 380)
Orthographic Drawings View Styles

Drawing view styles determine what objects are included in drawings and how they appear in
the drawing. Graphic representation, labels, and dimensions are all basic determining factors in
each view style. Below is a list of disciplinary drawing view styles delivered with the product.
The delivered XML Rule files are located in the SharedContent share [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules folder.
The View Style XML files are located in the Orthographic folder. Orthographic view styles
for SmartMarine 3D drawings are saved to the Spatial folder.
The Graphic Rule XML files are located in the GraphicRules folder.
The Label Rule XML files are located in the LabelRules folder.
The Dimension Rule XML files are located in the DimensionRules folder.
See Also
Topics
Civil View Styles ............................................................................ 381
Electrical View Styles..................................................................... 404
Equipment View Styles .................................................................. 488
HngSup View Styles ...................................................................... 521
HVAC View Styles ......................................................................... 528
Instrument View Styles .................................................................. 551
Nozzle View Styles ........................................................................ 599
Pipe Supports View Styles............................................................. 602
Piping View Styles ......................................................................... 605
380
Civil View Styles

Topics
Civil Isometric View Style............................................................... 381
Civil Key Plan View Style ............................................................... 391
Civil Overall Key Plan View Style .................................................. 392
Civil Plan View Style ...................................................................... 397
Civil Isometric View Style

Name: Civil Isometric
Description: Drawing layout designed for isometric views that focuses on Civil objects and
includes other objects that are important to the discipline.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
For a list of where the delivered XML Rule files are located, see Orthographic Drawings
View Styles (on page 380).
For more information on the order of the view style filters, see Drawing View Style Creation
Process (on page 389).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Civil
Civil
Isometric_Columns.xml Isometric_Equipment_
Name.xml
Control Point
Structure
Civil Isometric_Control
Point Structure.xml
Pier and Slab

Footing
Civil
Civil
Isometric_Foundation.x Isometric_Equipment_
ml
Name.xml
Footing Pier
Civil
Civil
Isometric_Foundation.x Isometric_Equipment_
Name.xml
ml
Beams
Civil
Isometric_Beams.xml
Hose Rack
Civil
Isometric_Reference.x
ml
Trench
Civil
ml
Grid Line
Elevation 0
Civil Isometric_Grid
Line.xml
Block
Foundation
Civil
Isometric_Foundation.x
ml
Dimension Rule
Civil Isometric_Control
Point
Structure_North-East
Coordinate.xml
381

Example
382

Columns in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a column in an isometric drawing.
Label Rule
Each column is labeled with the name from the model. The label is placed on the center of the
column.
Pier and Slab Footings in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a pier and slab footing in an isometric view.
Label Rule
Each pier and slab footing is labeled with a name label that reports the object name from the
model.
383

Footing Piers in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing pier in an isometric view.
Label Rule
Each footing pier is labeled in the center with a name label that reports the name of the object in
the model.
384

Beams in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in an isometric view.
Hose Racks in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a hose rack in an isometric view.
385

Control Points in Isometric View Styles w/Coord Label
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a control point with a coordinate label in a
plan drawing.
Label Rule
Control points are resymbolized and are labeled with a North-East coordinate label, which
indicates the position of the control point in the model.
386

Grid Line Elevation 0 in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
The elevation grid lines are included in the view. The grid lines are represented as lines drawn
with the Double Chain line style.
387

Block Foundations in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of block foundations in isometric views.
Trenches in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a trench in an isometric view.
388

Drawing View Style Creation Process
View Styles produce different results based on the filters and rules that are included. The filters
that are used, and the order they are used in, determine the output of the drawing view.
Below is an example of how a drawing view is created from the view style. In this example, the
Piping Plan view style illustrates the drawing creation process.
The last graphic rule in the view style takes precedence.
The delivered view styles match the logical order found in the Select Filter object hierarchy.
From first to last, the view style rows follow the same hierarchy. For example, Piping Parts
precedes Pipes in the object filter hierarchy. Therefore, the view style includes the Piping Parts
filters before the Pipes filters because of the object hierarchy.
If a child filter is placed above a parent filter, the child filter is overwritten in the drawing. The
filters must follow the same logical order as the object filter hierarchy.
The following graphic compares the object hierarchy in the Select Filter dialog box to the Filters
in the View Style Properties dialog box.
When inserting filters in the view style, be sure they match the order of the objects in the
Select Filter dialog box. For example, be sure to place Pipes filters under any existing Piping
Parts filters.
389

Examples
The following example is the default Piping Plan view style. The highlighted piping segment has
a 2 inch diameter.
The following example is a modified Piping Plan view style. A row has been inserted beneath
the original Piping filters to resymbolize all pipes equal to or less than 2 inches as a single line.
390

The following example shows the order of the Piping filters in the modified view style. The filter
that resymbolizes all pipes that are less than or equal to 2 inches is last because it is further
down in the hierarchy.
See Also
Civil Key Plan View Style

Name: Civil Key Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed to place a Key Plan view of all grid systems in the model
and identifies the particular volume displayed in the drawing.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Civil Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Civil Key
Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Civil Key
Plan_Focus_Name.xml
391

Example
Civil Overall Key Plan View Style

Name: Civil Overall Key Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for key plan views that focuses on volumes and
equipment and includes other objects that are important to the discipline.
Matchline: Matchline_None_A.xml
North Arrow: NorthArrow.xml
Filter
392
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Civil Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Civil Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Civil Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Civil Overall Key

Plan_Equipment.xml
Civil Plan
Volumes
Civil Overall Key

Plan_Volumes.xml
Slabs
Civil Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Control Point
Structure
Civil Overall Key

Plan_Control Point
Structure.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Civil Overall Key

Plan_Volume_Name
.xml
Civil Overall Key

Plan_Control Point
Structure_North-Eas
t Coordinate.xml

Example
Beams in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in a drawing.
393

Braces in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of braces in a drawing.
Columns in Plan Drawing View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in a drawing.
394

Equipment in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in a plan drawing.
Plan Volumes in View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping plan volumes in a drawing.
Label Rule
All drawing key plan volumes are labeled with their 3D model name. By default, the label is
placed in the upper left corner of the volume in the drawing. Refer to the above graphic for an
example.
395

Slabs in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of slabs in a drawing. The slab boundaries are
drawn with a gray line. Openings in the slab are also represented with a gray line.
Control Points in Plan View Styles w/Coord Label
Graphic Rule
plan drawing.
Label Rule
indicates the position in the model.
396

Civil Plan View Style
Name: Civil Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on Civil objects and includes
other objects that are important to the discipline.
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Civil
Plan_Columns.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Civil
Plan_Columns.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
Columns
Civil
Plan_Columns.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Columns
Civil
Plan_Columns.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Vertical
.xml
Control
Point
Structure
Civil Plan_Control
Point Structure.xml
Civil Plan_Control
Point
Coordinate_M.xml
Footing Pier
(on page
402)
Civil
Plan_Foundation.xml
Civil
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Footing Pier
Civil
Plan_Foundation.xml
Hose Rack
Civil
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Civil
Plan_Reference.xml
Grid Line
Civil Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Civil Plan_Grid Line_X

Name.xml
Grid Line
Civil Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Civil Plan_Grid
Line_Y.xml
Block
Foundation
Civil
Plan_Foundation.xml
Civil
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Civil
.xml
397

Example
Hose Racks in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a hose rack in a plan drawing.
398

Trenches in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a trench in a plan drawing.
Grid Lines in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in a drawing.
399

Label Rule
Each grid line is labeled. Horizontal grid lines are labeled vertically, while vertical grid lines are
labeled horizontally. The label reports the name of the grids in the model.
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
Equipment Foundations in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an equipment foundation in a plan drawing.
Columns in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
Dimension Rule
Dimensions all vertical and horizontal columns. Columns are dimensioned as anchors, which
means they are only dimensioned when they are in close proximity to a group of dimensioned
objects. If a column is not close enough to a group of dimensioned objects in a particular
quadrant, it is not dimensioned. Also, if the column is inline with another column that is already
dimensioned, it is not dimensioned.
In the example below, notice how the top left column is not dimensioned because the bottom left
column is dimensioned. Also, the middle columns are not dimensioned because they line up
with the outer columns.
400

The left portion of this drawing has been cropped due to size constraints.
401

Footing Piers in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing pier in a plan drawing.
Label Rule
Labeled with the name of the footing pier in the model. The label is placed on the center of the
footing pier.
402

Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed on the footing pier. The footing pier is only
dimensioned with nearby columns. The point of dimensioning is the center of the footing pier.
This image has been cropped due to size constraints.

Only the horizontal dimension is displayed in the example above.
403
Electrical View Styles

Topics
Electrical Above Ground Plan View Style ...................................... 404
Electrical CableTray Elevation View Style ..................................... 410
Electrical CableTray Isometric View Style ..................................... 421
Electrical CableTray Key Plan View Style ..................................... 427
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan View Style................................. 428
Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan View Style ......................... 434
Electrical CableTray Plan View Style ............................................ 437
Electrical CableTray Section View Style........................................ 451
Electrical Equipment Elevation View Style .................................... 454
Electrical Equipment Isometric View Style .................................... 458
Electrical Equipment Key Plan View Style..................................... 460
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style ........................ 461
Electrical Equipment Plan View Style ............................................ 462
Electrical Equipment Section View Style ....................................... 467
Electrical Instrument Plan View Style ............................................ 469
Electrical Lighting Plan View Style ................................................ 478
Electrical Raceway Plan View Style .............................................. 480
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan View Style ................................. 483
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section View Style ............................ 485
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation View Style ......................... 486
SM_Lighting_Plan View Style ........................................................ 487
Electrical Above Ground Plan View Style

Name: Electrical Above Ground Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on electrical objects and also
View Rule: None
Filter
404
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Electrical Above Ground

Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horiz
ontal.xml
Columns
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml

Plan_Columns_Anchor_Verti
cal.xml
Columns
Electrical
Above Ground

Plan_Columns_Horizontal.xm

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Columns
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml

Plan_Columns_Vertical.xml
Beams
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Cableway
Parts
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Electrical
Above
Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays_Name
.xml
Cableway
Parallel
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml

Plan_Cable
Trays_Horizontal.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml

Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml

Plan_Cable
Cable Trays
Normal
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml

Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Electrical
Above
Ground
Plan_Grid
Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Electrical
Above
Ground
Plan_Grid
Line_Y
Name.xml
Process
Equipment
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Referenc
e.xml
Electrical
Above
Ground
Plan_Equipm
ent_Name.x
ml
Cableway
Electrical
Above Ground
405

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Front
Electrical
Above Ground
Plan_Normal
CableTray.xml
Example
406

Cableways in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableways in a plan drawing.
Label Rule
Each cableway is labeled with the appropriate name from the model. For an example, see the
above graphic.
407

Cable Trays in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in a plan view.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal dimensions are placed on vertical cable trays, while vertical dimensions are placed
on horizontal cable trays. These dimensions are chained with nearby column dimensions.
408

Clipping HVAC and Electrical Objects
HVAC and Cable Tray objects that are clipped by a volume are labeled differently than similar
objects that appear inside the volume. Depending on the direction of the HVAC or Cable Tray
objects and the Look Direction of the view, the objects are either labeled on the outside of the
view with a leader, or it is resymbolized. Clipped ducts and cable trays that run perpendicular to
the look direction are resymbolized.
Front
409

Clipped
Electrical CableTray Elevation View Style

Name: Electrical CableTray Elevation
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on electrical cabletray
objects and includes other objects that are important to the discipline.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
410
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical CableTray
Elevation_Reference.
xml
Elevation_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
Columns
xml
Elevation_Columns_Hori
zontal.xml
Electrical
Elevation_Electrical
Elevation_Equipment

Filter
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Orientation
Equipment.xml
_Name.xml
Cableway
Parts
Elevation_Cableways.
xml
Cableway
Parts
Elevation_Cableways. Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Longest
xml
Segment.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipping
Clipped
Dimension Rule
xml
r_Clipped.xml
Cable Trays Parallel
Elevation_Cableways. Elevation_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
xml
n-Width.xml
Cable Trays Parallel,

horizontal
xml
Elevation_CableTray_V
ertical.xml
Cable Trays Parallel, vertical
xml
Elevation_CableTray_H
orizontal.xml
Cable Trays Normal
xml
Elevation_Horizontal.xml
Cable Trays Normal
xml
Elevation_Vertical.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
xml
Handrails
xml
Stairs
Elevation_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Elevation_Ladders.xm
l
Process
Equipment
Elevation_Process
Equipment.xml
Elevation_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.x
ml
Elevation_Equipment
_Name.xml
411

Examples
412
Columns in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Column in an elevation drawing.
413

Dimension Rule
Horizontal dimensions are placed between each column. The dimensions are grouped with the
equipment dimensions that are in the same quadrant.
Electrical Equipment in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of electrical equipment in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each object is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. See the above graphic for
an example.
414

Cableway Parts in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableway parts in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each cableway part is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
415

Cable Trays in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. See the graphic above
for an example.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal cable trays are dimensioned with vertical dimensions, while vertical cable trays are
dimensioned with horizontal dimensions.
416

Grid Planes in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a grid plane in a drawing.
Label Rule
The y-axis of the grid plane is labeled with the name of the grid in the model. For example, see
the above graphic.
Handrails in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a handrail in an elevation drawing.
417

Grid Lines in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of grid lines in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
All elevation grid lines are labeled with the grid name and elevation distance. See the above
graphic for an example.
Dimension Rule
All elevation grid lines are dimensioned with other dimensioned objects in the drawing. The
elevation grid line dimensions are anchored and must be dimensioned with other objects, such
as pipes and columns.
418

Beams in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in an elevation drawing.
Stairs in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in an elevation drawing.
Stairs that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire stair object is
Stairs that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the stairs.
419

Ladders in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in an elevation drawing.
420
Ladders that are partially included in a volume are not clipped. The entire ladder object is
Ladders that appear in the looking direction are included in the drawing, even if the volume
does not include the ladder.

Equipment in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each equipment object is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. If there is not
enough white space inside of the equipment, the label is placed in nearby white space with a
jogged leader. See the above graphic for an example.
Electrical CableTray Isometric View Style

Name: Electrical CableTray Isometric
Description: Drawing layout designed for isometric views that focuses on electrical cabletray
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Cableway
Parts
Isometric_Cableway.x
ml
Cable Trays
ml
Isometric_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
n-Width.xml
Cable Tray
Supports
Isometric_Cable Tray
Supports.xml
Supports_Name.xml
Columns
ml
Beams
ml
Dimension Rule
421

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Braces
ml
Vertical
Brace
ml
Equipment
Foundation
ml
Footings
Isometric_Footing.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Example
422

Cableway Parts in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableways in an isometric view.
Cable Trays in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in an isometric view.
423

Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. For an example, see
the above graphic.
Cable Tray Supports in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a cable tray support in an isometric view.
Label Rule
Each cable tray support is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
424

Braces in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of braces in an isometric view.
Columns in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a column in an isometric drawing.
425

Label Rule
Each column is labeled with the name from the model. The label is placed on the center of the
column.
Beams in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a beam in an isometric view.
Equipment Foundations in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment foundations in an isometric
drawing.
426

Footings in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of footings in an isometric drawing.
Electrical CableTray Key Plan View Style

Name: Electrical CableTray Key Plan
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Key Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Electrical CableTray Key

Plan_Focus_Name.xml
427

Example
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan View Style

Name: Electrical CableTray Layout Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for layout plan views that focuses on electrical cabletray
Intersection Edge: Off
View Rule: None
Matchline: Matchline_None_A
North Arrow: NorthArrow
Filter
428
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Layout
Plan_Reference.xml
Beams
Layout
Plan_Reference.xml
Cableway
Parts
Layout Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Layout Plan_Cable
Trays.xml
Layout Plan_Cable
Trays_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Layout Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Layout Plan_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Layout Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Layout Plan_Y
Name.xml
Dimension Rule

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Process
Equipment
Cable Trays Normal
Front
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Layout
Plan_Reference.xml
Layout
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Dimension Rule
Layout Plan_Normal
CableTray.xml
Example
429

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
430

Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableway parts in a plan view.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in a drawing.
431

Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled. The label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless
there is an object already in the center, or if there is not sufficient white space for the label. If the
label cannot be placed on the center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader. In the
example below, the label from the above graphic is magnified to show the details of the
equipment label.
Graphic Rule
432

Label Rule
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
Cable Trays in Electrical Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
433

Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan View Style
Name: Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan
View Rule: None
434
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Overall Key
Plan_Equipment.xml
Electrical
CableTray
Plan
Volumes
Overall Key
Plan_Volumes.xml
Slabs
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Overall Key
Plan_Volume_Name.xml

Example
Graphic Rule
435

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
436
Label Rule
example.
Graphic Rule
Electrical CableTray Plan View Style

Name: Electrical CableTray Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on electrical cabletray objects
and includes other objects that are important to the discipline.
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
437

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
.xml
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
Beams
Plan_Reference.xml
Cableway
Parts
Plan_Cable Trays.xml
Cableway
Parts
Plan_LineNumber_Lon
gest Segment.xml
Plan_LineNumber_Clip
ped.xml
Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevation
-Width.xml
Cableway
Parts
438
Clipped
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Plan_Cable
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Plan_Cable
Cable Trays
Normal
Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Cable Tray
Supports
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports.xml
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports_Name.xml
Conduit
Plan_Conduit.xml
Control
Station
Plan_Control
Station.xml
Plan_Control
Station_Name.xml
Panel
Plan_Panel.xml
Plan_Panel_Name.xml
Junction Box
Plan_Junction Box.xml
Plan_Junction
Box_Name.xml
Switchgear
Plan_Switchgear.xml
Plan_Switchgear_Nam
e.xml
Motor
Plan_Motor.xml
Plan_Motor_Name-Ele
vation.xml
Small Motors
Plan_Small Motors.xml
Plan_Small

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Motor_Name-Elevation
.xml
Bus
Plan_Bus.xml
Plan_Bus_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Process
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Road
Plan_Reference.xml
Plan_Road_Name.xml
Transformer
Component
Plan_Transformer
Component.xml
Cabling
Plan_Cabling.xml
Foundation
Pedestal
Plan_Reference.xml
Railroad
Plan_Reference.xml
Sump
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Plan_Reference.xml
439

Example
440

Parts filters.
441

Examples
a 2 inch diameter.
442

See Also
Motors in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a motor in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each motor object is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. For an example, see
the above graphic.
443

Graphic Rule
Electrical Equipment in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of electrical equipment in plan views.
Label Rule
Electrical equipment is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. See the above
444

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
445

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
equipment label.
446

Cableway Parts in Electrical Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableway parts in a plan drawing.
Label Rule
Each cableway part is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
447

Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in plan drawings.
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name and elevation value from the model.
See the above graphic for an example.
448

Dimension Rule
on horizontal cable trays. The cable trays are dimensioned to nearby columns. See the above
Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
Dimension Rule
449

Cable Tray Supports in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a cable tray support in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each cable tray support is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. For an
example, see the above graphic.
450

Conduits in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of conduits in a plan view.
Electrical CableTray Section View Style

Name: Electrical CableTray Section
Description: Drawing layout designed for section views that focuses on electrical cabletray
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Section_Reference.x
ml
Section_Columns_Anch
or_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Section_Reference.x
ml
Section_Columns_Horiz
ontal.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Section_Electrical
Equipment.xml
Cableway
Parts
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Cableway
Parts
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Section_LineNumber_
Longest Segment.xml
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Section_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipped
Section_Equipment_
Name.xml
451

Filter
452
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Section_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
n-Width.xml

horizontal
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Section_CableTray_Vert
ical.xml
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Section_CableTray_Hori
zontal.xml
Cable Trays Normal
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Section_Horizontal.xml
Cable Trays Normal
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Section_Vertical.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Grid Line
Section_Grid Line.xml Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Section_Ladders.xml
Process
Equipment
Section_Process
Equipment.xml
Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Section_Grid
ml
Section_Equipment_
Name.xml

Examples
453
Electrical Equipment Elevation View Style

Name: Electrical Equipment Elevation
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on electrical equipment
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
454
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Electrical Equipment
xml
hor_Horizontal.xml
Columns

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
xml
Electrical
Equipment
Equipment.xml
Cableway
Parts
xml
Cableway
Parts
xml
r_Longest
Segment.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipped
Dimension Rule
zontal.xml
Elevation_Equipment
_Name.xml
r_Clipped.xml
xml
xml

horizontal
xml
ertical.xml
xml
orizontal.xml
Cable Trays Normal
xml
orizontal.xml
Cable Trays Normal
xml
ertical.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Elevation_Grid
ml
Beams
xml
Handrails
xml
Stairs
Ladders
l
Electrical
Equipment
Equipment.xml
Elevation_Equipment
_Name.xml
orizontal.xml
455

Example
456

Electrical Equipment in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of electrical equipment in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Each electrical equipment object is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. See
the above graphic for an example.
457

Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical dimensions are placed on all electrical equipment objects. The
dimensions are grouped with the cable tray dimensions. See the above graphic for an example.
Electrical Equipment Isometric View Style

Name: Electrical Equipment Isometric
Description: Drawing layout designed for isometric views that focuses on electrical equipment
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
458
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Cableway
Parts
ml
Isometric_LineNumbe
r_LongestSegment.x
ml
Cable Trays
ml
Cable Tray
Supports
Supports.xml
Columns
ml
Beams
ml
Braces
ml
Vertical
Brace
ml
Equipment
Foundation
ml
Footings
Isometric_Footing.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Isometric_Process
Equipment.xml
Dimension Rule
Isometric_Equipment
_Name.xml

Example
Electrical Equipment in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of electrical equipment in an isometric view.
459

Label Rule
All electrical equipment objects are labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
Electrical Equipment Key Plan View Style

Name: Electrical Equipment Key Plan
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
460
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Key Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Key
Plan_Focus_Name.xml

Example
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style

Name: Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Overall Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Overall Key
Plan_Equipment.xml
Electrical
CableTray
Plan
Volumes
Overall Key
Plan_Volumes.xml
Slabs
Overall Key
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Overall Key
461

Plan_Reference.xml
Example
Electrical Equipment Plan View Style

Name: Electrical Equipment Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on electrical equipment
View Rule: None
Filter
462
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
.xml
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
Beams
Plan_Reference.xml
Cableway
Parts
Cableway
Parts
Plan_LineNumber_Lon
gest Segment.xml
Plan_LineNumber_Clip
ped.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipped
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Plan_Cable
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Cable Trays
Normal
Plan_Cable
Cable Trays
Normal
Plan_Cable
Trays_Vertical.xml
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports_Name.xml
Cable Tray
Supports
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports.xml
Conduit
Plan_Conduit.xml
Control
Station
Plan_Control
Station.xml
Plan_Control
Station_Name.xml
Panel
Plan_Panel.xml
Plan_Panel_Name.xml
Junction Box
Plan_Junction Box.xml
Plan_Junction
Box_Name.xml
Switchgear
Plan_Switchgear.xml
Plan_Switchgear_Nam
e.xml
Motor
Plan_Motor.xml
Plan_Motor_Name-Ele
vation.xml
Small Motors
Plan_Small Motors.xml
Plan_Small
.xml
463

Filter
Orientation
Bus
464
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Plan_Bus.xml
Plan_Bus_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Plan_Electrical
Component.xml
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Plan_Electrical
Component.xml
Road
Plan_Reference.xml
Transformer
Component
Plan_Transformer
Component.xml
Cabling
Plan_Cabling.xml
Foundation
Pedestal
Plan_Reference.xml
Railroad
Plan_Reference.xml
Sump
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Plan_Reference.xml
Dimension Rule
Plan_Columns
Horizontal.xml
.xml
Plan_Road_Name.xml

Example
465

Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of electrical equipment in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each electrical equipment object is labeled with the appropriate name from the model. If there is
not enough white space for the label on the equipment object, the label is placed in nearby white
space with a jogged leader.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical dimensions are placed on each electrical equipment object. The
dimensions are grouped in with the column dimensions. For an example, see the graphic above.
466

Electrical Equipment Section View Style
Name: Electrical Equipment Section
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on electrical equipment
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Section_Reference.x
ml
or_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Section_Reference.x
ml
ontal.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Section_Electrical
Equipment.xml
Cableway
Parts
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Cableway
Parts
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Section_LineNumber_
Longest Segment.xml
Section_Cableways.x
ml
Section_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Cableway
Parts
Clipped
Section_Equipment_
Name.xml
Section_Cableways.x
ml

horizontal
Section_Cableways.x
ml
ical.xml
Section_Cableways.x
ml
zontal.xml
Cable Trays Normal
Section_Cableways.x
ml
zontal.xml
Cable Trays Normal
Section_Cableways.x
ml
ical.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
467
468
Grid Line
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Section_Ladders.xml
Electrical
Equipment
Section_Electrical
Equipment.xml
Section_Equipment_
Name.xml
Section_Grid
ml
zontal.xml

Example
Electrical Instrument Plan View Style

Name: Electrical Instrument Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on electrical instruments and
View Rule: None
469

Filter
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Columns
Electrical Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping Parts
Plan_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Plan_Normal Pipe.xml
Pipe Supports
Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Instruments
Plan_Instruments.xml
Plan_Instrument_Na
me.xml
Equipment
Except
Junction Box
Plan_Equipment.xml
Plan_Equipment_Na
me.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Cableway
Parts
Plan_Cableways.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Plan_Cableways.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Plan_Cableways.xml
Conduit Parts
470
Clipping
Plan_Conduit.xml
Conduits
Parallel,
vertical
Plan_Conduit_SingleL
ine.xml
Conduits
Parallel,
horizontal
Plan_Conduit_SingleL
ine.xml
Beams
Plan_Reference.xml
Stairs
Plan_Stair.xml
Ladders
Plan_Ladder.xml
Junction Box
Plan_Junction
Box.xml
Plan_Junction
Box_Name.xml
Example
471

Piping Instruments in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping instruments in a plan view.
Label Rule
Piping instruments are labeled with the corresponding name from the model. A relative elevation
label is also placed on each piping instrument. See the above graphic for an example.
472

Graphic Rule
473

Piping Parts in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in a plan view.
474

Piping in Drawing View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping in a drawing.
475

Clipping Pipes in Non-Piping View Styles
Pipes that are clipped by a volume are labeled differently than other pipes and pipe parts that
appear inside the volume. Clipped pipes that are directly parallel to the look direction are
resymbolized.
Pipe Supports in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe supports in a plan view.
476

Conduit Parts in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of conduit parts in a plan view.
Stairs in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of stairs in a drawing.
477

Ladders in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in a drawing.
Electrical Lighting Plan View Style

Name: Electrical Lighting Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on lighting and includes other
objects that are important to the discipline.
View Rule: None
Filter
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Structure
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Reference.xml
Process
Equipment
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Electrical Lighting
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Grid Line_X
Grid Line
478
Orientation
Parallel,
Dimension Rule

Filter
Grid Line
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
vertical
Orientation
Clipping
Plan_Reference.xml
Name.xml
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Lighting
Fixtures
Dimension Rule
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Symbol_Nu
mber.xml
Ceiling Light
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Ceiling.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Name.xml
Fluorescent
Light
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Fluorescen
t.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Name.xml
Stancion Light
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Stancion.x
ml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Name.xml
Wall Light
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Wall.xml
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Name.xml
Example
479

Structure in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of structure in a plan view.
Lights in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of lights in a plan drawing.
Label Rule
Lights are labeled with the corresponding name from the model. A coordinate label is also
placed on the light object. For an example, see the above graphic.
Electrical Raceway Plan View Style

Name: Electrical Raceway Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on electrical objects and
View Rule: None
480
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Cable Trays
Electrical Raceway
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cable Trays.xml Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
n-Width.xml
Cable Tray
Supports
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cable Tray
Supports_Name.xml
Control Station
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Control
Station.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Control
Station_Name.xml
Panel
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Panel.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Panel_Name.x
ml
Junction Box
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Junction
Box.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Junction
Box_Name.xml
Switchgear
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Switchgear.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Switchgear_Na
me.xml
Motor
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Motor.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Motor_Name-El
evation.xml
Small Motors
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Small
Motors.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Small
Motor_Name-Elevatio
n.xml
Bus
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Bus.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Bus_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Process
Equipment
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Equipment_Na
me.xml
Road
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Road_Name.xm
l
Transformer
Component
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Transformer
Component.xml
Cabling
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cabling.xml
Conduit
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Conduit.xml
Members
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Foundation
Electrical Raceway
Dimension Rule
481

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Pedestal
Plan_Reference.xml
Railroad
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Sump
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Reference.xml
Cable Tray
Components
Electrical Raceway
Plan_Cable Tray
Components.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Example
482

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name from the model and the elevation of the
tray. For an example, see the above graphic.
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan View Style

Name: SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan
Description: Plan views that focus on cable tray objects and include background marine
structure.
View Rule: None
483

Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Line
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel, vertical
SM_
ElectricalCableTray_
Plan_GridLine
SM_
ElectricalCable
Tray_Plan_
GridLineX_Name
SM_Electrical_Plan_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_
Plan_GridLine
SM_
ElectricalCable
Tray_Plan_
GridLineY_Name
SM_Electrical_Plan_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
Equipment
andFurnishing
SM_
Plan_Equipment
Cableway
SM_
Plan_Instrumentation
Cableway
SM_
Plan_Others
Cableway
SM_
Plan_Power
Cableway
Parts
Parallel, vertical
SM_
Plan_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Plan_
CableTray_Horizontal
Cableway
Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_
Plan_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Plan_
CableTray_Vertical
Cableway
Parts
484
Clipping
SM_
Plan_Invisible
SM_
ElectricalCable
Tray_Plan_
LineNumberBOT_
LongestSegment
Cableway
Parts
Normal
SM_
Plan_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Plan_
Cableway
Parts
Normal
SM_
Plan_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Plan_
CableTray_Vertical

SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section View Style
Name: SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section
Description: Section views that focus on cable tray objects and include background marine
structure.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_
Section_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_
Section_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_
Section_Deck
All Root
Profile
Systems
SM_
Section_Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_
Section_Equipment
Cableway
SM_
Section_Instrumentatio
n
Cableway
SM_
Section_Others
Cableway
SM_
Section_Power
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Cableway
Parts
Parallel,
vertical
SM_
Section_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Section_
Cableway
Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_
Section_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Section_
CableTray_Vertical
485

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Cableway
Parts
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
SM_
Plan_Invisible
SM_
ElectricalCable
Tray_Section_
LineNumber_
LongestSegment
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation View Style

Name: SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation
Description: Elevation views that focus on cable tray objects and include background marine
structure.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: NorthArrow
486
Filter
Orientation
Grid Plane
Elevation
Parallel,
horizontal
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_
Elevation_GridLine
SM_
Elevation_
GridPlane_Name
SM_
Electrical_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Hull_BHD_
long_root
SM_
Elevation_BHD
Hull_BHD_
trans_root
SM_
Elevation_BHD
Hull_DECK_
root
SM_
Elevation_Deck
Hull_profile_
root
SM_
Elevation_Profiles
Equipment and
Furnishing
SM_
Elevation_Equipment
CableWay_
Instrumentation
SM_
Elevation_
Instrumentation
CableWay_
Others
SM_
Elevation_Others

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Cableway
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_
Elevation_Power
Cableway Parts
Parallel,
vertical
SM_
Elevation_Invisible
Cableway Parts
Parallel,
SM_
Elevation_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Elevation
_CableTray_Vertical
SM_
Elevation_Invisible
SM_Electrical_Elevation
_CableTray_Vertical
horizontal
Cableway Parts
Cableway
SM_
Name_Elevation_
None_JL
SM_Lighting_Plan View Style

Name: SM_Lighting_Plan
Description: Plan views that focus on lighting objects and include background marine structure.
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Profiles
Beam and
Profile Edge
Reinforcement
Root Systems
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
SM_Lighting_Plan_
GridLine
SM_Lighting_Plan_ SM_Lighting_Plan_Grid_
GridLineX_Name
Anchor_Horizontal
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Lighting_Plan_
GridLine
SM_Lighting_Plan_ SM_Lighting_Plan_Grid_
GridLineY_Name
Anchor_Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Lighting_Plan_BH
D
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Lighting_Plan_BH
D
487

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Lighting_Plan_Dec
k
Equipment
Except
Lighting
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Equipment
Junction Box
SM_Lighting_Plan_
JunctionBox
Junction Box
Fluorescent
Light
Lighting
Fixtures
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Name
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Description
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Fluorescent
Fluorescent
Light
Lighting
Fixtures
Label Rule
(.xml)
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Name_Vert
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Description_
Vert
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Flushmount
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Name
SM_Lighting_Plan_
Light_Description
Equipment View Styles

Topics
Equipment Elevation View Style .................................................... 488
Equipment Isometric View Style .................................................... 497
Equipment Key Plan View Style .................................................... 502
Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style ........................................ 503
Equipment Plan View Style............................................................ 506
Equipment Section View Style ....................................................... 515
SM_Equipment_Plan View Style ................................................... 518
SM_Equipment_Section View Style .............................................. 519
SM_HVAC_Elevation View Style ................................................... 520
Equipment Elevation View Style

Name: Equipment Elevation
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on equipment objects
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
488

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Equipment
xml
Equipment
(see
"Equipment in
Equipment
Elevation
View Styles"
on page 493)
Equipment
Elevation_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Process
Equipment_North-East
Coordinate.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Elevation_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_
Name.xml
Grid Plan
Elevation
Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Plan_Name.xml
Grid Line
Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Equipment
xml
Handrails
Equipment
xml
Stairs
Equipment
Ladders
Equipment
l
Footings
Equipment
xml
Dimension Rule
Equipment
hor_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Elevation_Eqiupment_H
orizontal.xml
489

Example
490

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
the above graphic.
Grid Lines in Equipment Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
491

Label Rule
Graphic Rule
Dimension Rule
492

Equipment in Equipment Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of equipment in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled with a name label and a north-east coordinate label. The
name label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless there is an object already in the
center, or if there is not sufficient white space for the label. If the label cannot be placed on the
center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader. The coordinate label is placed on the
object origin, unless there is insufficient space, in which case it will find the necessary white
space. See the above graphic for an example of the labels.
493

Dimension Rule
Horizontal dimensions are placed on each equipment object. The point of dimensioning is the
object origin. Nearby columns are also dimensioned with the equipment objects.
Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
494

Graphic Rule
495

Graphic Rule
496

Footings in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing in an elevation drawing.
Equipment Isometric View Style

Name: Equipment Isometric
Description: Drawing layout designed for isometric views that focuses on Equipment objects
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Equipment
Isometric_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Isometric_Equipment
_Name.xml
Members
Equipment
Isometric_Reference.
xml
Equipment
Foundations
Equipment
xml
Footings
Equipment
xml
Dimension Rule
497

Example
498

Graphic Rule
drawing.
Equipment in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an Equipment component in an isometric
drawing.
499

Label Rule
example below, the label is placed inside the object without a leader.
Graphic Rule
500

Members in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of members in an isometric drawing.
501

Equipment Key Plan View Style
Name: Equipment Key Plan
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Equipment Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Equipment Key
Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Equipment Key
Plan_Volume_Name.x
ml
Example
502

Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style
Name: Equipment Overall Key Plan
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan Volumes
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Volumes.xml
Slabs
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Equipment Overall
Key
Plan_Volume_Name.
xml
503

Example
Graphic Rule
504

Label Rule
example.
Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
505

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
Equipment Plan View Style

Name: Equipment Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on Equipment objects and
View Rule: None
506
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Ho
rizontal.xml
Columns
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Ve
rtical.xml
Columns
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Horizontal.
xml
Columns
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Plan_Columns_Vertical.xm
l
Equipment
(see
"Equipment in
Equipment
View Styles"
on page 511)
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equpment.xml
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equipment_North-Eas
t Coordinate.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Plan_Equipment_Na
me.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment_Vertical.xml
Control Point
Mechanical
Equipment
Equipment
Plan_Control Point
Mechanical
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Plan_Control Point
Mechanical
Equipment_North-Eas
t Coordinate.xml
Control Point
Structure
Equipment
Plan_Control Point
Structure.xml
Equipment
Plan_Control Point
Coordinate.xml
Beams
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Footings
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Ladders
Equipment
Plan_Ladders.xml
Hose Rack
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Lighting
Fixtures
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Trench
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
507

Filter
Orientation
Panels and
Cabinets
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Plan_Reference.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Equipment Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Equipment Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name.xml
Stairs
Dimension Rule
Equipment
Plan_Stairs.xml
Example
508

Detailed View
Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
509

Dimension Rule
510

Control Points in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a control point in a drawing.
Label Rule
Each control point is resymbolized and labeled with its name from the model.
Equipment in Equipment View Styles
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Every piece of equipment is labeled with a name label and a north-east coordinate label. The
name label is placed in the center of the equipment, unless there is an object already in the
511

center, or if there is not sufficient white space for the label. If the label cannot be placed on the
center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader. The coordinate label is placed on the
object origin, unless there is insufficient space, in which case it will find the necessary white
space. See the above graphic for an example of the labels.
Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed on the equipment components. The point of
dimensioning is the object origin.
Footings in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of footings in a drawing.
512

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
Hose Racks in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a hose rack in a plan drawing.
513

Graphic Rule
Lighting Fixtures in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a lighting fixture in a plan drawing.
Panels and Cabinets in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of Panels and Cabinets in a plan drawing.
514

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
Equipment Section View Style

Name: Equipment Section
Description: Drawing layout designed for section views that focuses on Equipment objects and
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
515
Filters
516
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Equipment
Section_Columns_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
(see
"Equipment in
Equipment
Elevation
View Styles"
on page 493)
Equipment
Section_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Section_Equipment_H
Section_Process
Equipment_North-Easy orizontal.xml
Coordinate.xml
Equipment
Equipment
Section_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Section_Equipment_N
ame.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Equipment
Section_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment
Section_Grid
Plan_Name.xml
Grid Line
Equipment
Section_Grid
Line.xml
Equipment
Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
Equipment
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Equipment
Section_Ladders.xml
Footings
Equipment
Section_Reference.x
ml

Example
517

SM_Equipment_Plan View Style
Name: SM_Equipment_Plan
Description: Plan views that focus on equipment objects and include background marine
structure.
View Rule: None
Matchline: Matchline_Dimension_Anchor.xml
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Line
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel, vertical
SM_HVAC_Equipment
_
GridLine
SM_Equipment_
Plan_
GridLineX_Name
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_HVAC_Equipment
_
GridLine
SM_Equipment_
Plan_
GridLineY_Name
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
SM_Equipment_
Plan_Equipment_
Name
SM_Equipment_Plan_\
Equipment_Horizontal
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_Plan_
BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_Plan_
BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Deck
Beam and
Profile Edge
Reinforcement
Root Systems
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Equipment_
Plan_Equipment
Equipment
and
Furnishing
518
SM_Equipment_Plan_\
Equipment_Vertical
Ladders
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_Equipment_Plan_
Stairs

SM_Equipment_Section View Style
Name: SM_Equipment_Section
Description: Section views that focus on equipment objects and include background marine
structure.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
Orientation
Grid Plane
Grid Plane
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel,
pointing left
SM_Equipment_
Section_GridLine
SM_Equipment_
Section_
GridPlane_Name
SM_Equipment_
Section_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
pointing down
SM_Equipment_
Section_GridLine
SM_Equipment_
Section_
GridPlane_Name
SM_Equipment_
Section_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_
Section_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_
Section_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Equipment_
Section_Deck
All Root
Profile
Systems
SM_Equipment_
Section_Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Equipment_
Section_Equipment
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Equipment_
SM_Equipment_
Section_Equipment_ Section_Equipment_
Name
Horizontal
SM_Equipment_
Section_Equipment_
Vertical
Ladders
SM_Equipment_
Section_Ladders
Stairs
SM_Equipment_
Section_Stairs
519
SM_HVAC_Elevation View Style

Name: SM_HVAC_Elevation
Description: Elevation views that focus on HVAC objects and include background marine
structure
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Plane
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Normal
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
GridLineX_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
Horizontal
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
GridPlane_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Run_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Duct_Horizontal
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_HVAC_
Elevation_BHD
Root Transverse
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_HVAC_
Root Deck Plate

Systems
SM_HVAC_
All Root Profile

Systems
SM_HVAC_
Ladders
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
Stairs
HVAC
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
HVAC
HVAC Runs
Elevation_BHD
Elevation_Deck
Elevation_Profiles
HVAC Runs
Ducts
520
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Duct_Vertical
SM_HVAC_
LinearDuct_
CrossSectionSize
HngSup View Styles

Topics
HngSup - Cad Details View Style .................................................. 521
HngSup - End View Style .............................................................. 521
HngSup - End Style2 View Style ................................................... 523
HngSup - ISO View Style............................................................... 524
HngSup - Key Plan View Style ...................................................... 525
HngSup - Side View Style.............................................................. 525
HngSup - Side Style2 View Style .................................................. 526
HngSup - Cad Details View Style

Name: HngSup - Cad Details
Description: Drawing layout designed to contain CAD details of support assemblies.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Control Point
CAD Detail
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HngSup - CAD Detail
HngSup Cad
Details_Cad Detail
Dimension Rule
HngSup - End View Style

Name: HngSup - End
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on hangers and supports and
Intersection Edges: High Resolution
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
521

Filter
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Structure
HngSup End_Structure
Reference.xml
Control Point
Structure
HngSup End_Control
Point Structure.xml
Piping
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
Piping Parts
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
Support
Components
HngSup
End_Components
Blue.xml
Pipes
Normal
Conduit
Parts
522
Clipping
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
HngSup End_Control
Point
Coordinate.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.xm
l
HngSup End_Pipe
End.xml
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.xm
l
Conduit
Parts
Normal
HngSup End_Conduit
End.xml
HVAC Parts
Normal
HngSup End_SQ
HVAC End.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.xm
l
Cableway
Parts
Normal
HngSup
End_CableTray
End.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.xm
l
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly Horizontal.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly Vertical.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HngSup
End_KeyPlan_Coordin
ate Label (on page
814)
Control Point
Elevation
Callout
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HngSup
End_Elevation_Label.x
ml
Weld
Component
HngSup End_Weld
Red.xml
HngSup End_Weld.xml
Control point
Ad Hoc Note
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HngSup
End_AdHoc_Label.xml

HngSup - End Style2 View Style
Name: HngSup - End Style2
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on hangers and supports and
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Hangers and
Supports
Supporting
Objects
HngSup
End_Structure
Reference.xml
Control Point
Structure
HngSup End_Control
Point Structure.xml
Piping
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
Piping Parts
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
Support
Components
HngSup
End_Components
Blue.xml
Pipes
Normal
Conduit Parts
Label Rule
HngSup
End_Control Point
Structure_North-Eas
t.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.
xml
HngSup End_Pipe
End.xml
HngSup End_Piping
Reference.xml
HgrSup_Pipes_Horiz
ontal.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.
xml
Conduit Parts
Normal
HngSup End_Conduit
End.xml
HVAC Parts
Normal
HngSup End_SQ
HVAC End.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.
xml
Cableway Parts Normal
HngSup
End_CableTray
End.xml
HngSup
End_Diamond_M_L.
xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
Dimension Rule
HgrSup
End_Support
Assembly Horizontal
Style2.xml
523

Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Assembly Vertical
Style2.xml
Support
Dimension
Points
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Dimension Points
Horizontal
Style2.xml
Support
Dimension
Points
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Dimension Points
Vertical Style2.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal.
xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup End_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup
End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical.x
ml
Control Point
Elevation
Callout
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HngSup
End_Elevation_Labe
l.xml
Weld
Component
HngSup End_Weld
Blue.xml
HngSup
End_Weld.xml
Control Point
Ad Hoc Note
HngSup
End_Transparent.xml
HngSup
End_AdHoc_Label.x
ml
Support and
Hanger
Structure
HngSup
End_Components
Blue.xml
HngSup - ISO View Style

Name: HngSup - ISO
Description: Drawing layout designed for isometric views that focuses on hangers and supports
and also includes other objects important to the discipline.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
524

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Support
Components
HngSup
ISO_Components
Blue.xml
HngSup
ISO_Reference_Circle_
CA_L.xml
Fabrication
Note
HngSup
ISO_Components
Blue.xml
HngSup ISO_Note.xml
Standard
Component
HngSup
ISO_Components
Blue.xml
Structure
HngSup
ISO_Structure.xml
Dimension Rule
HngSup - Key Plan View Style

Name: HngSup - Key Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed to contain hanger key plan location of hanger support
assemblies.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Support
Assembly
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HngSup - Key Plan
HngSup - Key Plan

Label (on page 815)
Dimension Rule
HngSup - Side View Style

Name: HngSup - Side
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on hangers and supports
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
525

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Structure
HngSup
Side_Structure.xml
HngSup
Side_Reference_Circle
_CA_L.xml
Control Point
Structure
HngSup Side_Control
Point Structure.xml
HngSup Side_Control
Point
Coordinate.xml
Piping
HngSup Side_Piping
Reference.xml
Support
Components
HngSup
Side_Components
Blue.xml
Support
Assembly
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly Horizontal.xml
Support
Assembly
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup SIde_Support
Assembly Vertical.xml
Weld
Component
HngSup Side_Weld
Red.xml
HngSup
Side_Weld.xml
HngSup - Side Style2 View Style

Name: HngSup - Side Style2
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on hangers and supports
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
526
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Hangers and
Supports
Supporting
Objects
HngSup
Side_Structure
Reference.xml
HngSup
Side_Reference_Circle
_CA_L.xml
Control Point
Structure
HngSup Side_Control
Point Structure.xml
HngSup Side_Control
Point
Coordinate.xml
Piping
HngSup Side_Piping
Reference.xml
Piping Parts
HngSup Side_Piping
Reference.xml
Dimension Rule

Support
Components
Pipes
HngSup
Side_Components
Blue.xml
Normal
Conduit
Parts
HngSup Side_Pipe
End.xml
HgrSup_Pipes_Horizo
ntal.xml
HngSup Side_Piping
Reference.xml
Conduit
Parts
Normal
HngSup Side_Conduit
End.xml
HVAC Parts
Normal
HngSup Side_SQ
HVAC End.xml
Cableway
Parts
Normal
HngSup
Side_CableTray
End.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly Horizontal
Style2.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly Vertical
Style2.xml
Support
Dimension
Points
HngSup
Side_Transparent.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Dimension Points
Horizontal Style2.xml
Support
Dimension
Points
HngSup
Side_Transparent.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Dimension Points
Vertical Style2.xml
Support
Assembly
HngSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal.x
ml
Support
Assembly
HngSup Side_Support
Assembly.xml
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical.xml
Weld
Component
HngSup Side_Weld
Blue.xml
Support and
Hanger
Structure
HngSup
Side_Components
Blue.xml
527
HVAC View Styles

Topics
HVAC Elevation View Style ........................................................... 528
HVAC Isometric View Style ........................................................... 529
HVAC Key Plan View Style............................................................ 530
HVAC Overall Key Plan View Style ............................................... 531
HVAC Plan View Style ................................................................... 537
HVAC Section View Style .............................................................. 546
SM_HVAC_Plan View Style .......................................................... 548
SM_HVAC_Section View Style ..................................................... 549
SM_HVAC_Elevation View Style ................................................... 550
HVAC Elevation View Style

Name: HVAC Elevation
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on HVAC objects and
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
HVAC
Elevation_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
zontal.xml
Columns
HVAC
ml
HVAC
hor_Horizontal.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Longest
Segment.xml
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Clipped.xml
HVAC
Elevation_Linear Duct
Cross Section
Size.xml
HVAC Parts
528
Clipping
Clipped
Ducts
Parallel
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
Ducts
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Vertica
l.xml

Filter
Orientation
Ducts
Parallel,
vertical
Clipping
HVAC
Components
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
Dimension Rule
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Horizo
ntal.xml
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
ntal.xml
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
vertical
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
l.xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
ntal.xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Elevation_HVAC.xml
HVAC
l.xml
Duct Supports
HVAC Elevation_Duct
Supports.xml
HVAC Elevation_Pipe
Support_Name.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
HVAC Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
HVAC
ml
Handrails
HVAC
ml
Stairs
HVAC
Ladders
HVAC
Elevation_Ladders.xml
HVAC Elevation_Grid
ml
HVAC Isometric View Style

Name: HVAC Isometric
Description: Drawing layout designed for isometric views that focuses on HVAC objects and
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
529

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Isometric_HVAC
Parts.xml
Ducts
HVAC
Isometric_Ducts.xml
HVAC Isometric_Linear
Duct Cross Section
Size.xml
HVAC Runs
HVAC
Isometric_Ducts.xml
HVAC
Isometric_Run_Name.x
ml
Duct
Supports
HVAC Isometric_Duct HVAC Isometric_Pipe

Supports.xml
Support_Name.xml
Members
HVAC
xml
Footings
HVAC
Isometric_Footings.x
ml
Ladders
HVAC
Isometric_Ladder.xml
Handrails
HVAC
xml
Stairs
HVAC
Isometric_Stairs.xml
Dimension Rule
HVAC Key Plan View Style

Name: HVAC Key Plan
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
530
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid Systems
HVAC Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
HVAC Key Plan

Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
HVAC Key
Plan_Focus_Name.xml

Example
HVAC Overall Key Plan View Style

Name: HVAC Overall Key Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for a key plan view that focuses on volumes and
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
HVAC Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
HVAC Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
HVAC Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Slabs
HVAC Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
HVAC Overall Key

Plan_Equipment.xml
HVAC Plan
Volumes
HVAC Overall Key

Plan_Volumes.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
HVAC Overall Key

Plan_Volume_Name.x
ml
531

Example
Graphic Rule
532

Label Rule
example.
Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
533

Graphic Rule

534
Parts filters.
Examples
a 2 inch diameter.
535

See Also
536

HVAC Plan View Style
Name: HVAC Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on HVAC objects and
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Columns
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
.xml
Columns
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_LineNumber_
Longest
Segment.xml
HVAC
Plan_Normal
Duct.xml
HVAC
Plan_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
HVAC Plan_Linear
Duct Cross Section
Size.xml
HVAC Parts
Normal
Clipped
Ducts
Parallel
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
Ducts
Parallel, vertical
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_Ducts_Horizontal.
xml
Ducts
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Plan_Ducts_Vertical.x
ml
HVAC
Components
HVAC
Components
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
Parallel, vertical
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
xml
537

Filter
Orientation
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
ml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Plan_HVAC.xml
HVAC
ml
Duct Supports
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HVAC Plan_Duct
Supports.xml
HVAC Plan_Pipe
Support_Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
HVAC Plan_Grid
Line.xml
HVAC Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC Plan_Grid
Line.xml
HVAC Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name.xml
Beams
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
HVAC
Plan_Reference.x
ml
Dimension Rule
Graphic Rule
Dimension Rule
538

Ducts in HVAC View Styles (Parallel Orientation)
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a Duct with a parallel orientation in a
drawing.
539

Label Rule
Each duct is labeled with the cross section size from the model.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical ducts with Parallel orientations (horizontal and vertical) are dimensioned
to each other. The dimensions are placed in white space on each side of the drawing. Horizontal
ducts are dimensioned vertically, and vertical ducts are dimensioned horizontally. When the
drawing updates, the duct dimensions also dimension to nearby columns, since the columns are
anchored.
540

Ducts in HVAC View Styles (Normal Orientation
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of Ducts with a Normal orientation in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
Ducts that are Normal orientation are dimensioned with the parallel ducts and anchored
columns.
HVAC Components in HVAC View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of HVAC Components in a drawing.
Dimension Rule
The HVAC Components use the same dimension rules as the ducts.
541

HVAC Parts in HVAC View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of HVAC parts in a drawing.
Label Rule
The longest segment of each HVAC run is labeled. If a HVAC part is clipped, it is labeled with a
leader. None of the HVAC components are labeled. For example, surface mounted and in-line
components are not labeled.
542

Handrails in Plan Drawings
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of handrails in a plan drawing.
Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
543
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
X-axis grids
544
Y-axis grids

Clipping HVAC and Electrical Objects
HVAC and Cable Tray objects that are clipped by a volume are labeled differently than similar
objects that appear inside the volume. Depending on the direction of the HVAC or Cable Tray
objects and the Look Direction of the view, the objects are either labeled on the outside of the
view with a leader, or it is resymbolized. Clipped ducts and cable trays that run perpendicular to
the look direction are resymbolized.
Front
545

Clipped
HVAC Section View Style

Name: HVAC Section
Description: Drawing layout designed for section views that focuses on HVAC objects and
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
546
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
HVAC
Section_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
ontal.xml
Columns
HVAC
Section_Reference.x
ml
HVAC
or_Horizontal.xml

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC Parts
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_LineNumber_L
ongest Segment.xml
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
HVAC Section_Linear
Duct Cross Section
Size.xml
HVAC Parts
Clipped
Dimension Rule
Ducts
Parallel
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
Ducts
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Vertical.
xml
Ducts
Parallel,
vertical
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Horizont
al
HVAC
Components
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
horizontal
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
al.xml
HVAC
Components
Parallel,
vertical
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
al.xml
Ducts
Normal
HVAC
Section_HVAC.xml
HVAC
xml
Duct
Supports
HVAC Section_Duct
Supports.xml
HVAC Section_Pipe
Support_Name.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
HVAC Section_Grid
Plane.xml
HVAC Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
HVAC Section_Grid
Line.xml
HVAC Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
HVAC
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
HVAC
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
HVAC
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
HVAC
Section_Ladders.xml
HVAC Section_Grid
ml
547

SM_HVAC_Plan View Style
Name: SM_HVAC_Plan
Description: Plan views that focus on HVAC objects and include background marine structure.
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Line
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel, vertical
SM_HVAC_Plan_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Plan_
GridLineX_Name
SM_HVAC_Plan_Grid_
Anchor_Horizontal
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_HVAC_Plan_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Plan_
GridLineY_Name
SM_HVAC_Plan_Grid_
Anchor_Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_Plan_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_Plan_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_Plan_Deck
Beam and
Profile Edge
Reinforcement
Root Systems
SM_HVAC_Plan_
Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_HVAC_Plan_Equi
pment
Ladders
SM_HVAC_Plan_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_HVAC_Plan_
Stairs
HVAC
SM_HVAC_Plan_
HVAC
HVAC Runs
SM_HVAC_Plan_
Run_Name
Ducts
Ducts
548
SM_HVAC_Plan_Duct_
Horizontal
SM_HVAC_
LinearDuct_
CrossSectionSize
SM_HVAC_Plan_Duct_
Vertical
SM_HVAC_Section View Style

Name: SM_HVAC_Section
Description: Section views that focus on HVAC objects and include background marine
structure.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Plane
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Normal
SM_HVAC_Section_
GridLines
SM_HVAC_Section_ SM_HVAC_Section_
GridLineX_Name
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
Horizontal
SM_HVAC_Section_
GridLines
GridPlane_Name
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_
Section_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_
Section_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_HVAC_Section_
Deck
All Root
Profile
Systems
SM_HVAC_Section_
Profiles
Ladders
SM_HVAC_Section_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_HVAC_Section_
Stairs
HVAC
SM_HVAC_Section_
HVAC
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
HVAC Runs
Run_Name
Duct_Horizontal
HVAC Runs
SM_HVAC_Section_
Duct_Vertical
Ducts
SM_HVAC_
LinearDuct_
CrossSectionSize
549
SM_HVAC_Elevation View Style

Name: SM_HVAC_Elevation
Description: Elevation views that focus on HVAC objects and include background marine
structure
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Plane
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Normal
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
GridLineX_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Horizontal
Parallel,
Horizontal
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
GridLine
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
GridPlane_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Grid_Anchor_
Vertical
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Run_Name
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Duct_Horizontal
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_HVAC_
Elevation_BHD
Root Transverse
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_HVAC_
Root Deck Plate

Systems
SM_HVAC_
All Root Profile

Systems
SM_HVAC_
Ladders
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
Ladders
Stairs
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
Stairs
HVAC
SM_HVAC_Elevation
_
HVAC
HVAC Runs
Elevation_BHD
Elevation_Deck
Elevation_Profiles
HVAC Runs
Ducts
550
SM_HVAC_Elevation_
Duct_Vertical
SM_HVAC_
LinearDuct_
CrossSectionSize
Instrument View Styles

Topics
Instrument Elevation View Style .................................................... 551
Instrument Isometric View Style .................................................... 567
Instrument Key Plan View Style .................................................... 573
Instrument Overall Key Plan View Style ........................................ 574
Instrument Plan View Style ............................................................ 578
Instrument Section View Style ....................................................... 596
Instrument Elevation View Style

Name: Instrument Elevation
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on equipment objects
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Instrument
Elevation_Reference
.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Columns_Ho
rizontal.xml
Columns
Instrument
Elevation_Reference
.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Columns_An
chor_Horizontal.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Elevation_Instrumen
ts.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Elevation_Instrumen
ts.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_
Vertical.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Elevation_Instrumen
ts.xml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Elevation_Instrumen
ts.xml
Instrument
Anchor_Horizontal.xml
Piping Parts
Instrument
Elevation_Piping.xml
Pipe Supports
Instrument
Elevation_Pipe
Instrument
Elevation_Piping
Instruments_Name.x
ml
Instrument
Horizontal.xml
551

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Supports.xml
552
Equipment
Instrument
Instrument
Elevation_Equipmen Elevation_Equipment
t.xml
_Name.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Instrument
Elevation_Reference
.xml
Stairs
Instrument
Elevation_Stair.xml
Ladders
Instrument
Elevation_Ladder.x
ml
Handrails
Instrument
Elevation_Reference
.xml
Front
Instrument
Elevation_Grid
ml
Pipes
Normal
Cable Trays
Normal
Instrument
Elevation_CableTray
.xml
Instrument
Cable Trays
Normal
Instrument
Elevation_CableTray
.xml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel, vertical
Instrument
Elevation_CableTray
.xml
Instrument
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Elevation_CableTray
.xml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Conduits
Normal
Instrument
Elevation_Normal
Conduit.xml
Instrument
Conduits
Normal
Instrument
Elevation_Normal
Conduit.xml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Conduits
Parallel, vertical
Instrument
Elevation_Conduit_S
ingleLine.xml
Instrument
Conduits
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Elevation_Conduit_S
ingleLine.xml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Front
Instrument
Elevation_Normal
Pipe.xml

Example
553

Cable Trays in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cable trays in an elevation view.
554

Dimension Rule
Horizontal cable trays are dimensioned with vertical dimensions, while vertical cable trays are
dimensioned with horizontal dimensions. Cable trays are only dimensioned as anchors, which
objects. If a cable tray is not close enough to a group of dimensioned objects in a particular
quadrant, it is not dimensioned.
555

Conduits in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a conduit in an elevation view.
556

Dimension Rule
Horizontal conduits are dimensioned with vertical dimensioned, while vertical conduits are
dimensioned with horizontal dimensions. Conduits are only dimensioned as anchors, which
objects. If a conduit is not close enough to a group of dimensioned objects in a particular
quadrant, it is not dimensioned.
557

Pipe Supports in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe supports in an elevation view.
Piping Instruments in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping instruments in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Every piping instrument is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. If there is not
enough white space for the label, it is placed offset from the piping instrument with a jogged
leader. For an example of the label rule, see the above graphic.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical dimensions are placed on all piping instruments. Piping instruments are
also dimensioned as anchors, which means they are dimensioned to other nearby objects. If a
558

piping instrument is not close enough to a group of dimensioned objects in a particular quadrant,
it is not dimensioned to that group of objects.
559

Piping Parts in Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in an elevation view.
Graphic Rule
560

Dimension Rule
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an equipment piece in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
label cannot be placed on the center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader.
561

Dimension Rule
Dimensions all columns, pipes, and grid lines. Equipment parts are only dimensioned as
anchors, which means they are only dimensioned when they are in close proximity to a group of
dimensioned objects. If an equipment part is not close enough to a group of dimensioned
objects in a particular quadrant, it is not dimensioned.
562

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
the above graphic.
Graphic Rule
563

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
564

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
565

Conduit Clipping in View Styles
Graphic Rule
Conduits that are clipped by a volume are labeled differently than other conduits that appear
inside the volume. Clipped conduit features that are directly parallel to the look direction are
resymbolized.
Graphic Rule
566

Instrument Isometric View Style
Name: Instrument Isometric
Description: Drawing layout designed for isometric views that focuses on Instruments and
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Instrument
Isometric_Equipment.
xml
Instrument
Isometric_Equipment
_Name.xml
Piping Parts
Instrument
Isometric_Piping.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Pipe Supports
Instrument
Structure (see
"Structure in
Isometric View
Styles" on
page 570)
Instrument
xml
Cableway
Instrument
xml
Dimension Rule
Instrument
Isometric_Piping
Instruments_Name.x
ml
Example
567

Graphic Rule
drawing.
568

Label Rule
569

Structure in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of structure in an isometric view.
570

Piping Instruments in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping instruments in an isometric view.
Label Rule
Each piping instrument is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
Piping Parts in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in an isometric view.
571

Cableway in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableway in an isometric view.
Pipe Supports in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe supports in an isometric view.
572

Instrument Key Plan View Style
Name: Instrument Key Plan
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid Systems
Instrument Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan Focus

Element
Instrument Key Plan

Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Instrument Key
Plan_Focus_Name.x
ml
Example
573

Instrument Overall Key Plan View Style
Name: Instruments Overall Key Plan
View Rule: None
574
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Slabs
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Equipment.xml
Instrument Plan
Volumes
Instrument Overall
Key
Plan_Volumes.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Instrument Overall Key

Plan_Volume_Name.x
ml

Example
Graphic Rule
575

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
576

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
577

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
example.
Instrument Plan View Style

Name: Instrument Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on Instruments and includes
other objects that are important to the discipline.
View Rule: None
Filter
578
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Horizont
al.xml
Columns
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Vertical.
xml
Columns
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Instrument
Plan_Columns_Anchor_
Horizontal.xml

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Columns
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping Parts
Instrument
Plan_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Label Rule
Instrument
Vertical.xml
Instrument
Plan_Normal Pipe.xml
Pipe Supports
Instrument
Plan_Piping.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Equipment
Instrument
Plan_Equipment.xml
Instrument
Plan_Equipment_Na
me.xml
Instrument
Plan_Piping
Instruments_Name.x
ml
Instrument
Plan_Instruments_Horiz
ontal.xml
Instrument
Plan_Instruments_Vertic
al.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Line_Y Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Line.xml
Line_X Name.xml
Cableway Parts
Dimension Rule
Instrument
Plan_Cableways.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
vertical
Instrument
Plan_Cableways.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Plan_Cableways.xml
Conduit Parts
Instrument
Plan_Cable
Trays_Name-Elevatio
n-Width.xml
Instrument
ontal.xml
Instrument
al.xml
Instrument
Plan_Conduit.xml
Conduits
Parallel,
vertical
Instrument
Plan_Conduit_SingleLi
ne.xml
Instrument
ontal.xml
Conduits
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Plan_Conduit_SingleLi
ne.xml
Instrument
al.xml
Beams
Instrument
Plan_Reference.xml
Stairs
Instrument
Plan_Stair.xml
Ladders
Instrument
Plan_Ladder.xml
579

Example
Graphic Rule
Dimension Rule
580

581

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
582

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
583

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
equipment label.
584

Clipping in Piping View Styles
appear inside the volume. Depending on the direction of the pipe and the Look Direction of the
view, a pipe is either labeled on the outside of the view with a leader, or it is resymbolized.
Clipped pipes that run perpendicular to the look direction are labeled with a jogged leader
outside of the drawing volume. Clipped pipes that are directly parallel to the look direction are
resymbolized.
Clipped
Example of clipping labels fanning out to find white space:
585

Front

586

Parts filters.
Examples
a 2 inch diameter.
587

See Also
588

Graphic Rule
589

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Each cable tray is labeled with the corresponding name and elevation value from the model.
See the above graphic for an example.
590

Dimension Rule
on horizontal cable trays. The cable trays are dimensioned to nearby columns. See the above
appear inside the volume. Clipped pipes that are directly parallel to the look direction are
resymbolized.
Cableway Parts in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of cableway parts in a plan view.
591

Conduit Parts in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of conduit parts in a plan view.
Conduits in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of conduits in a plan view. Conduit straight
features are resymbolized as a solid line.
592

Dimension Rule
Horizontal dimensions are placed on vertical conduit features, while vertical dimensions are
placed on horizontal conduit features. Conduits are dimensioned with piping instruments, cable
trays, and columns.
593

Pipe Supports in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe supports in a plan view.
Pipes in Plan View Styles (Normal Orientation)
Graphic Rule
Pipes with a Normal orientation are included in the view and are resymbolized.
594

Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping instruments in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each piping instrument is labeled with the corresponding name from the model.
Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed on piping instruments. Piping instruments are also
dimensioned with columns, cable trays, and conduits.
595

Piping Parts in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in a plan view.
Instrument Section View Style

Name: Instrument Section
Description: Drawing layout designed for section views that focuses on equipment objects and
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
596
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Instrument
Section_Reference.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Columns_Ho
rizontal.xml
Columns
Instrument
Section_Reference.x
ml
Instrument
Section_Columns_An
chor_Horizontal.xml

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Instrument
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x Section_Piping
Section_Instruments_
ml
Instruments_Name.xml Horizontal.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x
ml
Instrument
Vertical.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
ml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Piping
Instruments
Instrument
ml
Instrument
Anchor_Horizontal.xm
l
Piping Parts
Instrument
ml
Pipe Supports
Instrument
ml
Equipment
Instrument
Instrument
Section_Instruments.x Section_Equipment_N
ml
ame.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Instrument
Instrument
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Instrument
Instrument
Line_TOS.xml
Beams
Instrument
Section_Reference.x
ml
Stairs
Instrument
Section_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Instrument
Section_Ladder.xml
Handrails
Instrument
Section_Reference.x
ml
Front
Instrument
Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical.
xml
Pipes
Normal
Cable Trays
Normal
Instrument
Section_CableTray.x
ml
Instrument
l
Cable Trays
Normal
Instrument
Section_CableTray.x
ml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Cable Trays
Parallel, vertical
Instrument
Section_CableTray.x
ml
Instrument
Instrument
Section_Normal
Pipe.xml
597

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
l
598
Cable Trays
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Section_CableTray.x
ml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Conduits
Normal
Instrument
Section_Normal
Conduit.xml
Instrument
l
Conduits
Normal
Instrument
Section_Normal
Conduit.xml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Conduits
Parallel, vertical
Instrument
Section_Conduit_Sing
leLine.xml
Instrument
l
Conduits
Parallel,
horizontal
Instrument
Section_Conduit_Sing
leLine.xml
Instrument
Anchor_Vertical.xml
Front

Example
Nozzle View Styles

Name: Nozzle Orientation Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focus on nozzle parts of equipment
objects.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
Equipment
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Equipment.xml
599

Beams
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Beams.xml
Stairs
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Stairs.xml
Handrails
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Handrail.xml
Ladders
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Ladders.xml
Slabs
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Slab.xml
Pipe Nozzle
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_NozzleLabel.xml
Pipe Nozzle
Normal,
toward you
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle_TOP_N
ame.xml
Pipe Nozzle
Normal, away
from you
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle_BTM_N
ame.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_Nozzle.xml
Nozzle Orientation
Plan_NozzleAngleLab
el.xml
Pipe Nozzle
600

Example
601

Pipe Nozzles in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipe nozzles in a plan view.
Label Rule
Each nozzle is labeled with the corresponding name from the model. The leader line is labeled
with the nozzle orientation angle. See the above graphic for an example.
Pipe Supports View Styles

Topics
Pipe Supports - Components View Style....................................... 603
Pipe Supports - Piping View Style ................................................. 603
Pipe Supports - Structure View Style ............................................ 604
602

Pipe Supports - Components View Style
Name: Pipe Supports - Components
Description: Drawing layout that focuses on support components.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Support
Components
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Pipe Supports Components_Comp

onents.xml
Pipe Supports Components_Referen

ce_Circle_CA_L.xml
Dimension Rule
Pipe Supports - Piping View Style

Name: Pipe Supports - Piping
Description: Drawing layout that focuses on piping supports and other objects that are
important to the discipline.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Structure
Pipe Supports Piping_Structure

Reference.xml
Control Point
Structure
Pipe Supports Piping_Control Point

Structure.xml
Pipe Supports Piping_Control Point

Coordinate.xml
Piping Parts
Pipe Supports Piping_Piping.xml
Pipe Supports Piping_Reference_Circ

le_CA_L.xml
Piping
Pipe Supports Piping_Piping.xml
Supports
Pipe Supports Piping_Components.x

ml
Dimension Rule
603
Pipe Supports - Structure View Style

Name: Pipe Supports - Structure
Description: Drawing layout that focuses on piping supports and other objects that are
important to the discipline.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
604
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Structure
Pipe Supports Structure_Structure.x

ml
Pipe Supports Structure_Reference_

Circle_CA_L.xml
Control Point
Structure
Pipe Supports Structure_Control

Point Structure.xml
Pipe Supports Structure_Control Point

Coordinate.xml
Piping
Pipe Supports Structure_Piping

Reference.xml
Supports
Pipe Supports Structure_Component

s.xml
Dimension Rule
Piping View Styles

Topics
Piping Elevation View Style ........................................................... 605
Piping Elevation Style2 View Style ................................................ 620
Piping Fire Protection Plan View Style .......................................... 622
Piping Isometric View Style ........................................................... 627
Piping Isometric Detail View Style ................................................. 633
Piping Isometric Key View Style .................................................... 634
Piping Key Plan View Style............................................................ 634
Piping Overall Key Plan View Style ............................................... 635
Piping Plan View Style ................................................................... 638
Piping Plan Style2 View Style ........................................................ 652
Piping Plan_M View Style .............................................................. 653
Piping Safety Shower Plan View Style .......................................... 656
Piping Section View Style .............................................................. 658
Piping Section Style2 View Style ................................................... 661
Piping Utility Station Plan View Style ............................................. 662
SM_Piping_Plan View Style .......................................................... 665
SM_Piping_Section View Style ..................................................... 666
SM_Piping_Elevation View Style ................................................... 667
Piping Elevation View Style

Name: Piping Elevation
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on Piping objects and
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Piping
xml
Piping
zontal.xml
Columns
Piping
xml
Piping
hor_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Piping
Piping
Elevation_Equipment. Elevation_Equipment_N
xml
ame.xml
Equipment
Piping
Elevation_Equipment.
xml
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_A
nchor_Horizontal.xml
605

Filter
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Piping Parts
Piping
Piping
Elevation_LineNumber_
Longest Segment.xml
Piping
Piping
Elevation_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Piping Parts
606
Clipping
Clipped
Dimension Rule
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_A
nchor_Vertical.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Piping
Piping
Elevation_Pipes_Horizo
ntal.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping
Piping
Elevation_Pipes_Vertica
l.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Piping
Elevation_Pipes_Horizo
ntal.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Piping
Elevation_Pipes_Vertica
lxml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Piping
Elevation_Normal
Pipe.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Piping Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Line.xml
Line_TOS.xml
Grid Line
Line.xml
Beams
Piping
xml
Handrails
Piping
xml
Ladders
Piping
l
Stairs
Piping
ml

Example
607

Graphic Rule
608

Graphic Rule
Dimension Rule
609

Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an equipment piece in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
label cannot be placed on the center of the object, it is placed with a jogged leader.
610

Dimension Rule
Dimensions all columns, pipes, and grid lines. Equipment parts are only dimensioned as
anchors, which means they are only dimensioned when they are in close proximity to a group of
dimensioned objects. If an equipment part is not close enough to a group of dimensioned
objects in a particular quadrant, it is not dimensioned.
611

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
612

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
the above graphic.
Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
613

Graphic Rule
614

Pipes in Piping Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipes in an elevation drawing. Elbows and
surface-mounted components are not included in the delivered Pipes filter.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical pipes are dimensioned to each other, as well as the piping parts and
other objects in the drawing. The dimensions are placed in white space on each side of the
drawing. Horizontal pipes are dimensioned vertically, and vertical pipes are dimensioned
horizontally. For example, see the above graphic.
615

Piping Parts in Piping Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in an elevation drawing.
Label Rule
The longest segment of each pipe run is labeled. If a pipe is clipped, it is labeled with a leader.
None of the piping components (except for the pipes) are labeled. For example, surface
mounted components and elbows are not labeled.
616

Graphic Rule
617

618
Parts filters.

Examples
a 2 inch diameter.
619

See Also
Piping Elevation Style2 View Style

Name: Piping Elevation Style2
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on Piping objects and
View Rule: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
620
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Piping
xml
Columns
Piping
xml
Equipment
Piping
Piping
Elevation_Equipment. Elevation_Equipment
_Name Style2.xml
xml
Dimension Rule

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
xml
Equipment
Piping
xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Piping Parts
Piping
Piping
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Longest
Segment.xml
Piping
Piping
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Clipped Style2.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Piping
Piping
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Style2.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping
Piping
Elevation_LineNumbe
r_Style2.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Pipes
Normal
Front
Piping
Elevation_Normal
Pipe.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Plane.xml
Plan_Name
Style2.xml
Grid Line
Line.xml
Line_TOS Style2.xml
Grid Line
Line.xml
Beams
Piping
xml
Handrails
Piping
xml
Ladders
Piping
l
Stairs
Piping
Dimension Rule
621

Piping Fire Protection Plan View Style
Name: Piping Fire Protection Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on Piping objects and
includes other objects that are important to the discipline. This view style focuses on objects
important to fire safety and includes no dimensions.
View Rule: None
Filter
622
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping Fire Protection

Plan_Equipment.xml

Plan_Equipment_Name.
xml
Ladders

Plan_Reference.xml
Beams

Plan_Reference.xml
Braces

Plan_Reference.xml
Columns

Plan_Reference.xml
Stairs

Plan_Reference.xml
Control Point
Structure

Plan_Reference.xml
Piping

Plan_Piping.xml
Trench

Plan_Reference.xml
Transformer

Plan_Reference.xml
Dimension Rule

Plan_Control Point
Coordinate.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical

Plan_Grid Line.xml

Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal

Plan_Grid Line.xml

Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml

Example
623

Piping in Drawing View Styles
Graphic Rule
624

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
625

Control Points in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a control point in a drawing.
Label Rule
Each control point is resymbolized and labeled with its name from the model.
Graphic Rule
626

Label Rule
equipment label.
Piping Isometric View Style

Name: Piping Isometric
Description: Drawing layout designed for isometric views that focuses on Piping objects and
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
Isometric_Equipment.xml
Piping
Isometric_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Isometric_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Isometric_Piping.xml
Members
Piping
Isometric_Members.xml
Equipment
Foundations
Piping
Isometric_Foundations.xml
Footings
Piping
Isometric_Foundations.xml
Dimension
Rule
Piping
Isometric_LineNumber_Lo
ngest Segment.xml
627
Example
628

Graphic Rule
drawing.
Graphic Rule
drawing.
629

Label Rule
630

Members in Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of members in an isometric drawing.
631

Piping Parts in Piping Isometric View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in an isometric drawing.
Label Rule
632

Graphic Rule
Piping Isometric Detail View Style

Name: Piping Isometric Detail
Description:
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping Isometric
Piping Isometric
Detail_Equipment.xml Detail_Equipment
Name.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Isometric
Detail_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
equal to or
less than 4in
NPD
Piping Isometric
Detail_Small
Pipe_SingleLine.xml
Piping Parts
equal to or
less than 4in
NPD-2
Piping Isometric
Detail_Small
Components.xml
Members
Piping Isometric
Detail_Members.xml
Equipment
Foundations
Piping Isometric
Detail_Foundations.x
ml
Footings
Piping Isometric
Detail_Foundations.x
ml
Dimension Rule
633

Piping Isometric Key View Style
Name: Piping Isometric Key
Description: Orthographic view style used with the Piping Isometric Key Plan view style.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
This view style is used exclusively with the Piping Isometric Key key plan view style.
For more information, see Key Plan View Styles (on page 697).
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Piping Isometric
Key_Members_Line.x
ml
Columns
Piping Isometric
Key_Members_Line.x
ml
Process
Vessel
Piping Isometric
Key_Process
Vessel.xml
KeyPlan
Focus
Element
Piping Isometric
Key_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Piping Isometric
Key_Focus_Name.xml
Piping Key Plan View Style

Name: Piping Key Plan
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
634
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid
Systems
Piping Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Piping Key Plan

Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Piping Key
Plan_Focus_Name.xml

Example
Piping Overall Key Plan View Style

Name: Piping Overall Key Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for a key plan view that focuses on volumes and
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Beams
Parallel
Piping Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
Parallel
Piping Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Piping Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Piping Overall Key

Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping Plan
Volumes
Piping Overall Key

Plan_Volumes.xml
Slabs
Piping Overall Key

Plan_Reference.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Piping Overall Key

635

Example
Graphic Rule
636

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
example.
Graphic Rule
637

Graphic Rule
Piping Plan View Style

Name: Piping Plan
View Rule: None
Filter
638
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
rizontal.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
rtical.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
l
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping Plan
Equipment
Name.xml
Piping
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_
Horizontal.xml

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Plan_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_
Longest
Segment.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Dimension Rule
Piping
Vertical.xml
Pipes
Parallel, vertical
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Horizontal.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping
Plan_Pipes_Vertical.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Pipes
Normal
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Front
Piping Plan_Normal
Pipe.xml
Beams
Piping
Plan_Beams.xml
Stairs
Piping Plan_Stairs.xml
Ladders
Piping
Plan_Ladders.xml
639

Example
640

Graphic Rule
641

Columns in Piping View Styles
Graphic Rule
Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed between each beam.
642

Equipment in Piping View Styles
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
equipment label.
643

Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed on the equipment components. The equipment is
also dimensioned to nearby columns in the volume.
644

Graphic Rule
Label Rule
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
645

Graphic Rule
646

Pipes in Piping View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of pipes in a drawing. Elbows and
surface-mounted components are not included in the delivered Pipes filter.
Left portion of the sample drawing:
647

Right portion of the sample drawing:
Dimension Rule
Horizontal and vertical pipes are dimensioned to each other, as well as the piping parts and
other objects in the drawing. The dimensions are placed in white space on each side of the
drawing. Horizontal pipes are dimensioned vertically, and vertical pipes are dimensioned
horizontally. For example, see the above graphics.
648

Piping Parts in Piping View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of piping parts in a drawing.
649

Label Rule
Graphic Rule
Clipping in Piping View Styles

appear inside the volume. Depending on the direction of the pipe and the Look Direction of the
view, a pipe is either labeled on the outside of the view with a leader, or it is resymbolized.
Clipped pipes that run perpendicular to the look direction are labeled with a jogged leader
outside of the drawing volume. Clipped pipes that are directly parallel to the look direction are
resymbolized.
650

Clipped
Example of clipping labels fanning out to find white space:
651

Front
Piping Plan Style2 View Style

Name: Piping Plan Style2
View Rule: None
Filter
652
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Piping
Plan_Equipment_Na
me Style2.xml

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Parts
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_Lo
ngest Segment.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_Cli
pped Style2.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_St
yle2.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_St
yle2.xml
Pipes
Normal
Pipes
Normal
Pipes
Normal
Piping Plan_Normal
Pipe.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name
Style2.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Piping Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name
Style2.xml
Beams
Piping
Plan_Beams.xml
Stairs
Ladders
Piping
Plan_Ladders.xml
Dimension Rule
Piping Plan_M View Style

Name: Piping Plan
View Rule: None
653

Filter
Orientation
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
rizontal.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
rtical.xml
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
l
Columns
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Piping
xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping
Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Piping
Plan_Equipment.xml
Piping
Vertical.xml
Piping Parts
Piping Parts
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_
Longest
Segment.xml
Piping
Plan_LineNumber_
Clipped.xml
Piping Parts
654
Clipping
Clipped
Piping Plan
Equipment
Name.xml
Pipes
Parallel, vertical
Piping
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Pipes
Normal
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Plan_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_Y Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel, vertical
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Piping Plan_Grid
Line_X Name.xml
Front
Piping Plan_Normal
Pipe.xml
Beams
Piping
Plan_Beams.xml
Stairs

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Ladders
Piping
Plan_Ladders.xml
All Reference
Objects
Piping
Plan_Reference.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Example
655

Piping Safety Shower Plan View Style
Name: Piping Safety Shower Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on safety showers and other
objects that are important to the discipline.
View Rule: None
Filter
656
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Ladders
Piping Safety Shower

Plan_Reference.xml
Beams

Plan_Reference.xml
Braces

Plan_Reference.xml
Columns

Plan_Reference.xml
Stairs

Plan_Reference.xml
Control Point
Structure

Plan_Control Point
Structure.xml
Piping Safety
Plan_Control Point
Coordinate.xml
Equipment

Plan_Equipment.xml

Plan_Equipment_Name.
xml
Trench

Plan_Reference.xml
Transformer

Plan_Reference.xml
Piping

Plan_Reference.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical

Plan_Grid Line.xml

Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal

Plan_Grid Line.xml

Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Dimension Rule

Example
657

Piping in Drawings View Styles
Graphic Rule
Piping Section View Style

Name: Piping Section
Description: Drawing layout that is designed for section views that focuses on Piping objects
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
658
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Piping
Section_Columns.xml
Piping
ontal.xml
Columns
Piping
Section_Columns.xml
Piping
or_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Piping
Piping

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Section_Equipment.xm Section_Equipment_
l
Name.xml
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.xm
l
Piping
Section_Equipment_Anc
hor_Horizontal.xml
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.xm
l
Piping
Section_Equipment_Anc
hor_Vertical.xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_LineNumber
_Longest
Segment.xml
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_LineNumber
_Clipped.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_Pipes_Horizont
al.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_Pipes_Vertical.
xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_Pipes_Horizont
al.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_Pipes_Vertical.
xml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Piping Section_Normal
Pipe.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Piping Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Piping Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Piping Section_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Section_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Grid Line
Piping Section_Grid
Line.xml
Beams
Piping
Section_Reference.xml
Handrails
Piping
Section_Reference.xml
Ladders
Piping
Section_Ladders.xml
Stairs
Piping
Section_Stairs.xml
Piping Section_Grid
ml
659

Example
660

Piping Section Style2 View Style
Name: Piping Section Style2
Description: Drawing layout that is designed for section views that focuses on Piping objects
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Piping
Section_Columns.xml
Columns
Piping
Section_Columns.xml
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.x
m
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.x
ml
Equipment
Piping
Section_Equipment.x
ml
Piping Parts
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping Parts
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_LineNumber_
Longest Segment.xml
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Piping
Section_LineNumber_
Clipped Style2.xml
Piping Parts
Clipped
Piping
Section_Equipment_
Name Style2.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Piping Section_Piping Piping

Section_LineNumber_
Style2.xml
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Piping Section
Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Piping
Section_Piping.xml
Pipes
Normal
Front
Dimension Rule
Piping
Section_LineNumber_
Style2.xml
Piping
Section_Normal
Pipe.xml
661

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Grid Plane
Section
Piping Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Piping Section_Grid
Plane_Name
Style2.xml
Grid Line
Piping Section_Grid
Line.xml
Piping Section_Grid
Line_TOS Style2.xml
Grid Line
Piping Section_Gride
Line.xml
Beams
Piping
Section_Reference.x
ml
Handrails
Piping
Section_Reference.x
ml
Ladders
Piping
Section_Ladders.xml
Stairs
Piping
Section_Stairs.xml
Dimension Rule
Piping Utility Station Plan View Style

Name: Piping Utility Station Plan
Description: This view style is used to document Piping Utility Stations.
View Rule: None
Filter
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Ladders
Piping Utility Station

Plan_Reference.xml
Beams

Plan_Reference.xml
Braces
662
Orientation
Parallel
Label Rule
Dimension Rule

Plan_Reference.xml
Columns

Plan_Reference.xml
Stairs

Plan_Reference.xml
Control Point
Structure

Plan_Control Point
Structure.xml

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Control Point
Structure

Plan_Control Point
Structure.xml

Plan_Control Point
Coordinate.xml
Equipment

Plan_Reference.xml

Plan_Equipment_Nam
e.xml
Trench

Plan_Reference.xml
Transformer

Plan_Reference.xml
Piping

Plan_Reference.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical

Plan_Grid Line.xml

Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal

Plan_Grid Line.xml

Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Dimension Rule
663

Example
664

SM_Piping_Plan View Style
Name: SM_Piping_Plan
Description: Plan views that focus on piping objects and include background marine structure.
View Rule: None
Filter
Orientation
Grid Line
Grid Line
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Parallel, vertical
SM_Piping_Plan_
GridLine
SM_Piping_Plan_
GridLineX_Name
SM_Piping_Plan_Grid_
Anchor_Horizontal
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_Plan_
GridLine
SM_Piping_Plan_
GridLineY_Name
SM_Piping_Plan_Grid_
Anchor_Vertical
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_Plan_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_Plan_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_Plan_Deck
Parallel, vertical
Beam and
Profile Edge
Reinforcement
Root Systems
SM_Piping_Plan_
Profiles
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Piping_Plan_Equi
pment
Piping
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipin
g
Pipes
Normal
Front
SM_Piping
Plan_Normal Pipe
Pipes
Sloped
Clipped
SM_Piping
Plan_Normal Pipe
Pipes
Parallel, vertical
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipes_
Horizontal
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Vertical
Pipes
Normal
Horizontal
665

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Pipes
Normal
Piping Parts
Parallel, vertical
g
SM_Piping_Plan_
PipingParts_
RunNameBOP_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
g
SM_Piping_Plan_
PipingParts_
RunNameBOP_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Normal
g
SM_Piping_Plan_
PipingParts_
RunNameBOP_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Sloped
g
SM_Piping_Plan_
PipingParts_
RunNameBOP_
LongestSegment
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Vertical
SM_Piping_Section View Style

Name: SM_Piping_Section
Description: Section views that focus on piping objects and include background marine
structure.
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
666
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_
Section_BHD
Root
Transverse
Bulkhead
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_
Section_BHD
Root Deck
Plate Systems
SM_Piping_Section_
Deck
All Root
Profile
Systems
SM_Piping_Section_
Profiles
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Equipment
and
Furnishing
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Equipment
Pipes
Normal
Front
SM_Piping
Section_Normal
Pipe
Pipes
Normal
Clipped
SM_Piping
Section_Normal
Pipe
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
Vertical
Pipes
Normal
Pipes
Normal
Vertical
Piping Parts
Parallel,
vertical
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Normal
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Sloped
SM_Piping_Section_
Piping
SM_Piping_Section_
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
SM_Piping_Elevation View Style

Name: SM_Piping_Elevation
Description: Elevation views that focus on piping objects and include background marine
structure
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
667
Filter
668
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Grid Plane
Elevation
SM_Piping_
Elevation_GridLine
SM_Piping_Elevation_
GridPlane_Name
Grid_
Anchor_Horizontal
Root
Longitudinal
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_Piping_
Elevation_BHD
Root Transverse
Bulkhead Plate
Systems
SM_Piping_
Root Deck Plate

Systems
SM_Piping_
All Root Profile

Systems
SM_Piping_
Equipment and
Furnishing
SM_Piping_Elevation
_Equipment
Piping
SM_Piping_Elevation
_
Piping
Elevation_BHD
Elevation_Deck
Elevation_Profiles
Pipes
Normal
Front
SM_Piping Elevation_
Normal Pipe
Pipes
Sloped
Clipped
Pipes
Parallel,
vertical
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Pipes_
Horizontal
Pipes
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Pipes_
Vertical
Pipes
Normal
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Pipes_
Vertical
Piping Parts
Parallel,
vertical
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Parallel,
horizontal
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Normal
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Piping Parts
Sloped
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment

Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Piping Parts
Graphic Rule
(.xml)
Label Rule
(.xml)
SM_Piping_
Elevation_Piping
PipingParts_
RunName_
LongestSegment
Dimension Rule
(.xml)
Structural Framing Elevation View Style

Name: Structural Framing Elevation
Description: Drawing layout designed for elevation views that focuses on Structural Framing
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_L Elevation_Columns_Se
ine-Widget.xml
ction Size.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_L
ine-Widget.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_Ho
rizontal.xml
Beams
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
Elevation_Beams_Lin
e-Widget.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Beams_Sect
ion Size.xml
Braces
Parallel
Structural Framing
Elevation_Braces_Lin
e-Widget.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Braces_Sect
ion Size.xml
Grid Plane
Elevation
Structural Framing
Elevation_Grid
Plane.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Grid
Plan_Name.xml
Grid Line
Structural Framing
Elevation_Grid
Line.xml
Structural Framing
Elevation_Grid
Line_TOS.xml
Footings
Structural Framing
Elevation_Footings
Ladders
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Elevation_Ladders.xm Elevation_Ladder_Nam
l
e.xml
Stairs
Structural Framing
Elevation_Stairs
Dimension Rule
Structural Framing
Elevation_Stair_Name.
xml
669

Example
670

Columns in Structural Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
Columns are resymbolized as single lines with widgets. The widget rule draws a portion of the
graphic column to show the shape, direction, and thickness. 30% of the column's length is
drawn, while 100% of the column's height is drawn. The remaining 70% of the column's length is
displayed as a single line.
The graphic portion of the column is drawn according to the cardinal point and in relation to the
single line representation of the column. The solid line is always centered, and the graphic
portion aligns accordingly. Also, the graphic representation begins at the origin of the column,
not the center of the column. For example, if a column was modeled from the ground up, the
graphic representation in the model would begin at the bottom of the single line representation.
Hidden lines are drawn with the Dashed style in order to display the orientation of the column.
For an example of the graphic rule, see the example below.
Detailed view of the graphic representation of the column. In this example, the column web
is perpendicular to the looking direction, while the column flanges are parallel. The lines are
drawn to denote the thickness, shape, and orientation of the column.
The graphic was cropped and does not represent the entire solid line style
represented in the original drawing.
671

Detail view of hidden line style. In the following example, the column web is parallel to the
looking direction and is hidden by the column flanges. The column web is drawn with a dashed
line style to indicate that it is hidden behind the column flange.
Label Rule
Each column is labeled with the section size value from the model. The label is placed in the
center of the column offset from the line.
Dimension Rule
Horizontal columns are dimensioned individually and as a group. Each column is dimensioned
to the column next to it, and the chain of dimensions is dimensioned. For an example of column
dimensions, see the example below.
672

Beams in Structural Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
Beams are resymbolized as single lines with widgets. The widget rule draws a portion of the
graphic beam to show the shape, direction, and thickness. 30% of the beam length is drawn,
100% of the beam height is drawn, and the graphic representation is placed in the center of the
solid line representation. The remaining 70% of the beam length is resymbolized as a single
line.
The graphic portion of the beam is drawn according to the cardinal point and in relation to the
single line representation of the beam. The solid line is always centered, and the graphic portion
aligns accordingly.
Hidden lines are drawn with the Dashed line style in order to display the orientation of the beam.
Detailed view of the graphic representation of the beam. In this example, the beam web is
perpendicular to the looking direction, while the beam flanges are parallel. The lines are drawn
to denote the thickness, shape, and orientation of the beam.
Detailed view of hidden line style. In the following example, the beam web is parallel to the
looking direction and is hidden by the beam flanges. The beam web is drawn with a dashed line
style to indicate that is hidden behind the beam flange.
Label Rule
Each beam is labeled with the section size from the corresponding model object. The label is
centered and offset from the solid line. See the above graphic for an example of the label rule.
If a beam is fireproofed, a fireproofing spec name follows the section size in the label. If more
than one fireproofing spec has been placed on the beam, the subsequent fireproofing specs are
listed after the first.
673

Braces in Structural Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
Braces are represented as a single line with a widget. The widget rule draws a portion of the
graphic brace to show the shape, direction, and thickness of the brace in the model. 30% of the
brace length is drawn, 100% of the brace height is drawn, and the graphic representation is
placed in the center of the solid line representation. The remaining 70% of the brace length is
resymbolized as a single line.
The graphic portion of the brace is drawn according to the cardinal point and in relation to the
single line representation of the brace. The solid line is always centered, and the graphic portion
aligns accordingly.
Hidden lines are drawn with the Dashed line style in order to display the orientation of the brace.
Label Rule
Each brace is labeled with the section size from the corresponding model object. The label is
centered and offset from the solid line. See the above graphic for an example of the label rule.
674

If a brace has been fireproofed, the fireproofing spec name follows the section size in the label.
If more than one fireproofing spec has been placed on the brace, the subsequent fireproofing
specs are listed after the first.
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
the above graphic.
675

Grid Lines in Equipment Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Footings in Structural Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing in a drawing.
676

Ladders in Structural Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a ladder in an elevation view.
Label Rule
Stairs are labeled with the name from the model. For an example, see the above graphic.
Stairs in Structural Elevation View Styles
Graphic Rule
677
Label Rule
Stairs are labeled with the name from the model. For an example, see the above graphic.
678
Parts filters.

Examples
a 2 inch diameter.
679

See Also
Structural Framing Isometric View Style

Name: Structural Framing Isometric
Description: Drawing layout designed for isometric views that focuses on Structural Framing
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Structure
680
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Structural Framing
Isometric_Reference.xml

Graphic Rule Example
681

Structural Framing Key Plan View Style
Name: Structural Framing Key Plan
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
North Arrow: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Grid Systems
Structural Framing
Key
Plan_Reference.xml
Key Plan
Focus
Element
Structural Framing
Key Plan_Focus.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Structural Framing Key

Plan_Focus_Name.xml
Example
682

Structural Framing Plan View Styles
Name: Structural Framing Plan
Description: Drawing layout designed for plan views that focuses on Structural Framing objects
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Columns
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor
_Vertical.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Horizo
ntal.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns.xml
Structural Framing
.xml
Beams
Parallel
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Line.xml
Beams
Parallel,
vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Line.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Horizont
al.xml
Beams
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Line.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Vertical.x
ml
Braces
Parallel
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Line-Wid
get.xml
Braces
Parallel,
vertical
Structural Framing
get.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Horizont
al.xml
Braces
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
get.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Vertical.x
ml
Grid Line
Parallel,
vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Grid Line_X
Name.xml
Grid Line
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
Plan_Grid Line.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Grid Line_Y
Name.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Beams_Section
Size.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Braces_Section
Size.xml
683

Filter
684
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Openings
Structural Framing
Plan_Openings.xml
Control Points
Structural Framing
Plan_Control Point
Structure.xml
Equipment
Foundation
Structural Framing
Plan_Foundation.xml
Footings
Structural Framing
Plan_Foundation.xml
Ladders
Structural Framing
Plan_Ladders.xml
Stairs
Structural Framing
Plan_Stairs.xml
Equipment
Structural Framing
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Equipment
Structural Framing
Plan_Process
Equipment.xml
Label Rule
Dimension Rule
Structural Framing
Plan_Process
Coordinate.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Process
Coordinate.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anch
or_Horizontal.xml
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anch
or_Vertical.xml

Example
685

Columns in Structural Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
Dimension Rule
Vertical and horizontal dimensions are placed on all columns. The columns are used as anchors
to other dimension objects, but they are also dimensioned independently. The anchored
dimensions are included in the chains that include braces, beams, and equipment object
dimensions. For an example of column dimensions anchored with other dimensions, see the
example below.
686

There are two types of independent dimensions for the columns. First, the columns are
dimensioned to the surrounding columns, giving you a distance between each adjacent column.
Second, the overall distance between the chain of column dimensions is dimensioned. For an
example of the two independent dimension types, see the example below.
Beams in Structural Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
Beams are represented graphically with a solid line.
Label Rule
Each beam is labeled with the section size of the beam from the model. The label is placed
parallel to the center of the line and is also offset from the line.
687

If the beam is fireproofed, the fireproofing spec is listed after the section size. If more than one
fireproofing spec has been placed on the beam, the subsequent fireproofing specs are listed
after the first.
Dimension Rule
Dimensions each horizontal and vertical beam parallel to the looking direction. The dimensions
are grouped into chains in each quadrant of the drawing view.
Braces in Structural Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
Braces are represented as a single line with a widget. The widget rule draws a portion of the
graphic brace to show the shape, direction, and thickness of the brace in the model. 30% of the
brace length is drawn, 100% of the brace height is drawn, and the graphic representation is
placed in the center of the solid line representation. The remaining 70% of the brace length is
resymbolized as a single line.
The graphic portion of the brace is drawn according to the cardinal point and in relation to the
single line representation of the brace. The solid line is always centered, and the graphic portion
aligns accordingly.
Hidden lines are drawn with the Dashed line style in order to display the orientation of the brace.
Label Rule
Each brace is labeled with the section size from the corresponding model object.
688

If a brace has been fireproofed, a fireproofing spec name follows the section size in the label. If
more than one fireproofing spec has been placed on the brace, the subsequent fireproofing
specs are listed after the first.
Dimension Rule
Braces are dimensioned horizontally and vertically. The dimensions are chained to the
surrounding column, grid line, and beam dimensions.
Graphic Rule
689

Label Rule
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
Openings in Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an opening in a plan drawing.
690

Control Points in Plan View Styles w/Coord Label
Graphic Rule
plan drawing.
Label Rule
indicates the position in the model.
Footings in Structural Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of a footing in a plan drawing.
691

Equipment in Structural Plan View Styles
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Equipment control points (typically the origin) are resymbolized and are labeled with a
coordinate North-East label.
Graphic Rule
This is an example of the graphic representation of an equipment foundation in a plan drawing.
692

Graphic Rule
Graphic Rule
693

Structural Framing Section View Style
Name: Structural Framing Section
Description: Drawing layout designed for section views that focuses on Structural Framing
View Rule: None
Matchline: None
Filter
694
Orientation
Clipping
Graphic Rule
Label Rule
Columns
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Lin Section_Columns_Se
e-Widget.xml
ction Size.xml
Columns
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Lin
e-Widget.xml
Dimension Rule
Structural Framing
Section_Columns_Ho
rizontal.xml
Beams
Parallel,
horizontal
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Section_Beams_Line- Section_Beams_Secti
Widget.xml
on Size.xml
Braces
Parallel
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Section_Beams_Line- Section_Braces_Secti
on Size.xml
Widget.xml
Grid Plane
Section
Structural Framing
Section_Grid
Plane.xml
Structural Framing
Section_Grid
Plane_Name.xml
Grid Line
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Line_TOS.xml
Footings
Structural Framing
Section_Footings.xml
Ladders
Structural Framing
Section_Ladders.xml
Structural Framing
Section_Ladder_Nam
e.xml
Stairs
Structural Framing
Section_Stairs.xml
Structural Framing
Section_Stair_Name.
xml

Example

695

Parts filters.
Examples
a 2 inch diameter.
696

See Also
697
Key Plan View Styles

Key plan view styles are used to place key plan views on orthographic drawings. These
drawings show nearby and adjacent volumes in relation to the main view in the drawing, which
is also known as the focus element.
The key plan view style XML files are delivered in the SharedContent share [Reference Data
Product Folder]SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\KeyPlan folder.
There are several requirements for key plan drawings to function properly. For a list of
these requirements, see Key Plan Drawing Requirements (on page 699).
Civil Key Plan

Refers to the orthographic Civil Key Plan view style. For more information, see Civil Key Plan
View Style (on page 391).
Default
The default key plan view style displays the focus element with a thick line style, and displays
the surrounding adjacent elements with a normal view style. The focus element is labeled with
the volume name from the model. See the following graphic for an example.
Electrical Cable Tray Key Plan

Refers to the orthographic Electrical Cable Tray Key Plan view style. For more information, see
Electrical CableTray Key Plan View Style (on page 427).
Electrical Equipment Key Plan

Refers to the orthographic Electrical Equipment Key Plan view style. For more information, see
Electrical Equipment Key Plan View Style (on page 460).
HVAC Key Plan

Refers to the orthographic HVAC Key Plan view style. For more information, see HVAC Key
Plan View Style (on page 530).
698

Instrument Key Plan
Refers to the orthographic Instrument Key Plan view style. For more information, see Instrument
Key Plan View Style (on page 573).
Piping Isometric Key

Refers to the orthographic Piping Isometric Key view style. For more information, see Piping
Isometric Key View Style (on page 634).
Piping Key Plan

Refers to the orthographic Piping Key Plan view style. For more information, see Piping Key
Plan View Style (on page 634).
Structural Key Plan

Refers to the orthographic Structural Framing Key Plan view style. For more information, see
Structural Framing Key Plan View Style (on page 682).
See Also
Key Plan Drawing Requirements

The list below describes the requirements for the key plan drawing volumes to display
successfully.
The volume must be associated to a view within the parent component node.
The view style must be that of the parent view.
The volumes in the key plan must be associated to graphic views of the same type. Graphic
view types include main views, detail views, section views, and snapshot views.
The view direction must be along the same axis as the associated view.
The Up direction for the view must be along the same axis or perpendicular to the
associated view's Up direction.
Place a Key Plan
Create a Key Plan View Style (on page 57)
Key Plan Style Dialog Box (on page 125)
Drawing Rules for View Styles

Drawing rules are another way you can define the output for your drawings. You define the rules
used by your orthographic view style when you use Tools > Define View Style in the Drawing
and Reports task. The software includes rules for specifying graphic resymbolization, labeling,
and dimensioning. All of these are part of the view style definition. For more information, see the
When you define a view style, you filter or test for different types of objects within the model. For
each filter, you can define rules that further specify how the objects are resymbolized, labeled,
or dimensioned.
The delivered rules are located in the SharedContent share in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\Drawings\Catalog\Rules folder:
699

DimensionRules - Sets the style of dimensioning used within a drawing document.
GraphicRules - Specifies the graphic output for the drawing objects. Objects can be displayed
as Vector Hidden Line (VHL) or resymbolized.
LabelRules - Determines the labeling to be applied to objects.
MatchlineRules - Labels adjoining volumes on drawings.
NorthArrowRules - Places a label that points toward Global North on drawings.
ViewRules - Specifies how detail and section view frames will appear in the drawing document.
See Also
700
Layout Style Rules in Orthographic Drawings

Layout style rules define how the number of views per region in an orthographic drawing
document. You use the Tools > Define Layout Template command in the Drawings and
Reports task to create new layout styles. You also specify layout styles when you place regions
using the Place Region command in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information on
using these commands, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide and the SmartSketch
Drawing Editor Help respectively.
The software populates the views within a region from bottom-to-top and left-to-right across the
region.
Layout
Styles
Purpose
Eight View
Five View A
Five View B
Four View A
Four View B
701

Four View C
Four View D
Seven View
A
Seven View
B
Single View
Six View A
Six View B
702

Six View C
Six View D
Ten View
Three View A
Three View B
Two View A
Two View B
703

Layout styles use a processor DLL that defines how the rule behaves within the software. For
orthographic drawings, the delivered DefaultLayoutProcessor.dll is the only processor used.
This processor allows you to choose a predefined arrangement of views to be aligned and
managed inside a region. Some of the delivered examples are 4 views arranged in a
checkerboard fashion, 4 tall views aligned vertically, and 4 wide views aligned horizontally.
Other delivered examples increase the number of views, using similar arrangements. If you
define the region to have a layout style for 4 views but you attempt to place 6 views within the
region, the software moves the extra drawing views to an unmanaged area of the drawing sheet,
outside the region.
See Also
Bulkload Files
Topics
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet ................................................ 704
Bulkload Drawings Scales to Codelists ......................................... 705
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes Workbook .............................. 707
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist Workbook .................................... 708
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet

The Drawing Volume Properties sheet in the Drawings.xls workbook defines the part class
information for drawing volumes.
You can place drawing volumes in the Space Management task for use in the creation of
volume drawings. Drawing volumes are also automatically placed when creating snapshot views
for composed drawings. For more information about drawing volume placement, refer to the
Space Management User's Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the
software.
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the drawing volume part class is being
added; the letter D specifies the class is deleted; the letter M indicates the class is modified. A !
PartNumber - Specifies the part number.
All part numbers must be unique across the entire catalog.
PartDescription - Describes the part.
SymbolDefinition - Specifies a symbol definition. If the symbol definition for a part is the same
as the definition for the part class, type NULL or leave blank.
MirrorBehaviorOption - Indicates whether mirroring functionality is activated.
704
For more information on modifying the Drawings.xml workbook, refer to the SmartMarine
3D Reference Data Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the
software.
See Also
Add A Drawing Volume Part Class (on page 705)
Add A Drawing Volume Part Class

1.
2.
3.
4.
Open the Drawings.xls workbook.

Select the Drawing Volume Properties sheet.
Select a row after the Start keyword but before the End keyword, and click Insert > Rows.
In column A, type A to indicate a new drawing volume part class will be added during the
next bulkload.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with
regard to the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the drawing volume part class
is being added; the letter D specifies the class is deleted; the letter M indicates the class is
modified. A ! symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
5. In the PartNumber column, type a part number for the drawing volume part class.
6. Define the remaining properties for the new drawing volume part class.
7. Save the Drawings.xls workbook.
For more information on modifying the Drawings.xml workbook, see the SmartMarine 3D
Reference Data Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the
software.
If you add new part classes after creating the Reports databases, you must re-create the
Reports databases in order to report on the new part classes.
See Also
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet (on page 704)
Bulkload Drawings Scales to Codelists

You should back up all Excel workbooks before modifying them and bulk loading. All of the
workbooks are delivered with read-only properties.
Do this procedure on a workstation computer with the Bulkload component and
SmartMarine 3D Server Connectivity component installed. Log on with a user name that has
database ownership privileges. For more information about necessary components, see the
SmartMarine 3D Installation Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in
the software.
You should close all Excel workbooks before starting the bulkload. Do not open Excel during
the bulkload process.
705

Modify the Drawing Scales Workbook
The CustomScaleCodelist.xls workbook provides an example format for adding drawing
custom attributes, such as custom scales used in the codelists.
This workbook is delivered in the product \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\CatalogData\BulkLoad\SampleDataFiles folder. For information on creating
custom drawing properties for use in drawings, see "Place a Custom Drawing Property Label on
a Template" in the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
The following example shows the DrawingUserSelectedScales worksheet. The values in red
are delivered in the software, while the blue values are custom values that are useful for
Drawings and Reports users. To add values, enter A in the first column. To modify values in the
codelist, enter M in the first column. To delete the values from the codelist completely, enter D in
the first column.
When adding a new scale value, a Codelist Number value is required. The new
scale will be added to the end of the codelist regardless of the Codelist Number value.
After modifying the Excel file, save your changes and exit Excel.
Bulkload the Custom Scales into Drawings and Reports

For more information on bulkloading reference data, see Loading Reference Data into the
Catalog in the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide.
706
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes Workbook
The Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes.xls workbook provides an example format for adding
drawing custom attributes, such as custom drawing properties to be used in creating drawing
borders.
This workbook is delivered in the product \Program
Files\SmartPlant\3D\CatalogData\BulkLoad\AdditionalDataFiles folder. For information on
creating custom drawing properties for use in drawings, see Place a Custom Drawing Property
Label on a Template in the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
The following example shows the CustomInterfaces sheet set up to use the IJDwgCustom
interface with a single property, CustomAttributeName.
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the drawing volume part class is being
added; the letter D specifies the class is deleted; the letter M indicates the class is modified. A !
CustomInterfaces Sheet
This sheet defines the custom attribute.
InterfaceName - Specifies the name of the custom interface you are using to implement the
custom attributes against the DwgPropertyObject class. For more information, see the
SmartPlant 3D/SmartMarine 3D Programmer's Guide.
CategoryName - Not used at this time.
AttributeName - Identifies the programmatic name of the attribute.
AttributeUserName - Identifies the user name for the attribute.
The AttributeUserName must be unique for each user name entry. For example, Title1
cannot be used because it is a delivered AttributeUserName value. For a list of delivered
AttributeUserNames, see Title Area Tab and Signature Area Tab, available in any of the
SmartMarine 3D Drawings user's guides accessible from the Help > Printable Guides
For any Integrated SmartMarine 3D Enterprise Application, the delivered AttributeUserName
values cannot be edited.
Type - Specifies the type of attribute. For example, char for character.
UnitsType - Specifies the unit type for the attribute.
PrimaryUnits - Identifies the primary unit for the attribute
CodeList - Specifies the name of the table that contains the codelisted values for this attribute.
If the cell is empty, the codelist is Null and ignored by the software.
OnPropertyPage - Specifies whether this attribute is displayed by the attribute control. Value is
True if the attribute is displayed on a control, and False if not.
codelisttablenamespace - Identifies the table name space for the codelist if needed.
ReadOnly - Specifies whether the attribute can be modified by the attribute control. Value is
True if the attribute can be modified, and False if not.
SymbolParameter - Identifies the symbol parameter used for the attribute if needed.
707

CustomClassInterfaceList Sheet
This sheet maps the custom attribute interface to the appropriate class.
ClassName - Identifies the class name for the attribute interface.

InterfaceName - Specifies the interface name mapped to the class name. The InterfaceName
should match with the specified name on the CustomInterfaces sheet.
For more information on reference data workbooks, refer to the SmartMarine 3D Reference
Data Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the software.
See Also
Add A Drawing Volume Part Class (on page 705)
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist Workbook
The DrawingIssueReason_Codelist.xls workbook defines values for the Issue Reason
property on the Issue tab of the Properties dialog box. The workbook is delivered in the
[Product Folder]\CatalogData\Bulkload\AdditionalDataFiles folder.
DrawingIssueReason ShortDescription - Specifies a short description of the Issue Reason
value. The maximum length is 256 characters.
DrawingIssueReason LongDescription - Specifies a long description of the Issue Reason
value. The maximum length is 256 characters.
CodeList Number - Specifies a unique number to identify the value. The number only needs to
be unique within the attribute category (that is, within the worksheet).
Sort Order - Specifies the order in which the codelist values appear in the software. If left blank,
the order on the worksheet is used.
If you are bulkloading to an existing catalog database, you must mark A in column A for
each value. The values are then available for selection in the Properties dialog box.
708
SECTION 5
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference

Data
In the Drawings and Reports task, reference data defines various extraction settings for each
isometric drawing style. One important setting is the output location for isometric drawings
extracted. Before you can extract any drawings, you must specify the output location in this
workbook and bulk load. For more information, see Modify Default Isometric Paths (on page
714).
The reference data also allows you to specify the locations for the style option database files,
backing sheets, and Intergraph option files.
The BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls workbook contains the reference data for isometric drawings within
the Drawings and Reports task. The sheets that are unique to BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls are
described below. For more information on common sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference
Data Guide accessible from the Help > Printable Guides command.
PipeMfgRules Sheet
This sheet lists isometric drawing extraction styles and drawing output locations. This sheet
contains information about the databases and XML files that store the isometric drawing options.
For more information, see PipeMfgRules Sheet (on page 712).
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet
In previous versions, this sheet mapped the symbol key information between ISOGEN and
SmartMarine 3D. You map the symbol keys using the Isometric Style Options Browser in the
software. For more information, see PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet (on page 713).
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet
You set these options when you run the spooling commands in the Piping task. For more
information, see PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet (on page 712).
Customizable Piping Isometric Deliverables

You can customize your piping isometric drawings by understanding and modifying the delivered
packages, components, and Isometric styles. For more information on setting up piping
isometric drawings, see the Piping Isometric Drawing User's Guide.

Isometric drawing styles control several aspects of the isometric drawing output, including the
output location and the type of object used for drawing creation. Each drawing style is also
associated with a set of options and a backing sheet.
To customize the isometric drawing styles for your company, you can copy and then modify the
delivered isometric drawing styles.
The delivered isometric drawing styles are Iso_Pipeline, Iso_Piperun, Iso_Spool,
Iso_PenSpool, Iso_WBS, and Iso_Stress. Each delivered style has an associated XML file
and IGR file. The XML file contains the isometric options, and the IGR file is the backing sheet
709
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data

for the isometric drawing. They are delivered on the SharedContent share in the
\PmfgIsoStyleData folder.
Iso_Pipeline - Creates a final isometric drawing used to construct the plant. This style
creates one drawing per pipeline system. This drawing style is an example of a potential
configuration for a fabrication isometric. It includes a material list.
Iso_Piperun - Creates a draft of an isometric drawing for checking against project
guidelines. This style creates one drawing per pipe run. This drawing style is an example of
a drawing configuration used for checking pipeline designs prior to extracting the fabrication
isometric.
Iso_Spool - Creates an isometric drawing used in the fabrication shop to manufacture the
pipe. This style uses piping spools. You can create spools using the Generate Spools
command in the Piping task. Like the final isometric style, it includes a material list.
Iso_PenSpool - Creates an isometric drawing that documents penetration spools that
consist of a penetration plate and several piping spools. This style creates one drawing per
penetration spools. You can create penetration spools using the Create Penetration
Spools command in the Piping task.
Iso_WBS - Creates an isometric drawing that documents a collection of parts that are
assigned to one Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) item of the type Group Iso Drawing.
This style creates one drawing per WBS item.
Iso_Stress - Creates a Piping Component File (PCF) that can be output to the CAESAR II
pipe stress analysis software. No drawing is created. To save the PCF file, use the Save As
command. For more information, see Create a piping component file (PCF) in the
SmartMarine 3D Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide, accessible from the Help >
You can create other isometric drawing styles, such as a Bid style for construction contractors to
bid on a project.
Packages
The delivered Piping Isometric Drawing packages are located on the SharedContent share in
the \Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder. You can use these packages to "jump start" your piping
isometric drawing configurations. For more information, see Piping Isometric Drawing by Query
Packages (on page 711).
Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions

Labels, symbols, and dimensions are used within the Isometric Style and defined as part of the
Edit Options command on the Piping Isometric Drawing component shortcut menu.
See Also
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query Packages (on page 711)
710
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query Packages

the New command.
packages for each drawing type. For example, you find piping isometric packages on the
Isometrics (by Query) tab.
Delivered Piping Isometric Drawing by Query packages are also located on the SharedContent
share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Packages folder. .
There are several delivered piping isometric drawing by query packages that appear on the
Isometrics (by Query) tab:
Iso PenSpool Package (on page 357)
Iso Pipeline Package (on page 357)
Iso Pipeline Manager Package (on page 358)
Iso Spool Package (on page 358)
Iso Spool Manager Package (on page 358)
Iso Stress Package (on page 358)
For more information on adding drawing packages or on customizing isometric styles used with
drawing packages, see the Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide.
See Also
Piping Isometric Drawings Reference Data (on page 709)
Bulkload Files
Topics
PipeMfgRules Sheet ...................................................................... 712
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet............................................................... 712
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet ............................................................ 713
Modify Default Isometric Paths ...................................................... 714
711
PipeMfgRules Sheet
The PipeMfgRules sheet in the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls workbook shows the isometric drawing
styles defined for the project. It also defines the paths for the isometric drawing output and other
files associated with isometric drawing extraction.
IsoNames - Specifies the different isometric drawing styles. The delivered styles are
Iso_Pipeline, Iso_Piperun, Iso_Spool, Iso_PenSpool, Iso_WBS, and Iso_Stress.
RuleType - Specifies the type of drawing extraction rule applied within the style.
RuleProgID - Displays a unique identifier for the drawing extraction rule. Each rule is associated
with an isometric drawing style. For example, the Iso_Pipeline style is associated with the
PMfgIsoExtractionRule.PipeLineIso rule progID.
The ProgID is analogous to the Line ID Definition in PDS.
Description - Displays a text description of the rule action.
OutputIsoDrawingLocation - Specifies the UNC path to the isometric drawing output location
for each style. If your workflow includes concurrent users, you must create sharing permissions
on the output location folders.
The output location is optional. You do not have to specify a location in this box.
If you specify a location and bulk load, the software stores the drawings at this location. If
you do not specify a location, the software temporarily stores the drawings in the C:\Temp
folder while the task is active and deletes the files when you exit the task.
You can point more than one drawing style to the same Access database if you want.
IsoBackingSheet - Specifies the UNC path to the location for the backing sheet documents.
IngrOption - Specifies the UNC path to the location for the XML files that control the Intergraph
options.
See Also
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet (on page 713)
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet
The PipeMfgSpoolRule sheet in the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls workbook specifies how the
software breaks pipes into spools. When you make changes to this sheet, you need to bulkload
the workbook into the Catalog. You can also use the spooling commands in the Piping task to
specify these rules, but the changes are not saved to the Catalog or the session file.
Name - Specifies the naming rule for spools.
BreakatUnion - Specifies that the software breaks the spools at unions.
IncludeStubIn - Specifies that a spool can include the stub-in pipe and all the parts of this
stub-in branch until the first spool breaking component is encountered.
IncludeWeldedParts - Includes welded objects, such as pipe hanger or support parts, in the
same spool as the components to which they are welded.
InSituON - Not used at this time.
Updation - Specifies whether or not existing spools are deleted.
The Updation option should always be set to "on". It prevents the loss of existing
spools during re-spooling operations. You should only override this option using the interactive
options provided with the commands available in the Piping task.
712

MaxLength - Provides the maximum length of a spool for oversizing calculation purposes. You
should enter ft (feet) for the units. If you specify units other than feet, the software uses meters
as the units.
MaxWidth - Provides the maximum width of a spool for oversizing calculations purposes. You
as the units.
MaxHeight - Provides the maximum height of a spool for oversizing calculation purposes. You
as the units.
SequencingType - Not used at this time.
SpoolingBasis - Controls the user interface displayed when spooling operations run. If set to
Pipeline, the software user interface is set to pipeline spooling within the system hierarchy. If
set to Block, the software user interface is set to block spooling within the assembly hierarchy.
The SpoolingBasis option should be set at the beginning of a project and not
changed for the duration of the project.
IgnoreBoundaries - When set to False, the software will not cross the boundary of the pipeline
or block. When set to True, the software will cross the boundary of the pipeline or block for
spool generation until an intrinsic spool break is found. This feature is intended for use when
pooling by block.
SpoolBreakByControlPoint - Specifies if spools should break at control points. You can place
control points using the Insert Control Point command in the Piping task. You must set the
control point Subtype to Spool Break in order to use the control point with this option. For
information on setting isometric break controls points for drawings, see Set Isometric Break
Control Points for Drawings in the Piping Isometric Drawings User's Guide available from Help >
Printable Guides.
Select Ignore Control Points to ignore the control points during spooling. Select Break at
Control Points to break spools at the normal intrinsic line breaks and at control points. Select
Break Only at Control Points to break spools only at control points.
See Also
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet
The PipeMfgMapSymbol sheet in the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls workbook shows the symbol
mapping between the application and ISOGEN, which is the third-party software used to create
isometric drawings. The columns are described as follows:
MapType - Identifies the map type referenced from the Map Type codelist. For more
information, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide available from Help > Printable
Guides.
CodeList - Specifies the End Prep Code associated with the Part Class Name.
PartClassName - Identifies the SmartPlant 3D Part Class Name.
SKEY - Identifies the ISOGEN symbol key.
PCFComponentID - Specifies the Piping Component File (PCF) identification text for the piping
component. This ID must be a valid ISOGEN Component Type Identifier as described in the
ISOGEN documentation, which is accessible from the Help > Printable Guides command.
See Also
PipeMfgRules Sheet (on page 712)
713
Modify Default Isometric Paths

Output is saved in the SharedContent folder on the server by default. You can specify an output
location in the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls file on the PipeMfgRules sheet if you want to save
isometric drawings to a different location.
1. Log on to the application administrator computer using an account that has database
ownership privileges.
2. In Windows Explorer, create folders in which you want to store isometric drawings.
Create a folder on the server named PipingMfgDrawings.

Within the PipingMfgDrawings folder, create five folders for the different isometric
drawing types. Name the folders Iso_Pipeline, Iso_Piperun, Iso_Spool,
Iso_PenSpool, Iso_WBS, and Iso_Stress.
3. In Windows Explorer, create sharing permissions on the root folder. In this example,
PipingMfgDrawings should be shared.
4.
5.
6.
7.
To share a folder, select the folder in Windows Explorer. Then click File > Sharing and
select Shared As.
Back up your Excel workbooks before you begin to modify them.
Open the default Excel workbook for Piping Manufacturing: [Product
Folder]\CatalogData\BulkLoad\DataFiles\BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls.
Click the PipeMfgRules sheet to make it active.
In the OutputIsoDrawingLocation column, edit the paths to show the Uniform Naming
Convention (UNC) locations for the isometric drawing types on the server. For example, if
the node name of the server is smith and you want to store the Iso_Pipeline isometric
drawings in the Iso_Pipeline folder that you created earlier, type
\\smith\PipingMfgDrawings\Iso_Pipeline in the row for the Iso_Pipeline isometric type.
Repeat this step for the other isometric drawing styles.

8. In the IsoBackingSheet and IngrOption columns, edit the paths to show the UNC locations
of these files on the server. The server setup installs these files by default at [Reference
Data Product Folder]\SharedContent\PmfgIsoStyleData.
Repeat this procedure for the other rows and columns.
9. In the Head column under Start, mark the beginning of each modified row with M.
10. Click File > Save to store the modifications.
11. Run the Bulkload utility in the Add/Modify/Delete mode to modify the reference data. For
more information about bulkloading, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide
If you want to modify the isometric paths again, you must edit the workbook and bulk load.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with regard
to the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the drawing volume part class is being
added; the letter D specifies the class is deleted; the letter M indicates the class is modified.
A ! symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
See Also
714
Piping Isometric Drawings Surface-mounted

Components
Surface-mounted components (or instruments) wrap around a pipeline instead of splitting the
pipeline to insert the component (for example, an ultrasonic flow meter). You can only place a
surface-mounted component on a straight feature, and that feature must be long enough to
allow placement of the component if it is not, the insertion operation will fail.
Because the instrument wraps around the pipeline using banding or bolted clamps, the pipeline
is not shortened or distorted in any way and it is not reflected as an actual piping connection.
Instead, the software shows the placement point of these instruments with a label or symbol and
its dimensions.
To place a surface-mounted component (an instrument), follow these steps:
1. Bulkload the Sample Data for Surface Mounted Components.xls spreadsheet to the
Catalog. For information on bulkloading data to the Catalog, see the SmartMarine 3D
Reference Data Guide.
2. From the Piping toolbar, click Insert Component
.
3. Select a piping feature.
A new row of commands opens just above the viewing window.
4. In the Type field, select <Specify Component Tag>.
5. In the Specify Component Tag dialog box, enter a tag name for the component.
6. Click Finish to place the component.
The surface-mounted instrument has been attached to the pipe feature.
To add a label to this instrument, see Place an Automatic Piping Isometric Drawings
Surface-mounted Components Label (on page 715).
Place an Automatic Piping Isometric Drawings

Surface-mounted Components Label
To automatically place a label on a surface-mounted component (an instrument) in an Isometric
drawing, follow these steps:
1. Bulkload the Sample Data for Surface Mounted Components.xls spreadsheet to the
Catalog. For information on bulkloading data to the Catalog, see the SmartMarine 3D
Reference Data Guide.
2. Create a Piping Isometric Drawing that includes the surface-mounted component.
Create an isometric drawing
3. Right-click on the Piping Isometric Drawing Component, and then select Edit Options.
4. In the Isometric Style Options Browser, select SymbolMAP.
5. In the SymbolMAP, find the SP3DPartClass object that you would like to label as a
surface-mounted instrument. For example, find the SP3DPartClass name of the
surface-mounted component that you placed in the model.
6. Change the IsoGenSkey to 01HG.
You can also choose a custom IsoGenSkey for this field. For more information on
Symbol Mapping, see Symbol Mapping Options in the SmartMarine 3D Piping Isometric
Drawings User's Guide, accessible from Printable Guides > Help.
715

7. Change the ComponentClass to SUPPORT.
8. Save your changes to the Catalog, and exit the Isometric Style Options Browser.
9. Update the drawings that contain the surface-mounted instrument.
Modify an Existing Border File

You can create a piping isometric drawing border from scratch using SmartSketch Drawing
Editor. You use the commands available within SmartSketch Drawing Editor to place graphics
and create appropriate layers.
You should name new border files with the name of the desired isometric style, such as
Iso_Pipeline or Iso_Piperun.
1. Navigate to [Reference Data Product Folder]\SharedContent\PmfgIsoStyleData folder and
copy the appropriate existing border igr file to the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Templates directory. You may want to create a
subdirectory for the new file you are creating.
2. Rename the copied file with the .sha extension.
3. Open the copied .sha files with SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
4. Fit the view.
5. Select Tools > Layers.
The Layer ribbon appears.
6. Select Tools > Display Manager. On the Layers tab, scroll down to see the values
currently set in the .sha file. These are the color, line type, and width values for the named
layers.
7. Make changes as needed, save the file, and exit SmartSketch Drawing Editor. The next
time you use this .sha file as your drawing border template, the graphics will show the
changes you made.
Create a New Isometric Style

You may require different isometric styles for different types of isometric drawings. You can add
new isometric styles to the delivered BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls and bulkload the changes into the
Catalog data for use in Piping Isometric drawings. For more information on the
BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls file, see the Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide.
Add a New Style to the BulkLoadIsoKeys Spreadsheet

1. Open the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls file located in \CatalogData\Bulkload\DataFiles in Microsoft
Excel.
2. On the PipeMfgRules sheet, select a style row to use as a starting point for your new style.
Right-click the row and select Copy.
3. Select the End row. Right-click the row and select Insert Copied Cells.
716

For example, you might want to create a variation of the existing Iso_Pipeline style called
Iso_Pipeline2. You would select the row containing the delivered Iso_Pipeline style as the
one to copy. In the graphic below, the Iso_Pipeline style entry (Row 6) is copied and
modified as Iso_Pipeline2 (Row 12).
The OutputIsoDrawingLocation column in this spreadsheet is no longer used and

modifying its values has no effect on the piping isometric drawings.
4. Add the letter A to column A for this row, as shown in the previous graphic. This tells the
software to add the row when the file is bulkloaded.
5. Change the IsoNames entry for your new style. For example, in the previous example, the
name is changed to Iso_Pipeline2.
6. Change the value in the IsoBackingSheet column for your new style to the location of the
backing sheet to be used with this style. For example, your backing sheet may be specified
as PmfgIsoStyleData\Iso_Pipeline2.sha.
The name of the backing sheet file should match the name of the IsoNames
entry for the new style. As you can see in the example above, the backing sheet .sha file
name matches the IsoNames entry.
7. Change the IngrOption value to the location of the style XML file. For example, your new
style XML file may be specified as pmfgIsoStyleData\Iso_Pipeline2.xml.
As with the IsoBackingSheet entry, the IngrOption style XML file should use
the IsoNames entry as its basename. In this example, the XML file name is
Iso_Pipeline2.xml.
8. Save the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls file and close Excel.
Create the Backing Sheet and the Iso Style XML

You must create your backing sheet file for the isometric style and store it in the
\PmfgIsoStyleData folder on the SharedContent share.
1. If the new style uses the same backing sheet as another style, you can copy and rename
the existing backing sheet file. In the previous example, if the backing sheets for
Iso_Pipeline and Iso_Pipeline2 are the same, go to the Symbol share \pmfgIsoStyleData
folder and make a copy of Iso_Pipeline.igr and rename it to Iso_Pipeline2.igr.
To edit this file, follow the instructions in Edit an Isometric Backing Sheet (on page 719).
2. To create a new Iso Style XML, right-click any Piping Isometric drawing folder in the
Console and select Edit Options on the shortcut menu. The Isometric Options Browser
appears.
3. Select the top node in the Style hierarchy (the style name), then click Import Data From
, as shown below:
File
717

4. On the Select File to Import dialog box, browse to the SharedContent share and locate the
PmfgIsoStyleData folder. For example, you could select the Iso_Pipeline.xml file. Make any
changes necessary to the style options shown in the Isometric Options Browser for the
and save the Iso
new Iso Style XML. When you are done, click Save Style XML File
Style XML to a different name in the SharedContent share PmfgIsoStyleData folder. For
example, for the workflow demonstrated previously, you would save the file as
Iso_Pipeline2.xml.
After completing the tasks shown above, bulkload the BulkLoadIsoKeys.xls file to update the
model data. Make sure you bulkload using Add/Modify/Delete mode. To test the new Isometric
Style, switch to the Drawings and Reports task. The new style should be available when you
add a style to an Isometric Piping drawing type.
For more information on bulkloading files, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide.
It is not recommended to edit XML files in a text editor. However, if you plan to do so,
contact Intergraph Support Services. You can find support information on our web site
Import an Existing MicroStation DGN Border

If you have an existing MicroStation DGN file which is being used as a border (seed file), you
can re-use it for your isometric drawings.
You should name new border files with the name of the desired isometric style, such as
Iso_Piperun or Iso_Pipeline.
1. Using MicroStation tools, merge the seed and border file into a single DGN file.
2. Find the size for the required .sha file. For example, you may require a C-size to match your
DGN file.
3. Navigate to the [Workstation Install Folder]\Common2D\Template directory and locate the
Normal.sha file.
4. Right-click the file and select Properties. Remove the read-only flag from the file.
5. Open the Normal.sha file in SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
6. Go to File > Sheet Setup and change the size of the file to match the size of the DGN file.
7. Save and close the file.
8. Open SmartSketch Drawing Editor by double-clicking the shape2dserver.exe file in the
\Common2D\Shape2D\Bin directory.
9. Select File > Open and open the DGN file.
10. Select Edit > Select All to select all the DGN graphics.
11. Select Edit > Cut to remove the DGN graphics from the working sheet.
12. Select View > Background Sheets.
13. Select Edit > Paste to paste the DGN graphics on the background sheet.
14. Remove all extra layers using cmddeletelayer.dll, which is located in the \Symbol2D\Bin and
can be added as a custom command in SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
15. Change the background color if necessary using Tools > Options. Make other changes as
needed.
16. Select View > Working Sheets.
17. Create a layer in the working sheet (for example, a layer named UserAnnotationLayer).
718

18. Save the file as a border template .sha file. The MicroStation graphics are saved as part of
the new border template file to be used in the Drawings and Reports task.
Edit an Isometric Backing Sheet

Personal Isogen requires isometric backing sheets as a starting block for an isometric drawing.
The backing sheet files are Shape2D Server documents. Only use the Shape2D Server
application, delivered in the product \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\Common2D\Shape2D\Bin
folder, to create or edit the isometric backing sheet files.
When you bulkload an isometric backing sheet file, specify its name with the
extension IGR (.igr). For more information, see Create a New Isometric Style (on page 716).
The following procedure steps you through creating a new isometric backing sheet from an
existing one.
1. Go to the Symbol share PmfgIsoStyleData folder and copy and existing isometric backing
sheet file. Rename the copied file using the name of the new style as its base name. Give
the new backing sheet file a .sha extension. For example, if you create a backing sheet for a
style called Iso_Pipeline2, rename the copied backing sheet file Iso_Pipeline2.sha.
The backing sheet name should always match the name of the isometric style.
2. Open the new backing sheet file using the Shape2D Server application.
3. Edit the backing sheet as needed, then exit using File > Save.
Do not use File > Save As to save the backing sheet file.
4. Rename the saved file, changing only its file extension to .igr. For example,
Iso_Pipeline2.sha renames to Iso_Pipeline2.igr.
5. Make sure the new backing sheet IGR file is located in the Symbol share PfmgIsoStyleData
folder as this is where it is referenced when you bulkload the new isometric style.
719
720
SECTION 6
Reports Reference Data

The reports reference data includes a list of the templates associated with reporting in the
software. These templates include label templates, query templates, query parameters
templates, formatting templates, and reports templates.
In the Catalog task, you can view a hierarchy of folders containing the report and label templates
and components.
The hierarchy is derived from the Reports.xls workbook that contains the report reference data.
The Reports\Components category includes the baseline, display, formatting, and query
templates. The Reports\Templates category groups the report templates by discipline.
The Labels category contains the templates for catalog labels, isometric drawing labels, Icarus
cost-estimation labels, and ToolTip labels. For more information on drawing labels, see Label
The report and label templates are available in the \CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog

folders on the application server.
For information about setting up the reporting databases, refer to the SmartMarine 3D
Installation Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command. For more information
721

about running reports while in a 3D task, see the Common User's Guide also available from the
Help > Printable Guides command.
The Reports.xls workbook contains the reference data for reports and labels. This workbook is
located at [Product Folder]\CatalogData\BulkLoad\DataFiles. The following sheets are used to
modify the Reports and Label reference data:
Reports sheet - Defines the locations of the report and label templates. For more
information, see Report Sheet (on page 722).
R-Hierachy sheet - Maps parent and child relationships between folders in the Catalog
Reports hierarchy. For more information, see R-Hierarchy Sheet (on page 723).
For more information on modifying sheets, see the SmartMarine 3D Reference Data Guide
The Catalog Reports hierarchy also controls the display of the Catalog Reports tab on the
Tools > Run Report command in the Common task.
For more information on using and defining reports, see the Reports User's Guide.
See Also
Report Sheet (on page 722)
R-Hierarchy Sheet (on page 723)
The Management Console, Folders, and Components (on page 27)
Report Sheet
The Report sheet in the Reports.xls workbook defines the locations for the report and label
templates.
The upper portion of this sheet lists the valid report and label templates and descriptions. This
portion is commented out with ! characters at the beginning of each row, so the Bulkload utility
does not read this information.
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the report or label template is being added;
the letter D specifies the template is deleted; the letter M indicates the template is modified. A !
Name (Column B) - Specifies the report or label template name. This name appears in the XML
for the template. This name must match the name specified on the R-Hierarchy sheet.
Type (Column C) - Specifies the type of template. The types include label templates, query
templates, query parameters templates, report templates, and formatting templates.
Description (Column D) - Provides some descriptive text about the template.
Filename (Column E) - Shows the path to the template.
The Name column (Column B) includes the hierarchy folders shown in the Catalog task. You
add new report or label templates based on where you want them to be stored within the
hierarchy. To help make the hierarchy easier to read, the Report section of the sheet has a
yellow background, while the Label Template section has a green background.
722
For more information on modifying the Reports.xml workbook, refer to the SmartMarine 3D
Reference Data Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides command in the
software.
R-Hierarchy Sheet
The R-Hierarchy sheet maps parent and child relationships between folders and files in the
Catalog Reports and Catalog Labels hierarchies.
The folder names are object names, not names that appear on the user interface. These names
must be unique in the Catalog. Also, the names must match between the Report sheet and the
R-Hierarchy sheet.
A parent folder can have any number of children. However, a child folder can only have one
parent. A familiar example is the hierarchy of folders in Windows Explorer.
the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the report template is being added; the letter
D specifies the template is deleted; the letter M indicates the report template is modified. A !
You should copy the Reports.xls spreadsheet to another name before bulkloading. Once
bulkloading occurs, the values in Column A will reset.
RelationSource - Specifies the parent object names. For report templates, the background is
yellow. For label templates, the background is green.
RelationDestination - Specifies the child object names.
The R-Hierarchy sheet specifies relationships between all parent and children folders,
except part classes and the classification folders right above the part classes in the hierarchy.
These folders are related on the R-ClassNodeDescribes sheet. For more information, refer to
command.
See Also
Add A Report Template (on page 723)
Add a Report Template

You can use this procedure to add label templates also.
1. Open the Reports.xls workbook.
2. Select the Report sheet.
3. Select a row after the Start keyword and within the appropriate hierarchy division, and click
Insert > Rows.
4. In column A, type A to indicate a new report template will be added during the next bulkload.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
The left-most column (column A) of the sheet specifies the bulkload action taken with
regard to the row. For example, an A in the column indicates the report or label template is
being added; the letter D specifies the template is deleted; the letter M indicates the
template is modified. A ! symbol specifies that the row is ignored during bulkloading.
In the Name column (Column B), type a name for the new report template. Make sure the
name is unique.
In the Type column (Column C), specifies the type of template. The types include label
templates, query templates, query parameters templates, report templates, and formatting
templates.
Include a description for the report or label in the Description column (Column D).
Specify the report or label filename and location in the Filename column (Column E).
Select the R-Hierarchy sheet.
723

10. Specify a parent name and child name. The RelationSource name must match the name
specified on the Report sheet.
11. Save the Reports.xls workbook.
12. Bulk load the updated Report.xls spreadsheet.
See Also
Report Sheet (on page 722)
Create a filter-based report that uses the DrawingMAP

table
It is often required to report the name of a drawing that contains equipment in an equipment
location report. The following example query returns the names of all equipment and the
drawings they are contained in. This query may be used in a SQL report.
select
j4.Itemname 'Equipment',j3.Itemname 'Drawing' from
XDrawingMAP X1
join XSheetHasViews x2 on X1.oidorigin = x2.oidorigin
join JDDwgSheet j2 on j2.oid = x2.oiddestination
join JNamedItem j3 on j3.oid = j2.oid
join JNamedItem j4 on j4.oid = X1.oiddestination
where j4.OID in (select oid from JSmartEquipment)
order by Equipment, Drawing
Normally, tables in the databases have corresponding views that begin with "J," which
means the expected view name for DRAWINGDrawingMAP would be JDrawingMAP. However,
the correct view name is XDrawingMAP.
724
SECTION 7
Label Rules
leader lines. You can even specify that the labels find "clear space" on the drawing, as shown in
the graphic.
You assign label rules as part of the drawing view style with the Tools > Define View Style
command in the Drawings and Reports task. You can use these rules for many purposes. The
delivered sample rules include several types of rules, such as control point labels, grid line
labels, name labels, name and part labels, and piping labels. For more information, see the
Label rules are saved in theSharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules
folder. The rules have corresponding templates and symbols under
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates. Most labels are managed by and bulkloaded from the
Reports.xls file. This workbook contains the reference data for labels. For additional
information, see Reports Reference Data (on page 721). Labels specific to Marine Structure
drawings are not managed by the Reports.xls file. For more information, see General Marine
Label Rules (on page 829). For more information, see Label Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings in the SmartMarine 3D Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
If you choose to relocate or reorganize the labels folder structure, you need to edit each
associated Label Rule XML file. The label rules are located in the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder. After each <name> tag of the XML file, enter the
correct relative path and name for the template files, as in the example below.
725
Label Rules
Delivered path
Modified path
Layering Labels
You can define the layer on which your annotation labels appear in the drawing by editing the
label rule template XML file. After the <posSettings> section of the XML file, add a
<labelLayerSettings> definition using the <labelLayer> tag, like the one shown in the example
below, that defines the layer on which you want the annotations placed:
If the layer does not already exist in the template you are using to create drawings, the software
creates the layer automatically.
Prioritizing Labels
In "Clearspace Labels", you can use the XML setting for Priority to dictate which label(s) in the
drawing have a higher chance of being placed at their preferred positions, as specified by the
Positioning module with in the label XML template. When you create a drawing that uses a
view style with two or more "Clearspace Labels" defined, you can have multiple labels with
different Priority settings, and the level of Priority can impact which label is more likely to receive
its preferred position. For example, Label 1 and Label 2 have different Priority settings defined
in their respective XML templates. However, Label 1 takes its preferred position in the drawing
over Label 2 because the Priority is higher for Label 1. The lower numeric value for the
Priority means Label 1 is more likely to receive its preferred position.
Label 1
Label 2
Labels that have the same Priority setting in their XML templates will not collide in the drawing if
there is sufficient clearspace, but neither label receives preferential treatment for placement.
726
Label Rules
See Also
Use Bubble Labels in Drawings (on page 84)
Label Editor
Edits or creates a label. This dialog box is accessible from Tools > Define Label in the Catalog
task dialog box; it displays when you click New COM Label
, New SQL Label
, or
Properties
on the horizontal toolbar.
In the Common task, the Label Editor displays when you select a Tooltip on the
OptionsToolTips tab and then click Edit Label. You can edit the formatting for the selected
label and the changes are saved to the session file. Edits made to the label are not saved to
the Catalog. For more information, see the Common User's Guide, available from the Help >
Printable Guides command in the software.
In the Drawings and Reports task, the Label Editor displays when you select New Format in
the Name list on the Labels tab of the Item Properties dialog box when using Design
Layout to format a report. You can create a new label format to use within your report. For
more information, see the Drawings and Reports documentation, available from the Help >
Printable Guides command in the software.
Name - Displays a default name for the label. You can type a name, or click More to select an
existing label definition. In the Common task, this box is not available.
Description - Displays a text description of the label.
Properties
Displays properties associated with the label. The options available are different depending on
the type of label, either COM or SQL Query. If you are working with a COM Label, you can add
or delete property rows as needed:
Add - Opens the Select Properties dialog box, in which you can select an object type and
corresponding property. For more information about this dialog box, see the section about
managing sessions in the Common User's Guide available from the Help > Printable Guides
Remove - Discards a selected property in the Properties grid.
Edit Label - Opens the Select Properties Dialog Box to apply object properties to the label
definition.
Property Name - Specifies the name of the property.
Alias Name - Specifies an alias for the property. You can type user-defined text in this box.
If you are working with an SQL Query Label, the definition provides the following capabilities:
Show Results - Adds a results pane to the Properties section. The results update when
you execute the query.
Execute Query - Runs the query as specified. If the Results pane is shown, the results
display.
Properties - Displays the Select Properties dialog box.

Name - Specifies a name for the query.
727
Label Rules
Layout
Provides a text field for entering text and fields to be used in the label. The options available are
described as follows:
Rich Text Format - Displays the Font dialog box so you can specify font, font style, font
size, and font special effects to be used in the label.
Block Definition - Displays the Block dialog box so that you can define condition criteria.
Field Formatting - Displays the Field Formatting dialog box so you can define specific
formatting for a selected field. This button is disabled unless a field is selected in the Layout text
box.
Unit Formatting - Displays the Select Rule dialog box for specifying a Unit of Measure
formatting rule. This button is disabled unless a unit of measure field is selected in the Layout
text box.
Position Definition - Displays the Position Definition dialog box for defining the displays
of the positional information in the label. This button is disabled unless a positional field is
selected in the Layout text box.
Orientation Definition - Not available in this version.
For more information on these commands, see the SmartMarine 3D Catalog User's Guide.
Format Field Dialog Box (Label Editor)

Defines the format for the selected field. The Format Field dialog displays when you select a
field in the Layout text box on the Label Editor and click Format Field
. The dialog box is
similar to the Microsoft Excel Format Cell command.
Category - Specifies the type of the formatting to assign to the field. The category controls the
definition controls displays on the dialog box.
Sample - Shows a sample of the selected format.
Select Rule Dialog Box (Label Editor - Unit of Measure)

Lists the available unit of measure rules. You can open this dialog box when you select a single
field in the Layout text box on the Label Editor box and click Format Unit
.
Rule Name - Lists the names of available unit of measure rules.
New - Displays the Unit of Measure dialog box for creating a new unit of measure rule.
Properties - Displays the Unit of Measure dialog box to review or edit the selected rule.
Unit of Measure Dialog Box (Label Editor)

Specifies properties for a new unit of measure rule. This dialog box displays when you click New
on the Select Rule dialog box. The properties displayed are inherited from the context in
which the unit of measure label is created (that is, Session, Report, or Drawing).
Rule Name - Specifies a name for the unit of measure rule.
Description - Describes the unit of measure rule.
728
Label Rules
Inherit from Session, Reports, Drawing - Indicates that the parameter should use the same
units used in the session, the report, or the drawing. This option is checked by default, which
makes the Properties read-only.
Properties
Unit - Displays the type of unit, such as distance.
Primary - Specifies the primary unit of measure, such as yards in yards, feet, or inches.
Secondary - Specifies the secondary unit of measure, such as feet in yards, feet, or inches.
Tertiary - Specifies the tertiary unit of measure, such as inches in yards, feet, or inches.
Displayed Unit - Turns the display of the units on and off.
Precision Type - Specifies Decimal, Fractional, or Scientific. Your selection in this box
determines the availability of the remaining boxes on this dialog box.
Decimal Precision - Specifies the number of places after the decimal point. This value can be 0
or greater.
Leading Zero - Places a zero before the decimal point, if applicable.
Trailing Zeros - Places zeros after the last significant digit, if applicable.
Fractional Precision - Specifies a fraction for the precision. The highest value that you can
specify is 1/2. This box is available only if you select Fractional in the Precision Type box.
Reduce Fraction - Reduces the fraction. For example, displays 3/4 instead of 6/8. This box is
available only if you select Fractional in the Precision Type box.
Block Definition Dialog Box (Label Editor)

Displays several options that allow you to apply condition criteria to new or existing labels. A
conditional label only appears if the conditions are met based on the values specified in the
Block Definition dialog box.
Selected block text

Displays the selected block of text from the Layout section of the Label Editor command. For
more information, see Label Editor (on page 727).
Block type
Repeat the fields in the block for each occurrence - Allows you to repeat certain fields in the
block as many times as they occur in the label. Text in this box cannot be edited. For example,
most label blocks are separated by a return in the label, but the repeat option places all of the
conditional blocks on the same line in the label.
Conditions
Match all - All conditions must match.
Match any - Any conditions can match.
True - Condition must be true.
False - Condition must be false.
Delete - Removes the selected row from the list of conditions.
Property - Specifies the properties available from the Layout field in the Label Editor.
Operator - Specifies the operator value. Possible values are: =, >, >=, <, <=, <>, Between, and
Not Between.
Value - Specifies the properties available for comparison based on the properties list.
729
Label Rules
If Boolean or codelist values exist, they are also listed for comparison.
State of value - Specifies the format, which can be Raw, Post-formatted, and Pre-formatted.
Value 2 - Specifies the second value condition if the Operator is set to Between or Not
Between.
Position Definition Dialog Box

Defines position information for a new label field. This dialog box displays when you select a
positional field in the Layout text box on the Label Editor and click Define Position
.
Properties - Displays a list of the properties currently assigned to the positional field. For
example, you select the label text field <F>CGx</F> and you want to represent the value as
5.45m GlobalCS East. You would need to define the coordinate system, the name of the +/axes, and the read-out order for the values.
The Matrix Rule property provides a dropdown list of the last 10 selected rules. Selecting
Create New Rule in the dropdown allows you to create a new positional definition rule. For
more information on creating a new positional rule, see Matrix Rule Dialog Box. Selecting More
in the dropdown displays a Browse dialog to select an existing rule. For more information on
selecting an existing rule, see Select Rule Dialog Box (Label Editor - Position Definition).
The Readout property has a dropdown that contains all of the possible combinations for
value, coordinate system, and axis, including cases where you might want to omit one of the
read-out options.
Select Rule Dialog Box (Label Editor - Position Definition)

Lists the available position matrix rules. You can open this dialog box when you select More in
the Matrix Rule list on the Position Definition dialog box.
Rule Name - Lists the names of available position matrix rules.
New - Displays the Matrix Rule dialog box for creating a position matrix rule. For more
information, see Matrix Rule Dialog Box.
Matrix Rule Dialog Box

Specifies properties for a position matrix rule. This dialog box displays when you click New
on the Select Rule dialog box.
Rule Name - Specifies a name for the unit of measure rule.
Description - Describes the unit of measure rule.
Select Rule Dialog Box (Label Editor - Unit of Measure)

Lists the available unit of measure rules. You can open this dialog box when you select a single
field in the Layout text box on the Label Editor box and click Format Unit
.
Rule Name - Lists the names of available unit of measure rules.
New - Displays the Unit of Measure dialog box for creating a new unit of measure rule.
730
Label Rules
Create a Label
1. In the Catalog task, click Tools > Define Label.
2. On the Define Label dialog box, select the type of label you want to create - New COM
Label
or New SQL Label
.
3. In the Label Editor, type a name in the Name box, if necessary.
4. Type a new description in the Description box, if necessary.
5. For property-based labels, add properties to the label by clicking Add and selecting the
object type and properties you want to include in the label in the Select Properties dialog
box.
6. Select rows in the Properties table and click Insert a field to layout to place them in the
Text region.
7. To change the font style for a property, select a field in the Text box and click Rich Text
.
Formatting
8. To change the format of a property, select a field in the Text box and click Field Formatting
.
9. To change the format of the units of measure, select a field in the Text box and click Unit of
Measure
.
10. For SQL-based labels, make changes to the SQL statements in the Properties box. You
can click Show Results Pane
to open a lower window that displays the results of the
SQL query. Test the query by clicking Execute Query
.
11. When you are finished, click OK.
Modify Label Symbol File

This workflow demonstrates the ability to further modify a label by creating the symbol file.
1. Using Windows Explorer, browse to the location that you saved the label created with the
Label Editor.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The default location is [Product Folder]\SharedContent\Labels\Drawing Labels.

Copy all of the files associated to the new label you created. There are four files with
different extensions: RFM, RFP, RQE, and RTP.
Browse to [Product Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates and paste
the files.
In the Templates folder, copy and paste an existing SYM file. For example, copy and paste
SectionSize_None_APO-NL.sym in the same folder.
Rename the copied file to match the files you created earlier in the Label Editor.
Double-click the new SYM file to open it.
Change the text in the Text box to match the label name.
Right-click the text box and select Properties.
731
Label Rules
9. On the User tab, change the Value field to the name of your label.
For more information on editing other symbol properties, see the SmartMarine 3D Drawings
and Reports Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
10. Click Add to add the label ID to the symbol properties.
11. Click OK.
12. The symbol file is associated to the new label you created in the Label Editor.
Modify Label XML File

This workflow demonstrates the ability to further modify a label by editing the associated XML
file.
1. Browse to the [Product Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder.
2. In the Templates folder, copy and paste an existing XML file. For example, copy and paste
SectionSize_None_APO-NL.xml in the same folder.
3. Rename the copied file to match the files you created earlier in the Label Editor.
Before proceeding, consider downloading a 3rd party XML document editor to make it
easier to read and modify the .xml files.
4. Double-click the new XML file to open it in Notepad or a 3rd party XML document editor.
5. Rename any instances of SectionSize_None_APO-NL to your new label name. For
example, rename SectionSize_None_APO-NL to MyNewLabel.
When renaming these instances, remember to keep file extensions if they are
present in the original name.
6. Save the file and exit.
7. In order to use your new label in a drawing, you need to create a label rule. For more
information on creating a new label rule, see Create a New Label Rule (on page 733).
See Also
Modify Label Symbol File (on page 731)
732
Label Rules
Create a New Label Rule

This workflow demonstrates the ability to create a new label rule that can be used to place a
custom label that you have created.
1. Browse to the [Product Folder]\SharedContent\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder and copy
and paste an existing XML file. For example, copy and paste the
SectionSize_None_APO_NL.xml file within the same folder.
2. Rename the copied XML file to the name of the label you created in previous steps.
3. Open the file using Notepad or a 3rd party XML document editor.
4. Change any occurrences of SectionSize_None_APO_NL to your label name. For example,
change SectionSize_None_APO_NL to MyNewLabel.
There should only be one file name to change in this XML file.
6. In order to use your new label in a drawing, you need to specify the new rule within a
particular view style. For more information, see the SmartMarine 3D Drawings and Reports
See Also
Modify Label Symbol File (on page 731)
Modify Label XML File (on page 732)
Create a Custom Cutting Plane Symbol (on page 741)
Compound Labels
Labels can be combined within a label rule or a template to produce a compound label.
Compounding labels is useful when it is necessary to:
1. Reduce the number of label rules in a view style.
2. Apply different formats to the various parts of a label.
3. Eliminate the need for a query interpreter.
4. Reduce the "footprint" of the label so that less open space is needed for its placement.
5. Use different placement modules for the various parts of a label.
Compound labels have different behaviors based on whether they are combined in a label rule
or in a template.
When combined in a label rule, the component parts of the compound label can be placed
automatically and moved independently of each other. For more information, see Create a
Compound Label Using Label Rules (on page 734).
When combined in a label template, the component parts cannot be moved independently of
each other. For more information, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol
(on page 735).
When combined in a label rule, the component parts of the compound label can be placed
manually and moved independently of each other. For more information, see Create a
Compound Label Using the Content Module (on page 738).
733
Label Rules
Create a Compound Label Using Label Rules

The following procedure steps you through the workflow for creating a custom compound label
for use in a drawing view style by modifying the Label Rule XML file. The software contains
labels that can be used in your drawings. It is not necessary to have administrator privileges on
the computer on which you perform this procedure. However, it is necessary to have at least
write permissions to the SharedContent share on the server computer you are connected to.
Working in the Rules Folder

In theSharedContent share of your database, locate the delivered label rules. The default
location for these files is [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContentDrawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules.
Some label rules only use one label type in an XML file, but it is possible to call multiple labels in
the same XML file. For an example of this, refer to the delivered Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment_North-East Coordinate.xml file. This file uses three different labels in order to
create a compound label.
This method will produce two independent labels on a drawing. They will not necessarily be
placed in the same position and will behave as independent labels. To combine labels into
one symbol, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol (on page 735).
This method can only be used automatically in a view style. You cannot manually place a
label created with this method.
1. Select the appropriate XML file that you want to modify.
It is recommended that you make a backup copy of this file before making any changes.
To do this, right-click on the file and select Copy. Paste the file in the same directory.
easier to read and modify the XML files.
2. Open the copy of the original file in a 3rd party XML document editor.
3. Use the following XML format to add a label. For this example, the Equipment
Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate label will be added.
<ACTION>
<CATEGORY>AddLabel</CATEGORY>
<VALUE type="string">
<labels>
<label>
<name>Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North
Coordinate</name>
</label>
</labels>
</VALUE>
</ACTION>
4. Repeat the above step for any additional labels that need to be added to the label rule.
5. Once all of the appropriate labels have been added to the label rule, save your changes and
exit.
6. Add the new label rule to the appropriate view style. For more information on adding a label
rule to a view style, see Label Rules (on page 102).
734
Label Rules
Below is an example of the Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate label
in a drawing. All three symbols are independently placed and can be moved individually.
See Also
Compound Labels (on page 733)
Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol

The following procedure steps you through the workflow for creating a custom compound label
for use in a drawing view style by modifying the label XML and label SYM files. The software
contains labels that can be used in your drawings. It is not necessary to have administrator
privileges on the computer on which you perform this procedure. However, it is necessary to
have at least write permissions to the SharedContent share on the server computer you are
connecting to.
Working in the Templates Folder

In the SharedContent share of your database, locate the delivered labels. The default location
for these files is [Reference Product Folder]SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates.
For an example of a delivered label that can be modified, refer to the delivered
BopPipePort1_CA_JL.xml file.
This method will produce a single independent symbol that contains two labels. It will not
be possible to reposition one of the labels without also re-positioning the other. This method is
recommended for placing compound labels that will always be positioned together. To place a
compound label that creates two independent symbols, see Create a Compound Label Using
Label Rules (on page 734).
This example will create a compound label that consists of the BopPipePort1 and Piping
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment labels.
1. Copy and paste a new copy of the appropriate XML file that you want to modify. In the case
of this example, copy and paste the delivered BopPipePort1_CA_JL.xml file.
It is recommended that you make a backup copy of this file before making any changes.
To do this, right-click on the file and select Copy. Paste the file in the same directory.
While the files can be edited with a text editor like Notepad, consider downloading a 3rd
party XML document editor to make it easier to read and modify the XML files.
735
Label Rules
2. Rename the copied file to BopPipePort1_CA_JL_Custom.xml and open it in a 3rd party
XML document editor.
3. Use the following XML format to add a label to the resulting symbol.
Original
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingLabelHelper"/>
<ID attributeName="BopPipePort1">BopPipePort1.rtp</ID>
</content>
Modified
<content>
<ID attributeName="BopPipePort1">BopPipePort1.rtp</ID>
<ID attributeName="Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment">Piping
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment.rtp</ID>
</content>
4. Repeat the above step for any additional labels that need to be added to the symbol.
5. Once all of the appropriate labels have been added to the label XML, save your changes
and exit.

In the SharedContent of your database, locate the delivered label rules. The default location for
these files is [Reference Product Folder]SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules.
In this step, you are entering the name of the new label you created in the Label Templates
folder.
1. Copy the BopPipePort1_CA_JL.xml file and paste a new copy of the file.
2. Rename the copied file to BopPipePort1_CA_JL_Custom.xml.
3. Open the new XML file and replace the label name with BopPipePort1_CA_JL_Custom.
<label>
<name>BopPipePort1_CA_JL_Custom</name>
</label>
4. Save the file and exit the editor.
Working with the SYM File

1. Select the SYM file that corresponds to the XML file you edited earlier. In this case,
BopPipePort1_CA_JL.sym.
It is recommended that you make a backup copy of this file before making any
changes. To do this, right-click the file and select Copy. Paste the file in the same directory.
2. Open the copied file in SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
3. Click Text Box
.
4. Click to place the text box and position it relative to the existing symbol.
5. Enter generic text into the text box field. For example, Test.
6.
7.
8.
9.
736
Use the Select Tool

to right-click the text box you created and select Properties.
In the Text Box Properties box, select the User tab.
Make sure the Attribute set is defined appropriately.
Type ID in the Name field.
Label Rules
10. In the Value field, enter the name of the RTP file you added to the XML file. In this case,
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment.
In most cases, the name entered in the Value field is identical to the RTP file name.
The correct name can be found in the XML file inside the ID attributeName tag.
11. Click Add and then click OK.

12. Save your changes and exit.
13. Add the new label rule to the appropriate view style. For more information on adding a label
rule to a view style, see Label Rules (on page 102).
Below is an example of a label combining the BopPipePort1_CA_JL symbol with the
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment symbol. Note that the highlighted symbol
includes both labels since they are combined.
If you want to alter the origin of the symbol, follow these steps.
1. Select the symbol or text box.
2. On the Symbol Authoring Tools ribbon, select
Symbol Origin.
3. Locate the center of the label (or the place you would like the origin to be), and place the
origin.
737
Label Rules
When placing a compound label, a leader will connect to the last text box, not the
symbol origin.
In order to place the leader in the middle of a compound label, you can insert a small
text box first so that the leader will point to the small text box between the two custom
labels. The dummy text box must be placed after all other text boxes or symbols are
placed.
Example
The following example shows a dummy text box placed in between two functional text boxes. In
this instance, the leader connects to the small dummy text box as long as it was placed last.
See Also
Create a Compound Label Using Label Rules (on page 734)
Create a Compound Label Using the Content Module

This section steps you through the workflow for creating a custom compound label for use in a
drawing view style. This is accomplished by modifying the label XML and label SYM file. The
software contains labels that can be used in your drawings. It is not necessary to have
administrator privileges on the computer on which you perform this procedure. However, it is
necessary to have at least write permissions to the SharedContent share on the server
computer to which you are connecting.
Working in the Templates Folder

In the SharedContent share of your database, locate the delivered labels. The default location
for these files is [Reference Product Folder]SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates.
Some label rules only use one label type in an XML file, but it is possible to call multiple labels in
the same XML file. In this example, the Instrument Name_Elevation label is created and
includes the instrument name and elevation value below the name.
738
This method will produce two independent labels on a drawing. They will not necessarily be
placed in the same position and will behave as independent labels. To combine labels into
one symbol, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol (on page 735).
Labels created with this method can only be placed manually; these labels cannot be added
to a view style for automatic placement.
The compound labels resulting from this workflow are placed with a single origin point as
opposed to separate origins for each symbol. For more information on creating a compound
label with individual origin points, see Create a Compound Label Using Label Rules (on
page 734).
Label Rules
1. Create a new XML file in the Templates folder. Right-click and select New from the menu.
For this example, the label XML file is called Instrument Name_Elelvation.xml.
2. Use the following XML template to create the label. For this example, the Instrument
Elevation_Equipment_Name and SP3DCoordinate_CA_JL labels will be added.
easier to read and modify the XML files.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingLabelHelper" />
<embeddedLabel>Instrument
Elevation_Equipment_Name</embeddedLabel>
<embeddedLabel>SP3DCoordinate_CA_JL</embeddedLabel>
</content>
</label>
3. Once all of the appropriate embedded labels have been added to the label rule, save your
changes and exit.
Working with the SYM File

1. Create a new SYM file by copying and pasting an existing symbol in the Templates folder. In
this example, the SYM file is named Instrument Name_Elevation.sym.
2. Open the new SYM file in SmartSketch Drawing Editor and delete any existing symbols or
graphics.
Symbol Explorer and drag the Instrument Elevation_Equipment_Name.sym
3. Open
and SP3DCoordinate.sym files to the active sheet.
4. Right-click on the Instrument Elevation_Equipment_Name symbol, and select Properties.
5. In the User tab, enter EmbeddedLabel in the Name box, and Instrument
Elevation_Equipment_Name in the Value box, and click Add.
6. Make any other changes to the label format and behavior, and click OK to close the dialog
box.
7. Right-click on the SP3DCoordinate_JA_CL symbol, and select Properties.
8. In the User tab, enter EmbeddedLabel in the Name box, and SP3DCoordinate_JA_CL in
the Value box, and click Add.
9. Make any other changes to the label format and behavior, and click OK to close the dialog
box.
10. Save your changes and exit.
Below is an example of a label combining the Instrument Elevation_Equipment_Name
symbol with the SP3DCoordinate symbol.
1. Select the symbol or text box.
Symbol Origin.
739
Label Rules
origin.
Symbols in Orthographic Drawings

You can use symbols as part of the view style for your orthographic drawings. The symbols can
appear as part of the drawing view, replacing graphic objects to simplify drawing output. You
can also place symbols on a drawing as a label in paper space.
Using Tools > Define View Style, you define symbols through the properties on the view style.
When defined as part of a graphic rule in the view style, the symbol takes the place of an object
included in the drawing view. Depending on how you created the symbol, the symbol may scale
to match the drawing view contents. For more information, see Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog
Box (on page 99).
If you are using a label to place a symbol in the paper space of the drawing, the symbol will not
scale. For more information, see Label Rules (on page 102).
You create symbols in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information, see Create a Custom
Symbol for Drawings (on page 740).
See Also
Create a Custom Symbol for Drawings (on page 740)
Create a Custom Symbol for Drawings

The software provides sample symbols to use in your drawings. Some of these symbols resize
based on the size of the object they are replacing. You can create your own symbols or modify
copies of existing ones to suit your needs. It is not necessary to have administrator privileges on
the computer on which you perform this procedure. However, it is necessary to have write
permissions at least to the SharedContent share on the server computer.
1. Open SmartSketch Drawing Editor by browsing to the [Product
Folder]\Common2D\Shape2D\Bin folder and double-clicking shape2dserver.exe.
2. Draw your symbol using the various commands and tools in the software.
to draw a fence around the symbol graphics.
3. Use the Select Tool

4. Click Create Symbol
If the Create Symbol icon is not visible, click Tools > Customize, and drag the Create
Symbol icon (from the Catalogs category) into the application window.
5. Click to define the origin of the new symbol.
6. On the Save As Symbol dialog box, browse to the \Drawings\Catalog\Symbols folder under
the SharedContent share, name the symbol, and save it.
7. Exit SmartSketch Drawing Editor without saving the document.
You can incorporate your custom symbol into a graphic rule for a view style for use in any
orthographic drawings. For more information, see Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog Box (on page
99).
740
Label Rules
See Also
Symbols in Orthographic Drawings (on page 740)
Create a Custom Cutting Plane Symbol

The following procedure steps you through the workflow for creating a new cutting plane symbol
and editing the properties of its behavior. The software provides sample symbols to use in your
drawings. It is not necessary to have administrator privileges on the computer on which you
perform this procedure. However, it is necessary to have at least write permissions to the
SharedContent share on the server computer. For more information on using SmartSketch
Drawing Editor, see Working with SmartSketch Drawing Editor in any of the SmartMarine 3D
Drawings user's guides, accessible from Help > Printable Guides.
Working in the Labels Folder

In the SharedContent share of your database, locate the cutting plane reference symbols. The
default location for these files is [Reference Data Product
Folder]SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Views. There are fourteen files
delivered in this folder that make up the complete cutting plane symbol: two RFM files, two RQE
files, two RTP files, four SYM files, and four XML documents.
Copy Existing Cutting Plane Arrow Symbols

1. Select the four Scantling_SectionArrow1 and Scantling_SectionArrow2 files (.xml and
.sym), and copy them within the same folder.
2. Rename each set of files. For example, rename the Scantling_SectionArrow1 files to
Type3_Arrow1 and rename the Scantling_SectionArrow2 files to Type3_Arrow2.
3. Each individual file needs to be modified using the new naming convention.
easier to read and modify the .xml files.
4. Open the .sym Arrow files and make any necessary adjustments to the arrow symbols with
the SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information on using SmartSketch Drawing
Editor, see Working with SmartSketch Drawing Editor in any of the SmartMarine 3D
Drawings user's guides, accessible from Help > Printable Guides.
5. Save the files and exit SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
6. Open the first .xml file (either with Notepad or a 3rd party XML editor) and change any
occurrences of Scantling_SectionArrow1 to Type3_Arrow1.
Be sure to preserve any file name extensions.
7. Repeat the above step for the second arrow .xml file. For example, in the
Scantling_SectionArrow2 file, make sure that all occurrences of
Scantling_SectionArrow2 are changed to Type3_Arrow2.
8. Save the files and exit the XML editor.
Copy Existing Cutting Plane Reference Files

1. Select the ten Scantling_SectionReference1 and Scantling_SectionReference2 files and
copy them within the same folder.
2. Rename each set of files. For example, rename the Scantling_SectionReference1 files to
Type3_Reference1 and rename the Scantling_SectionReference2 files to
Type3_Reference2.
741
Label Rules
3. Each individual file needs to be modified using the new naming convention.
XML Files
1. Open the first XML file (either with Notepad or a 3rd party XML editor) and change any
occurrences of Scantling_SectionReference1 to Type3_Reference1.
2. In the second XML file, change any occurrences of Scantling_SectionReference2 to
Type3_Reference2.
3. Save the files and exit.
RTP Files
1. Open the first RTP file (either with Notepad or a 3rd party XML editor) and change any
2. In the second RTP file, rename Scantling_SectionReference2 to Type3_Reference2.
RQE Files
1. Open the first RQE file (either with Notepad or a 3rd party XML editor) and change any
2. In the second RQE file, rename Scantling_SectionReference2 to Type3_Reference2.
RFM Files
1. Open the first RFM file (either with Notepad or a 3rd party XML editor) and change any
2. In the second RFM file, change any occurrences of Scantling_SectionReference2 to
Type3_Reference2.
SYM Files
1. Open the first Reference SYM file in SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
2. Right-click on the text-box in the symbol and select Properties.
3. On the User tab, enter a new Value property. For example, replace
Scantling_SectionReference1 with Type3_Reference1.
4. Click OK.
Symbol Origin.
origin.

4. Repeat the above steps for the second XML file.

The file that contains all of the rules for a cutting plane symbol is in the SharedContent share of
your database; the default location for these files is [Reference Data Product
742
Label Rules
Folder]SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\ViewRules. A new XML file must be created in
order to use your new cutting plane symbols.
1. Select a delivered View Rule. For example, select
SteelOrderSectionandDetailViewRule.xml.
2. Right-click on the view rule, and select Copy. Paste the file in the same folder as the
delivered view rule.
3. Rename the new file with an appropriate name; for example, Type3.
4. Open the new view rule file with Notepad (or a 3rd party XML editor).
5. As in the previous steps when working in the Labels folder, you need to replace the names
of existing label files with the names you gave the new label files. For example, change
Scantling_SectionReference1 to Type3_Reference1, and so forth.
6. After renaming all of the appropriate files, save the file and exit.
Use the Custom Cutting Plane Symbol

After creating the new symbol, you need to specify the new rule within a particular view style.
For more information, see Labels Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box) (on page 122).
See Also
Create a Custom Symbol for Drawings (on page 740)
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols, and

Dimensions
In marine structure drawings, labels can be used for text, symbols, and dimensions. The label
definition can have multiple components, assigning a text box, symbols, or both. You can also
assign different labels to the same object type in a drawing. You define labels for marine
structure drawings when you define the ruleset view style using Tools > Define View Style in
the Drawings and Reports task.
Delivered labels rules are located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder. The properties available for label rules are taken
from the objects in the model. The label rules assign formatting and display the property value
on the drawing.
When creating labels, it is recommended that you start with a basic tooltip definition, then
add formatting to make the label more specific to drawing output.
Marine structure drawing labels have three components:
Property labels generated through the Catalog - Used to find existing properties on
objects. You can also write SQL labels to calculate properties that are not exposed to the
end-user in the model.
SYM file - Used to control placement on the drawing. The SYM file can contain a text box or
a graphical symbol.
XML file - Used to format the label and populate the symbol.
The following table shows which delivered labels and dimensions are applicable to marine
structure drawings. For more information on using symbols in marine structure drawings, see
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure Drawings (on page 749).
743
Label Rules
Drawing Type
Label Rules To Use
Scantling Drawings, including the following delivered For Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions:
packages: Classification, Classification (Expansion), Generic_Name
Steel Order, Steel Order (Expansion)
IS_Scantling_Name
Structure_Name
RuleSet_Name
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Drawings, including the For Labels:
following delivered packages: Mfg Profile Sketch and Generic_Name
IS_ProfileSketch_Arial_2.5mm
Structure_Name
RuleSet_Name
For Dimensions:
IS_ProfileSketch_FeatureDistance
IS_ProfileSketch_FeatureDistance_Top
IS_ProfileSketch_ProfileLength
IS_ProfileSketch_TopFlangeLength
StrMrfg ProfileSketch WebThicknessLocMark
Manufacturing Template Drawings, including the
For Labels:
following delivered packages: Mfg Template and Mfg Generic_Name
Template Set
Structure_Name
RuleSet_Name
For Dimensions:
IS_Templateset_Offset_Distance
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale Drawing,
including the following delivered package: Mfg
Templateset (Full Scale)
For Labels:
Generic_Name_A_NL
For Symbols:
StrMfg Templateset Seam Point Symbol
StrMfg Templateset Tangent Point Symbol
StrMfg Templateset Midline Symbol
MfgTemplatesetFullScaleDirection Right
Manufacturing PinJig Drawings, including the

following delivered packages: Mfg PinJig
For Labels:
Generic_Name
IS_PinJig_Arial_1mm
Structure_Name
RuleSet_Name
For Symbols:
Pin
XPoint
XPoint_Cusp
XPoint_Origin
Hull Lines Drawings, including the following delivered For Labels:

packages: Hull Lines
Generic_Name
Structure_Name
RuleSet_Name
For Symbols:
Hull Lines Default Seam Symbol
Hull Lines Erection Seam Symbol
Assembly Drawings, including the following delivered For Labels, Symbols, and Dimensions:
744
Label Rules
packages: Assembly Method and Assembly
Sequence
Generic_Name
This label places the Object Name
IGNamedItem along the curve at the
mid-point, by default, if no offset is specified.
If the object is non- linear, the label is placed
at the mid-range, as in the case of an
Assembly or Parts.
For more information on defining ruleset view styles to use labels, see the Orthographic
See Also
Label Definition for Marine Structure Drawings (on page 745)
Concatenated Labels for Marine Structure Drawings (on page 747)
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure Drawings (on page 749)
Label Definition for Marine Structure Drawings

You define labels for marine structure drawings in the Catalog task. The labels are associated
with an object property, then the label files are moved to the \Drawings folder on the
SharedContent share. The SYM and XML files used to control placement and format for the
label are created in the \Drawings folder as well. Finally, the new label is added to a view style
definition using the Tools > Define View Style command in the Drawings and Reports task.
If you need to combine multiple simple labels to create a single concatenated label,
follow the steps below to create the simple labels, then see Concatenated Labels for Marine
Structure Drawings (on page 747) for instructions on combining the labels.
The following procedures steps you through defining a new label to use in marine structure
drawings.
Define the Label in the Catalog Task

1. Go to the Catalog task and select Tools > Define Label.
2. Click New Folder to create a new folder in the label hierarchy. Rename the folder if
necessary.
3. Select the new folder, and click New COM Label to create the label.
745
Label Rules
4. On the Label Editor dialog box, click Add to define a new property for the label.
5. On the Select Properties dialog box, specify an object type, then select the property from
those available for the object type. Click OK to return to the Label Editor.
6. In the Layout section, set up the formatting of the label and insert the property as needed.
7. Click OK to complete the label creation and save it to the catalog.

The label definition creates files on the SharedContent share in the \Labels\Types of Labels
folder. If you create a new folder while in the Label Editor, the files for the new label are in the
new folder. The label files include the RFM file for format definition, the RFP file for formatting
parameters, the RQE file for the report query definition, and the RTP file, which is the label
template file.
Define the Label as a Drawing Label

In addition to the files created by the Define Label command, drawing labels also require a
symbol file (SYM) and a format file (XML). Create a new folder on the SharedContent share in
the the \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder and copy the new label files to this new
folder. Now you are ready to define the SYM and XML files as needed.
1. Copy an existing .sym and .xml file to the new folder and rename them to match the names
of the new label files.
2. Go to \Program Files\SmartPlant\3D\Common2D\Shape2D\Bin and run shape2dserver.exe
to start SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
3. Select File > Open and browse to the new folder. Select the .sym file to open it.
4. Update the .sym file to be used with drawings. Highlight the label text box, right-click and
select Properties.
746
Label Rules
5. On the Text Box Properties dialog box, go to the User tab and modify the Attributes for
the text box.
6. Close SmartSketch Drawing Editor, saving your changes to the .sym file.
7. Open the .xml file and modify the code to point to the new label name. For example:
8. Exit the .xml file, saving your changes.
Define a View Style to Use the New Label

You are now ready to define a view style to use the new label you created. For more information
on defining view styles, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
1. In the Drawings and Reports task, select Tools > Define View Style. Change the View
Style Type to Ruleset View Style. You can create a new ruleset view style or select an
existing one.
to display the Edit Ruleset View Style
2. Select a ruleset view style and click Properties
dialog box.
3. In the Label field for a definition row, specify the new label you created.
4. Save the view style definition to use when creating drawings.
See Also
747
Label Rules
Concatenated Labels for Marine Structure Drawings

Concatenated labels are multiple simple labels combined into a single label. For example, you
can create two simple labels, one for Plate Thickness and another for Material Type. The two
simple labels can be combined into one label that provides the information from both simple
labels.
Create the simple labels you want to concatenate using the steps provided in Label Definition for
Marine Structure Drawings (on page 745). Now you are ready to concatenate the labels for use
in marine structure drawings.
1. Modify the delivered \ShipDrawings\Data\BulkloadFiles\ShipDwgReports.xls. You want to
add the new labels with their RTP files to the Reports tab of the workbook. For more
information on this workbook sheet, see Reports Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) (on
page 292).
2. Go to the R-Hierarchy tab of the workbook and add the labels to the correct location in the
Catalog. For more information, see R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings) (on
page 293).
3. Exit the ShipDwgReports workbook, saving your changes, and bulkload the workbook. You
bulkload using the Bulkload Reference Data utility delivered on the Start menu for the
product.
4. After bulkloading the workbook, go to the Catalog task to make sure the new labels are
included in the Labels hierarchy.
748
Label Rules
5. To create the concatenated label, combine multiple simple labels within the label RQE file
(the query file for the label).
6. Modify the label RFM file (for formatting) to ensure that the combined labels display correctly
together. In particular, make sure the ToParse property is set to yes to enable recursive
expansion of embedded labels.
When you define a ruleset view style to use the concatenated label, the drawings will show the
combination of the two simple labels.
See Also
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure Drawings

In previous versions of the software, you placed marine structure drawing symbols using the
ruleset definition. As of version 2007, all marine structure drawing symbols are placed as labels
or as embedded symbols. 2D Symbols are used to create marine structure drawing symbols.
There are two types of marine structure drawing symbols available:
Standard symbols - Used for symbol placement that should scale with the drawing. You
can use whitespace management to find a clear location.
Embedded symbols - Used in cases where the symbol should be attached to a specific
point on the drawing object. Currently, the only supported symbols of this type are for slots
and end cuts.
Two things are required for both types of marine structure drawing symbols:
SYM file - For both types of marine structure drawing symbols, defines the geometry of the
symbol.
XML file - For the standard symbols, the XML defines the positioning and formatting of the
symbol. In embedded symbols, the XML controls the mapping between the model objects
and the symbol file.
749
Label Rules
Both files must be located in the same directory on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder.
Create 2D Symbols
1. Create your symbols in either SmartSketch Drawing Editor or in Symbol2D (on your local
machine, double-click \Common2D\Shape2D\Bin\shape2dserver.exe). You use the Symbol
Authoring Tools to define the symbol, in particular the symbol origin.
2. Sketch the shape of the symbol on the Default layer.

, then
3. Fence-select the graphics to be included in the symbol and click Create Symbol
click a load point, or location for the center of the symbol.
4. Before you save the symbol, make sure that it is not grouped or constrained in any way. To
check for grouping, hover over each lien in the symbol and verify that QuickPick does not
appear. More than one object detected could mean a group exists. You can click Ungroup
to remove the grouping. To check constraints, turn on Tools > Relationship Handles. If the
symbol is constrained, you will see relationships when this toggle is turned on.
5. Save the symbol to the SharedContent share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates
folder. The file extension must always be .sym.
Use Standard Symbols in Marine Structure Drawings

2D Symbols defined as a label in the ruleset view style are referred to as Standard Symbols.
Standard symbols are attached to model geometry shown on the drawing. You place standard
symbols in paper space.
1. Copy an existing XML file to the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder. Rename the file as needed. For example, you
may want to use Generic_name.xml as your starting point file. Make sure your symbol file
name matches the name of the XML file.
750
Label Rules
Edit the XML file. The key component of the XML is the point placement, which determines the
position along the object to place the label:
The standard symbol label is ready for use in a ruleset view style. In the Drawings and Reports
task, use Tools > Define View Style to edit the properties of a ruleset view style. For the Label
rule on the appropriate row, set the value as the new standard symbol label. For more
information on defining ruleset view style, see the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
Use Embedded Symbols in Marine Structure Drawings

Graphic rules for embedded symbols are specified as part of the ruleset view style definition
using the Tools > Define View Style command in the Drawings and Reports task. The number
and type of rules available depends on the view style selected on the Define View Style dialog
box, and the source selected in the view style properties. For more information, see Embedded
Symbol Rules (on page 993).
See Also
Label Rules XML

leader lines. You can even specify that the labels find "clear space" on the drawing.
You assign label rules as part of the drawing view style with the Tools > Define View Style
command in the Drawings and Reports task. You can use these rules for many purposes. The
delivered sample rules include several types of rules, such as material and grade labels, profile
cross-section labels, and part name labels. For more information, see the Orthographic
Label rules are delivered in the SharedContent share in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder.
751
Label Rules
Each label rule uses one or more label templates. For more information, see Label Templates
XML (on page 772).
The following label rules are delivered:
752
Label Rule (.xml)
Label Templates used in Rule (.xml)
BopPipePort1_CA_JL
BopPipePort1_CA_JL
BopPipePort1_CA_JL_M
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_East

Coordinate

Coordinate, Civil Isometric_Control Point
Structure_North Coordinate
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_North

Coordinate
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_North

Coordinate
Civil Isometric_Control Point

Structure_North-East Coordinate

Civil Isometric_Control Point

Structure_North-East Coordinate_M

Civil Isometric_Equipment_Name
Civil Isometric_Process Equipment_Symbol
Civil Key Plan_Focus_Name
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point

Structure_East Coordinate

Structure_East Coordinate




Structure_East Coordinate, Civil Overall Key
Plan_Control Point Structure_North
Coordinate


Structure_East Coordinate, Civil Overall Key
Coordinate
Civil Overall Key Plan_Process

Equipment_Symbol
Civil Overall Key Plan_Process

Equipment_Symbol
Civil Overall Key Plan_Volume_Name
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_East

Coordinate

Coordinate
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North

Coordinate
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North

Coordinate
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East

Coordinate, Civil Plan_Control Point
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Coordinate
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East

Coordinate_M

Coordinate_M, Civil Plan_Control Point
Structure_North Coordinate_M
Civil Plan_Equipment_Name
Civil Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Civil Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Civil Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol
CtrlPtCoord_None_CA
CtrlPtCoordSym_None_A_NL,
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L,
CtrlPtNCoord_None_CA_L
CtrlPtOnlyCoord_None_CA
CtrlPtOnlyCoordSym_None_A_NL,
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L,
CtrlPtOnlyNCoord_None_CA_L
DrawingVolume_Name_Rect_A_NL
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Cable

Trays_Name

Trays_Name

Plan_Equipment_Name

Plan_Equipment_Name
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Grid Line_X

Name
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Grid Line_X

Name
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Grid Line_Y

Name
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Grid Line_Y

Name
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Cable

Trays_Name-Elevation-Width


Trays_Name-Elevation-Width_M

Elevation_Equipment_Name
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Grid Line_TOS
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Grid

Line_TOS

Line_TOS_M

Line_TOS_M

Plane_Name

Plane_Name
Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
753
Label Rules
754
Label Rule (.xml)
Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Electrical CableTray Isometric_Cable Tray

Supports_Name
Electrical CableTray Isometric_Cable Tray

Supports_Name
Electrical CableTray Isometric_Cable




Electrical CableTray Key Plan_Focus_Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Cable

Trays_Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Cable

Trays_Name
Electrical CableTray Layout

Plan_Equipment_Name
Electrical CableTray Layout

Plan_Equipment_Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Grid Line_X

Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Grid Line_X

Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Grid Line_Y

Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Grid Line_Y

Name
Electrical CableTray Length
Electrical CableTray Length_M
Electrical CableTray Overall Key

Plan_Volume_Name
Electrical CableTray Overall Key

Plan_Volume_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Bus_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable Tray

Components_Name

Components_Name

Supports_Name

Supports_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable




Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable Trays_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cableways_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Control

Station_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Control

Station_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Equipment_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Electrical CableTray Plan_LineNumber_Clipped Electrical CableTray

Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Electrical CableTray Plan_LineNumber_Longest Electrical CableTray
Segment
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation
Electrical CableTray Plan_Panel_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Run_Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Small

Motor_Name-Elevation_M
Electrical CableTray Plan_Small

Electrical CableTray Section_Cable


Electrical CableTray Section_Equipment_Name Electrical CableTray

Section_Equipment_Name
Electrical CableTray Section_Grid Line_TOS_M Electrical CableTray Section_Grid
Line_TOS_M
Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Electrical Equipment Elevation_Grid

Line_TOS_M

Line_TOS_M
Isometric_Equipment_Name
Isometric_Equipment_Name
Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Electrical Equipment Key Plan_Focus_Name
Electrical Equipment Overall Key

Plan_Volume_Name
Electrical Equipment Overall Key

Plan_Volume_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Bus_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Cable Tray
Electrical Equipment Plan_Cable Tray
755
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Supports_Name
Supports_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Control

Station_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Control

Station_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Junction Box_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Junction

Box_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_LineNumber_Clipped Electrical Equipment

Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation_M
Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation_M
Electrical Equipment Plan_Panel_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Road_Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Small




Electrical Equipment Plan_Switchgear_Name
Electrical Equipment Section_Equipment_Name Electrical Equipment

Section_Equipment_Name
Electrical Equipment Section_Grid Line_TOS
Electrical Equipment Section_Grid Line_TOS_M Electrical Equipment Section_Grid

Line_TOS_M
Electrical Equipment Section_Grid Plane_Name Electrical Equipment Section_Grid
Plane_Name
756
Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Electrical Instrument Plan_Equipment_Name
Electrical Instrument Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Electrical Instrument Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Electrical Instrument Plan_Instrument_Name
Electrical Instrument Plan_Instrument_Name_M Electrical Instrument

Plan_Instrument_Name_M
Electrical Instrument Plan_Junction Box_Name
Electrical Instrument Plan_Junction

Box_Name

Box_Name_M

Box_Name_M
Electrical Lighting Plan_Equipment_Name
Electrical Lighting Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Electrical Lighting Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Electrical Lighting Plan_Light_Name
Electrical Lighting Plan_Light_Name_M
Electrical Lighting Plan_Light_Symbol_Number
Electrical Lighting
Plan_Light_Symbol_Number
Electrical Raceway Plan_Bus_Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable Tray

Components_Name

Components_Name

Supports_Name

Supports_Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable




Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable Trays_Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Cableways_Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Control Station_Name Electrical Raceway Plan_Control

Station_Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Equipment_Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Grid Line_X Name
757
Label Rules
758
Label Rule (.xml)
Electrical Raceway Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Junction Box_Name
Electrical Raceway
Electrical Raceway
Electrical Raceway Plan_Panel_Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Road_Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Run_Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Small

Electrical Raceway Plan_Small

Electrical Raceway Plan_Switchgear_Name
EndOfPipeSegment_None_CM_JL
EndOfPipeSegment_None_CM_JL
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Elevation
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Elevation_Symbol,
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Elevation
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Elevation_M
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Elevation_Symbol_M,
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Elevation_M
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Name
Equipment Elevation_Grid Line_TOS
Equipment Elevation_Grid Line_TOS_M
Equipment Elevation_Grid Plane_Name
Equipment Elevation_Grid Plane_Name_M
Equipment Elevation_Process
Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Equipment_Symbol, Equipment
Elevation_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate, Equipment Elevation_Process
Equipment_North Coordinate
Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment_Symbol_M, Equipment
Elevation_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate_M, Equipment Elevation_Process
Equipment_North Coordinate_M
Equipment Isometric_Equipment_Name
Equipment Key Plan_Volume_Name
Equipment Overall Key Plan_Volume_Name
Equipment Plan_Control Point Mechanical


Equipment_Symbol, Equipment Plan_Control
Point Mechanical Equipment_East
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)

Coordinate, Equipment Plan_Control Point
Mechanical Equipment_North Coordinate


Plan_Control Point Mechanical
Equipment_East Coordinate_M, Equipment
Plan_Control Point Mechanical
Equipment Plan_Control Point Process


Equipment_Symbol, Equipment Plan_Control
Point Process Equipment_East Coordinate,


Plan_Control Point Process Equipment_East
Coordinate_M, Equipment Plan_Control Point
Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
Equipment Plan_Control Point


Structure_Symbol, Equipment Plan_Control
Point Structure_East Coordinate, Equipment
Coordinate


Structure_Symbol_M, Equipment
Plan_Control Point Structure_East
Coordinate_M, Equipment Plan_Control Point
Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name
Equipment Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Equipment Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Equipment Plan_Pipe Support_Name
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol,

Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate, Equipment Plan_Process
Plan_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate_M, Equipment Plan_Process
Equipment Plan_Support Assembly_Name
Equipment Section_Equipment_Elevation
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Elevation_Symbol,
759
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)

Equipment Section_Equipment Elevation
760
Equipment Section_Equipment_Elevation_M
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Elevation_Symbol_M,
Equipment Section_Equipment Elevation_M
Equipment Section_Equipment_Name
Equipment Section_Equipment_Name_M
Equipment Section_Grid Line_TOS
Equipment Section_Grid Line_TOS_M
Equipment Section_Grid Plane_Name
Equipment Section_Grid Plane_Name_M
Equipment Section_Process
Equipment_Symbol, Equipment
Section_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate, Equipment Section_Process
Section_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate_M, Equipment Section_Process
GridHorizCoordinateLabel
GridLineX_Circle_A_L
GridLineX_Circle_CM_L
GridLineX_Circle_CS_JL
GridLineY_Circle_A_L
GridLineY_Circle_CM_L
GridLineY_Circle_CS_JL
GridPlane_Name
GridPlane_Name
GridVertCoordinateLabel
HngSup Cad Details_Cad Detail
HngSup Cad Details_Cad Detail
HngSup End_Control Point

HngSup End_Control Point Structure_Symbol,

HngSup End_Control Point Structure_East
Coordinate, HngSup_Control Point


Structure_Symbol_M, HngSup End_Control
Point Structure_East Coordinate_M,
HngSup_Control Point Structure_North
Coordinate_M
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
HngSup End_Diamond_M_L
HngSup End_Diamond_M_L
HngSup End_Elevation_Label
HngSup End_Elevation_Label
HngSup End_Elevation_Label_M
HngSup End_Elevation_Label_M
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate
HngSup ISO_Note
HngSup ISO_Note
HngSup ISO_Reference_Circle_CA_L
HngSup KeyPlan
HngSup KeyPlan
HngSup KeyPlan_M
HngSup KeyPlan_M
HngSup Side_Control Point


Structure_Symbol, HngSup Side_Control
Point Structure_East Coordinate, HngSup
Side_Control Point Structure_North
Coordinate


Structure_Symbol_M, HngSup Side_Control
Point Structure_East Coordinate_M, HngSup
Side_Control Point Structure_North
Coordinate_M
HngSup Side_Reference_Circle_CA_L
HngSup_Note
HngSup_Note
HngSup_Piping_Properties
HVAC Diffuser
HVAC Diffuser
HVAC Elevation_Grid Line_TOS
HVAC Elevation_Grid Line_TOS_M
HVAC Elevation_Grid Plane_Name
HVAC Elevation_Linear Duct Cross Section

Size

Size

Size_M

Size_M
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
Segment
Segment_M
Segment_M
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Vertical Segment HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Vertical

Segment
761
Label Rules
762
Label Rule (.xml)
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Vertical
Segment_M
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Vertical
Segment_M
HVAC Elevation_Pipe Support_Name
HVAC Isometric_Linear Duct Cross Section

Size

Size

Size_M

Size_M
HVAC Isometric_Pipe Support_Name
HVAC Isometric_Run_Name
HVAC Key Plan_Focus_Name
HVAC Linear Duct Cross Section Size
HVAC Linear Duct Cross Section Size_M
HVAC Overall Key Plan_Volume_Name
HVAC Plan_Equipment_Name
HVAC Plan_Grid Line_X Name
HVAC Plan_Grid Line_X
HVAC Plan_Grid Line_X
HVAC Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
HVAC Plan_HVAC Straight_Height-Width
HVAC Plan_Linear Duct Cross Section Size
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Vertical Segment
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Vertical Segment
HVAC Plan_Pipe Support_Name
HVAC Section_Grid Line_TOS
HVAC Section_Grid Plane_Name
HVAC Section_Linear Duct Cross Section

Size_M
HVAC Section_Linear Duct Cross Section

Size_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Vertical
Segment_M
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Vertical
Segment_M
Instrument Elevation_Equipment_Name
Instrument Elevation_Grid Line_TOS_M
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Instrument Elevation_Piping Instruments_Name Instrument Elevation_Piping

Instruments_Name
Instrument Isometric_Equipment_Name
Instrument Isometric_Piping Instruments_Name Instrument Isometric_Piping

Instruments_Name
Instrument Key Plan_Focus_Name
Instrument Overall Key Plan_Volume_Name
Instrument Plan_Cable
Instrument Plan_Equipment_Name
Instrument Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Instrument Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Instrument Plan_Junction Box_Name
Instrument Plan_Pipe Supports_Name
Instrument Plan_Piping Instruments_Name
Instrument Section_Equipment_Name
Instrument Section_Grid Line_TOS
Instrument Section_Grid Line_TOS_M
Instrument Section_Grid Plane_Name
Instrument Section_Piping Instruments_Name
KeyPlanVolume_Name_Rect_A_NL
Name-Part_Circle_CA_L
Name-Part_None_CA_JL
Name-Part_Rect_CA_JL
Name_Capsule_CA_JL
Name_Capsule_CA_JL
Name_Capsule_CA_L
Name_Capsule_CA_L
Name_Circle_CA_JL
Name_Circle_CA_JL
Name_Circle_CA_L
Name_Circle_CA_L
Name_Line_A_NL
Name_Line_A_NL
Name_Line_CA_JL
Name_Line_CA_JL
Name_None_APO_NL
Name_None_APO_NL
Name_None_AV_NL
Name_None_AV_NL
763
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Name_None_A_JL
Name_None_A_JL
Name_None_A_NL
Name_None_A_NL
Name_None_CA_JL
Name_None_CA_JL
Name_None_CM_JL
Name_None_CM_JL
Name_None_CPM_JL
Name_None_CPM_JL
Name_None_M_JL
Name_None_M_JL
Name_Rect_A_NL
Name_Rect_A_NL
Name_Rect_CA_JL
Name_Rect_CA_JL
Note_Rect_CA_JL
Note_Rect_CA_JL
Pipe Supports Components_Reference_Circle_CA_L
Pipe Supports Components_Reference_Circle_CA_L
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point


Structure_Symbol, Pipe Supports - Piping
Control Point Structure - East Coordinate,


Structure_Symbol_M, Pipe Supports - Piping
Control Point Structure - East Coordinate_M,
Pipe Supports - Piping_Reference_Circle_CA_L Pipe Supports Piping_Reference_Circle_CA_L
764
Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point


Structure_Symbol, Pipe Supports Structure_Control Point Structure_East
Coordinate, Pipe Supports - Structure_Control
Point Structure_North Coordinate


Structure_Symbol_M, Pipe Supports Structure_Control Point Structure_East
Coordinate_M, Pipe Supports Structure_Control Point Structure_North
Coordinate_M
Pipe Supports Structure_Reference_Circle_CA_L
Pipe Supports Structure_Reference_Circle_CA_L
Pipe Supports_Control Point


Structure_Symbol, Pipe Supports_Control
Point Structure_East Coordinate, Pipe
Supports_Control Point Structure_North
Coordinate
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)


Structure_Symbol_M, Pipe Supports_Control
Point Structure_East Coordinate_M, Pipe
Supports_Control Point Structure_North
Coordinate_M
PipeComponent_None_CA_JL
PipeWeld_None_CA_JL
PipeWeld_None_CA_JL
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Name
Piping Elevation_Grid Line_TOS
Piping Elevation_Grid Line_TOS_M
Piping Elevation_Grid Plane_Name
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
Segment
Segment_M
Segment_M
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Control Point


Structure_Symbol, Piping Fire Protection
Coordinate, Piping Fire Protection
Coordinate


Structure_Symbol_M, Piping Fire Protection
Coordinate_M, Piping Fire Protection
Coordinate_M
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Equipment_Name
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Grid Line_X

Name
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Grid Line_Y

Name
Piping Isometric Detail_Equipment_Name
Piping Isometric Key_Focus_Name
Piping Isometric_Equipment_Name
Piping Isometric_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
Segment
765
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Segment_M
Segment_M
Piping Key Plan_Focus_Name
Piping Overall Key Plan_Volume_Name
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol,

Coordinate
Piping Plan_Control Point Strcuture_East
Coordinate, Piping Plan_Control Point
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Piping Plan_Control Point
Coordinate_M
Structure_Symbol_M, Piping Plan_Control
Point Strcuture_East Coordinate_M, Piping
Coordinate_M
766
Piping Plan_Equipment_Name
Piping Plan_FlowArrow_By Part
Piping Plan_FlowArrow_By Part
Piping Plan_FlowArrow_Longest Segment
Piping Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Piping Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest
Segment_M
Piping Plan_Pipe Support_Name
Piping Plan_Pipes_BOP Elev
Piping Plan_Pipes_BOP Elev_M
Piping Plan_Piping Parts_RunName
Piping Plan_Piping Parts_RunName_Longest

Segment
Piping Plan_Piping Parts_RunName_Longest

Segment
Piping Plan_Piping Parts_RunName_M
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_North-East

Coordinate
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol,

Piping Plan_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate, Piping Plan_Process
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_North-East

Coordinate_M
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol_M,

Piping Plan_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate_M, Piping Plan_Process
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point


Structure_Symbol, Piping Safety Shower
Coordinate, Piping Safety Shower
Coordinate


Structure_Symbol_M, Piping Safety Shower
Coordinate_M, Piping Safety Shower
Coordinate_M
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Equipment_Name
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Grid Line_X

Name
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Grid Line_Y

Name
Piping Section_Equipment_Name
Piping Section_Grid Line_TOS
Piping Section_Grid Line_TOS_M
Piping Section_Grid Plane_Name
Piping Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Piping Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Piping Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Piping Section_LineNumber_Longest
Segment
Segment_M
Segment_M
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point


Structure_Symbol, Piping Utility Station
Coordinate, Piping Utility Station Plan_Control
Point Structure_North Coordinate


Structure_Symbol_M, Piping Utility Station
Coordinate_M, Piping Utility Station
Coordinate_M
Piping Utility Station Plan_Equipment_Name
Piping Utility Station Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Piping Utility Station Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
767
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Reference_Circle_CA_L
SectionSize_None_APO_NL
SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL
SP3DCoordinate_CA_JL
SP3DCoordinate_TopRight_CA_JL
Structural Framing Elevation_Beams_Section

Size
Structural Framing Elevation_Beams_Section

Size
Structural Framing Elevation_Braces_Section

Size
Structural Framing Elevation_Braces_Section

Size
Structural Framing Elevation_Columns_Section

Size
Structural Framing
Elevation_Columns_Section Size
Structural Framing Elevation_Grid Line_TOS
Structural Framing Elevation_Grid Line_TOS_M Structural Framing Elevation_Grid

Line_TOS_M
Structural Framing Elevation_Grid Plane_Name Structural Framing Elevation_Grid
Plane_Name
Structural Framing Elevation_Ladder_Name
Structural Framing Elevation_Stair_Name
Structural Framing Key Plan_Focus_Name
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section Size
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section

Size_Index

Size_Index

Size_Relative Elevation


Size_Relative Elevation_M

Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Section Size
Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Section




Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Section Size Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Section

Size
768
Structural Framing Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Structural Framing Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Structural Framing Plan_Grid Plane_X Name
Label Rules
Label Rule (.xml)
Structural Framing Plan_Opening_Name
Structural Framing Plan_Process


Equipment_Symbol, Structural Framing
Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate,


Equipment_Symbol_M, Structural Framing
Plan_Process Equipment_East
Coordinate_M, Structural Framing
Plan_Process Equipment_North
Coordinate_M
Structural Framing Section_Beams_Section

Size
Structural Framing Section_Beams_Section

Size
Structural Framing Section_Braces_Section

Size
Structural Framing Section_Braces_Section

Size
Structural Framing Section_Columns_Section

Size
Structural Framing Section_Columns_Section

Size
Structural Framing Section_Grid Line_TOS
Structural Framing Section_Grid Line_TOS_M
Structural Framing Section_Grid Plane_Name
Structural Framing Section_Ladder_Name
Structural Framing Section_Stair_Name
Structural Instrument Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Structural Instrument Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Structural Key Plan_Focus_Name
System-FluidCode-Seq-Insul_None_CPM_JL
TOS_Line_A_L
TOS_Line_A_L
WeldSymbols
WeldSymbols
See Also
North-East Coordinate Labels (on page 770)
769
Label Rules
North-East Coordinate Labels

Description: The North-East Coordinate labels are compound labels that incorporate a symbol,
north coordinate, and east coordinate. For more information on how these labels work and how
to create your own label, see Create a Compound Label Using Label Rules (on page 734).
Each North-East Coordinate label uses the corresponding Symbol, East Coordinate, and North
Coordinate label template file from the \Catalog\Labels\Templates folder.
XML Location: [Reference Data Product
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules\[Label Template Name].xml
Example of XML
<RULE>
<ACTION>
<labels>
<label>
<name>Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_Symbol</name>
</label>
</labels>
</VALUE>
</ACTION>
<ACTION>
<labels>
<label>
<name>Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate</name>
</label>
</labels>
</VALUE>
</ACTION>
<ACTION>
<labels>
<label>
<name>Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate</name>
</label>
</labels>
</VALUE>
</ACTION>
</RULE>
Example:
770
Label Rules
Label Rule Name

Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment Plan_Control Point Mechanical Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Equipment Plan_Control Point Mechanical Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment Plan_Control Point Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Equipment Plan_Control Point Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
771
Label Rules
Label Rule Name
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_North-East Coordinate_M
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_North-East Coordinate_M
Label Templates XML

Topics
Label Templates XML Overview .................................................... 772
Clipped Labels ............................................................................... 790
Coordinate and Control Point Labels ............................................. 792
Coordinate Labels .......................................................................... 797
Generic Name Labels .................................................................... 801
Grid Labels..................................................................................... 806
Longest Segment Labels ............................................................... 810
Miscellaneous Labels .................................................................... 812
Name Labels (DrawingAbsolute) ................................................... 818
Name Labels (DwgLinearAbsPos) ................................................ 820
Name Labels (Name-Elevation-Width) .......................................... 822
Nozzle Orientation Labels.............................................................. 823
Reference Labels ........................................................................... 825
Section Size Labels ....................................................................... 826
Label Templates XML Overview

Quadrants and Granularity
When a label is placed automatically, the software looks for the best place to position the label.
In order to rationalize this process, the software breaks a view into four quadrants. If the
software looks through quadrant one and is unable to find enough clear space for the label, it
will move to quadrant two, and so on. If the software is unable to find enough clear space based
on your specifications, it will place the label at an absolute position, which is also specified by
you. In many cases, this absolute position could be the object origin or control point. These
settings are configured in the delivered label template XML files.
The amount of granularity also determines which quadrant a label is placed in. There are three
granularity settings that allow you to change the proximity of one label to another when being
placed in a drawing view. A granularity setting of Coarse (shown in black in the example below)
772
Label Rules
will reach out at full text box height increments. Medium (shown in red in the example below)
setting will reach out in increments one half of the text box height. A Fine (shown in green in the
example below) setting will reach out in increments of one third of the text box height. Based on
these settings, you can change the number of labels that will fit inside a quadrant. A Coarse
granularity setting will allow the labels to spread out and be more legible, while a Fine setting
will fit more labels in a quadrant, but will be more difficult to read. The granularity settings can be
found in the label template XML files.
<labelSettings>
<granularity>1</granularity>
</labelSettings>
In the label XML templates, a granularity setting of 0 is Course, 1 is Medium, and 2 is
Fine.
Positioning Settings
The starting position of a label or the label leader (also referred to as the terminator) can be
modified in the Label Templates. In the case of connectPoint, you can determine where the
leader will connect to the object being labeled. DefaultLabelPointGenerator must be used in
the related template in order to use the connectPoint setting. The connectPoint option can be
found in the <posSettings> section of the template. When the Control Point setting (9) is used,
the software will place the point on the object origin unless there is a specified control point on
the object.
In the case of positioningPoint, you can specify where the label will be placed on the object.
DefaultLabelPointGenerator must also be used in the related template in order to use the
positioningPoint setting. The positioningPoint option can be found in the <posSettings>
773
Label Rules
section of the template. When the Control Point setting (9) is entered, the software will place the
point on the object origin unless there is a specified control point on the object.
Below are examples of the XML template and the positioning values.
<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
Position
Value
Top Left
Top Middle
Top Right
Middle Left
Middle Middle
Middle Right
Bottom Left
Bottom Middle
Bottom Right
Control Point
When using the DrawingCentroid positioning module, you can customize the label position
behavior with the posModule section.
The rOffset value determines the paper space length between a nozzle port and the label.
774
Label Rules
<rOffset>0.03</rOffset>
The rotation option determines whether to orient the labels horizontally, or align them to the
nozzle orientation angle of the leader line. A value of -1 will align the labels to the leader line
angle, while 0 will position the labels horizontally.
<rotation>-1</rotation>
Below is an example of the rotation
tag set to 0:
Below is an example of the

rotation tag set to -1:
The labelType value specifies the label type. The default value is 1, which places a TOP
label. A value of 0 places a nozzle label, while 2 places an angle label.
<labelType>1</labelType>
The fromMatchline value determines whether or not a label is placed inside or outside of
the matchline boundaries. A value of -1 will orient the labels outside of the matchline
775
Label Rules
boundaries, while 0 will position the labels inside the matchline boundaries and according to
any offset definitions.
<fromMatchline>-1</fromMatchline>
fromMatchline tag set to 0:
Below is an example of the fromMatchline

tag set to -1:
When using the DwgMatchlineWithDim positioning module, you can customize the label
position behavior with the posModule section.
The dimension option determines whether or not a dimension is placed. A value of -1 will
place a dimension, while 0 does not place a dimension.
<dimension>-1</dimension>
The dimTextOutside setting determines whether a dimension value is placed on the inside
or outside of the dimension line. A value of -1 places the dimension on the outside of the
dimension, while 0 places the dimension on the inside.
<dimTextOutside>-1</dimTextOutside>
dimTextOutside tag set to 0:
776
Below is an example of the dimTextOutside

tag set to -1:
Label Rules
The dimTextRotateClearance setting determines whether the dimension text is oriented

parallel or perpendicular to the dimension line. The value entered determines the threshold
for which the dimension text is aligned perpendicular to the dimension line. For example, if
the clear space on either side of the dimension text is less than 1 mm, the dimension text
rotates.
<dimTextRotateClearance>0.001</dimTextRotateClearance>
Below is an example of the dimTextRotateClearance tag set to 0:
Below is an example of the dimTextRotateClearance tag set to 0.001:
The angle option determines whether or not grid text is aligned parallel or perpendicular to
the dimension line. A value of 0 orients the grid text parallel to the dimension line, while 1
orients the text perpendicular to the dimension line.
<angle>1</angle>
777
Label Rules
Below is an example of the angle tag set to 0:
Below is an example of the angle tag set to 1:
778
The justification setting determines whether or not to align labels to the inside or outside of
the available white space.
2 - Moves the label position to the inside and sets the text alignment to inside.
1 - Moves the label position to the inside.
0 - Disables the justification option.
-1 - Moves the label position to the outside.
-2 - Moves the label position to the outside and the text alignment to the outside.
<justification>-1</justification>
Label Rules
Below is an example of the justification tag set to 2.
Below is an example of the justification tag set to -2.
Inside/Outside Shape and Leader Jogs

Leaders will automatically position inside or outside of the equipment object being labeled. For
example, if you select the object origin and place the label outside of the object, the leader will
simply point toward the origin from outside the object without crossing the object boundaries. If
you place the same label within the object boundaries, the leader will point directly to the object
origin.
779
Label Rules
Below is an example of the label being placed on the outside of an object. Note that the leader
stops at the object boundary and points to the origin.
When the label is moved closer to the terminator, the leader adjusts.
780
The leaderSettings section of the templates allows you to change the behavior of the label
leaders.
The leaderModule tag allows you to choose a leader module, for example,
DwgLeaderControl. The style tag allows you to choose a style for the leaders. In many
cases, the Normal style is used.
<leaderModule>DwgLeaderControl</leaderModule>
The breakline setting determines if a jog will be placed in the leader. The value for a leader
jog is -1, while 0 will omit the jog.
<breakline>-1</breakline>
The jogSegmentOffset setting allows you to control the offset from the jog segment to the
label. In the graphic below, jogSegmentOffset is the distance between point 1 and 2.
<jogSegmentOffset>0.005</jogSegmentOffset>
Label Rules
The jogSegmentOffset1 setting allows you to control the distance from

jogSegmentOffset to jogSegmentOffset2. In the graphic below, jogSegmentOffset1
is the distance between point 2 and point 3.
<jogSegmentOffset1>0.005</jogSegmentOffset1>
The jogSegmentOffset2 setting allows you to control the distance from

jogSegmentOffset1 to the label leader line. In the graphic below, jogSegment2 is the
distance between point 3 and point 4.
<jogSegmentOffset2>0.005</jogSegmentOffset2>
The jogLength setting also lets you to control the length of the jog segment.
<jogLength>0.005</jogLength>
The leaderOffset setting allows you to control the offset from the matchline to the beginning
of the leader line. The default value for the leaderOffset setting is 0.035 m and must be
used with the DwgMarginLeaderControl leader module. For an example of leaderOffset,
see the graphic below.
<leaderOffset>0.035</leaderOffset>
The leaderLength setting determines the distance between the beginning of the leader line
and the first jog segment. For an example of leaderLength, see the graphic below.
<leaderLength>0.005</leaderLength>
The ignoreLeaderCrossings setting determines if leader lines can intersect other leader
lines in an attempt to find an adequate amount of clear space. By default, this setting is -1,
which allows the leader lines to intersect each other. Set this value to 0 (or place the tag
between comment tags) to disallow leader line intersections. If you cannot find the
ignoreLeaderCrossings tag in your XML template file, you must add the tag to the
leaderSettings section.
<ignoreLeaderCrossings>-1</ignoreLeaderCrossings>
781
Label Rules
Below is an example of the ignoreLeaderCrossings setting tag to -1:
Below is an example of the ignoreLeaderCrossings tag set to 0:
Label Settings
You can customize the automatic behavior of the labels in the labelSettings section of the
templates.
The labelOffset setting determines the reach from the terminator to the closest text box
corner. This value is represented in meters.
<labelOffset>0.04</labelOffset>
782
Label Rules
The granularity option determines how many attempts are made to place a label in clear
space. The setting options are 0 for Coarse, 1 for Medium, and 2 for Fine.
The priority option allows you to place a priority on labels in order to resolve conflicts
among multiple labels searching for white space. The lower the value, the higher the priority.
For example, 1 is a higher priority than 3.
<priority>1</priority>
The subPriority option allows you to place a second priority on labels in order to resolve
more specific conflicts among multiple labels searching for white space. As with the priority
option described above, the lower the number, the higher the priority. For example, 1 is a
higher priority than 3. A value of 0 indicates that the subPriority option is off.
<subPriority>2</subPriority>
The perimeterOffset option determines the distance that margin labels should be offset
from the view border. The DrawingGAMarginOnly module must be used for the geometric
analyzer. For more information on the DrawingGAMarginOnly module, see
DrawingGAMarginOnly (on page 1050).
<perimeterOffset>0.055</perimeterOffset>
The dimPerimeterOffset option determines the distance that dimensions should be offset
from the matchline.
<dimPerimeterOffset>0.013</dimPerimeterOffset>
The maxFactor setting determines the maximum scale factor for the text size. This value is
measured in meters.
The minFactor setting determines the minimum scale factor for the text size. This value is
measured in meters.
<maxFactor>1</maxFactor>
<minFactor>1</minFactor>
The minOffset and maxOffset settings determine the minimum and maximum
(respectively) offset factor for being placed in clear space. These settings are similar to the
labelOffset setting.
<minOffset>0</minOffset>
<maxOffset>0.005</maxOffset>
The whiteObjs setting allows you to ignore the white space settings and place a certain
type of label in a drawing. The value used in the whiteObj element is the name of the 2D
783
Label Rules
layer in the drawing. For example, to allow labels to be drawn on top of the objects included
in the Beam layer, the whiteObj value is Beam.
<whiteObjs>
<whiteObj>Beam</whiteObj>
<whiteObj>Equipment</whiteObj>
</whiteObjs>
The whiteObj element must nest inside of the whiteObjs parent
element in the XML hierarchy.
Dimension Settings
When using a template that applies dimensions to the drawings, you can customize the behavior
and appearance of the dimensions with the dimensionSettings section.
The maxDimOffset value determines the maximum linear paper space distance between
consecutive witness lines in linear distance dimensions.
<maxDimOffset>0.2</maxDimOffset>
The maxWitnessLength value determines the maximum paper space length of witness
lines in linear distance dimensions.
<maxWitnessLength>0.2</maxWitnessLength>
The overall option places an additional dimension over each dimension chain cluster
identified by the rule. A value of -1 will place an overall dimension, while 0 will not.
<overall>-1</overall>
The overallOffset option determines the offset for the overall dimension from the dimension
chain.
<overallOffset>0.005</overallOffset>
The granularity option determines how many attempts are made to place a dimension in
clear space. The setting options are 0 for Coarse, 1 for Medium, and 2 for Fine.
The perimeterOffset option determines the offset that margin dimensions should be offset
from the matchline. The DrawingGAMarginOnly module must be used for the geometric
The priority option allows you to place a priority on particular rules in order to resolve
conflicts among multiple rules. The lower the value, the higher the priority. For example, 1 is
784
Label Rules
a higher priority than 3. Also, the label and dimension priorities are considered globally,
which means you can give preference to dimensions over labels, and so on.
The horiz option determines whether horizontal dimensions are placed. A value of -1 will
place horizontal dimensions, while 0 will not.
<horiz>-1</horiz>
785
Label Rules
The vert option determines whether vertical dimensions are placed. A value of -1 will place
vertical dimensions, while 0 will not.
<vert>-1</vert>
If the value for keepTopOrBottomDup is 0, then only the top-most point of an aligned set of
points is considered for dimensioning. If the value is set to -1, then only the bottom-most
point of an aligned set of points is considered for dimensioning.
Similarly, if the value for keepLeftOrRightDup is set to 0, then only the left-most point in a
horizontally aligned set of points is considered in dimensioning. If the value is set to -1, then
only the right-most point in horizontally aligned set of points is considered for dimensioning.
<keepTopOrBottomDup>-1</keepTopOrBottomDup>
<keepLeftOrRightDup>-1</keepLeftOrRightDup>
The align option determines whether similar linear distance dimension chains should
attempt alignment with each other if their projection angles match. A value of -1 will align the
dimensions, while 0 will not. The value must be 0 for absolute positioned dimensions.
<align>0</align>
786
Label Rules
Geometric Analyzer Settings
You can customize the automatic behavior of the geometric analyzer in the
geometricAnalyzerSettings section of the template.
The placeLines setting determines whether or not a line is placed between labels. This
setting is useful for creating label chains to signify a common elevation. A value of -1 means
lines are placed between labels, whereas a value of 0 means that lines are not placed
between labels.
<placeLines>-1</placeLines>
The cpLabelType setting determines the orientation of a label. A value of 0 indicates the
label is a static control point coordinate label. A value of 1 means that the label is horizontal
text, while a value of 2 indicates the label is vertical text.
<cpLabelType>1</cpLabelType>
The ignoreViewDirection setting determines whether or not the view direction is
considered when updating a drawing. This setting is useful when placing an elevation
coordinate label on a plan view. A value of -1 means the view direction is ignored. A value of
0 means that the view direction is considered during update. The default setting for this tag
is 0.
<ignoreViewDirection>-1</ignoreViewDirection>
Symbol Settings
The label symbols can be modified in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information on the
specific attributes available for modification, see the SmartSketch Drawing Editor User's Guide.
The following attributes can be changed from the Symbols tab in the Properties Dialog Box of
SmartSketch Drawing Editor.
Text shape
Text background
Symbol handles
Extra graphics
Text formatting
Type of property
Value for the symbol
Attributes
787
Label Rules
Generic Shape Tracing
The software automatically hides the leader when it intersects the boundaries of an object. In
the example below, the dotted segment of the leader would be hidden because it is placed over
the equipment object boundaries.
788
Label Rules
Generic Text Shape Leader Shift
The leader will automatically switch sides when being repositioned. By default, the leader origin
is in the middle of the label. When being repositioned, the leader will find the shortest distance
from the label to the object.
If a label with a jogged leader is placed, the jog will position on the left or right side depending
on which side is closest to the point being labeled.
If an unsymmetrical text shape label is placed with a jogged leader, the direction of the label will
change with the jog position.
Label Rules
Label rules control automatic label placement on drawings. For more information, see Label
Rules (on page 102). You can customize these label rules by editing the XML and/or SYM files.
789
Label Rules
For more information on customizing label rules, see Create a Compound Label Using Label
You can also create new label rules. Before creating a new label rule, you must first create the
label query using the Define Label command in the Catalog task.
See Also
Clipped Labels
Description: Labels are positioned at the end of a pipe segment when clipped by a volume
Type: COM
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\[Label Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGPipeSegments (on page 1021)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAEndOfSegment (on page 1045)
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page 1100)
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
Positioning Module: DwgClippedPositioning (on page 1113), DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos (on
page 1113), DrawingMarginOnly
Example
For more information on clipped pipes in view styles, see Clipping in Piping View Styles (on
page 585).
790
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Electrical CableTray Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Name
Electrical CableTray Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
Electrical CableTray Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Name
Electrical CableTray Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
Electrical Cableway Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Electrical Cableway Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
Electrical Equipment Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped
Name
Electrical Equipment Elevation_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_LineNumber_Clipped
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
Electrical Equipment Section_LineNumber_Clipped
Name
Electrical Equipment Section_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
Name
Name
Name
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Clipped_M
Name
NPD, NPDUnitType, Fluid Type,

Sequence Number, Spec Name



Name, PrimarySize,
PriSizeNPDUnits, Insulation
Purpose, PipeSpec, FluidCode
Name, PrimarySize,
PriSizeNPDUnits, Insulation
Purpose, PipeSpec, FluidCode


791
Label Rules
Coordinate and Control Point Labels

Description: Places the appropriate control point symbol
Type: COM
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint (on page 1016)
Geometric Analyzer: DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1044)
Positioning Module: DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
Example
For more information on these labels, see Control Points in Plan View Styles (on page 511).
792
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
None
Civil Isometric_Process Equipment_Symbol_M
None
Civil Overall Key Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol
None
Civil Overall Key Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol_M
None
None
Civil Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol_M
None
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_Symbol
None
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_Symbol_M
None
Equipment Plan_Control Point Mechanical Equipment_Symbol
None
Equipment Plan_Control Point Mechanical Equipment_Symbol_M
None
Equipment Plan_Control Point Process Equipment_Symbol
None
Equipment Plan_Control Point Process Equipment_Symbol_M
None
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol
None
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol_M
None
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_Symbol
None
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_Symbol_M
None
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol
None
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol_M
None
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol
None
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_Symbol_M
None
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol
None
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_Symbol_M
None
Description: Labels contain coordinate values and/or control point name from the model
Type: COM
Point Generator: DrawingPGControlPoint
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGALabelInline
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper
Positioning Module: DrawingCoordLblPosMod, DrawingAbsolute
793
Label Rules
Example
For more information, see Control Points in Plan View Styles (on page 511).
The returned properties X, Y, and Z refer to the coordinates of the control point, while the
returned properties X1, Y1, and Z1 refer to the coordinates of the origin.
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
794
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Mechanical Equipment_East

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Mechanical Equipment_North

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Process Equipment_East

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Process Equipment_North

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
795
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_North

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
796
Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point Structure_East

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point Structure_North

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Control Point Structure_East

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Control Point Structure_North

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point Structure_East

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Control Point Structure_North
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Coordinate
Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_East

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_North

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Coordinate Labels
Description: Label contains coordinate information of object from the model
Type: COM
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGALabelInline (on page 1047)
Positioning Module: DrawingCoordLblPosMod (on page 1105), DrawingAbsolute (on page
1103)
Leader Module: DrawingCoordLeaderControl (on page 1126)
Example
The returned properties X, Y, and Z refer to the coordinates of the control point, while the
returned properties X1, Y1, and Z1 refer to the coordinates of the origin.
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Isometric_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
797
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Overall Key Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
798
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Civil Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Elevation_Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Equipment Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Equipment Section_Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup End_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
HngSup Side_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports - Piping_Control Point Structure_North

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Pipe Supports - Structure_Control Point Structure_East
Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Pipe Supports_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
799
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Coordinate
800

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Control Point Structure_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Piping Utility Station Plan_Control Point Structure_East

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z

Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_East Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Structural Framing Plan_Process Equipment_North Coordinate_M
X1, Y1, Z1, X, Y, Z
Label Rules
Generic Name Labels

Description: Labels contain object name from the model
Type: COM
Point Generator: DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page 1013)
Positioning Module: DrawingQuadOne (on page 1111), DrawingQuadTwo (on page 1112),
DrawingQuadThree (on page 1112), DrawingQuadFour (on page 1111), DrawingAbsolute (on
page 1103)
Example
For more information on name labels used in view styles, see Equipment in Equipment View
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
BopPipePort1_CA_JL1
Name
Name
Name
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Cable Trays_Name
Name
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Equipment_Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Equipment_Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Isometric_Cable Tray Supports_Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Cable Trays_Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
801
Label Rules
802
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable Tray Components_Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable Tray Supports_Name
Name
Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Control Station_Name
Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Junction Box_Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation_M
Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Road_Name
Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Small Motor_Name-Elevation
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Small Motor_Name-Elevation_M
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Switchgear_Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Section_Equipment_Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Isometric_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Cable Trays_Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Control Station_Name
Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Junction Box_Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation_M
Name
Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Small Motor_Name-Elevation
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_Small Motor_Name-Elevation_M
Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Section_Equipment_Name
Name
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Electrical Instrument Plan_Instrument_Name_M
Name
Electrical Instrument Plan_Junction Box_Name
Name
Electrical Instrument Plan_Junction Box_Name_M
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable Tray Components_Name
Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable Tray Supports_Name
Name
Name
Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Control Station_Name
Name
Name
Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Motor_Name-Elevation
Name
Name
Name
Name
Electrical Raceway Plan_Small Motor_Name-Elevation
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Generic Distance to Nearest Coordinate System_CA_JL
Name
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate (see "HngSup

End_KeyPlan_Coordinate Label" on page 814)
None
HngSup ISO_Note
Name
803
Label Rules
804
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
HngSup_Note
Name
Name
HVAC Elevation_Linear Duct Cross Section Size
Name
HVAC Elevation_Linear Duct Cross Section Size_M
Name
Name
HVAC Isometric_Linear Duct Cross Section Size
Name
HVAC Isometric_Linear Duct Cross Section Size_M
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
HVAC Plan_HVAC Straight_Height-Width_M
Name
Name
HVAC Plan_Linear Duct Cross Section Size_M
Name
Name
HVAC Plan_Run_Name
Name
HVAC Section_Linear Duct Cross Section Size
Name
HVAC Section_Linear Duct Cross Section Size_M
Name
HVAC Section_Pipe Support_Name
Name
Name
Instrument Elevation_Piping Instruments_Name
Name
Name
Instrument Isometric_Piping Instruments_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name_Capsule_CA_JL
Name
Name_Capsule_CA_L
Name
Name_Circle_CA_JL
Name
Name_Circle_CA_L
Name
Name_Line_CA_JL
Name
Name_None_CA_JL
Name
Name_None_CM_JL
Name
Name_Rect_CA_JL
Name
Note_Rect_CA_JL
Name
Name
PipeWeld_None_CA_JL
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section Size_Index-Clearspace
Name
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section Size_Index
Name
Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Section Size
Name
Name
805
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Grid Labels
Description: Labels contain grid names from the model
Type: COM
Positioning Module: DrawingGridLblMarginOnly (on page 1109), DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
(on page 1109)
Example
X-axis grids
Y-axis grids
For more information on grid labels in view styles, see Grid Lines in Plan View Styles (on page
399).
806
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Name
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Also uses the DrawingGridLblVert positioning module.

Name
Also use the DrawingGridLblHoriz positioning module.

Name
Name
Name
Name
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Name
Piping Fire Protection Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Name
Name
Name
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Grid Line_X Name
Name
Piping Safety Shower Plan_Grid Line_Y Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Description: Labels contain top of steel measurements or grid plane names from the model
Type: COM
807
Label Rules
Positioning Module: DrawingAbsolute
TOS Example
Grid Plane Example
808
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Grid Line_TOS
Name, X, Y, Elevation, Type
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Grid Line_TOS_M
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Grid Plane_Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Section_Grid Line_TOS
Electrical CableTray Section_Grid Line_TOS_M
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Electrical CableTray Section_Grid Plane_Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Elevation_Grid Line_TOS
Electrical Equipment Elevation_Grid Line_TOS_M
Electrical Equipment Elevation_Grid Plane_Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Section_Grid Line_TOS_M
Electrical Equipment Section_Grid Plane_Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name
PositionX, PositionY, Axis
Name
Name
GridPlane_Name
Name
PositionX, PositionY, Axis
Name
HVAC Section_Grid Line_TOS_M
Name
Instrument Elevation_Grid Line_TOS
Instrument Elevation_Grid Plane_Name
Name
Name
809
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Structural Framing Elevation_Grid Line_TOS_M
Structural Framing Elevation_Grid Plane_Name
Name
Name
Structural Framing Plan_Grid Plane_Y Name
Name
Name
TOS_Line_A_L
Longest Segment Labels

Description: Longest segment of object within a view is labeled
Type: COM
Point Generator: DrawingPGPipeSegments (on page 1021)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGALongestSegment (on page 1048)
Positioning Module: DrawingCenterThenAbove (on page 1103)
Example
For more information on the longest segment rule in view styles, see Piping Parts in Piping View
810
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
BopPipePort1_CA_JL
Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Electrical CableTray Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Electrical CableTray Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Electrical CableTray Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Electrical CableTray Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Electrical Equipment Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Electrical Equipment Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M Name

Electrical Equipment Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Electrical Equipment Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M Name

Electrical Equipment Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Electrical Equipment Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Electrical Equipment Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Electrical Equipment Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Name
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Piping Elevation_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Piping Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Piping Isometric_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Name
Name
Piping Plan_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Piping Plan_Piping Parts_RunName_Longest Segment
Name
Piping Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment
Name
Piping Section_LineNumber_Longest Segment_M
Name
Name
811
Label Rules
Miscellaneous Labels
Topics
CtrlPtCoordSym_None_A_NL ....................................................... 812
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L ............................................................ 812
CtrlPtNCoord_None_CA_L ............................................................ 813
CtrlPtOnlyCoordSym_None_A_NL ................................................ 813
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L..................................................... 813
CtrlPtOnlyNCoord_None_CA_L .................................................... 813
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate Label ..................................... 814
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate_KPLabel Label ...................... 814
HngSup - Key Plan Label .............................................................. 815
Name_None_AV_NL ..................................................................... 816
Name_None_CPM_JL ................................................................... 817
Name_None_M_JL ........................................................................ 817
System-FluidCode-Seq-Insul_None_CPM_JL .............................. 817
CtrlPtCoordSym_None_A_NL
Type: COM
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L
Type: COM
1103)
812
Label Rules
Type: COM
1103)
CtrlPtOnlyCoordSym_None_A_NL
Type: COM
Point Generator: DrawingPGCPThenNone (on page 1016)
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L
Type: COM
1103)
Type: COM
813
Label Rules
1103)
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate Label

Description: Labels the origin or control point of a hanger assembly with coordinate information
from the model and is used by the HngSup3View Package (on page 358) drawing by query
package.
Point Generator: DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint
page 1103)
This label is found in the HngSup - End View Style (on page 521).
This label can be replaced by the HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate_KPLabel label rule in
order to display a "KP" label instead of the key point coordinate location. For more
information, see HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate_KPLabel Label (on page 814).
Example
See Also
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate_KPLabel Label

Description: Labels the origin or control point of a hanger assembly with a key point symbol.
This label is delivered, but is not used by any view styles. It can replace the HngSup
End_KeyPlan_Coordinate Label (on page 814) in order to display a KP symbol instead of the
814
Label Rules
key point coordinate location.
Point Generator: DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint
page 1103)
This label can be used in the HngSup - End View Style (on page 521) to replace the
delivered HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate label.
Example
HngSup - Key Plan Label

Description: Label contains key point coordinate location information. This label consists of 5
labels that return the Y offset, X offset, Y grid plane, X grid plane, and elevation. A symbol is
also used to label the key point location.
If no coordinate system is defined, or the hanger assembly key point is more than one
meter outside of the first or last x/y grid plane or elevation plane in the specified coordinate
system, the software defaults to the global coordinate system and the grid label bubbles are left
blank.
Key Point location - Indicates the location of the hanger key point with a symbol. The
key point location symbol is placed relative to where the coordinate system is in model
space. In the example below, the key point is located in the upper right-hand portion of
the grid system.
Y Offset - Distance between key point and nearest Y grid plane or global origin on the
y-axis.
Y Grid Plane - Name of the nearest Y grid plane. If no coordinate system is specified in
the drawing sheet properties, the software defaults to the global coordinate system and
the bubble is left blank.
815
Label Rules
X Offset - Distance between key point and nearest X grid plane or global origin on the
x-axis.
X Grid Plane - Name of the nearest X grid plane. If no coordinate system is specified in
the drawing sheet properties, the software defaults to the global coordinate system and
the bubble is left blank.
Elevation Value - Distance between key point and coordinate system origin or global
origin on the z-axis. If no coordinate system is specified in the drawing sheet properties,
the software defaults to the global coordinate system origin.
Content Module: DrawingHangerLabelContent
This label is found in the HngSup - Key Plan View Style (on page 525) view style.
Examples
The example below is using the global coordinate system, which means the grid label bubbles
are blank.
Name_None_AV_NL
Description: Places a name label at an absolute position relative to a vector from the center of
the view and aligned to the object
Type: COM
816
Label Rules
Positioning Module: DrawingVectorAbsolute (on page 1113)
Name_None_CPM_JL
Description: Places name label on object and checks whether or not the object is clipped. If the
object is clipped, the label is placed in the margin.
Type: COM
Positioning Module: DwgClippedPositioning (on page 1113), DwgLinearPositioning (on page
1114), DrawingMarginOnly
Leader Module: DwgLeaderControl (on page 1127)
Name_None_M_JL
Type: COM
Positioning Module: DwgClippedPositioning (on page 1113), DrawingMarginOnly
Leader Module: DwgLeaderControl (on page 1127)
Type: COM
Point Generator: DrawingPGPipeSegments
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAEndOfSegment
Annotation Control Generator: DefaultLabelControlGenerator
Content Module: DrawingLabelHelper
Positioning Module: DwgClippedPositioning, DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos, DrawingMarginOnly
Leader Module: DwgLeaderControl
817
Label Rules
Name Labels (DrawingAbsolute)

Type: COM
Example
For more information on volume names in view styles, see Civil Key Plan View Style (on page
391).
818
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan_Volume_Name
Name
Name
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan_Volume_Name
Name
Electrical Lighting Plan_Light_Symbol_Number
None
Name
Name
HVAC Diffuser
Name
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Name
Name
Name
Name
Name_Line_A_NL
Name
Name_None_A_JL
Name
Name_None_A_NL
Name
Name_Rect_A_NL
Name
Name
Name
SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL (on page 819)
BOS
SP3DCoordinate_TopRight_CA_JL (on page 820)
TOS
Name
Name
Description: Labels bottom-left of a structure member with bottom of steel measurement. This
label must be used in elevation views.
Type: COM
Example
819
Label Rules
When used with the SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL lablel, the member is labeled with
both TOS and BOS values.
Description: Labels top-right of a structure member with top of steel measurement. This label
must be used in elevation views.
Type: COM
Examples
When used with the SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL lablel, the member is labeled with
both TOS and BOS values.
Name Labels (DwgLinearAbsPos)

Description: Labels contain object name from the model. The section size labels contain the
object name and section size from the model.
Type: COM
Positioning Module: DwgLinearAbsPos (on page 1114)
Examples
820
Label Rules
Vertical Segment
For more information on these labels, see HVAC Parts in HVAC View Styles (on page 542).
Section Size
For more information on these labels, see Structural Framing Plan View Styles (on page 683).
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
HVAC Elevation_LineNumber_Vertical Segment_M
Name
HVAC Plan_LineNumber_Vertical Segment_M
Name
821
Label Rules
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
HVAC Section_LineNumber_Vertical Segment_M
Name
Name_None_APO_NL
Name
Name, Section Size
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section Size_Index-Aligned
Name, Section Size
Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Section Size_Relative Elevation
Name, Section Size
Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Section Size_Relative Elevation_M Name, Section Size

Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Section Size1
Name, Section Size
Name Labels (Name-Elevation-Width)

Type: COM
page 1103)
Example
822
Label Rules
For more information on name labels used in view styles, see Cable Trays in Elevation View
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Cable Trays_Name-Elevation-Width
Name, SysName, Shape

Width


Width
Electrical CableTray Isometric_Cable Trays_Name-Elevation-Width

Width


Width
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable Trays_Name-Elevation-Width

Width
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable Trays_Name-Elevation-Width_M

Width
Electrical CableTray Section_Cable Trays_Name-Elevation-Width

Width


Width
Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable Trays_Name-Elevation-Width

Width
Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable Trays_Name-Elevation-Width_M

Width
Instrument Plan_Cable Trays_Name-Elevation-Width

Width
Instrument Plan_Cable Trays_Name-Elevation-Width_M

Width
Nozzle Orientation Labels

Description: Labels contain nozzle name and angle from the model.
Type: COM
Point Generator: DrawingPGNozzleandBrace (on page 1020)
Positioning Module: DrawingCentroid (on page 1105)
Leader Module: DwgStackLabelLeader (on page 1131)
The nozzle orientation labels receive nozzle angle information from the
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery content module. For more information, see
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery (on page 1095).
823
Label Rules
Example
For more information on nozzle orientation labels in view styles, see Nozzle View Styles (on
page 599).
824
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Nozzle Orientation Plan_Nozzle_BTM_Name
Name
Nozzle Orientation Plan_Nozzle_TOP_Name
Name
Nozzle Orientation Plan_Nozzle_NozzleAngleLabel
Angle
Nozzle Orientation Plan_NozzleLabel
Name
Label Rules
Reference Labels
Description: Labels the object with the item number from the embedded report
Type: COM
Content Module: DrawingReferenceLabelContent (on page 1068)
page 1103)
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
None
None
Pipe Supports - Components_Reference_Circle_CA_L
None
Pipe Supports - Piping_Reference_Circle_CA_L
None
Pipe Supports - Structure_Reference_Circle_CA_L
None
None
Description: Labels the object with the item number from the embedded report
Type: COM
Content Module: DrawingReferenceLabelContent (on page 1068)
Positioning Module: DrawingGridLblMarginOnly (on page 1109), DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
(on page 1109)
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
HngSup_End_Diamond_M_L
None
HngSup_Diamond_M_L
None
825
Label Rules
Section Size Labels

Description: Labels contain section size of structure from the model
Type: COM
Point Generator: DrawingPGLinear (on page 1019)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAByOppositePoints
Positioning Module: DwgLinearAbsPos (on page 1114)
Example
For more information on section size labels, see Structural Framing Elevation View Style (on
page 669).
Label Template Name
Returned Properties
Structural Framing Elevation_Beams_Section Size
SectionName
Structural Framing Elevation_Braces_Section Size
SectionName
Structural Framing Elevation_Columns_Section Size
SectionName
SectionName
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section Size_Relative Elevation
SectionName
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Section Size_Relative Elevation_M SectionName
826
SectionName
Structural Framing Section_Beams_Section Size
SectionName
Structural Framing Section_Braces_Section Size
SectionName
Structural Framing Section_Columns_Section Size
SectionName
Label Rules
View Label Rules in Drawings

View label rules control the appearance of view labels, their placement on views, and the
appearance and types of annotations within the views. You assign view labels as part of the
drawing view style with the Tools > Define View Style command in the Drawings and Reports
task.
View label rules are delivered in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\ViewRules folder.
DetailSimpleReference
Name: DetailSimpleReference
Description: Example of Format used for labels on instanciated objects
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Conditional Formatting: No
Design Time Prog ID:
Run Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelsFormat.FormatLabel
Returned Properties: Reference
SQL Query:
Hanger and Support Piping Properties

Name: Hanger and Support Piping Properties
Description: Properties from the supported pipe run
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Design Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelFormatDesigner.RTFLabel
Returned Properties: NPD
NPDUnitType
IsInsulated
Thickness
MaterialGrade
Pressure
Temperature
SQL Query:
827
Label Rules
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat
Name: PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Design Time Prog ID: SP3DLabelFormatDesigner.RTFLabel
Returned Properties: PartNumber
Name
SQL Query:
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat
Name: PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Returned Properties: Name
SQL Query:
Name: SectionSimpleReference1
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Returned Properties: Reference1
SQL Query:
Name: SectionSimpleReference2
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Returned Properties: Reference2
SQL Query:
828
Label Rules
Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings

Topics
General Marine Label Rules .......................................................... 829
Scantling Label Rules .................................................................... 830
Hull Lines and Manufacturing Label Rules .................................... 832
North Arrow Label Rules................................................................ 834
General Marine Label Rules

The following marine structure label rules are delivered in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\LabelRules folder:
Label Rule
(.xml)
Label Templates used in Rule

(.xml)
Assembly NonWeld Symbol
Assembly NonWeld Symbol
Classification Profile Thickness Symbol
Classification Profile Thickness Symbol
Generic Distance To Nearest Coordinate

System_CA_JL

System_CA_JL
Generic_Name
Generic_Name (see "Label Templates: H - L"

on page 839)
Generic_Name _L
Generic_Name _L
Generic_Name _RC
Generic_Name _RC
Generic_Name _RC_L
Generic_Name _RC_L
Grid Axis
Grid Axis
Grid Axis_No Spacing
Grid Axis_No Spacing
Grid Line Name
Grid Line Name
Grid Line Name_M_L
Grid Line Name_M_L
Grid Line Name_S
Grid Line Name_S
Ruleset_Name
Ruleset_Name (see "Label Templates: H - L"

on page 839)
Structure_Name
Structure_Name
StrMfg PinJig Seam Point Symbol
StrMfg PinJig Seam Point Symbol (see "Label

Templates: H - L" on page 839)
StrMfg ProfileSketch WebThickness
StrMfg ProfileSketch WebThickness
829
Label Rules
Scantling Label Rules

830
Label Rule
(.xml)

(.xml)
Opening
Scantlings\Steel Order\Opening (see "Steel

Order Templates" on page 858)
Scantling Connection Intersection Symbol
Scantling Connection Intersection Symbol (see

"Label Templates: Scantling" on page 842)
Scantling Connection Penetration Symbol
Scantling Connection Penetration Symbol (see

"Label Templates: Scantling" on page 842)
Scantling Knuckle Line Label
Scantling Knuckle Line Label
Scantling Knuckle Line Label_CA_L
Scantling Knuckle Line Label_CA_L (see "Label

Templates: Scantling" on page 842)
Scantling Knuckle Line Label_CP_L
Scantling Knuckle Line Label_CP_L (see "Label

Scantling Knuckle Line Symbol
Scantling Knuckle Line Symbol (see "Label

Scantling Knuckle Point Symbol
Scantling Knuckle Point Symbol (see "Label

Scantling Knuckle Sloping Direction Symbol
Scantling Knuckle Sloping Direction Symbol

(see "Label Templates: Scantling" on page 842)
Scantling Knuckle Surface Angle
Scantling Knuckle Surface Angle (see "Label

Scantling Non-Target Seam Symbol
Scantling Non-Target Seam Symbol (see "Label

Scantling Plate Mounting Angle
Scantling Plate Mounting Angle (see "Label

Scantling Plate Thickness Symbol
Scantling Plate Thickness Symbol (see "Label

Scantling Profile Mounting Angle
Scantling Profile Mounting Angle (see "Label

Scantling Profile Seam Symbol
Scantling Profile Seam Symbol (see "Label

Scantling Profile Thickness Symbol
Scantling Profile Thickness Symbol (see "Label

Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label
Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label (see "Label

Label Rules
Label Rule
(.xml)

(.xml)
Scantling Target Seam Symbol
Scantling Target Seam Symbol (see "Label

Ship Structure Plate GridPlane_Name
Ship Structure Plate GridPlane_Name (see

"Label Templates: Ship Structure Plate" on
page 847)
Ship Structure Plate Material Type Grade

Thickness by COM

Thickness by COM (see "Label Templates: Ship
Structure Plate" on page 847)

Thickness

Thickness (see "Label Templates: Ship
Structure Plate" on page 847)
Ship Structure Plate Short Name
Plate Short Name
Ship Structure Plate Thickness Grade by COM Ship Structure Plate Thickness Grade by COM
(see "Label Templates: Ship Structure Plate" on
page 847)
Ship Structure Plate Thickness Grade Typical
Ship Structure Plate Thickness Material Grade

Typical (see "Label Templates: Ship Structure
Plate" on page 847)
Ship Structure Plate Thickness Grade
Ship Structure Plate Thickness Grade (see

"Label Templates: Ship Structure Plate" on
page 847)
Ship Structure Profile Cross-section by COM
Ship Structure Profile Cross-section by COM

(on page 848)
Ship Structure Profile Cross-section Material

Type Grade by COM

Type Grade by COM (on page 848)

Type Grade

Type Grade (on page 848)
Ship Structure Profile Cross-section
Ship Structure Profile Cross-section (on page

848)
Ship Structure Profile Name Cross-section

Material Type Grade_L
Ship Structure Profile Name Cross-section

Material Type Grade_L (on page 848)
Ship Structure Profile Short Name
Ship Structure Profile Typical Cross-section (on

page 848)
Scantlings\Steel Order\Profile Short Name (see
"Steel Order Templates" on page 858)
Ship Structure Profile System Short Name
Ship Structure Profile Typical Cross-section (on

page 848)
Scantlings\Steel Order\Profile System Short
Name (see "Steel Order Templates" on page
858)
831
Label Rules
Label Rule
(.xml)

(.xml)
Structure_Weld
Structure_Weld (see "Label Templates: StrMfg W" on page 850)
WeldLabel
WeldLabel (on page 848)
WeldSymbols
WeldSymbols
Hull Lines and Manufacturing Label Rules

Hull Lines
Label Rule
(.xml)

(.xml)
Hull Lines_Name
Hull Lines_Name (see "Label Templates: H - L"

on page 839)
Manufacturing
832
Label Rule
(.xml)

(.xml)
IS_ProfileSketch_Arial_2.5mm
IS_ProfileSketch_Arial_2.5mm (see "Label

Templates: H - L" on page 839)
MFG_PinJig Remarking_Horizontal
GirthLength
MFG_PinJig Remarking_Horizontal GirthLength

(see "Label Templates: Mfg - R" on page 840)
MFG_PinJig Remarking_Vertical GirthLength
MFG_PinJig Remarking_Vertical GirthLength

(see "Label Templates: Mfg - R" on page 840)
Mfg Scantling Margin_Value
Mfg Scantling Margin_Value (see "Label

Templates: Mfg - R" on page 840)
PinJig Horizontal Girth Length
PinJig Horizontal Girth Length
PinJig Parent Remark Line Girth Length
PinJig Parent Remark Line Girth Length
PinJig Pin Column Name
PinJig Pin Column Name
PinJig Pin Name
PinJig Pin Name
PinJig Pin Row Name
PinJig Pin Row Name
PinJig Plate Material Type Grade Thickness
PinJig Plate Material Type Grade Thickness
Label Rules
Label Rule
(.xml)

(.xml)
PinJig Remarking Line Name
PinJig Remarking Line Name
PinJig Seam Name
PinJig Seam Name
PinJig Vertical Girth Length
PinJig Vertical Girth Length
Profile Margin Value
Profile Margin Value
ProfileSketch (fixed text of Arial_2.5mm)
ProfileSketch (fixed text of Arial_2.5mm)
Scantling Margin Value
Scantling Margin Value
Scantling Marking Line Name
Scantling Marking Line Name
Scantling Shrinkage Value
Scantling Shrinkage Value
StrMfg Profile Direction Right Up
Mfg Profile Direction Right Up
StrMfg ProfileSketch Knuckle Label
StrMfg ProfileSketch Knuckle Label (see "Label

Templates: StrMfg - W" on page 850)
StrMfg ProfileSketch Detail Name
StrMfg ProfileSketch Detail Name (see "Label

StrMfg ProfileSketch Detail Name_V
StrMfg ProfileSketch Detail Name_V (see

"Label Templates: StrMfg - W" on page 850)
StrMfg ProfileSketch Feature Name
StrMfg ProfileSketch Feature Name (see "Label

StrMfg ProfileSketch Seam Label
StrMfg ProfileSketch Seam Label (see "Label

StrMfg ProfileSketch Bevel Shape 1mm
StrMfg ProfileSketch Bevel Shape 1mm (see

StrMfg ProfileSketch Bevel Shape 2mm
StrMfg ProfileSketch Bevel Shape 2mm (see

StrMfg ProfileSketch Bevel Symbol
StrMfg ProfileSketch Bevel Symbol (see "Label

StrMfg Sketch Bevel Symbol
StrMfg Sketch Bevel Symbol (see "Label

StrMfg Sketch Feature Label
StrMfg Sketch Feature Label (see "Label

StrMfg Sketch Feature Symbol
StrMfg Sketch Feature Symbol (see "Label

StrMfg Templateset MidLine Symbol
StrMfg Templateset MidLine Symbol (see

StrMfg Templateset Seam Point Symbol
StrMfg Templateset Seam Point Symbol (see

833
Label Rules
Label Rule
(.xml)

(.xml)
StrMfg Templateset Tangent Point Symbol
StrMfg Templateset Tangent Point Symbol (see

Template Seam Symbol
Template Seam Symbol
Template Set Seam Symbol
Template Set Seam Symbol
North Arrow Label Rules

The following marine structure label rules are delivered in the SharedContent share in the
[Product Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\NorthArrowRules
folder:
834
Label Rule
(.xml)

(.xml)
Mfg Profile DirectionRule
NorthArrows\MfgProfile Direction (see "North

Arrow Templates" on page 855)
MfgTemplatesetFullScaleDirectionRule Right
NorthArrows\
MfgTemplatesetFullScaleDirection Right (see
"North Arrow Templates" on page 855)
NorthArrow
NorthArrows\NorthArrow
NorthArrows\ShipDirection Up (see "North

NorthArrows\ShipDirection Right (see "North
ShipDirectionRule
NorthArrows\ShipDirection Up (see "North

NorthArrows\ShipDirection Down (see "North
NorthArrows\ShipDirection Left (see "North
NorthArrows\ShipDirection Right (see "North
Structural NorthArrow.xml
NorthArrows\Structural NorthArrow
Label Rules
Label Templates in Marine Structure Drawings

Each label rule uses one or more label templates. Each template uses one or more symbols and
report templates. Label templates, symbols, and report templates are delivered in the
SharedContent share in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder.
Each label template also uses one or more annotation modules. For more information, see
Annotation Modules (on page 1011).
Topics
Label Templates: A - G .................................................................. 835
Label Templates: H - L .................................................................. 839
Label Templates: Mfg - R .............................................................. 840
Label Templates: Scantling ........................................................... 842
Label Templates: Ship Structure Plate .......................................... 847
Label Templates: StrMfg - W ......................................................... 850
North Arrow Templates .................................................................. 855
View Templates ............................................................................. 857
Steel Order Templates................................................................... 858
Label Rules in Offshore Drawings ................................................. 862
Label Templates: A - G
The following marine structure label templates are delivered in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder:
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
Report Templates (.rtp)
used
Annotation Modules
used
Assembly NonWeld
Symbol
Assembly NonWeld
Symbol.sym
ISMidPointLabelPG (on page 1033)

DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
DefaultLabelControlGenerator (on page
1100)
DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064)
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D (on page 1115)
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D (on
page 1118)
Classification Profile
Thickness Symbol
Scantling Thickness
Direction Up.sym
Scantling Thickness
Direction Down.sym
Scantling Thickness
Direction Centered.sym
Scantling Thickness
Direction Unknown.sym
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D (on page

1028)
1044)
1100)
ISProfileSysThicknessSymbolContent
835
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
836
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
Generic_Error.sym
page 1118)
Generic Distance To
Nearest Coordinate
System_CA_JL
Generic Distance To
Nearest Coordinate
System_CA_JL.sym
Generic Distance To
Nearest Coordinate
System.rtp

System
1044)
1100)
DwgLeaderControl (on page 1127)
Generic_Name
Generic_Name.sym
Name.rtp

1028)
1044)
1100)
ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin (on
page 1120)
page 1118)
Generic_Name _L
Generic_Name _L..sym
Name.rtp

1028)
1044)
1100)
page 1120)
DrawingQuadOne (on page 1111)
DrawingQuadTwo (on page 1112)
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
DrawingQuadThree (on page 1112)

DrawingQuadFour (on page 1111)
DrawingAbsolute (on page 1103)
Generic_Name _RC
Generic_Name _RC..sym
Name.rtp

1044)
1100)
Generic_Name
_RC_L
Generic_Name
_RC_L..sym
Name.rtp

1044)
1100)
Grid Axis

1028)
1044)
1100)
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent (on page
1093)
SMDwgPositionAxis (on page 1122)
Grid Axis_No
Spacing

1028)
1044)
837
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used

1100)
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent (on page
1093)
SMDwgPositionAxis (on page 1122)
Grid Line Name
838
Grid Line Name.sym

Structure_Name.rtp

1028)
1044)
1100)
page 1120)
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2DtMargin
Grid Line Name_M_L Grid Line Name_M_L.sym

Structure_Name.rtp

1028)
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA (on page 1057)
1100)
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis (on
page 1122)
Grid Line Name_S

1028)
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA (on page 1057)
1100)
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis (on
page 1122)
Grid Line Name_S.sym
Label Rules
Label Templates: H - L
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
Hull Lines Default

Seam Symbol
Hull Lines Default Seam

Symbol.sym

1028)
1044)
1100)
page 1118)
Hull Lines Erection

Seam Symbol
Hull Lines Erection Seam

Symbol.sym

1028)
1044)
1100)
page 1118)
Hull Lines_Name
Hull Lines_Name.sym
Name.rtp

1028)
1044)
1100)
page 1118)
IS_ProfileSketch_
Arial_2.5mm
IS_ProfileSketch_
Arial_2.5mm.sym
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG (on page 1028)

ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer (on page 1056)
1100)
ISRulesetLabelContent (on page 1083)
839
Label Rules
Label Templates: Mfg - R

Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
MFG_Pinjig_Pin
Height
MFG_Pinjig_Pin
Height.sym
StrMfg PinJig PinHeight.rtp

1044)
1100)
SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent (on
page 1091)
MFG_PinJig
MFG_PinJig
Remarking_Horizonta Remarking_Horizontal
l GirthLength
GirthLength.sym
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG
1044)
1100)
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM (on
page 1088)
page 1118)
MFG_PinJig
Remarking_Vertical
GirthLength
1044)
1100)
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM (on
page 1088)
page 1118)
MFG_PinJig
Remarking_Vertical
GirthLength.sym
MFG_PinJig
MFG_PinJig SideView_
SideView_
SeamOffsetfromChord
SeamOffsetfromChor -Left.sym
d
-Left
840

1044)
1100)
SMDPinJigSeamOffsetCM
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
MFG_PinJig
MFG_PinJig SideView_
SideView_
SeamOffsetfromChord
SeamOffsetfromChor -Right.sym
d
-Right

1044)
1100)
SMDPinJigSeamOffsetCM
Mfg Profile
Margin_Value
Mfg Profile
Margin_Value.sym

1028)
1044)
1100)
SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent (on
page 1091)
Mfg Scantling
Margin_Value
Mfg Scantling
Margin_Value.sym
MfgMarginValue.rtp

1028)
1044)
1100)
ISMfgMarginSymbolContent (on page
1077)
page 1118)
Mfg
port.sym
TemplatesetFullScale starboard.sym
Direction Right
aft.sym
forward.sym
up.sym
down.sym

1028)
1044)
1100)
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolConten
t (on page 1094)
841
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
Reference_Circle_CA Reference_Circle_CA_L.sy DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page

_L
m
1013)
ItemTag.rtp
1044)
1100)
DrawingReferenceLabelContent
Ruleset_Name
Ruleset_Name.sym
Ruleset_Name.rtp
ISRulesetPointGenerator (on page 1038)

1100)
ISRulesetLabelContent (on page 1083)
Label Templates: Scantling

Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Scantling Connection Scantling Connection

Intersection Symbol
Intersection Symbol.sym
842
Annotation Modules
used

1028)
ISGAEliminateOverlappingLabels (on page
1056)
1100)
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used

page 1118)
Scantling Connection Scantling Connection
Penetration Symbol
Penetration Symbol.sym

1028)
1056)
1100)
page 1118)
Scantling Knuckle
Line Label_CP_L
Scantling_Knuckle_Line_La ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D (on page

bel_CP_L.sym:
1028)
1100)
Scantling_Knuckle_Line_La
bel_CP_L.rtp
1044)
Scantling Knuckle
Line Label_CA_L
Scantling_Knuckle_Point_L ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D (on page

abel_CA_L.sym:
1028)
1100)
Scantling_Knuckle_Point_L
abel_CA_L.rtp
1044)
843
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
Scantling Knuckle
Line Symbol
Scantling Knuckle Line

Symbol.sym
Structure_Name.rtp

1028)
1100)
1044)
page 1118)
Scantling Knuckle
Point Symbol
Scantling Knuckle Point

Symbol.sym
Generic_Error.sym
Structure_Name.rtp

1028)
1100)
1044)
ISKnucklePointSymbolContent (on page
1075)
Scantling Knuckle
Sloping Direction
Symbol
Scantling Knuckle Plate

Sloping Symbol.sym:

1028)
1100)
1044)
ISKnuckleSlopingDirectionSymbolContent
(on page 1075)
Scantling Knuckle Plate

Sloping Bothsides
Symbol.sym:
Generic_Error.sym
Scantling Knuckle
Surface Angle
844
Scantling Knuckle Surface

Angle.sym
Scantling Knuckle Surface
Angle.rtp

1028)
1100)
ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent (on page
1074)
page 1118)
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
Scantling Non-Target Scantling Design Seam

Seam Symbol
Symbol.sym
Scantling Block Seam
Symbol.sym
Scantling Unknown Seam
Symbol.sym
Generic_Error.sym
SMDwgPointsByType (on page 1040)

1100)
1044)
ISSeamSymbolContent (on page 1083)
Scantling Plate
Mounting Angle
Scantling Plate Mounting

Angle.sym
Scantling Plate Mounting
Angle.rtp

1028)
1100)
ISPlateAngleSymbolContent (on page
1077)
page 1118)
Scantling Plate
Thickness Symbol
Scantlings\ISO Plate
Thickness Direction Up.sym
Thickness Direction
Down.sym
Thickness Direction
Centered.sym
Thickness Direction
Unknown.sym
Generic_Error.sym

1028)
1056)
1100)
ISPlateThicknessSymbolContent (on page
1078)
page 1118)
Scantling Profile
Mounting Angle
Scantling Profile Mounting

Angle.sym
Scantling Profile Mounting
Angle.rtp

1028)
1100)
page 1118)
Scantling Profile
Seam Symbol

Symbol.sym
Symbol.sym

1028)
1044)
845
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Scantlng Profile
Thickness Symbol
846
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used

Symbol.sym

1100)
SMProfileSeamSymbolContent (on page
1096)
Multiple ISO Profile

[cross-section type]
Thickness [flange
direction].sym files within
the Scantlings folder
Generic_Error.sym

1028)
1100)
1044)
ISProfilePartThicknessSymbolContent (on
page 1080)
page 1118)
Scantling Shell Profile Scantling Profile

Weld Label (on page Weld_IButt.sym
865)
Scantling Profile
Weld_VButt.sym
Scantling Profile
Weld_XButt.sym
Scantling Profile
Weld_YButt.sym
Scantling Profile
Weld_IVButt.sym
Scantling Profile
Weld_IXButt.sym
Scantling Profile
Weld_XButtSM.sym
Demarcation.sym
SMDwgProfileWeldsPG (on page 1041)

1044)
1100)
DwgScantlingWeld (on page 1070)
Scantling Target
Seam Symbol

1100)
1044)
SMDwgPointsByType (on page 1040)
page 1118)
ISSeamSymbolContent (on page 1083)
Scantling Design Seam

Symbol.sym
Symbol.sym
Symbol.sym
Generic_Error.sym
Label Rules
Label Templates: Ship Structure Plate

Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
ShipParentBlockAnd
PartName
ShipParentBlockAndPartNa
me.sym
ViewName.rtp
ShipName.rtp
ParentBlockName.rtp
PartName.rtp
ISDwgPointsForView
1044)
1100)
Ship Structure Plate

GridPlane_Name

GridPlane_Name.sym
GridPlane_Name.rtp

1100)
1044)
page 1118)
1028)
SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent

Material Type Grade
Thickness by COM

Material Type Grade
Thickness by COM.sym
Material Type Grade
Thickness by COM.rtp
InsideOrAlongCurve2D (on page 1025)

1044)
1100)
page 1118)

Material Type Grade
Thickness

Material Type Grade
Thickness.sym
Material Type Grade
Thickness.rtp

1044)
1100)
847
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used

page 1118)
Thickness Grade by
COM

Thickness Grade by
COM.sym
Thickness Grade by
COM.rtp

1044)
1100)
page 1118)

Thickness Grade

Thickness Grade.sym
Thickness Grade.rtp

1044)
1100)

Thickness Material
Grade Typical

Thickness Material Grade
Typical.sym
Thickness Material Grade
by COM.rtp

1028)
ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels (on
page 1055)
1100)
848
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
Ship Structure Profile Ship Structure Profile

Cross-section by
Cross-section by COM.sym
COM
Ship Structure Profile
Cross-section by COM.rtp

1028)
1044)
1100)
page 1118)

Cross-section
Material Type Grade
by COM

1028)
1044)
1100)
page 1118)

Cross-section Material
Type Grade by COM.sym
Type Grade by COM.rtp

Cross-section
Material Type Grade Type Grade.sym
Type Grade.rtp

1028)
1044)
1100)
page 1118)

Cross-section
Cross-section.sym
Cross-section.rtp

1028)
1044)
1100)
page 1118)
849
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used

Name Cross-section
Material Type
Grade_L
Ship Structure Profile Name

Type Grade_L.sym
Ship Structure Profile Name
Type Grade_L.rtp

1028)
1044)
1100)

Typical Cross-section Cross-section by COM.rtp

1028)
page 1055)
1100)
DrawingNoContent (on page 1067)
page 1118)
Label Templates: StrMfg - W

850
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
StrMfg PinJig Seam

Point Symbol
StrMfg PinJig Seam Point

Symbol.sym
SMPointsByAssociateObjectID
1044)
1100)
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
page 1118)
StrMfg ProfileSketch
Detail Name
StrMfg ProfileSketch Detail

Name.sym
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG
1100)
SMDwgProfileSketchDetailNameLabelCont
ent
Detail Name_V
StrMfg ProfileSketch Detail

Name_V.sym
1100)
ent
Knuckle Label
Knuckle Label.sym
1100)
SMDwgProfileSketchKnuckleLabelContent
Feature Name
Feature Name.sym
1100)
ent
Seam Label
StrMfg ProfileSketch Seam

Label.sym
1100)
ent
Bevel Symbol
StrMfg ProfileSketch Bevel

Symbol.sym

1028)
1044)
1100)
SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM (on page
851
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
1090)
Bevel Shape 1mm

Shape 1mm.sym
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG (on
page 1042)
1100)
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM (on
page 1089)
Bevel Shape 2mm

Shape 2mm.sym
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG (on
page 1042)
1100)
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM (on
page 1089)
StrMfg Sketch Bevel

Symbol
StrMfg Sketch Bevel

Symbol.sym
StrMfg Sketch Bevel
Symbol_Angle Label.sym
StrMfg Sketch Bevel
Symbol_Depth Label.sym
MfgSketchPG
1044)
1100)
MfgSketchContent
page 1118)
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Label
852
MfgSketchPG
MfgSketchNameFeaturesGA
1100)
MfgSketchContent
page 1118)
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Symbol
Annotation Modules
used
MfgSketchPG
1044)
1100)
page 1118)
StrMfg Templateset
Seam Point Symbol
StrMfgTemplateset Seam
Point Symbol.sym
1044)
1100)
page 1118)
StrMfg Templateset
Tangent Point
Symbol
StrMfg Templateset
Tangent Point Symbol.sym
1044)
1100)
page 1118)
StrMfg Templateset
MidLine Symbol
StrMfg Templateset
MidLine Symbol.sym
1044)
1100)
page 1118)
Structure_Name
Structure_Name.sym
Structure_Name.rtp

1044)
1100)
853
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used

854
Structure_Weld (on
page 868)
Structure_Weld.rtp

1044)
1100)
DrawingWeldSymbols
DrawingWeldLeader
WeldLabel (on page

875)
Structure_Weld_IButt.sym
Structure_Weld_YButt.sym
Structure_Weld_XButt.sym
Structure_Weld_VButt.sym
Structure_Weld_Tee1.sym
Structure_Weld_Tee3sym
Structure_Weld_Tee6sym
Demarcation.sym
DrawingPGWelds (on page 1023)

DrawingGAWelds (on page 1052)
1100)
DwgScantlingWeld (on page 1070)
WebThickness
StrMfg ProfleSketcg
WebThickness_Up.sym
WebThickness_Down.sym
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer
DefaultLabelControlGenerator
SMPSWebThicknessContent (on page
1098)
DrawingAbsolute
Label Rules
North Arrow Templates

Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\NorthArrows folder:
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
MfgProfile Direction
MfgProfile Direction.rtp
ISDwgPointsForView (on page 1033)

1044)
1100)
Mfg Profile Up
Direction
MfgProfile Up Direction.sym ISDwgPointsForView (on page 1033)

MfgProfile Up Direction.rtp DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1044)
1100)
MfgTemplateset
FullScaleDirection
Right
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym

1044)
1100)
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolConten
t
855
Label Rules
856
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
ShipDirection Down
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym

1044)
1100)
ISShipDirectionSymbolContent (on page
1084)
ShipDirection Left
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym

1044)
1100)
1084)
ShipDirection Right
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym

1044)
1100)
1084)
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
ShipDirection Up
aft.sym
down.sym
forward.sym
port.sym
starboard.sym
up.sym

1044)
1100)
1084)
View Templates
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Views folder:
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
ShipParentBlock
AndPartName
ShipParentBlock
AndPartName.sym
ViewName.rtp
ShipName.rtp
ParentBlockName.rtp
PartName.rtp
ISDwgPointsForView
1044)
1100)
857
Label Rules
Steel Order Templates

Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Scantlings\Steel Order folder:
858
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
ISO Thickness
Symbol
Multiple ISO Profile

[cross-section type]
Thickness [flange
direction].sym files within
the Scantlings folder
Generic_Error.sym

1028)
1056)
1100)
ThicknessSymContent (on page 1096)
page 1118)
Opening
Opening.sym
Opening.rtp
OpeningEquivalenceLabel.f
tp
DefaultLabelPointGenerator (on page

1013)
page 1055)
1100)
DrawingCenterThenRotate
Plate Stiffeners
Summary (see "Plate
Stiffeners Summary
Label Template" on
page 860)
Plate Stiffeners
Summary.sym
Plate Stiffeners
Summary.rtp

1013)
1044)
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
DwgPartNameQI
Profile Short Name
Profile Short Name.sym

Profile Short Name.rtp

1028)
page 1118)
1044)
1100)
Profile System Short

Name

Name.sym
Name.rtp

1028)
page 1118)
1044)
1100)
Scantling NS or FS
Direction
aft.sym
fore.sym
starboard.sym
port.sym
up.sym
down.sym

1028)
1056)
1100)
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSDirectionContent
(on page 1093)
page 1118)
859
Label Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
Scantling NS or FS
Symbol
NearSide.sym
FarSide.sym

1028)
1056)
1100)
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent (on page
1092)
page 1118)
Sibling Plates
Stiffeners Summaryl
(see "Sibling Plates
Stiffeners Summary
Label Template" on
page 861)
Sibling Plates Stiffeners

Summary.sym
Sibling Plates Stiffeners
Summary.rtp

1013)
1044)
1100)
DwgPartNameQI
Plate Stiffeners Summary Label Template

Plate Stiffeners Summary.xml is delivered in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Scantlings\Steel Order folder. It is
typically used when the ViewNameDirectionScale View Label (see "ViewNameDirectionScale
View Label Template" on page 277) is also used.
860
Label Rules
Generates a label for any profile exceptions that do not match the typical. Any profile parts that
are related to the selected plate system and differ from the typical profile view label will be
included in the label for that plate system. The position index number is used for the profile
name in order to save space. For example, if profile parts 8, 9, and 10 have different attributes
from the typical profile, the label includes these profile parts and lists the attribute that sets them
apart from the typical. In this example, profile parts 9, 11, and 18 have differing section sizes.
Since 9 and 11 are the same, they are grouped together with a comma. Profile part 18 is listed
below 9 and 11 because it also has a differing section size from the typical and from profile parts
9 and 11. Values in a range are separated by a dash, while multiple values not in a range are
separated with a comma. For example, 9-11, 13-16.
The stiffener summary is compiled by a report called in the label template XML:
<content>
<ID attributeName="Plate Stiffeners Summary">Plate Stiffeners
Summary.rtp</ID>
</content>
The Plate Stiffeners Summary.rtp report then calls Plate Stiffeners Summary.rqe. This file uses
the DwgPartNameQI content module to create the summary of non-typical plate stiffener parts.
For a list of all annotation modules used by Plate Stiffener Summary.xml, see Steel Order
If the selected plate does not contain any related profile parts, the label will appear as a
question mark (?). A question mark will also appear if you do not select a plate system when
placing the label.
Planar plates are the only supported plate types for this label.
Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary Label Template

Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary.xml is delivered in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\Scantlings\Steel Order folder. It is
typically used when the ViewNameDirectionScale View Label (see "ViewNameDirectionScale
View Label Template" on page 277) is also used.
861
Label Rules
Generates a label for any profile exceptions that do not match the typical. Any profile parts that
are related to the selected plate system and differ from the typical profile view label will be
included in the label for that plate system and all sibling plate systems that have the same
orientation in that block. The position index number is used for the profile name in order to save
space. For example, if profile parts 9, 10 and 11 have different attributes from the typical profile,
the label includes these profile parts and lists the attribute that sets them apart from the typical.
In this example, profile parts 9, 11, and 18 have differing section sizes. Since 9 and 11 are the
same, they are grouped together with a comma. Profile part 18 is listed below 9 and 11 because
it also has a differing section size from the typical and from profile parts 9 and 11. Values in a
range are separated by a dash, while multiple values not in a range are separated with a
comma. For example, 9-11, 13-16.
The stiffener summary is compiled by a report called in the label template XML:
<content>
<ID attributeName="Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary">Sibling
Plates Stiffeners Summary.rtp</ID>
</content>
The Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary.rtp report then calls Sibling Plates Stiffeners
Summary.rqe. This file uses the DwgPartNameQI content module to create the summary of
non-typical plate stiffener parts.
For a list of all annotation modules used by Plates Stiffeners Summary.xml, see Steel Order
If the selected plate does not contain any related profile parts, the label will appear as a
question mark (?). A question mark will also appear if you do not select a plate system when
placing the label.
Planar plates are the only supported plate types for this label.
If a sibling plate part is non-planar, it is skipped.
Label Rules in Offshore Drawings

SM_ElectricalCableTray_Elevation_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_ElectricalCableTray_Plan_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_ElectricalCableTray_Plan_GridLineY_Name.xml
SM_ElectricalCableTray_Plan_LineNumberBOT_LongestSegment.xml
SM_ElectricalCableTray_Plan_Tray_BOT_Elev.xml
SM_ElectricalCableTray_Section_LineNumber_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Equipment_Elevation_Equipment_Name.xml
SM_Equipment_Elevation_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_Equipment_Elevation_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_Equipment_Plan_Equipment_Name.xml
SM_Equipment_Plan_GridLineX_Name.xml
862
Label Rules
SM_Equipment_Plan_GridLineY_Name.xml
SM_Equipment_Section_Equipment_Name.xml
SM_Equipment_Section_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Elevation_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Elevation_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Elevation_Run_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_LinearDuct_CrossSectionSize.xml
SM_HVAC_Plan_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Plan_GridLineY_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Plan_Run_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Section_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Section_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_HVAC_Section_Run_Name.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_GridLineY_Name.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_Light_Desccription_Ver.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_Light_Description.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_Light_Name.xml
SM_Lighting_Plan_Light_Name_Vert.xml
SM_Name_Elevation_None_M_JL.xml
SM_Piping_Elevation_GridPlane_Name.xml
SM_Piping_Elevation_Pipes_BOP Elev.xml
SM_Piping_Elevation_PipingParts_RunName_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Elevation_PipingParts_RunNameBOP_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_GridLineX_Name.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_GridLineY_Name.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_Pipes_BOP Elev.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_PipingParts_RunName_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Plan_PipingParts_RunNameBOP_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Section_Pipes_BOP Elev.xml
SM_Piping_Section_PipingParts_RunName_LongestSegment.xml
SM_Piping_Section_PipingParts_RunNameBOP_LongestSegment.xml
See Also
863
Label Rules
864
SECTION 8
Weld Labels
In This Section
Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label................................................. 865
Structure_Weld .............................................................................. 868
WeldLabel ...................................................................................... 875
Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label

The Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label.xml file is located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder. This section contains labels in Scantling Shell
Profile Weld Label.xml that are used for shell profiles in Steel Order ruleset styles and other
structural styles.
Topics
Scantling Profile Weld_IButt .......................................................... 865
Scantling Profile Weld_IVButt ........................................................ 866
Scantling Profile Weld_IXButt ........................................................ 866
Scantling Profile Weld_VButt ......................................................... 866
Scantling Profile Weld_XButt ......................................................... 867
Scantling Profile Weld_XButtSM ................................................... 867
Scantling Profile Weld_YButt ......................................................... 867
Scantling Profile Weld_IButt

Description: Weld symbol for I butt weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Global direction of weld: Aft, Fwd, Stbd, Port, Low, Up
Weld Type: ButtWeld1, ButtWeldI, Butt-I
Symbol
Joint
865
Weld Labels
Scantling Profile Weld_IVButt

Description: Weld symbol for IV butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeldIV
Symbol
Joint
Scantling Profile Weld_IXButt

Description: Weld symbol for IX butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeldIX
Symbol
Joint
Scantling Profile Weld_VButt

Description: Weld symbol for V butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeld4, ButtWeldV
Symbol
866
Joint
Weld Labels
Scantling Profile Weld_XButt

Description: Weld symbol for X butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeld3, ButtWeldK
Symbol
Joint
Scantling Profile Weld_XButtSM

Description: Weld symbol for X butt weld without a nose
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeldX
Symbol
Joint
Scantling Profile Weld_YButt

Description: Weld symbol for Y butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeld2, ButtWeldY
Symbol
Joint
867
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld
AWS welds are constructed with the Structure_Weld.xml file located on the SharedContent
share in the \Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder. Weld symbols created using this XML
are assembled from smaller symbols in the \DrawingsCatalog\Labels\Templates\WeldSymbols
folder and flipped as needed to accommodate the view. These processes are handled internally
by the DrawingWeldSymbols content module and the DrawingWeldLeader leader module.
Weld Label Flip Behavior

The weld label flips the view direction based on the local coordinate system. There are five
different weld flipping behaviors.
Type 1 - The physical connection is the target object, which means the local coordinate system
z-vector and the view direction z-vector are parallel. If the boundary is closed, the primary and
secondary side has a weld point that the leader terminator end point. If the boundary is open,
the primary and secondary weld points are at the same position.
Example
Type 2 - The physical connection primary side is in the front, which means the local coordinate
system y-vector and the view direction z-vector are parallel. In this case, all 2D graphics are on
the primary side. Only left-flip is possible.
Type 3 - The physical connection secondary side is in the front, which means the local
coordinate system y-vector and the view direction z-vector directions are opposing. In this case,
all 2D graphics are displayed on the secondary side. Only left-flip is possible.
Type 4 - The physical connection primary and secondary sides are parallel to the view direction,
which means the local coordinate system x-vector and view direction z-vector are parallel. In this
case, the physical connection is a simple line, and the primary and secondary sides are located
at the ends of the simple line.
868
Weld Labels
Example
Type 5 - The physical connection is in a looking isometric view. This case is very similar to Type
1.
Example
Additional examples of the weld label flipping behavior

If the flipping type is 1 or 4, the weld label symbols invert across the reference line in the label.
See the following graphic for an example.
869
Weld Labels
If the flipping type is 2 or 3, the weld label symbol does not change when it flips sides. See the
following graphic for an example.
Weld Label Tolerance Angle for Perpendicular or Collinear Reference Lines

According to AWS standards, arrow lines are not perpendicular to the reference weld reference
line. Therefore, a default 5 degree shift is added to automatically placed weld labels.
If you attempt to place a weld label perpendicular or collinear to the reference line, the arrow line
is not accepted. You can control this value as an option in the XML file. For more information,
see Label Templates XML Overview (on page 772).
870
Weld Labels
Examples
If the angle of the arrow line is 87, the angle of the arrow line shifts to the 90 degree tolerance
angle, which is 85 degrees. See the graphic below for an example.
If the angle of the arrow line is 3 degrees, the angle of the arrow line shifts to a default 5
degrees. See the graphic below for an example.
There are two unique XML tags in this file that allow you to control the tolerance angle of the
arrow line in two different situations. These tags are located under the leaderSettings section of
the file.
toleranceAngle - Specifies the tolerance range angle in degrees. If the angle of the arrow line is
within the range of this option, the arrow line is shifted by the number of degrees specified. The
default setting is 5 degrees.
871
Weld Labels
Example
toleranceAngleForSingleBevelJWeld - Specifies the permissible range of the leader line in

degrees. If the arrow line is out of the range, the angle of the leader line must be 90 - the
tolerance angle specified. The default setting is 15.
This option is only compatible when labeling a single-bevel butt weld, a single-bevel butt
weld with a broad root face, or a single-J butt weld.
If you delete this tag, the weld is labeled straight on without a jog.
If this option is set to 0, the leader line is placed perpendicular to the arrow line.
Example
872
The leaders created by the Structure_Weld.xml label are genuine leader objects that are
controlled by delivered leader modules.
Weld Labels
You can use the ALT key while clicking to manually jog the leader.
Representation Arrow Line Pointing at Prepared Edge Line

Single-bevel butt welds, single-bevel butt welds with broad root faces, and single J butt welds
are not labeled with the arrow line pointing at the prepared edge. Instead, they are labeled with
the perpendicular arrow line pointing at the vertex of the angle. The position of the arrow line
with respect to the weld is generally not significant. In the case of single-bevel butt welds,
single-bevel butt welds with broad root faces, and single J butt welds, the arrow line points
toward the prepared plate. This option is controlled in the XML file through the
toleranceAngleForSingleBevelJWeld tag, which you can delete if you want the arrow line to
point directly to the prepared edge.
toleranceAngleForSingleBevelJWeld tag enabled
toleranceAngleForSingleBevelJWeld tag disabled
Example
The angle A, is the permissible range of the leader line. If the arrow line is out of the range, the
angle of the leader line is 90 - A. The leader line shifts according to the option.
If the option is set to 0, the angle of the leader line is 90 degrees based on the arrow line.
873
Weld Labels
For more information, see Structure_Weld (on page 868).
Representation Terminator Movement

The terminator moves if there are better positions on the connection label based on the clear
space position of the label. Below is an example of the automatically placed label positioning
behavior.
If the label is moved to the other side, the terminator is moved with the label. The red line in the
example signifies the physical connection. Also, the label inverts depending on its relation to the
physical connection location. See the example below.
If the physical connection is open, meaning it is symbolized as a single line, the position
of the terminator is retained.
See Also
AWS Standards in Drawings (on page 21)
874
Weld Labels
WeldLabel
The WeldLabel.xml file is located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates folder. This section contains labels in WeldLabel.xml that
are used in Steel Order ruleset styles and other structural styles.
Topics
Structure_Weld_Fillet .................................................................... 875
Structure_Weld_IButt..................................................................... 876
Structure_Weld_IVButt .................................................................. 876
Structure_Weld_IXButt .................................................................. 876
Structure_Weld_VButt ................................................................... 877
Structure_Weld_XButt ................................................................... 877
Structure_Weld_YButt ................................................................... 877
Structure_Weld_Tee1 .................................................................... 878
Structure_Weld_TeeK ................................................................... 881
Structure_Weld_TeeV ................................................................... 881
Structure_Weld_TeeX ................................................................... 882
Structure_Weld_TeeY ................................................................... 882
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale ......................................................... 883
WeldSymbol ................................................................................... 883
Structure_Weld_Fillet
Description: Weld symbol for Fillet weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Leg size
Weld Type: FilletWeld1, FilletWeld2
Symbol
Joint
875
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld_IButt
Description: Weld symbol for I butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeld1, ButtWeldI
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_IVButt
Description: Weld symbol for IV butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeldIV
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_IXButt
Description: Weld symbol for IX butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeldIX
Symbol
876
Joint
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld_VButt
Description: Weld symbol for V butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeld4, ButtWeldV
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_XButt
Description: Weld symbol for X butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeld3, ButtWeldX, ButtWeldK
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_YButt
Description: Weld symbol for Y butt weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: ButtWeld2, ButtWeldY
Symbol
Joint
877
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld_Tee1
Description: Weld symbol for Tee1 weld
Type: Graphical
Returned Properties: Throat size
Weld Type: TeeWeld1
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee2
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeld2
Symbol
878
Joint
Weld Labels
Structure_Weld_Tee3
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeld3
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee4
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeld4
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee5
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeld5
879
Weld Labels
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee6
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeld6
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_Tee7
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeld7
880
Weld Labels
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_TeeK
Description: Weld symbol for K tee weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeldK
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_TeeV
Description: Weld symbol for V tee weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeldV
881
Weld Labels
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_TeeX
Description: Weld symbol for X tee weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeldX
Symbol
Joint
Structure_Weld_TeeY
Description: Weld symbol for Y tee weld
Type: Graphical
Weld Type: TeeWeldY
882
Weld Labels
Symbol
Joint
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Returned Properties: BaselineElevation
Tag2
Tag1
Caption
Tag
ViewCS
Scale
Direction
Type
ViewName
SQL Query:
WeldSymbol
Type: COM
Is Recursive: No
Returned Properties: WeldSymbol
SQL Query:
883
Weld Labels
884
SECTION 9
Dimension Rules
In general, dimension rules control the placement of dimensions while dimension styles control
the appearance, including the units, of dimensions in orthographic drawings. However,
dimension styles and dimension rules interact in complex ways. There are two methods you can
use to get dimensions to appear in drawings. Automatic dimensioning and manual dimensioning
place dimensions in native format drawings.
For automatic dimensioning, the view style controls whether or not dimensions are placed. For
manual dimensioning, you edit an existing drawing and place dimensions manually.
The Save As command saves drawings from the database to files and presents
additional considerations about dimensions. The files created by the Save As command can be
native format or a foreign format such as MicroStation or AutoCAD. With the Save As
command, the software attempts to replicate dimensions as they are shown within a drawing.
Assigning dimension units is different for each method. For more information, see:
Automatic Dimensioning
Manual Dimensioning
Save As MicroStation or AutoCAD Format
Isometric drawings use the isometric options settings within their style to determine the
dimension appearance, placement, and units.
See Also
Working with SmartPlant 3D Drawings
Dimension Rules XML

Dimension rules control the appearance and behavior of dimensions as well as their placement
on drawings.
You assign dimension rules as part of the drawing view style with the Tools > Define View Style
command in the Drawings and Reports task. You can use these rules for many purposes.
Dimension rules are delivered in the SharedContent share in the [Product Reference Data
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\DimensionRules folder.
Each dimension rule uses one or more dimension templates. For more information, see
Dimension Templates XML (on page 898)
The following dimension rules are delivered:
Dimension Rule (.xml)
Dimension Templates used in Rule (.xml)
ALR_CA_PenetrationPlate
ALR_CA_PenetrationPlate
Civil Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Civil Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Civil Plan_Columns_Horizontal
885
Dimension Rules
886
Civil Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Civil Plan_Columns_Vertical
Civil Plan_Columns_Vertical_M

Trays_Horizontal

Trays_Horizontal

Trays_Horizontal_M

Trays_Horizontal_M

Trays_Vertical

Trays_Vertical

Trays_Vertical_M

Trays_Vertical_M

Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal


Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical


Plan_Columns_Horizontal


Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M




Plan_Columns_Vertical_M

Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
Elevation_CableTray_Vertical_M
Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M

Line_Anchor_Vertical

Dimension Rules
Plan_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray Plan_Beams_Vertical
Electrical CableTray Plan_Beams_Vertical_M

Trays_Horizontal

Trays_Horizontal

Trays_Horizontal_M

Trays_Horizontal_M

Trays_Vertical

Trays_Vertical

Trays_Vertical_M

Trays_Vertical_M
Electrical CableTray Plan_Columns_Horizontal Electrical CableTray Plan_Columns_Horizontal

Electrical CableTray Plan_Columns_Vertical
Section_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
Section_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
Section_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
Section_CableTray_Horizontal
Section_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Section_CableTray_Vertical
Section_CableTray_Vertical_M
Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Section_Columns_Horizontal
887
Dimension Rules
Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Electrical CableTray Section_Grid

Electrical CableTray Section_Grid

Electrical
Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical
Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical
Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical
Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Horizontal_M
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
Electrical
Electrical
Electrical Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical Electrical Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
888


Electrical Equipment Plan_Cable

Trays_Horizontal

Trays_Horizontal

Trays_Horizontal_M

Trays_Horizontal_M

Trays_Vertical

Trays_Vertical
Dimension Rules

Trays_Vertical_M

Trays_Vertical_M
Electrical Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal Electrical Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal

Electrical Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical
Electrical Equipment Section_Grid

Electrical Equipment Section_Grid

Electrical Raceway
Electrical Raceway
Electrical Raceway Plan_Beams_Vertical

Trays_Horizontal

Trays_Horizontal
Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable Trays_Vertical
Electrical Raceway
Electrical Raceway
Electrical Raceway
Electrical Raceway
889
Dimension Rules
Electrical Raceway Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Electrical Raceway Plan_Columns_Vertical
Equipment
Equipment
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment
Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Horizontal
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Horizontal_M Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Horizontal_M
890
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Vertical
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Vertical_M
Equipment Elevation_Grid
Equipment Elevation_Grid
Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical
Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Equipment_Horizontal_M
Equipment_Horizontal_M
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_Vertical
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_Vertical
Equipment_Vertical_M
Equipment_Vertical_M
Equipment
Equipment
Equipment Section_Columns_Horizontal
Equipment Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Section_Equipment_Horizontal
Equipment Section_Equipment_Horizontal_M
Equipment Section_Equipment_Vertical
Equipment Section_Equipment_Vertical_M
Equipment Section_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical Equipment Section_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical

HgrSup End_Support Assembly Horizontal
Style2

Style2
HgrSup End_Support Assembly

KeyPoint_Horizontal

KeyPoint_Horizontal

KeyPoint_Vertical

KeyPoint_Vertical
HgrSup End_Support Assembly Vertical Style2 HgrSup End_Support Assembly Vertical Style2
HgrSup End_Support Assembly Vertical
HgrSup End_Support Component Horizontal
HgrSup End_Support Component Vertical
HgrSup Side_Support Assembly Horizontal

Style2

Style2
HgrSup Side_Support Assembly

KeyPoint_Horizontal

KeyPoint_Horizontal

KeyPoint_Vertical

KeyPoint_Vertical
HgrSup Side_Support Assembly Vertical

Style2

Style2
HgrSup Side_Support Component Horizontal
HgrSup Side_Support Component Vertical
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Anchor_Vertical
891
Dimension Rules
892
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Horizontal
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Horizontal_M
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Vertical
HVAC Elevation_Ducts_Vertical_M
HVAC Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Columns_Horizontal
HVAC Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
HVAC Plan_Columns_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
HVAC Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Horizontal
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Horizontal_M
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Vertical
HVAC Plan_Ducts_Vertical_M
HVAC Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Columns_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
HVAC Section_Ducts_Horizontal
HVAC Section_Ducts_Horizontal_M
HVAC Section_Ducts_Vertical
HVAC Section_Ducts_Vertical_M
HVAC Section_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument
Instrument
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Instrument Elevation_Grid
Instrument Elevation_Grid
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument
Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Vertical
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Vertical_M
Instrument Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Instrument Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Instrument Plan_Columns_Vertical
Instrument Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Vertical
Instrument Plan_Instruments_Vertical_M
Instrument
Instrument
Instrument Section_Columns_Horizontal
Instrument Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Instrument Section_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument
Section_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument
Section_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
Instrument
Section_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument
Section_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
Instrument Section_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrument Section_Instruments_Horizontal_M
Instrument Section_Instruments_Vertical
Instrument Section_Instruments_Vertical_M
Instrumentation
Instrumentation
Instrumentation Elevation_Columns_Horizontal Instrumentation Elevation_Columns_Horizontal

Instrumentation Elevation_Grid
Instrumentation Elevation_Grid
Instrumentation
Instrumentation
893
Dimension Rules
Instrumentation
Instrumentation
Instrumentation
Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrumentation
Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Vertical Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Vertical
894
Instrumentation
Instrumentation
Instrumentation
Instrumentation
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Vertical
Instrumentation Plan_Instruments_Horizontal
Instrumentation Plan_Instruments_Vertical
Linear_A_HV
Linear_A_HV
Linear_CA_A_PipeSegs
Linear_CA_A_PipeSegs
Linear_CA_H_VLE
Linear_CA_H_VLE
Linear_CA_HV
Linear_CA_HV
Linear_CA_HV_TowardClosestMargin
Linear_CA_HV_TowardClosestMargin
Linear_CA_V_HLE
Linear_CA_V_HLE
Linear_M_HV
Linear_M_HV
Piping Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Piping
Piping
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Horizontal
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Horizontal_M
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Vertical
Piping Elevation_Pipes_Vertical_M
Piping Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Piping Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
Piping Plan_Columns_Vertical
Piping Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Piping Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Plan_Pipes_Horizontal
Piping Plan_Pipes_Horizontal_M
Piping Plan_Pipes_Vertical
Piping Plan_Pipes_Vertical_M
Piping Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Section_Columns_Horizontal
Piping Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Piping Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Piping Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Section_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Piping Section_Pipes_Horizontal
Piping Section_Pipes_Horizontal_M
Piping Section_Pipes_Vertical
Piping Section_Pipes_Vertical_M
Structural Elevation_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Structural
Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural
Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural Elevation_Braces_Horizontal
Structural
Structural
Structural Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Structural Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical Structural Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical

Structural Elevation_Grid Line_Vertical
Structural Elevation_GridLine_Vertical
Structural Elevation_GridLine_Vertical
Structural Framing
Elevation_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Structural Framing
Elevation_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
Structural
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal Framing_Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal
895
Dimension Rules
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Horizontal
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Horizontal
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Horizontal_M
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Braces_Horizontal_M
Structural
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizont Framing_Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizont
al
al
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural
Framing_Elevation_Columns_Horizontal_M
Structural Framing Elevation_Grid



Line_Vertical

Line_Vertical

Line_Vertical_M

Line_Vertical_M
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Horizontal
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Horizontal_M Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Horizontal_M

Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Vertical
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Vertical_M
Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Horizontal
Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Horizontal_M Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Horizontal_M
896
Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Vertical
Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Vertical_M
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Horizontal
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Vertical
Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
Structural Framing Plan_Equipment_Horizontal Structural Framing Plan_Equipment_Horizontal

Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Horizontal_M
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Horizontal_M
Structural Framing Plan_Equipment_Vertical
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Vertical_M
Structural Framing
Plan_Equipment_Vertical_M
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Structural Framing
Structural Section_Columns_Horizontal
Structural Section_Columns_Horizontal_M
Dimension Rules
The following marine structure label rules are delivered in the SharedContent share in the
[Product Reference Data Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\DimensionRules
folder:
Label Rule
(.xml)

(.xml)
IS_ProfileSketch_ProfileLength
IS_ProfileSketch_ProfileLength (see
"Dimension Templates" on page 927)
IS_ProfileSketch_FeatureDistance
IS_ProfileSketch_FeatureDistance (see
IS_ProfileSketch_TopFlangeLength
IS_ProfileSketch_TopFlangeLength (see
StrMfg ProfileSketch Feature_Linear
StrMfg ProfileSketch Feature_Linear (see

StrMfg ProfileSketch Feature_Radial
StrMfg ProfileSketch Feature_Radial (see

StrMfg Sketch Feature Locations
StrMfg Sketch Feature Locations (see

StrMfg Sketch Feature Dimensions
StrMfg Sketch Feature Dimensions (see

StrMfg Sketch Feature Contour Dimensions
StrMfg Sketch Feature Contour Dimensions

(see "Dimension Templates" on page 927)
897
Dimension Rules
Dimension Templates XML

Dimension Templates XML Overview
Dimension Settings
When using a template that applies dimensions to the drawings, you can customize the behavior
and appearance of the dimensions with the dimensionSettings section.
The maxDimOffset value determines the maximum linear paper space distance between
consecutive witness lines in linear distance dimensions.
<maxDimOffset>0.2</maxDimOffset>
The maxWitnessLength value determines the maximum paper space length of witness
lines in linear distance dimensions.
<maxWitnessLength>0.2</maxWitnessLength>
The overall option places an additional dimension over each dimension chain cluster
identified by the rule. A value of -1 will place an overall dimension, while 0 will not.
<overall>-1</overall>
The overallOffset option determines the offset for the overall dimension from the dimension
chain.
<overallOffset>0.005</overallOffset>
The granularity option determines how many attempts are made to place a dimension in
clear space. The setting options are 0 for Coarse, 1 for Medium, and 2 for Fine.
The perimeterOffset option determines the offset that margin dimensions should be offset
from the matchline. The DrawingGAMarginOnly module must be used for the geometric
The priority option allows you to place a priority on particular rules in order to resolve
conflicts among multiple rules. The lower the value, the higher the priority. For example, 1 is
a higher priority than 3. Also, the label and dimension priorities are considered globally,
which means you can give preference to dimensions over labels, and so on.
The horiz option determines whether horizontal dimensions are placed. A value of -1 will
place horizontal dimensions, while 0 will not.
898
Dimension Rules
<horiz>-1</horiz>
The vert option determines whether vertical dimensions are placed. A value of -1 will place
vertical dimensions, while 0 will not.
<vert>-1</vert>
If the value for keepTopOrBottomDup is 0, then only the top-most point of an aligned set of
points is considered for dimensioning. If the value is set to -1, then only the bottom-most
point of an aligned set of points is considered for dimensioning.
Similarly, if the value for keepLeftOrRightDup is set to 0, then only the left-most point in a
horizontally aligned set of points is considered in dimensioning. If the value is set to -1, then
only the right-most point in horizontally aligned set of points is considered for dimensioning.
<keepTopOrBottomDup>-1</keepTopOrBottomDup>
<keepLeftOrRightDup>-1</keepLeftOrRightDup>
The align option determines whether similar linear distance dimension chains should
attempt alignment with each other if their projection angles match. A value of -1 will align the
dimensions, while 0 will not. The value must be 0 for absolute positioned dimensions.
899
Dimension Rules
<align>0</align>
900
The preserveTextOrientation value determines whether or not text is aligned or moved out
from the dimension line. The text obeys the text orientation setting in the dimension style
settings of the label template XML file if the preserveTextOrientation value is set to -1. The
text orientation value in the label template XML is Horizontal, Vertical, Parallel, or
Perpendicular. If the preserveTextOrientation value is set to 0, the dimension text is either
rotated appropriately to match the dimension line, or it is moved out from the line if there is
not enough clear space.
<preserveTextOrientation>-1</preserveTextOrientation>
The range value determines whether a separate transparent view volume is placed on the
outer region of the SmartFrame, similar to a picture frame. A range is placed if the value is
set to -1. If the range value is set to 0, a range is not placed.
<range>-1</range>
The rangeOffset value is only valid when the range value is set to -1, otherwise it is
ignored. When the range value is on, the rangeOffset value determines the size of the
range from each side of the SmartFrame. A rangeOffset value of 0.03 places a view volume
that extends from the edge of the SmartFrame sides into the rest of the SmartFrame by 3
centimeters. The space measured by the rangeOffset value is measured in paper space,
not model space.
<rangeOffset>0.03</rangeOffset>
The internalDimension value determines whether or not dimensions are placed inside the
internal dimension range (see graphic above). If the internalDimension value is set to -1, all
dimensions that are inside of the internal dimension range are placed within the internal
dimension range, and not outside the view. When using the internalDimension parameter,
you can specify any positioning module to use with the dimensions.
<internalDimension>-1</internalDimension>
The externalDimension value determines whether or not dimensions are placed inside the
external dimension range (see graphic above). If the externalDimension value is set to -1,
all dimensions that are inside of the external dimension range are placed within the external
Dimension Rules
dimension range area, and not outside the view. When using the externalDimension
parameter, you must use the DrawingDimMarginPos positioning module.
<externalDimension>-1</externalDimension>
The minimumDimension value determines a minimum dimension distance. If a dimension
is less than the specified distance, it is not placed in the drawing. If a dimension is less than
the specified distance, and is part of a dimension chain, it is absorbed into the larger
dimension. The surrounding dimension that absorbs the smaller dimension is determined by
the direction of the dimension. For vertical dimensions, the small dimension is absorbed by
the larger dimension below it. For horizontal dimensions, the small dimension is absorbed by
the larger dimension to the left.
<minimumDimension>0.3</minimumDimension>
Below is an example of a minimumDimension value of 0:
901
Dimension Rules
Below is an example of a minimumDimension value of 0.3:
The trimWitness value determines whether or not a dimension witness line extends into the
drawing view to the dimensioned object or stops at the drawing view. If the trimWitness
value is set to -1, the dimension witness lines are trimmed. If the value is set to 0, the
dimension witness lines continue into the drawing view to the dimensioned objects.
The range, rangeOffset, internalDimension and externalDimension values must
be activated (-1) or defined in order for the trimWitness function to work.
<trimWitness>-1</trimWitness>
Below is an example of a trimWitness value of 0:
902
Dimension Rules
Below is an example of a trimWitness value of -1:
The orientation setting determines what portions of the drawing contain dimension lines. A
value of 0 automatically places the dimension on the side of the view closest to the labeled
object. The closest side of the view is determined by the object axis direction. For example,
an equipment piece with an axis that goes north and south is labeled on either the north or
south side of the view - whichever side is closest. This is the default setting.
For horizontal dimensions, a value of 1 places the dimensions at the top of the view, while a
value of 2 places the dimensions at the bottom of the view. For vertical dimensions, a value
of 3 places the dimensions to the left side of the view, while a value of 4 places the
dimensions to the right side of the view. You must modify both the horizontal and vertical
dimension templates to position all dimensions to only two sides of the drawing view.
The orientation setting only works on non-linear objects, such as equipment objects.
<orientation>2</orientation>
903
Dimension Rules
Below is an example of the orientation tag set to 2 in the horizontal dimension template and
3 in the vertical dimension template:
Generic Horizontal Dimensions

Description: Horizontal dimensions that use the default annotation modules.
Folder]\CatalogData\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Dimensions\Templates\[Label Template
Name].xml
Geometric Analyzer: DummyGeomAnalyzer (on page 1054)
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator (on page 1100)
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace (on page 1062)
Positioning Module: DrawingDimMarginPos (on page 1107)
904
Dimension Template Name
Dimension Style
ANSI
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical CableTray Section_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical Equipment Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical Equipment Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Dimension Rules
Dimension Style
Electrical Raceway Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical Raceway Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Equipment Section_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
HVAC Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
Instrument Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrument Section_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Elevation_Instruments_Vertical
ANSI
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Instrumentation Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
905
Dimension Rules
Dimension Style
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
Piping Elevation_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
Structural Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Framing Elevation_Braces_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Generic Vertical Dimensions

Description: Vertical dimensions that use the default annotation modules.
Name].xml
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace (on page 1063)
906
Dimension Style
ANSI
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical CableTray Plan_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
ISO
Electrical Elevation_CableTray_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical Equipment Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical Equipment Section_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical Raceway Plan_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Dimension Rules
Dimension Style
ANSI
Equipment Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
Equipment Section_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
HVAC Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
ANSI
Structural Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing Elevation_Beams_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Framing Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Framing Plan_Equipment_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Hangers and Supports Dimensions

Horizontal and Vertical Style2 Hangers and Supports Dimensions
Description: Margin dimensions that are used with the Style2 view style.
Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGByNote (on page 1015)
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAMarginOnly (on page 1050)
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingCoordDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingCoordDimContLinHNoReplace
Vertical Content Module: DrawingCoordDimContLinVNoReplace
Dimension Style: ISO
907
Dimension Rules
Dimension Anchor
HgrSup End_Support Assembly Horizontal Style2
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup End_Support Assembly Vertical Style2
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical
HgrSup Side_Support Assembly Horizontal Style2
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup Side_Support Assembly Vertical Style2
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical
Horizontal and Vertical Key Point Hangers and Supports Dimensions

Description: Margin dimensions that are placed on the latest Key Plan Callout control point
subtype.
Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint (on page 1018)
HgrSup End_Support Assembly KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup End_Support Assembly KeyPoint_Vertical
HgrSup Side_Support Assembly KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup Side_Support Assembly KeyPoint_Vertical
Horizontal and Vertical Hangers and Supports Component Dimensions

Description: Margin dimensions that use the object range and anchor to the matchlines.
Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGObjectCorners (on page 1021)
908
Dimension Rules
Dimension Anchor
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup End_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Horizontal
HgrSup Side_Support
Assembly
KeyPoint_Vertical
Horizontal Hangers and Supports Assembly Dimensions

Description: Horizontal margin dimensions that use vertical assembly points.
Name].xml
Dimension Style: ANSI
Vertical Hangers and Supports Assembly Dimensions

Description: Vertical margin dimensions that use horizontal assembly points.
Name].xml
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGeometricAnalyzer (on page 1053)
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace (on page 1063)
Positioning Module: DrawingDimAbsolutePos (on page 1106)
909
Dimension Rules
Horizontal and Vertical Cable Trays

Horizontal Cable Trays
Description: Vertical dimensions that use horizontal cable trays.
Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGStructVert (on page 1022)
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearH (on page 1061)
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearV (on page 1061)
Positioning Modules: DrawingDimHorizBottomCS (on page 1106), DrawingDimHorizTopCS
(on page 1106), DrawingDimAbsolutePos (on page 1106)
Dimension Style
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable Trays_Horizontal
ANSI

Trays_Horizontal_M
ISO
Electrical Equipment Plan_Cable Trays_Horizontal
ANSI

Trays_Horizontal_M
ISO
Vertical Cable Trays

Description: Horizontal dimensions that use vertical cable trays.
Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGStructHoriz (on page 1021)
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearH (on page 1061)
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearV (on page 1061)
Positioning Modules: DrawingDimHorizTopCS (on page 1106), DrawingDimHorizBottomCS
(on page 1106), DrawingDimAbsolutePos (on page 1106), DrawingDimVertRightCS (on page
1108), DrawingDimVertLeftCS (on page 1107)
910
Dimension Rules
Dimension Style
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable Trays_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical CableTray Plan_Cable Trays_Vertical_M
ISO
Electrical Equipment Plan_Cable Trays_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical Equipment Plan_Cable Trays_Vertical_M
ISO
ANSI
Horizontal Structure Dimensions

Horizontal Structure Dimensions
Description: Vertical dimensions that use horizontal structure objects.
Name].xml
Dimension
Style
ANSI
ISO
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Columns_Vertical
ANSI
Electrical Above Ground Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
ISO
ANSI
Electrical CableTray Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
ISO
ANSI
Electrical Elevation_Grid
Electrical Equipment Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
ANSI
Elevation_Grid
ISO
Elevation_Grid
ANSI
Electrical Equipment Plan_Columns_Vertical_M
ISO
Dimension Anchor
911
Dimension Rules
912
Dimension
Style
Dimension Anchor
Electrical Equipment Section_CableTray_Vertical
ANSI
Section_Grid
Electrical Equipment Section_CableTray_Vertical_M
ISO
Section_Grid
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Equipment Section_Grid
Line_Anchor_Vertical,
Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anch
or_Vertical
ISO
Equipment Section_Grid
Equipment
or_Vertical
ANSI
HVAC Plan_COlumns_Vertical_M
ISO
ANSI
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor_V
ertical, HVAC
Plan_Equipment_Anchor
_Vertical
ISO
HVAC
ertical, HVAC
_Vertical
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Instrument
ertical
ISO
Instrument
ertical
Dimension Rules
Dimension
Style
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Piping
ertical, Piping
_Vertical
ISO
Piping
ertical, Piping
_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Framing Elevation_Grid LIne_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Framing Elevation_Grid Line_Vertical_M
ISO
ANSI
Structural Framing
ertical, Structural Framing
_Vertical
ISO
Structural Framing
ertical, Structural Framing
_Vertical
ANSI
Structural Framing
Plan_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal, Structural
Framing
_Horizontal
ISO
Structural Framing
orizontal, Structural
Framing
_Horizontal
ANSI
ISO
Dimension Anchor
913
Dimension Rules
Vertical Grid Line Dimensions

Description: Vertical dimensions that use vertical grid lines.
Name].xml
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray Section_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical Equipment Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Elevation_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Equipment Section_Grid Line_Anchor_Vertical
Miscellaneous Dimensions
All dimension template files are in the [Reference Data Product
Name].xml folder.
Electrical Above Ground Cable Tray Dimensions

Point Generator: DrawingPointGenerator (on page 1025)
914
Dimension Rules
Dimension Dimension Anchor

Style

Trays_Horizontal
ANSI

orizontal

Trays_Horizontal_M
ISO

orizontal

Trays_Vertical
ANSI

ertical

Trays_Vertical_M
ISO

ertical
Miscellaneous Dimensions
For more information on the annotation modules used by the following dimension rules, see
Annotation Modules (on page 1011).
Name: ALR_CA_PenetrationPlate
Point Generator: PenPlatePointGenerator
Geometric Analyzer: DummyGeomAnalyzer
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingDimGenerator
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Positioning Module: DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingQuadOne, DrawingQuadTwo,
DrawingQuadThree, DrawingQuadFour, DrawingAbsolute
Name: Electrical Raceway Plan_Cable Trays_Horizontal.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGStructVert
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGeometricAnalyzer
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearH
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearV
Dimension Anchor: All Columns
Positioning Module: DrawingDimHorizTopCS, DrawingDimHorizBottomCS,
DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingDimVertRightCS, DrawingDimVertLeftCS
Name: Electrical Raceway Plan_Column_Horizontal-Vertical.xml
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearH
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContentLinearV
915
Dimension Rules
Positioning Module: DrawingDimHorizTopCS, DrawingDimAbsolutePos,
DrawingDimVertLeftCS
Name: Linear_A_HV.xml
Positioning Module: DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingDimAbsolutePos
Name: Linear_CA_A_PipeSegs.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGPipeSegments
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAPipeSegments
Annotation Control Generator: DrawingPipeSegmentsCG
Positioning Module: DrawingDimPipeSegPos
Name: Linear_CA_HV.xml
DrawingDimAbsolutePos, DrawingDimVertRightCS, DrawingDimVertLeftCS,
DrawingDimAbsolutePos
Name: Linear_CA_HV_TowardClosestMargin.xml
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAMarginOnly
Positioning Module: DrawingDimHorizBottomCS, DrawingDimAbsolutePos,
DrawingDimVertRightCS, DrawingDimVertLeftCS, DrawingDimAbsolutePos,
DrawingDimHorizTopCS, DrawingDimAbsolutePos
Name: Linear_CA_H_VLE.xml
916
Dimension Rules
Name: Linear_CA_V_HLE.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGStructHoriz
Name: Linear_M_HV.xml
Geometric Analyzer: DrawingGAMarginOnly
Positioning Module: DrawingDimMarginPos, DrawingDimMarginPos
Name: Matchline_Anchor_Horizontal.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGObjectCorners
Positioning Module: DrawingDimMarginPos
Name: Matchline_Anchor_Vertical.xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGObjectCorners
917
Dimension Rules
Structure Margin Dimensions

Vertical Structure Margin Dimensions
Description: Horizontal margin dimensions that use vertical structure objects.
Name].xml
Horizontal Content Module: DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace (on page 1063)

Style
ANSI
Equipment
orizontal
Structural Framing Plan_Equipment_Vertical_M
ISO
Equipment
orizontal
Horizontal Structure Margin Dimensions

Description: Vertical margin dimensions that use horizontal structure objects.
Name].xml
Vertical Content Module: DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace (on page 1062)
Dimension
Style
Dimension Anchor
ANSI
Equipment
hor_Horizontal
Equipment Elevation_Equipment_Horizontal_M
ISO
Equipment
hor_Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment
Horizontal
Equipment Plan_Process Equipment_Horizontal_M ISO
918
Equipment
Horizontal
Dimension Rules
Dimension
Style
Dimension Anchor
Structural Framing Plan_Equipment_Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment
Horizontal
Structural Framing Plan_Equipment_Horizontal_M
ISO
Equipment
Horizontal
ANSI
Equipment
Horizontal
Structural Framing Plan_Equipment_Vertical_M
ISO
Equipment
Horizontal
Vertical Routable Dimensions

Description: Vertical dimensions that use horizontal route objects.
Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGRoutableObjHoriz

Style
Electrical CableTray Elevation_CableTray_Vertical
ANSI
Elevation_Grid
Elevation_CableTray_Verti
cal,
Matchline_Anchor_Vertical
ISO
Elevation_Grid
Elevation_CableTray_Verti
cal,
919
Dimension Rules
920

Style
Electrical CableTray Section_CableTray_Vertical
ANSI
Section_Grid
Section_CableTray_Vertic
al,
Electrical CableTray Section_CableTray_Vertical_M
ISO
Section_Grid
Section_CableTray_Vertic
al,
ANSI
HVAC Elevation_Grid
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Vertical,
ISO
HVAC Elevation_Grid
HVAC
Elevation_Ducts_Vertical,
ANSI
HVAC Section_Grid
HVAC
Section_Ducts_Vertical,
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
Instrument Section_Instruments_Anchor_Vertical
ANSI
ANSI
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_Anc
hor_Vertical
ISO
Piping
Elevation_Equipment_Anc
hor_Vertical
Dimension Rules

Style
ANSI
Piping Section_Grid
Piping
or_Vertical
ISO
Piping Section_Grid
Piping
or_Vertical
Vertical Structure Dimensions

Description: Horizontal dimensions that use vertical structure objects.
Directory]\CatalogData\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Dimensions\Templates\[Label
Template Name].xml
Point Generator: DrawingPGStructVert (on page 1022)

Style
ANSI
ISO

ANSI

ISO
ANSI
Elevation_Columns_Anchor
_Horizontal
ISO
_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
921
Dimension Rules

Style
ISO
ANSI
Electrical CableTray Plan_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical CableTray Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M ISO

ANSI
ANSI
Section_Columns_Anchor_H
orizontal
ISO
orizontal
ANSI
Electrical CableTray Section_Columns_Horizontal ANSI
922
ISO
ANSI
Electrical
_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical
_Horizontal
ANSI
Electrical
_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
ISO
Electrical Equipment Plan_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Dimension Rules

Style
ISO
ANSI
orizontal
ISO
orizontal
Electrical Equipment Section_Columns_Horizontal ANSI

ISO
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
ISO
Equipment Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
ANSI
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Equipment
orizontal, Equipment
Section_Equipment_Anchor
_Horizontal
ISO
Equipment
orizontal, Equipment
_Horizontal
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
HVAC
_Horizontal, HVAC
Elevation_Equipment_Ancho
r_Horizontal
ISO
HVAC
_Horizontal, HVAC
r_Horizontal
923
Dimension Rules
924

Style
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
HVAC
Plan_Columns_Anchor_Hori
zontal, HVAC
Plan_Equipment_Anchor_H
orizontal
ISO
HVAC
zontal, HVAC
orizontal
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
HVAC
_Horizontal, HVAC
r_Horizontal
ISO
HVAC
_Horizontal, HVAC
r_Horizontal
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Instrument Elevation_Instruments_Horizontal_M
ISO
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Instrument
zontal
ISO
Instrument
zontal
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Dimension Rules

Style
ISO
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Piping
_Horizontal, Piping
r_Horizontal
ISO
Piping
_Horizontal, Piping
r_Horizontal
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Piping
zontal, Piping
orizontal
ISO
Piping
zontal, Piping
orizontal
ANSI
ISO
ANSI
Piping
orizontal, Piping
_Horizontal
ISO
Piping
orizontal, Piping
_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing
zontal, Structural Framing
orizontal
925
Dimension Rules

Style
ANSI
ISO
Structural Framing Elevation_Braces_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing
_Horizontal, Structural
Framing
r_Horizontal
Structural Framing
Elevation_Braces_Horizontal_M
ISO
Structural Framing
_Horizontal, Structural
Framing
r_Horizontal
Structural Framing Elevation_Columns_Horizontal ANSI

Structural Framing Elevation_Columns_Horizontal ISO
926
ANSI
Structural Framing
orizontal
Structural Framing Plan_Beams_Horizontal_M
ISO
Structural Framing
orizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing
orizontal
Structural Framing Plan_Braces_Horizontal_M
ISO
Structural Framing
orizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing Plan_Columns_Horizontal_M
ISO
Structural Framing Section_Columns_Horizontal
ANSI
Structural Framing
ISO
Dimension Rules

Style
ANSI
ISO
Description: Horizontal dimensions that use vertical structure objects.

Directory]\CatalogData\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Dimensions\Templates\[Label
Template Name].xml
Electrical CableTray Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray Plan_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray Plan_Columns_Anchor_Vertical
Electrical CableTray Section_CableTray_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical CableTray Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Electrical Elevation_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
Equipment Section_Columns_Anchor_Horizontal
927
Dimension Rules
Dimension Templates
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Dimensions\Templates folder:
928
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
IS_ProfileSketch
_FeatureDistance
None
ISDimensionBtwPointsPG (on page 1030)

ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA (on page
1054)
DrawingDimGenerator (on page 1100)
ISDimensionContentOverride (on page
1071)
DrawingDimAbsolutePos (on page 1106)
IS_ProfileSketch
_ProfileLength
None

DrawingGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1053)
1071)
IS_ProfileSketch
_TopFlangeLength
None

DrawingGeometricAnalyzer (on page
1053)
1071)
Feature_Linear
None
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG (on
page 1034)
1054)
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM (on
page 1081)
Dimension Rules
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
Feature_Radial
None
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG (on
page 1036)
1054)
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM (on
page 1082)
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Locations
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Dimensions
StrMfg Sketch
Feature Contour
Dimensions
929
Dimension Rules
930
SECTION 10
SmartMarine 3D Custom Graphic Rules

The following custom graphic rules are delivered in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Rules\WrapperReplacementRules folder.
In This Section
Civil Elevation ................................................................................ 932
Civil Overall Key Plan .................................................................... 932
Civil Plan ........................................................................................ 932
Civil Section ................................................................................... 932
Electrical Above Ground Plan ........................................................ 933
Electrical CableTray Elevation ....................................................... 933
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan .................................................. 933
Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan ........................................... 933
Electrical CableTray Plan .............................................................. 934
Electrical CableTray Section.......................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Elevation ...................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Key Plan....................................................... 934
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan .......................................... 935
Electrical Equipment Section ......................................................... 935
Eelctrical Raceway Plan ................................................................ 935
Equipment Elevation ...................................................................... 935
Equipment Overall Key Plan .......................................................... 935
Equipment Plan ............................................................................. 936
Equipment Section......................................................................... 936
HngSup - CAD Detail ..................................................................... 936
HngSup - End ................................................................................ 936
HngSup - End Style2 ..................................................................... 937
HngSup - Key Plan ........................................................................ 937
HngSup - Side Style2 .................................................................... 937
HVAC Elevation ............................................................................. 937
HVAC Isometric ............................................................................. 938
HVAC Overall Key Plan ................................................................. 938
HVAC Plan ..................................................................................... 938
HVAC Section ................................................................................ 938
Instrument Elevation ...................................................................... 939
Instrument Overall Key Plan .......................................................... 939
Instrument Section ......................................................................... 939
Pipe Supports ................................................................................ 939
Piping Elevation ............................................................................. 940
Piping Fire Protection Plan ............................................................ 940
Piping Isometric Detail ................................................................... 940
Piping Overall Key Plan ................................................................. 940
Piping Safety Shower Plan ............................................................ 940
Piping Section ................................................................................ 941
Piping Utility Station Plan............................................................... 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation ........................................... 941
931

SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan ................................................... 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section .............................................. 942
SM_Equipment_Plan ..................................................................... 942
SM_Equipment_Section ................................................................ 942
SM_HVAC_Elevation..................................................................... 943
SM_HVAC_Plan ............................................................................ 943
SM_HVAC_Section ....................................................................... 943
SM_Lighting_Plan .......................................................................... 944
SM_Piping_Elevation..................................................................... 944
SM_Piping_Plan ............................................................................ 944
SM_Piping_Section ....................................................................... 945
Structural Framing Elevation ......................................................... 945
Structural Framing Plan ................................................................. 945
Structural Framing Section ............................................................ 946
Civil Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
Control Point Structure
MakeDrawable (on page

970)
Civil Overall Key Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Civil Plan Volumes
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
Civil Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module

970)
Civil Section
Filter Name
Custom Module

970)
932
Electrical Above Ground Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Cable Tray Supports
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Cabling
Electrical CableTray Elevation

Filter Name
Custom Module
Grid Plane Elevation
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 969)
Cable Tray Supports
MakeDrawable (on page 970)
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Cable Tray Supports
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Cabling
Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Electrical CableTray Plan Volumes
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
933
Electrical CableTray Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Cable Tray Supports
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Cabling
Electrical CableTray Section

Filter Name
Custom Module
Grid Plane Section
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity (on
page 969)
Cable Tray Supports
Electrical Equipment Elevation

Filter Name
Custom Module
(on page 969)
Electrical Equipment Key Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Drawing Volumes
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
934
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Electrical Equipment Plan Volumes
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
Electrical Equipment Section

Filter Name
Custom Module
Grid Plane Section
page 969)
Eelctrical Raceway Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Cableways
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Equipment Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
page 969)
Equipment Overall Key Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Equipment Plan Volumes
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
935
Equipment Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
Control Point Process Equipment
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)

Control Point Mechanical Equipment
Equipment Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
Grid Plane Section
(on page 969)
HngSup - CAD Detail

Filter Name
Custom Module
Control Point CAD Detail
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
HngSup - End
Filter Name
Custom Module
Support Assembly
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Control Point Elevation Callout
ReplaceWPoint (on
page 984)
Control point Ad Hoc Note

936
HngSup - End Style2

Filter Name
Custom Module
Support Assembly
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)

Support Dimension Points
HngSup - Key Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Support Assembly
ReplaceWPoint (on
page 984)
HngSup - Side Style2

Filter Name
Custom Module
Support Assembly
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)

Support Dimension Points
HVAC Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
(on page 969)
Duct Supports
937
HVAC Isometric
Filter Name
Custom Module
Duct Supports
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
HVAC Runs
HVAC Overall Key Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
HVAC Plan Volumes
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
HVAC Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
HVAC Runs
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
HVAC Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
Grid Plane Section
page 969)
Duct Supports
938
Instrument Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
Pipe Supports
(on page 969)
Instrument Overall Key Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Instrument Plan Volumes
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
Instrument Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
Pipe Supports
Grid Plane Section
page 969)
Pipe Supports
Filter Name
Custom Module
ReplaceWPoint (on
page 984)
Support Assembly
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
939
Piping Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
(on page 969)
Piping Fire Protection Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Piping Isometric Detail

Filter Name
Custom Module
Piping Parts equal to or less than 4in NPD-2
ElbowToArc (on
page 960)
Piping Overall Key Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Piping Plan Volumes
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
Piping Safety Shower Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
940
Piping Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
Grid Plane Section
(on page 969)
Piping Utility Station Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module
Root Longitudinal Bulkhead Plate

Systems
MakeDrawable
Root Transverse Bulkhead Plate Systems MakeDrawable

Root Deck Plate Systems
MakeDrawable
All Root Profile System
MakeDrawable
Cableway
MakeDrawable
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntit
y (on page 973)
See Also
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module

Systems
MakeDrawable

MakeDrawable
All Root Profile Systems
MakeDrawable
Cableway
MakeDrawable
941

See Also
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
Root Longitudinal Bulkhead Plate Systems
MakeDrawable
Root Transverse Bulkhead Plate Systems
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Cableway
MakeDrawable
See Also
SM_Equipment_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
See Also
SM_Equipment_Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Grid Plane
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity
(on page 973)
See Also
942
SM_HVAC_Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module

Systems
MakeDrawable
Root Transverse Bulkhead Plate

Systems
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
HVAC Runs
MakeDrawable
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntit
y (on page 973)
See Also
SM_HVAC_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
HVAC Runs
MakeDrawable
See Also
SM_HVAC_Section
Filter Name
Custom Module
Root Longitudinal Bulkhead Plate Systems MakeDrawable

Transverse Bulkhead Plate Systems
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
HVAC Runs
MakeDrawable
(on page 973)
943

See Also
SM_Lighting_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
See Also
SM_Piping_Elevation
Filter Name
Custom Module

Systems
MakeDrawable
Root Transverse Bulkhead Plate

Systems
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Piping Runs
MakeDrawable
(on page 973)
See Also
SM_Piping_Plan
Filter Name
Custom Module
Root Longitudinal Bulkhead Plate Systems MakeDrawable

MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Piping Runs
MakeDrawable
See Also
944
SM_Piping_Section
Filter Name
Custom Module

Systems
MakeDrawable

MakeDrawable
MakeDrawable
Piping Runs
MakeDrawable
See Also
Structural Framing Elevation

Filter Name
Custom Module
(on page 969)
Structural Framing Plan

Filter Name
Custom Module
Openings
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
Slabs
VolumeWireFrame (on
page 990)
MakeDrawable (on
page 970)
945
Structural Framing Section

Filter Name
Custom Module
Grid Plane Section
(on page 969)
946
SECTION 11
Custom Graphic Modules

Graphic rule modules determine how objects passing the view style tests display. Objects can
be displayed as Vector Hidden Line (VHL) or resymbolized. You specify graphic rules as part of
the view style definition. For more information, see View Style Properties Dialog Box (on page
48) for orthgraphic drawings and Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box) (on page 115) for
See Also
Using Custom Graphic Modules and Subfilters in Drawings (on page 949)
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54)
View Frame Rule Dialog Box (on page 106)
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 277)
In This Section
Using Custom Graphic Modules and Subfilters in Drawings ......... 949
CappedNormalPipe ....................................................................... 958
BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity ................................................... 958
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator .................................................... 959
ElbowtoArc ..................................................................................... 960
ElbowtoSingleArc........................................................................... 960
EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren .......................................... 961
EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren ............................................... 963
EquipmentNozzleSeparator ........................................................... 964
Exclude .......................................................................................... 965
Exclude with Not Drawn Rule ........................................................ 966
GenericLineWrapperEntity............................................................. 968
GetActual3DGeometry................................................................... 969
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................... 969
MakeDrawable ............................................................................... 970
MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity ................................................. 971
MakeDrawableSimple .................................................................... 971
OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity ..................................................... 971
PipeTurnFeattoArc......................................................................... 972
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity.......................................... 973
PlateContourDrawingWrapperEntity .............................................. 973
ProfileKnuckleAsCurve .................................................................. 974
PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity..................................... 975
PlatePartDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................... 975
PlateSystemDrawingWrapperEntity .............................................. 976
PortsSeparator ............................................................................... 977
ProfileCSDrawingWrapperEntity ................................................... 978
ProfilePartDrawingWrapperEntity .................................................. 979
ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity ....................................... 980
ProfileSystemDrawingWrapperEntity ............................................ 981
947

ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr............................................................. 982
ReplaceWPoint .............................................................................. 984
RteComponentsCtrLine ................................................................. 985
SeamDrawingWrapperEntity ......................................................... 986
SimpleVolumeToX ......................................................................... 987
SlopedPipeWArcSymbol................................................................ 987
StructOpenToX .............................................................................. 988
TrimPipeSurface ............................................................................ 990
VolumeWireFrame ......................................................................... 990
WeldToLine .................................................................................... 991
948
Using Custom Graphic Modules and Subfilters in

Drawings
Custom Graphic Rule Modules
Custom Graphic Rules determine how objects passing through the view style tests display.
These modules can be applied at an overall level, or to specific view style rows. You can apply a
custom graphic rule to an entire view style by editing the Graphic Preparation Rules. For more
information, see Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box (on page 54). You can apply a custom
graphic rule to a particular view style row by editing the graphic rule for that row. For more
information on editing graphic rules, see Graphic Rules (on page 88).
For more information on adding custom graphic rules to view styles, see Create a View Style
with Single Line Pipes (on page 953) and Create a View Style with Resymbolized Normal Pipes
(on page 949).
Subfilters
Subfilters are included with a few of the delivered custom graphic rule modules. The subfilters
allow you to customize the graphic representation of objects at a granular level. You can apply a
subfilter by first specifying a normal filter in the Define View Style dialog box. After specifying a
filter, you use the following syntax to define a subfilter: <Filter Name>::<Subfilter Name>.
Subfilters are not compatible with all custom graphic rule modules.
See Also
949
Create a View Style with Resymbolized Normal Pipes

Several of the delivered drawing view styles resymbolize pipes that are oriented normal to the
view. When creating custom view styles, you can also apply the resymbolization graphic rule to
these normal pipes.
The following model and volume is used as an example in this workflow to produce a drawing
that resymbolizes pipes that are oriented normal to the view.
Create a New View Style

1. In the Drawings and Reports task, click Tools > Define View Style.
.
2. In the Define View Style dialog box, click New Style
3. Enter a name for the new view style. In this example, the view style name is Piping Normal
Resymbolize.
.
4. Edit the view style by either double-clicking it or click Properties
5. In the Filter Behavior box, select Filters determine which objects are process (Volume).
6. In the Intersection Edges box, select Off.
In this example, only piping parts are included in the view style. There is no limit to the
number of filters you can add to a view style, but the ordering of the filters is important. For more
information on the order of filters in a view style, see Drawing View Style Creation Process (on
page 389).
950

Configure the View Style Filters and Graphic Rules
1. In the first row, select the Piping\Piping Parts filter and apply the Piping Plan_Piping
graphic rule.
2. In the second row, select the Piping\Piping Features\Piping Straight filter and select
Normal for the Primary Orientation.
3. In the Graphic Rule box, click More.
a. In the Select Graphic Rule dialog box, select Replace Object(s) with Symbol in the
Graphic Rule Type box.
b. Click New.
The Graphic Rule - Symbol dialog box appears.
c. Enter a name for the new graphic rule in the Rule Name box. In this example, the
graphic rule is named Piping Plan_Normal Pipe Front.
d. Select FrontClipPipe1.sym for the Symbol.
e. In the Orientation dropdown box, select Orients as Replaced Object Did, and click
OK.
f. Select the new graphic rule in the Select Graphic Rule dialog box, and click OK.
4. In the third row, select the Piping\Piping Parts\Piping Components filter and enter ::Ports
after the filter name.
5. Select the graphic rule created in step 3 from the Graphic Rule box. If it is not displayed in
the dropdown box, select More and navigate to the graphic rule in the Select Graphic Rule
dialog box.
Refer to the graphic below for an example of the finished Tests and Actions for the view
style.

1.
2.
3.
4.
In the Graphic Preparation Rules box, select More.

In the Select Graphic Preparation Rule dialog box, click New.
Enter text in the Rule Name box. In this example, Piping Normal is used.
In the first row, select the Piping\Piping Parts\Piping Components filter in the Filter
Name box.
5. In the Custom Module box, select PortsSeparator.dll.
6. In the second row, select More in the Filter Name box.
7.
8.
9.
10.
a. In the Select Filter dialog box, click New SQL Filter

.
b. Enter text in the Name box of the New SQL Filter Properties dialog box. In this
example, Piping Ports is used.
c. On the General tab, enter select oid from JDPipePort in the Text of SQL query box.
d. Click OK.
e. Select the Piping Ports filter from the <IndustryType> Filters section, and click OK.
In the Custom Module dropdown, select MakeDrawable.dll.
In the third row, select the Piping\Piping Features\Piping Straight filter in the Filter Name
box.
In the Custom Module dropdown, select MakeDrawable.dll, and click OK.
Select the Piping Normal rule in the Select Graphic Preparation Rule dialog box, and
click OK.
951

11. Click OK on the View Style Properties dialog box.
Below is a graphic of the finished view style.
After creating and updating a drawing that uses the Piping Normal Resymbolize view style, the
drawing output is similar to the graphic below.
See Also
952
Create a View Style with Single Line Pipes

Using graphic rules to resymbolize objects in a drawing saves paper space and improves
readability of drawings. In the case of piping, you can resymbolize piping parts into single lines,
discs, and arcs.
The following model is used as an example in this workflow to produce a drawing that
resymbolizes pipes of a certain size into single lines.
To create a view style that resymbolizes pipes of a particular diameter into single lines, follow
the four procedures provided below.
Create a New View Style

1. In the Drawings and Reports task, click Tools > Define View Style.
.
2. In the Define View Style dialog box, click New Style
3. Enter a name for the new view style. In this example, the view style name is Single Line
Piping.
4. Edit the Single Line Piping view style by either double-clicking it or clicking the Properties
.
5. In the Filter Behavior box, select the Filters determine which objects are processed
(Volume).
6. In the Intersection Edges box, select Off.
7. Check Preserve Z Order.
In this example, only equipment objects and piping parts are included in the view
style. There is no limit to the number of filters you can add to a view style, but the order of
953

the filters is important. For more information on the order of filters in a view style, see
Drawing View Style Creation Process (on page 389).
Configure the View Style Filters and Graphic Rules

1. In the first row, select the Piping\Piping Parts filter and apply the Piping Plan_Piping
graphic rule.
2. In the second row, select the Piping\Piping Parts equal to or less than 50mm NPD filter
and click More in the graphic rule.
a. In the Select Graphic Rule dialog box, select Replace Object(s) with Line in the
Graphic Rule Type box, and click New.
b. In the Graphic Rule - Line dialog box, enter a name for the new rule in the Rule Name
box. In this example, the graphic rule is named Piping Plan_Small Pipe_SingleLine.
c. Select a Visible Line Style for the graphic rule. In this example, the Visible Line Style
is Mask Blue.
d. Click OK.
e. Select the new graphic rule in the Select Graphic Rule dialog box and click OK.
3. In the third row, select the Piping\Piping Parts equal to or less than 50mm NPD filter and
select Sloped for the Primary Orientation.
This view style row changes the color of pipes that are sloped to indicate pipe slope
in plan views.
a. In the Graphic Rule dropdown, select More.
b. In the Select Graphic Rule dialog box, select Piping Plan_Piping and click
Properties.
c. In the Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box, enter a new name for the graphic rule. In this
example, the new graphic rule is named Piping Plan_Piping Red.
d. Select Simple physical in the Aspect box and check Show aspect.
e. In the Graphic Module box, select SlopedPipeWArcSymbol.dll.
f. Select Normal Red for the Visible Line Style.
g. Make sure the Hidden, Hidden By Self, and Occluded Line Styles are Not Drawn.
h. Click OK.
i. Select the Piping Plan_Piping Red graphic rule in the Select Graphic Rule dialog box,
and click OK.
4. In the fourth row, select the Piping\Piping Parts filter and enter ::Discs after the filter
name.
The Discs subfilter selects the discs used to resymbolize the ports on piping elbows.
a. Select More in the Graphic Rule box.
b. In the Select Graphic Rule box, select the Piping Plan_Piping Red filter that you
created earlier.
c. In the Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box, enter a new name for the filter in the Name box.
In this example, Piping Plan_Piping Discs is used.
d. Select Normal Green for the Visible Line Style and click OK.
e. Select the Piping Plan_Piping Discs graphic rule in the Select Graphic Rule dialog
box, and click OK.
5. In the fifth row, select the Piping\Piping Parts filter and enter ::Arc after the filter name.
The Arc subfilter selects the arc used to resymbolize the bend in a piping elbow.
954

a. Select More in the Graphic Rule box.
b. In the Select Graphic Rule box, select the Piping Plan_Piping Red filter that you
created earlier.
c. In the Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box, enter a new name for the filter in the Name box.
In this example, Piping Plan_Piping Arc is used.
d. Select Normal Blue for the Visible Line Style, and click OK.
e. Select the Piping Plan_Piping Discs graphic rule in the Select Graphic Rule dialog
box and click OK.
Refer to the graphic below for an example of the finished Tests and Actions for the view
style.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
In the Graphic Preparation Rules box, select More.

In the Select Graphic Preparation Rule dialog box, click New.
Enter a new name in the Rule Name box. In this example, Single Line Piping is used.
Select the Piping\Piping Parts filter in the Filter Name box.
In the Custom Module box, select ElbowToArc.dll.
Click OK.
Select the Single Line Piping rule in the Select Graphic Preparation Rule dialog box and
click OK.
8. Click OK on the View Style Properties dialog box.
When finished, the graphic preparation rule should like the following example:
955

Below is a graphic of the finished view style.
Create a Drawing Using the Single Line Piping View Style

1. Create a Composed drawing of a volume that contains piping that is less than or equal to
50mm NPD. Be sure to use the Single Line Piping view style for the drawing view.
2. Update the drawing view.
Only pipes, pipe bends, and pipe elbows that are equal to or less than 50mm are
resymbolized. Piping components, reducers, etc. are not resymbolized.
The following examples show single line piping drawings that includes the Plan, Elevation, and
Isometric view directions.
Plan
956

Elevation
Isometric
Elbows are resymbolized into a pair of discs connected by an arc. In plan views, a pipe with a
normal orientation is represented as a flat disc (a circle) with the top pipe extending into the
middle of the disc. See the example below.
See Also
957
CappedNormalPipe
The custom graphic rule CappedNormalPipe.dll replaces the straight pipes positioned "normal
to the view" with a cylindrical cap in the center of the length of the pipe. You would use this
graphic rule if the open (unclipped) ends of the pipe should be replaced with a symbol.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that uses Piping Components as the filter and, in the
Graphic Preparation Rules, apply CappedNormalPipe.dll.
Piping Elevation View Style
Piping Elevation View Style with CappedNormalPipe Custom Graphic Rule
See Also
BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity
The BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module replaces beams with single lines at
the beam centerlines.
See Also
958
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator
The custom graphic rule DesignEquipmentPartSeparator.dll separates design equipment into
body (first shape placed), shapes, nozzles, and parts (child components). You can use this
graphic rule to label and symbolize nozzles on design equipment.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that uses Design Equipment as the filter and, in the
Graphic Preparation Rules, apply the DesignEquipmentPartsSeparator.dll. After this is done,
you could add a row to the view style to filter specifically for Pipe Nozzles.
The graphic below shows the difference between the default view style and one using the
graphic rule:
For a graphic rule that performs the same operation for general equipment, use
EquipmentNozzleSeparator (on page 964).
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of shapes, nozzles, or parts when the
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator custom graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the
individual parts.
Shapes - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the shapes of
process equipment. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Shapes.
Nozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the nozzles on
process equipment. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Nozzles.
Parts - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the parts on process
equipment. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Parts.
See Also
959
ElbowtoArc
The custom graphic rule ElbowtoArc.dll replaces 3D elbows with arcs for the body and discs
for the two ports. You use this graphic rule when piping elbows should be represented as a
single line, but the ends of the piping need to be shown.
Graphic Preparation Rules, apply the ElbowtoArc.dll.
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of the arcs and discs when the ElbowtoArc custom
graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the arc and discs.
Arc - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the arcs in a drawing.
Use this syntax: <Piping Parts filter>::Arc.
Discs - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the discs in a drawing.
Use this syntax: <Piping Parts filter>::Discs.
The graphic below shows how the graphic rule impacts the drawing:
See Also
ElbowtoSingleArc
The custom graphic rule ElbowtoSingleArc.dll replaces 3D elbows with arcs. You use this
graphic rule when piping elbows should be represented as a single line.
Graphic Preparation Rules, apply the ElbowtoSingleArc.dll.
960

The graphic below shows how the graphic rule impacts the drawing:
See Also
EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren
The custom graphic rule EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren.dll includes all of the children
of the Equipment System in the drawing. This graphic rule applies to Equipment objects.
To use this graphic rule, you create a view style and apply a Graphic Preparation Rule against
Equipment objects. On the View Style Properties dialog box, select More in the Graphic
Preparation Rule dropdown to display the Select Custom Rule dialog box. Click New to create
a new EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren rule.
961

Then, in the Tests section of the View Style Properties dialog box, apply filter rows for the
objects required in the drawing. For example, you could filter for Pipe Nozzles, Foundation
Ports, and Shapes, with an additional Piping filter to include piping attached to the nozzles:
The drawing output would resemble the following graphic:
The graphics output by the view style in the drawing depend on the filters you specify and the
graphic rules applied.
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of individual objects that make up a piece of equipment
when the EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren custom graphic rule is applied, you can
apply subfilters to the individual parts.
ForeignChildren - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to foreign
children in equipment. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::ForeignChildren.
Equipment - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment. Use
this syntax: <Filter Name>::Equipment.
Shapes - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to shapes. Use this
syntax: <Filter Name>::Shapes.
FoundationPorts - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment
foundation ports. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::FoundationPorts.
PipeNozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment pipe
nozzles. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::PipeNozzles.
ConduitNozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment
conduit nozzles. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::ConduitNozzles.
HvacNozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment
HVAC nozzles. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::HvacNozzles.
CableNozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment
cable nozzles. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::CableNozzles.
962

CableTrayNozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to
equipment cabletray nozzles. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::CableTrayNozzles.
See Also
EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren
The custom graphic rule EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren.dll includes all of the children of
the Supports System in the drawing. This graphic rule applies to Support objects.
To use this graphic rule, you create a view style and apply a Graphic Preparation Rule against
Support objects. On the View Style Properties dialog box, select More in the Graphic
Preparation Rule dropdown to display the Select Custom Rule dialog box. Click New to create
a new EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren rule.
Then, in the Tests section of the View Style Properties dialog box, apply filter rows for the
objects required in the drawing. For example, you could filter for Pipe Supports, with an
additional Piping filter to include piping attached to the supports:
963

The drawing output would resemble the following graphic:
The graphics output by the view style in the drawing depend on the filters you specify and the
graphic rules applied.
See Also
EquipmentNozzleSeparator
The custom graphic rule EquipmentNozzleSeparator.dll separates equipment into body (first
shape placed), shapes, nozzles, and parts (child components). You can use this graphic rule to
label and symbolize nozzles on equipment.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that uses Equipment as the filter and, in the Graphic
Preparation Rules, apply the EquipmentNozzleSeparator.dll. After this is done, you could add
a row to the view style to filter specifically for Pipe Nozzles.
The graphic below shows the difference between the default view style and one using the
graphic rule:
964

For a graphic rule that performs the same operation for design equipment, use
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator (on page 959).
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of the body or nozzles of equipment when the
EquipmentNozzleSeparator custom graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the
individual parts.
Body - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the body of equipment.
Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Body.
Nozzles - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to equipment nozzles.
Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Nozzles.
See Also
Exclude
The custom graphic rule Exclude.dll excludes objects to which it is applied from view style
processing. The example below shows how you can use the Exclude.dll in a view style.
The example uses the following volume of data:
In the example view style definition, the Piping Components are excluded from the drawing by
creating a Graphic Preparation Rule that calls Exclude.dll.
965

The view style filters for Piping in general.
The output of this drawing excludes the elbows and in-line piping components:
See Also
966
Exclude with Not Drawn Rule

The custom graphic rule Exclude.dll excludes objects to which it is applied from view style
processing. If you create a graphic rule to make certain components not drawn, they could hide
other objects in the drawing view. The following example shows how you can use the
Exclude.dll in combination with the Not Drawn graphic wrapper in a view style.
The example uses the following volume of data:
In the View Style Properties dialog box below, Piping is selected as the filter, but another filter
specifies Not Drawn for Piping Components.
The Not Drawn graphic rule is a rule that states nothing that applies to this rule is drawn using
this view style. On the Graphic Rule - VHL dialog box, you would set all the values accordingly.
967

The output of this drawing appears as follows:
However, you can use the Exclude.dll custom graphic rule to exclude the Piping Component
objects. On the Custom Graphic Rule dialog box, you could create a custom graphic
preparation rule called Exclude components.
When using the Exclude.dll to customize the view style, the output appears as follows:
Notice that the elbows turning away from the view are drawn using the Exclude.dll and not
drawn by the Not Drawn graphic rule because they were hidden.
See Also
968
GenericLineWrapperEntity
The GenericLineWrapperEntity.dll graphic module replaces linear objects in the graphic view,
such members, with single lines. If possible, the centerline of the object is used.
This module works similarly to the Replace Objects with Line graphic rule (on page 280).
See Also
GetActual3DGeometry
The custom graphic rule GetActual3DGeometry.dll returns the actual geometry of an object;
that is, it refers to the original model object for all geometry. For example, use this graphic rule
to disable the default representation of certain objects, such as welds. By default, welds are
represented as a single line. The GetAcutal3DGeometry custom graphic rule graphically
represents the welds as they appear in the model.
See Also
The custom graphic rule GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity.dll draws "vertical gridlines" at the
intersection of X planes and Y planes (on the X-Z and Y-Z axes). This graphic rule applies to
grid planes in the model. You can use this graphic rule in elevation and isometric views when
drawings need to show vertical lines at grid intersections.
For an example workflow using this graphic rule, see Apply Grid Labels to Elevation and Section
Views (on page 60).
See Also
969
MakeDrawable
The custom graphic rule MakeDrawable.dll makes objects that are not displayable in 3D (and
therefore not drawable in 2D) drawable. This graphic rule applies to all graphical objects. Use
this graphic rule when you need to label or display objects such as features, runs, systems, or
pipe support assemblies.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that filters for objects that are to be made drawable
and, in the Graphic Preparation Rules, apply the MakeDrawable.dll. In the following example,
the view style filters for Piping Runs and Support Assemblies:
The drawing below shows how the view style impacts the drawing:
The MakeDrawable.dll custom graphic rule tells the software to go through the entire
business object tree, setting all graphics to drawable. You may decide to use the
MakeDrawableSimple.dll to save time when working with compound graphics. With the
MakeDrawableSimple.dll, the software only sets the top level business object to drawable. For
more information, see MakeDrawableSimple (on page 971).
See Also
970
MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity
The MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity.dll graphic module replaces linear objects in the
graphic view, such as members, with single lines at the object centerline.
See Also
MakeDrawableSimple
The custom graphic rule MakeDrawableSimple.dll provides a way to label an entire assembly
instead of the individual assembly components. You can use this graphic rule in the place of the
MakeDrawable.dll to simplify the labeling in a drawing. For example, you could use
MakeDrawableSimple when the entire support assembly in the drawing needs to be labeled.
Without applying the graphic rule, only the individual components can be labeled.
With the MakeDrawableSimple.dll, the software only sets the top level business object to
drawable. The MakeDrawable.dll custom graphic rule tells the software to go through the entire
business object tree, setting all graphics to drawable. Using the MakeDrawableSimple.dll can
save time when working with compound graphics.
See Also
971
OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity
The OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module sends the geometry of plate system
openings to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, openings are on the plate:
On the drawing view:
See Also
972
PipeTurnFeattoArc
The custom graphic rule PipeTurnFeattoArc.dll makes the piping turn features drawable and
replaces them with a single arc. You can use this graphic rule when pipe bends should be
shown as single lines in a drawing.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style that filters for Piping Turn Features and apply the
PipeTurnFeattoArc.dll.
The graphic below shows how the graphic rule impacts the drawing graphics:
See Also
The custom graphic rule PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity.dll draws plane geometry
onto a drawing; that is, it generates a finite plane and passes it on to the drawing generator. For
example, use this graphic rule to create a plan or elevation grid plane on a drawing in order to
label it.
See Also
973
PlateContourDrawingWrapperEntity
The PlateContourDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts plate part outer and
inner edges on the plate thickness side and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the plate parts are in cyan:
On the drawing view, the outer edges of the three plate parts and the inner edges of the
openings are drawn:
See Also
ProfileKnuckleAsCurve
The ProfileKnuckleAsCurve.dll graphic module sends knuckle line geometry to the drawing
view as a curve (usually a line).
See Also
974
PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity
The PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts plate part outer
edges and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
On the drawing view, the outer edges of the three plate parts are drawn, but the inner edges of
the openings are not drawn:
This module is frequently used with the OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity (on page 971)
module when different properties for opening geometry are needed.
See Also
975
PlatePartDrawingWrapperEntity
The PlatePartDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts plate part outer and inner
edges on the molded side of the plate and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
On the drawing view, the outer edges of the three plate parts and the inner edges of the
openings are drawn:
See Also
976
PlateSystemDrawingWrapperEntity
The PlateSystemDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts plate system boundaries
and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
For example, in the model, the plate system is in cyan:
On the drawing view, the plate system is drawn:
This module is frequently used with the OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity (on page 971)
module when opening geometry also needs to be drawn.
Use a plate part graphic module, such as PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity (on
page 975), to draw the boundaries of individual plate parts.
See Also
977
PortsSeparator
The custom graphic rule PortsSeparator.dll separates piping component ports from the
components and makes the ports drawable. This graphic rule applies to piping components in
the model. You can use this graphic rule when the open end of an elbow should be replaced by
a symbol in a drawing.
To use this graphic rule, create a view style that filters for piping components and apply, as a
Graphic Preparation Rule, the PortsSeparator.dll. To apply a symbol graphic to the ports,
create another row in the view style grid to filter for Ports and apply the appropriate symbol
graphic rule.
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of piping parts and ports, when the PortsSeparator
custom graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the individual parts.
Part - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the piping parts. Use this
syntax: <Filter Name>::Part.
Ports - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the piping ports. Use
this syntax: <Filter Name>::Ports.
See Also
978
ProfileCSDrawingWrapperEntity
The ProfileCSDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts the profile part cross-section
For example, in the model, the profile is in green below the plate:
On the drawing view, the cross-section of the profile part is drawn at the starting point of the
profile landing curve:
See Also
979
ProfilePartDrawingWrapperEntity
The ProfilePartDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts the profile part landing
curve and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
On the drawing view, the landing curve of the profile part is drawn:
See Also
980
ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity
The ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts the profile system
cross-section and sends the geometry to the drawing view.
On the drawing view, the cross-section of the profile system is drawn at the starting point of the
profile landing curve:
See Also
981
ProfileSystemDrawingWrapperEntity
The ProfileSystemWrapperEntity.dll graphic module extracts the profile system landing curve
On the drawing view, the landing curve of the profile system is drawn:
See Also
ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr
The custom graphic rule ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr.dll looks at pipes being collected by the
view style and checks to see if they are connected to the hanger being drawn. If the pipe is
connected to the hanger, and if the pipe tangent at the connection point is within 45 degrees of
the viewing angle, the pipe is replaced with a point (the connection point), and appears in the
drawing as normal to the view. All other objects collected by the view style are ignored by the
graphic rule. This graphic rule only applies to drawing created using a Drawings by Query
component.
To use this graphic rule, you should apply a Custom Preparation Rule to the view style that
collects pipes and applies the ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr.dll. For example, in the following
982

graphic, the HgrSup - Side view style is shown. It is currently using the graphic preparation rule
Copy of Pipe Supports.
You can modify the graphic preparation rule by selecting More in the Graphic Preparation
Rule dropdown. The Select Custom Rule dialog box appears. Select the graphic rule to be
modified, then click Properties. On the Custom Graphic Rule dialog box, specify a filter to
collect the objects to be modified (for example, Pipelines) and select the
ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr.dll from the Custom Module dropdown field.
When you create a hanger drawing using this view style, any sloped pipe connected to the
drawn hanger is replaced in the drawing by a point symbol (the connection point).
See Also
983
ReplaceWPoint
The custom graphic rule ReplaceWPoint.dll replaces the 3D geometry of the specified object
with a tiny sphere at the center of the range of the object. You can apply this graphic rule to any
graphical object. For example, you could use this graphic rule when you need to label an object
but do not want the object to participate in the VHL and potentially hide other objects behind it.
To use this graphic rule, create a view style that filters for the objects to be replaced with the
point symbol and apply, as a Graphic Preparation Rule, the ReplaceWPoint.dll.
Piping Plan
Piping Plan with ReplaceWPoint Graphic Preparation Rule
See Also
984
RteComponentsCtrLine
The custom graphic rule RteComponentsCtrLine.dll shows centerlines for pipe components in
addition to pipes. You can use this graphic rule in piping plan, piping elevation, and piping
section when drawings need to show centerlines for piping components. For example, you can
use this graphic rule when you need to place a centerline of an elbow or tee.
To use this graphic rule, define a view style using Piping Components filter, and apply
RteComponentsCtrLine.dll. The graphic below shows how the graphic rule impacts the drawing:
Piping Plan
Piping Plan with RteComponentsCtrLine Custom Graphic Rule
See Also
985
SeamDrawingWrapperEntity
The SeamDrawingWrapperEntity.dll graphic module sends seam geometry to the drawing
view.
For example, in the model, the seams are in white on the plate:
On the drawing view:
See Also
986
SimpleVolumeToX
The custom graphic rule SimpleVolumeToX.dll places an X symbol in empty volumes. You can
use this graphic rule only for plan and section views. The X symbol is not displayed in the
isometric view.
See Also
SlopedPipeWArcSymbol
The custom graphic rule SlopedPipeWArcSymbol.dll replaces a straight pipe with its
centerline and a series of arcs representing the slope. You can apply this graphic rule to sloped
straight pipe.
You would use this graphic rule when sloped pipe should be represented on a plan drawing.
Looking North
Looking Plan Normal

Looking Plan with SlopedPipeWArcSymbol Custom Graphic Rule
987

See Also
StructOpenToX
The custom graphic rule StructOpenToX.dll resymbolizes the depressions (non-through
openings) in a structure object with an X filler. This DLL works for all rectangular and most
L-shaped depressions.
You can use the delivered Openings filter when creating the Graphic Preparation Rule that
uses the StructOpenToX.dll.
When the drawings are created, the openings are resymbolized with the X filler.
Example Showing Use of a Subfilter

You can also use the StructOpenToX.dll to apply a subfilter for an opening/depression symbol.
This example creates a plan view drawing that applies a different line style (Red) to the
opening/depression symbols. The model shown is used:
988

When creating the view style, select only the opening/depression symbols using a subfilter:
<Name of Opening filter>::Symbol. Specify a graphic rule that uses a red line style.
You should apply the StructOpeningToX.dll custom graphic rule to the Openings objects in
the model.
When the plan drawing is updated with the view style, the depression symbols are shown in red:
Subfilters
To change the graphic representation of opening contours and depression symbols when the
StructOpenToX custom graphic rule is applied, you can apply subfilters to the individual parts.
Contour - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the contour of an
opening. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Contour.
Symbol - Use this subfilter to apply a graphic rule (line style, color, etc.) to the depression
symbol of an opening. Use this syntax: <Filter Name>::Symbol.
989

See Also
TrimPipeSurface
The custom graphic rule TrimPipeSurface.dll draws both the pipe and its centerline in the
drawing. This graphic rule applies to pipes.
To use this graphic rule, create a view style that filters for pipes and apply, as a Graphic
Preparation Rule, the TrimPipeSurface.dll.
Do not use this rule with orthographic drawings or when exporting to DGN files. This
approach only works in a 2D environment where the slicing plane is oriented parallel with the
view plane.
See Also
VolumeWireFrame
The custom graphic rule VolumeWireFrame.dll replaces an object with its wireframe
representation for VHL. You can apply this graphic rule to any graphical object. You could use
this graphic rule when you need to show outlines of certain objects and want to keep the objects'
surface from hiding other objects.
To use this graphic rule, create a view style that filters for the objects for which you want the
wireframe representation and apply, as a Graphic Preparation Rule, the VolumeWireFrame.dll.
The graphic below shows how the wireframe representation works in the drawing:
990

See Also
WeldToLine
The custom graphic rule WeldToLine.dll replaces welds with centerline representations. You
can use this custom graphic rule to reduce the time required to process a drawing.
See Also
991
992
SECTION 12
Embedded Symbol Rules

Graphic rules for embedded symbols are specified as part of the ruleset view style definition
using the Tools > Define View Style command in the Drawings and Reports task. The number
and type of rules available depends on the view style selected on the Define View Style dialog
box, and the source selected in the view style properties. For more information, see Graphic
Style Dialog Box (on page 115).
Embedded symbols are symbols defined as a custom action within the ruleset view style
definition. Embedded symbols become part of the object in the drawing view. They are placed
on the drawing in object space, so they scale along with the object to which they are attached.
The SYM file is exactly the same as the one used for standard symbols. However, the XML file
for an embedded symbol is similar to a rule because it allows you to control which .sym to place
depending on different geometry conditions in the model.
For example, end cuts are always resymbolized on a marine structure drawing. The 3D
geometry is mapped to a 2D geometry. The end cut symbol will not have parameters as inputs.
The XML specifies a 2D symbol for both the Classification and the Steel Order marine structure
drawings. Different XML examples are delivered for embedded end cut symbols:
ProfilePartEndCut_byCrossSection.xml - Refers only to end cuts, not to any specific
cross section type.
ProfilePartEndCut_byEndCutType.xml - Uses specific EndCutTypes, but any
WebCutType.
DefaultProfileEndCut.xml - Applies a default symbol to each end of the profile.
ProfilePartEndCut.xml - Default example; refers to SectionType, EndCutType, and
WebCutType.
The ProfilePartEndCut XML, the default example, allows you to choose how the end cuts are
resymbolized on the marine structure drawings:
In the End Cut XML files, different 2D symbols are placed at the start and end of the profile. The
drawing code calculates where the start and end positions are. In the XML, you specify the
symbol to use for the Start and End positions.
993

The ProfilePartEndCut XML, you can show welded UA profiles on the drawing:
If the condition can be made generic for the marine structure drawing, fewer sections are
required in the XML code. Any can be used to handle generic cases. For example, if all welded
UA profiles receive the same symbol on the drawing, set WebCutType to Any.
You can use annotation parameters to further control end cut symbol placement. You do not
have to modify annotation parameters, but they can be customized if needed. The annotation
parameters include: SCALE_FACTOR, ANCHOR, TARGET, LOCATION, ORIENTATION,
DIRECTION, DIRECTION, CURVE_RATIO, X_OFFSET, and Y_OFFSET.
See Also
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure Drawings (on page 749)
In This Section
End Cut and Slot Embedded Symbol Rules .................................. 995
End Cut Embedded Symbols......................................................... 995
Slot Embedded Symbols ............................................................... 1002
Marking Line Embedded Symbols ................................................. 1006
Feature Embedded Symbols ......................................................... 1008
Catalog Symbols ............................................................................ 1009
994
End Cut and Slot Embedded Symbol Rules

End Cut Rules
The following end cut embedded symbol rules are delivered in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\EmbeddedSymbols\Scantlings\End
CutRules folder:
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
ProfilePartEndCut
Multiple endcut .sym files

within the folder
ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol (on page

1072)
ProfilePartEndCut
_ByCrossSection

within the folder

1072)
ProfilePartEndCut
_ByEndCutType

within the folder

1072)
For more information, see End Cut Embedded Symbols (on page 995).
Slot Rules
The following slot embedded symbol rules are delivered in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\EmbeddedSymbols\Scantlings\Slot
Rules folder:
Label Template
(.xml)
Symbols (.sym)
and/or
used
Annotation Modules
used
DefaultSlot
Multiple slot .sym files

within the folder
SlotSymbols (on page 1087)
For more information, see Slot Embedded Symbols (on page 1002).
End Cut Embedded Symbols

End cut embedded symbols are located in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data
Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\EmbeddedSymbols\Scantlings\End
CutRules folder. You create symbols in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information, see
Create a Custom Symbol for Drawings (on page 740) in the Orthographic Drawings User's
Guide.
The following rules and symbols are used in the default ProfilePartEndCut embedded symbol
rules. Rule selection begins with the most specific section types, endcut types, and filters.
Selection proceeds to the more general cases when matches to the specific cases are not
found.
995

Webcut
Type
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Profile Symbol
Side
File
BUT
W
T_XType C
TSType Welded
Cutback
WebCut_C3Right
WebCut_C3Left
Any
Start
EndCut_2_Open_Off_S.sy
m
End
EndCut_2_Open_Off_E.sy
m
BUT
W
T_XType C
TSType Welded
Cutback
WebCut_W1Right
WebCut_W1Left
Start
m
End
m
UA
EA
B
BUTL2
BUTL3
W
C
Welded
Cutback
WebCut_C3Right
WebCut_C3Left
Start
m
End
m
UA
EA
W
C
Welded
Cutback
WebCut_C2Left
Start
m
End
m
W
C
Welded
Cutback
WebCut_C3RBulb
WebCut_C2Left
Start
m
End
m
W
Welded
WebCut_W1Right
WebCut_W1Left
Start
m
End
m
Section
Type
BUTL2
BUTL3
996
Endcut
Type
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Symbol
Graphic

Section
Type
Endcut
Type
BUT
Welded
T_XType
TSType
BUT
W
T_XType Welded
TSType
BUTL2
BUTL3
UA
EA
FB
UA
EA
Welded
Welded
Welded
W
Welded
Webcut
Type
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Profile Symbol
Side
File
CopeBUTRight
Any
CopeBUTLeft
WebCutT_W1Right
WebCutT_W1Left
Start
EndCut_2_Closed_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Closed_E.sym
Any
Start
End
Start
End
Cope_AngleRight
CopeBulb
Any
Any
CopeBUTRight
Any
CopeBUTLeft
WebCutT_W1Right
WebCutT_W1Left
Start
End
Cope_AngleRight
Start
End
Start
Any
Any
Any
Symbol
Graphic
997

Section
Type
Endcut
Type
Webcut
Type
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
B
BUTL2
BUTL3
FB
BUT
C
T_XType Cutback
TSType
UA
EA
B
BUTL2
BUTL3
FB
C
Cutback
BUT
Snip
T_XType
TSType
998
Any
Any
Any
BUT
S
T_XType FV
TSType F
Snip
Any
Snip
Snip
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Profile Symbol
Side
File
End
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_1_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_Off_Vert
_S.sym
End
_E.sym
Start
_S.sym
End
_E.sym
Start
_S.sym
End
_E.sym
Symbol
Graphic

Section
Type
Endcut
Type
Webcut
Type
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Profile Symbol
Side
File
UA
EA
BUTL2
BUTL3
Snip
SnipWithFlange
Any
Start
_S.sym
End
_E.sym
UA
EA
B
BUTL2
BUTL3
S
FV
Snip
Start
_S.sym
End
_E.sym
UA
Start
EndCut_1_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_1_Open_Vert_S.s
ym
FB
FB
FB
Snip
S
Snip
FV
Any
Any
Snip
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Symbol
Graphic
999

Section
Type
FB
FB(ER)
FB(ER)
Any
Endcut
Type
F
Any
Snip
Welded
Welded
Webcut
Type
Any
FreeEndWebCut
_F1_ER
SnipTopCorner
Left_ER
SnipTopCorner
Right_ER
SnipTopCornerLeft
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Any
Any
Any
Any
Profile Symbol
Side
File
End
EndCut_1_Open_Vert_E.s
ym
Start
EndCut_1_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_1_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_Default_S.sym
End
EndCut_Default_E.sym
Start
End
Start
End
Start
End
Symbol
Graphic
SnipTopCornerRight
WebCutI_C3Left
WebCutI_C3Right
CopeTopCornerSnipe
WebAndFlangeWelded
WebCut_C2Spline
Clip
Any
1000
W
Welded
Any
Any

Section
Type
Endcut
Type
Webcut
Type
Webcut,
Top Flangecut,
and Bottom
Flangecut
Filters
Profile Symbol
Side
File
Any
Cutback
StraightSnip
Any
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_E.sym
Start
EndCut_2_Open_S.sym
End
EndCut_2_Open_E.sym
Start
_S.sym
End
_E.sym
Start
_S.sym
End
_E.sym
Start
End
Any
EndCut_None.sym
Any
Any
C
Cutback
Snip
Any
SnipNoNose
Any
Any
SnopNoNoseRadius
Symbol
Graphic
ShipBeyondBoundary
Any
Any
None
S
FV
Snip
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
1001

See Also
Slot Embedded Symbols

Slot embedded symbols are located in the SharedContent share in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\EmbeddedSymbols\Scantlings\Slot
Rules folder. You create symbols in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information, see
Guide.
The following rules and symbols are used in the default DefaultSlot embedded symbol rules.
1002
Section
Type
Slot is cut normal Collar

(perpendicular) to Side
the plate
Plate
Tightness
Seam
Filter
Symbol
File
FB
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotFC.sym
FB
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotFA.sym
EA
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAC.sym
EA
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
UA
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAC.sym
UA
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
BUTL3
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAC.sym
Symbol
Graphic

Section
Type

the plate
Plate
Tightness
Seam
Filter
Symbol
File
BUTL3
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotLA.sym
T_XTYP
E
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
T_XTYP
E
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
TSTYPE
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
TSTYPE
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
BUT
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
BUT
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
BUTL2
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
BUTL2
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
Symbol
Graphic
1003
1004
Section
Type

the plate
Plate
Tightness
Seam
Filter
Symbol
File
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotBC.sym
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotBA.sym
C_SS
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
C_SS
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
CSTYPE True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
CSTYPE False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotAA.sym
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
ISTYPE
True
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
Symbol
Graphic

Section
Type

the plate
Plate
Tightness
Seam
Filter
Symbol
File
ISTYPE
False
Any
Non-Tight
Any
SystemSlotTA.sym
Any
Any
Any
Non-Tight
Any
Default_CV_T.sym
FB
False
Visible
Tight
Any
SystemSlotF_CV_T.sym
FB
False
Hidden Tight
Any
SystemSlotF_CH_T.sym
FB
True
Visible
Tight
Any
SystemSlotF_CV_T.sym
FB
True
Hidden Tight
Any
SystemSlotF_CH_T.sym
Any
Any
Visible
Tight
Any
Default_CV_T.sym
Any
Any
Hidden Tight
Any
Default_CH_T.sym
Symbol
Graphic
See Also
1005
Marking Line Embedded Symbols

The rules XML file and embedded symbols are located on theSharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\EmbeddedSymbols\StructManufacturing\MfgProfile\Markin
g Line folder. You create symbols in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information, see
Guide.
The following rules and symbols are delivered for the default StructManufacturingMfgProfile
embedded symbol rules. Selection proceeds to the more general cases when matches to the
specific cases are not found.
Marking Line Type Marking

Symbol File
Line
Orientation
1006
Fitting Mark
Right
FittingMarkRight.sym
Fitting Mark
Left
FittingMarkLeft.sym
Fitting Mark
Neutral
FittingMark.sym
KnuckleMark
Neutral
KnuckleMark.sym
KnuckleMark
Left
KnuckleMarkLeft.sym
KnuckleMark
Right
KnuckleMarkRight.sym
Symbol Graphic

Symbol File
Line
Orientation
RendMark
Left
RendMarkLeft.sym
RendMark
Right
RendMarkRight.sym
ReferencePlaneMa Neutral
rk
ReferencePlaneMark.sym
ReferencePlaneMa Left
rk
ReferencePlaneMarkLeft.sym
ReferencePlaneMa Right
rk
ReferencePlaneMarkRight.sym
SeamMark
SeamMark.sym
Neutral
Symbol Graphic
1007

Symbol File
Line
Orientation
AraMarginMark
Neutral
AraMarginMark.sym
DefaultMark
Neutral
DefaultMark.sym
Symbol Graphic
See Also
1008
Feature Embedded Symbols

The rules XML file and embedded symbols are located on the SharedContent share in the The
rules XML file and embedded symbols are located on the SharedContent share in the
\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates\EmbeddedSymbols\StructManufacturing\MfgProfile\Featur
e folder. You create symbols in SmartSketch Drawing Editor. For more information, see Create
a Custom Symbol for Drawings (on page 740) in the Orthographic Drawings User's Guide.
The following rules and symbols are delivered for the default StructManufacturingMfgProfile
embedded symbol rules. Selection proceeds to the more general cases when matches to the
specific cases are not found.
Feature
Type
Feature Symbol File
EdgeFeature
EdgeFeature.sym
WaterStop
WaterStop.sym
DefaultFeatur
e
DefaultFeature.sym
Symbol Graphic
See Also
1009
Catalog Symbols
The following catalog symbols are delivered in the [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\Symbols folder:
Symbol name (.sym)
Graphic Rule Template (.xml)
SM_FluorescentFixture.sym
SM_Lighting Plan_Fluorescent.xml
SM_FlushMount.sym
SM_Lighting Plan_Flushmount.xml
SM_JunctionBox.sym
SM_Lighting Plan_JunctionBox.xml
Symbol Graphic
For more information, see Embedded Symbol Rules (on page 993).
1010
SECTION 13
Annotation Modules
Annotation modules are used within label rules to analyze, place, and position text labels,
symbol labels, and dimensions. They are called by label templates or reports.
Annotation modules can be listed in any order in a label template, but the software processes
the modules in the following order:
1. Gathering Data: Point Generators
A point generator gathers data from the geometry (either the 2D geometry drawn in a view,
or the associated 3D geometry in the model), and places points on the geometry.
No annotations are created.
For more information, see Point Generators (on page 1012).
2. Analyzing Data: Geometric Analyzers
A geometric analyzer evaluates the points placed by the point generator. Points can be
grouped or deleted as needed.
No annotations are created.
For more information, see Geometric Analyzers (on page 1044).
3. Deciding What Annotations to Place: Content Modules and Control Generators
A content module creates a label or dimension.

A control generator creates a text box for a label.
Labels are positioned at 0,0 of the view. Dimensions are positioned without regard to clear
space with other dimensions and labels.
Annotations are ready for placement on the drawing view but are not in the correct positions.
For more information, see Content Modules (on page 1059), Control Generators (on page
1099), and Leader Modules (on page 1126).
4. Deciding Where to Place the Annotations: Positioning Modules
A positioning module determines the position of a label or dimension and places it on the
drawing view.
Clear space around the annotations is considered in placement.
Annotations are ready for placement on the drawing view, and are now in the correct
positions.
For more information, see Positioning Modules (on page 1101).
5. Placing the Annotations: Content Modules and Leader Modules
A dimension content module runs again to place dimensions on the drawing view.
A leader module creates a leader for a label (when needed) and places labels on the
drawing view.
Annotations are now on the drawing view.
For more information, see Content Modules (on page 1059) and Leader Modules (on page
1126).
1011
Annotation Modules
In This Section
Point Generators ............................................................................ 1012
Geometric Analyzers ..................................................................... 1044
Content Modules ............................................................................ 1059
Control Generators ........................................................................ 1099
Positioning Modules....................................................................... 1101
Leader Modules ............................................................................. 1126
Point Generators
Point generator modules are used in Drawings label templates to place a point (or points) on
objects that need labels or dimensions. The point can be generated on the object origin, control
point, or other absolute positions. Point generators also place points for dimensions to use.
See Also
Annotation Modules (on page 1011)
Topics
DefaultLabelPointGenerator .......................................................... 1013
DrawingMatchlinePG ..................................................................... 1013
DrawingPGByNote ......................................................................... 1015
DrawingPGControlPoint................................................................. 1016
DrawingPGCPThenNone............................................................... 1016
DrawingPGCuttingPlane ................................................................ 1017
DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint ................................................... 1018
DrawingPGLinear .......................................................................... 1019
DrawingPGLocalCS ....................................................................... 1020
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace .......................................................... 1020
DrawingPGObjectCorners ............................................................. 1021
DrawingPGPipeSegments ............................................................. 1021
DrawingPGStructHoriz................................................................... 1021
DrawingPGStructVert .................................................................... 1022
DrawingPGWelds .......................................................................... 1023
DrawingPointGenerator ................................................................. 1025
InsideOrAlongCurve2D .................................................................. 1025
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG ............................................................... 1028
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D ........................................................... 1028
ISDimensionBtwPointsPG ............................................................. 1030
ISDwgPointsForView ..................................................................... 1033
ISMidPointLabelPG ....................................................................... 1033
ISPinJigPointsOnNearestPin ......................................................... 1033
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG ............................................ 1034
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG ............................................ 1036
ISRulesetPointGenerator ............................................................... 1038
PenPlatePointGenerator ................................................................ 1039
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG ............................................ 1039
SMDwgPinjigCornersDistancePG ................................................. 1040
SMDwgPointsByType .................................................................... 1040
SMDwgProfileWeldsPG ................................................................. 1041
1012
Annotation Modules
SMPointsByAssociateObjectsID .................................................... 1041
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG ......................................... 1042
StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG .............................................................. 1043
StrMfgTemplateSetOffsetPG ......................................................... 1043
DefaultLabelPointGenerator
Generates a point in the middle of the 2D range of an object. Used for name labels on
Equipment and other non-linear objects.
Usage in Label Template XML

<pointGeneratorSettings>
<pgModule>DefaultLabelPointGenerator</pgModule>
</pointGeneratorSettings>
Customization
None
Example
The annotation output is created by a content module, not this module. The example
shows how this module affects the output.
DrawingMatchlinePG
Generates at least 4 points at the edge of a view in order to place a Matchline label. More points
are generated if there are multiple edges that border other drawings.
Gap tolerance
Determines the maximum distance, in meters, that a neighboring view's volume can be from the
drawing view's volume and still receive a matchline label. It is used to eliminate candidates that
are too far away from the drawing view volume.
Adjacent overlap
Eliminates candidates that are too far left or right from center for horizontal matchline labels, or
too far up or down from center for vertical matchline labels. It is a multiplier that is applied to the
sides of the drawings view volume. Smaller adjacent overlap values will result in more matchline
labels.
1013
Annotation Modules
Together, the gap tolerance and the adjacent overlap define an acceptable volume range, or
include range. When any point of a neighboring view volume lies within the include range, a
matchline label appears.
Using gap tolerance and adjacent overlap together is not necessary. The use of both of
these values is optional.
The points are not placed according to where the edge matches, but are placed in equal
distance offsets for each side if multiple edges match.

<pgModule>DrawingMatchlinePG</pgModule>
<gapTolerance>0.001</gapTolerance>
<adjacentOverlap>0.05</adjacentOverlap>
Customization
None
1014
Annotation Modules
Examples
Matchline bordering another drawing:
Matchline bordering the edge of a view:
DrawingPGByNote
Generates a point using the position of a dimensioned note. Currently only applies to
dimensions. Allows a dimension to be placed from one point of an object to another point on the
same object.

<pgModule>DrawingPGByNote</pgModule>
Customization
None
1015
Annotation Modules
DrawingPGControlPoint
Places a label on an object's Control Point, or the object's origin if there is no Control Point. For
equipment, the origin of the object will be labeled. In some cases, this module can also be used
to place dimensions on equipment.

<pgModule>DrawingPGControlPoint</pgModule>
Customization
None
Example
DrawingPGCPThenNone
Places a label on an object's Control Point. If a Control Point does not exist, no label is placed.

<pgModule>DrawingPGCPThenNone</pgModule>
Customization
None
1016
Annotation Modules
Example
DrawingPGCuttingPlane
Generates the points used to place a cutting plane. The template used should have startPoint
and endPoint set to 0 or -1 (where -1 is true).

<pgModule>DrawingPGCuttingPlanes</pgModule>
<startPoint>-1</startPoint>
<endPoint>0</endPoint>
Customization
Yes
1017
Annotation Modules
Example
DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint
Generates a point at the location of the latest Key Plan Callout control point subtype. Only
control points placed as Support as parent or Support component as parent are considered. If
there are no control points with the Key Plan Callout subtype, a point is generated at the
support origin.

<pgModule>DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint</pgModule>
Customization
None
1018
Annotation Modules
Example
DrawingPGLinear
Generates a label at both ends of a pipe segment, structure member, or grid line.

<pgModule>DrawingPGLinear</pgModule>
Customization
None
Example
1019
Annotation Modules
DrawingPGLocalCS
Places a label on an object's coordinate system origin.

<pgModule>DrawingPGLocalCS</pgModule>
Customization
None
Example
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace
Generates a point using the position of pipe nozzles and related shape objects. Allows a label to
be placed on a nozzle object. This point generator must be used with the DrawingCentroid (on
page 1105) positioning module.

<pgModule>DrawingPGNozzleandBrace</pgModule>
Customization
None
1020
Annotation Modules
DrawingPGObjectCorners
Places points at the four corners of an object's range in order to anchor matchlines to other
dimensioned objects.

<pgModule>DrawingPGObjectCorners</pgModule>
Customization
None
DrawingPGPipeSegments
This module has been replaced by the DrawingPGLinear module. For more information, see
DrawingPGLinear (on page 1019).
DrawingPGStructHoriz
Places a point at the center of structure components. Uses these points to place a horizontal
dimension between two (or more) structure components.

<pgModule>DrawingPGStructHoriz</pgModule>
Customization
None
1021
Annotation Modules
Example
DrawingPGStructVert
Places a point at the center of structure components. Uses these points to place a vertical
dimension between two (or more) structure components.

<pgModule>DrawingPGStructVert</pgModule>
Customization
None
Example
1022
Annotation Modules
DrawingPGWelds
Sets the control points used to place a weld symbol on an object, and the position along the
curve at the control point. This module is used with the DrawingGAWelds (on page 1052)
geometric analyzer.

<pgModule>DrawingPGWelds</pgModule>
<pgModuleSettings>
<locations>
<location id="1" target="0" />
<location id="12" target="0" curveRatio="0.25" />
</locations>
</pgModuleSettings>
Customization
location id
0
Center
At the centroid of the area of a

closed shape (that is, the geometry
must be a closed curve). The
centroid cannot be on the curve.
Middle
At the middle point of a curve.
Inmost
At the innermost point inside the

area of a closed shape (that is, the
geometry must be a closed curve).
At first end
At the first end point of curve.
1023
Annotation Modules
4
At second end
At the second end point of curve.
Right
On the right side of the range box

for the curve.
Left
On the left side of the range box

for the curve.
Top
On the top of the range box for the

curve.
Bottom
On the bottom of the range box for

the curve.
Box center
At the center of the range box for

the curve.
10
Default location
Default location for the curve.
12
At curve ratio
At the curve ratio along the curve.
Used with the curveRatio

option.
Used with positioning modules
that use their startCurveRatio
and endCurveRatio options.
target - The curve used for determining location.

0
Default target
Places points on the first curve of

the 2D representation of the 3D
object.
The first curve is
assigned internally by the software
and is not predictable.
1024
All curves
Places points on all curves of the

2D representation of the 3D object.
Annotation Modules
2
Longest curve
Places points on the first longest

curve of the 2D representation of
the 3D object.
curveRatio - Point along the 2D curve when location id 12 is used, specified as a ratio along
the length of the curve. The value must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
DrawingPointGenerator
Places a dimension at the center of the 3D range of an object.

<pgModule>DrawingPointGenerator</pgModule>
Customization
None
InsideOrAlongCurve2D
Places a point along a 2D curve.
The 2D curve must have one or more curves.

<pgModule>InsideOrAlongCurve2D</pgModule>
<pgModuleSettings>
<locations>
</locations>
</pgModuleSettings>
Customization
location id
1025
Annotation Modules
1026
Center

Middle
Inmost

At first end
At second end
Right

for the curve.
Left

for the curve.
Top

curve.
Bottom

the curve.
Box center

the curve.
10
Default location
Annotation Modules
12
At curve ratio

option.

0
Default target

object.
The first curve is
All curves

Longest curve

the 3D object.
1027
Annotation Modules
Places a point on each end of straight features and members.

<pgModule>ISAbsolutePointLabelPG</pgModule>
Customization
None
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D
Places one or more points along the 2D curve representing a 3D object.
The 2D curve of the 3D object must have one or more curves.

<pgModule>ISDwgPositionByCurve2D</pgModule>
<pgModuleSettings>
<locations>
<location id="12" target="0" curveRatio="0.25" />
</locations>
</pgModuleSettings>
Customization
location id
1028
Center

Middle
Annotation Modules
2
Inmost

At first end
At second end
Right

for the curve.
Left

for the curve.
Top

curve.
Bottom

the curve.
Box center

the curve.
10
Default location
12
At curve ratio

option.
1029
Annotation Modules
0
Default target

object.
The first curve is
All curves

Longest curve

the 3D object.
ISDimensionBtwPointsPG
Places a pair of points to be used for a dimension.
This module is intended for use with the web length on profile sketch drawings.

<pgModule>ISDimensionBtwPointsPG</pgModule>
<pgModuleSettings>
<locations>
<location id="10" target="0" targetName="ProfileWeb" />
</locations>
</pgModuleSettings>
Customization
location id
1030
Annotation Modules
0
Center

Middle
Inmost

At first end
At second end
Right

for the curve.
Left

for the curve.
Top

curve.
Bottom

the curve.
Box center

the curve.
10
Default location
1031
Annotation Modules
12
At curve ratio

option.

0
Default target

object.
The first curve is
All curves

Longest curve

the 3D object.
targetName - Specify a name for the curve defined in target.
1032
Annotation Modules
ISDwgPointsForView
Places points to be used for a view labels.

<pgModule>ISDwgPointsForView</pgModule>
Customization
None
ISMidPointLabelPG
Places a label point on the 2D curves representing a 3D object at one of the following locations:
The control point of the object.
The origin of the object if there is no control point.
The center of the range box of the object if there is no control point or origin.

<pgModule>ISMidPointLabelPG</pgModule>
Customization
None
ISPinJigPointsOnNearestPin
Places points on the 2D object representing a pin jig at the control point, origin, and center of the
range box.

<pgModule>ISPinJigPointsOnNearestPin</pgModule>
Customization
None
1033
Annotation Modules
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG
Places a pair of points to be used for a linear dimension.
This module is intended for use with feature symbols on profile sketch drawings.

<pgModule>ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG</pgModule>
<pgModuleSettings>
<locations>
</locations>
</pgModuleSettings>
Customization
location id
1034
Center

Middle
Inmost

At first end
At second end
Annotation Modules
5
Right

for the curve.
Left

for the curve.
Top

curve.
Bottom

the curve.
Box center

the curve.
10
Default location
12
At curve ratio

option.

0
Default target

object.
The first curve is
All curves

1035
Annotation Modules
2
Longest curve

the 3D object.
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG
Places a pair of points to be used for a radial dimension.
This module is intended for use with feature symbols on profile sketch drawings.

<pgModule>ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG</pgModule>
<pgModuleSettings>
<locations>
</locations>
</pgModuleSettings>
Customization
location id
1036
Center

Middle
Annotation Modules
2
Inmost

At first end
At second end
Right

for the curve.
Left

for the curve.
Top

curve.
Bottom

the curve.
Box center

the curve.
10
Default location
12
At curve ratio

option.
1037
Annotation Modules
0
Default target

object.
The first curve is
All curves

Longest curve

the 3D object.
ISRulesetPointGenerator
Places a label point on the 2D curves representing a 3D object at one of the following locations:
The control point of the object.
The origin of the object if there is no control point.
The center of the range box of the object if there is no control point or origin.

<pgModule>ISRulesetPointGenerator</pgModule>
Customization
None
1038
Annotation Modules
PenPlatePointGenerator
Custom point generator used by ISO process to dimension a penetration plate. This label
module also performs the functions of a geometric analyzer and must be used with
DummyGeomAnalyzer. For more information, see DummyGeomAnalyzer (on page 1054).

<pgModule>PenPlatePointGenerator</pgModule>
Customization
None
Example
Places points on a remarking line curve along the horizontal and/or vertical girth length at the
midpoint of two intersection points.

<pgModule>SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG</pgModule>
<Horizontal>0</Horizontal>
<Vertical>1</Vertical>
Customization
Horizontal - Adds points for the horizontal girth length. Use 1 for on and 0 for off.
Vertical - Adds points for the vertical girth length. Use 1 for on and 0 for off.
1039
Annotation Modules
SMDwgPinjigCornersDistancePG
Custom point generator that collects the corner points on a pin jig contour remarking line and
places points to dimension the distance between these corner points.
Usage in Dimension Template XML

<pgModule>SMDwgPinjigCornersDistancePG</pgModule>
Customization
None
Example
SMDwgPointsByType
Places one or more points at the center of the 2D object representing a 3D object.

<pgModule>SMDwgPointsByType</pgModule>
<pgModuleSettings>
<ObjectType>Point</ObjectType>
</pgModuleSettings>
Customization
ObjectType - Point, Circle, Rectangle, Line, LineString, or Ellipse
Example: A non-target seam that intersects a target plate in two locations (such as a transverse
hull seam intersecting a deck) will get a point at each intersection.
1040
Annotation Modules
SMDwgProfileWeldsPG
Places points on the 2D curves representing a 3D profile, for use in placing weld labels.

<pgModule>SMDwgProfileWeldsPG</pgModule>
<pgModuleSettings>
<locations>
<location id="1" targetName="Profile_Web" />
<location id="8" targetName="Profile_Flange" />
</locations>
</pgModuleSettings>
Customization
location id
1
Middle
Top

curve.
Bottom

the curve.
SMPointsByAssociateObjectsID
Places an annotation point for each 2D point in the group and orients the label with respect to
any other object in the drawing. In the following example, the label will be oriented tangential to
the TemplateBtmCrv.

<pgModule>SMPointsByAssociateObjectID</pgModule>
<pgModuleSettings>
<locations>
<location targetName='TemplateBtmCrv'/>
</locations>
</pgModuleSettings>
1041
Annotation Modules
Customization
Specify the subcurve to be used for orienting the label through the Attribute targetName.
Example
StrMfg Templateset Midline Symbol
A reference curve that intersects a template will get a point at the intersection. This point is
associated with the reference curve and has template OID (Object ID) as its ID.
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG
Generates a point for each label on the bevel shape.

<pgModule>SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG</pgModule>
Customization
None
1042
Annotation Modules
StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG
Places points on the 2D object representing a template at the control point, origin, and center of
the range box.

<pgModule>StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG</pgModule>
<interval>0.5</interval>
Customization
interval - Set an interval value (in meters) for placing the template points.
StrMfgTemplateSetOffsetPG
Places points on the 2D object representing a template set at the control point, origin, and
center of the range box.

<pgModule>StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG</pgModule>
<interval>0.5</interval>
Customization
interval - Set an interval value (in meters) for placing the template set points.
1043
Annotation Modules
Geometric Analyzers
Geometric Analyzer modules are used in Drawings label templates to analyze points generated
by a point generator module. The geometric analyzer then deletes unneeded points and/or
groups points together according to the specific algorithm it uses. For more information on point
generators, see Point Generators (on page 1012).
See Also
Topics
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer .................................................... 1044
DrawingGAByOppositePoints ........................................................ 1045
DrawingGAEndOfSegment ............................................................ 1045
DrawingGALabelInline ................................................................... 1047
DrawingGALongestSegment ......................................................... 1048
DrawingGAMarginOnly .................................................................. 1050
DrawingGAPipeSegments ............................................................. 1051
DrawingGAWelds .......................................................................... 1052
DrawingGeometricAnalyzer ........................................................... 1053
DummyGeomAnalyzer................................................................... 1054
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA ..................................................... 1054
ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels .............................................. 1055
ISGAEliminateOverlappingLabels ................................................. 1056
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer ................................................................ 1056
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA ................................................................ 1057
SMDwgConvertToCoordDimGA .................................................... 1057
SMDGAEliminateLabelsWithMissingParents ................................ 1058
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer
Used to place a label on the origin or control point of an object. This module does not perform
any grouping. Currently used by most non-linear labels.

<geometricAnalyzerSettings>
<gaModule>DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer</gaModule>
</geometricAnalyzerSettings>
Customization
None
1044
Annotation Modules
Example
DrawingGAByOppositePoints
Groups points that are generated by a linear point generator together based on the original
object that produced them.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingGAByOppositePoints"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingGAEndOfSegment
Used by linear objects in order to separate segment ends so that each vertical or horizontal
segment and both clipped sides will be labeled.

<gaModule>DrawingGAEndOfSegment</gaModule>
Customization
None
1045
Annotation Modules
Example
See Also
Edit a label rule to use the Equivalence Label (on page 1046)
Edit a Label Rule to use the Equivalence Label

The equivalenceLabel tag eliminates duplicate labels on pipelines with multiple segments. One
label is placed at the end of the longest line segment. If this tag is used with the
DrawingGAEndOfSegment geometric analyzer and the pipeline is clipped, a label is placed at
each end of the pipe segment. If this tag is used with the DrawingGALongestSegment
geometric analyzer and the pipeline is clipped, one label is placed at the end of the longest
segment.
To place a label on a pipeline with multiple segments, you must edit the label XML file. The
Folder]\CatalogData\Symbols\Drawings\Catalog\Labels\Templates.
1. Open the XML file you want to modify.
2. Locate the <geometricAnalyzerSettings> tag.
3. Insert the following line between the <geometricAnalyzerSettings> and
</geometricAnalyzerSettings> tags:
<equivalenceLabel>".rtp file name of the label
template"</equivalenceLabel>
For example, the value of the equivalence label for a Piping Plan Flow Arrow Longest
Segment label template is "Piping Plan_FlowArrow_Longest Segment.rtp".
1046
You should make a copy of the label XML file before editing the original file.
You can place labels on pipelines with multiple segments while using a view style that
includes the DrawingGALongestSegment geometric analyzer module.
To use the equivalenceLabel tag, set the point generator must to DrawingPGLinear. For
more information, see DrawingPGLinear (on page 1019).
Annotation Modules
DrawingGALabelInline
Places a coordinate label between objects in a view. The coordinate line is placed on the origin
or control point given by the point generator. This module also places the line between the
objects. A placeLines value of 0 does not place a coordinate line, while a value of -1 does place
a coordinate line. For more information on other settings available for this module, see Label
Templates XML Overview (on page 772).

<gaModule>DrawingGALabelInline</gaModule>
<placeLines>-1</placeLines>
<keepTopOrBottomDup>0</keepTopOrBottomDup>
<keepLeftOrRightDup>0</keepLeftOrRightDup>
<cpLabelType>2</cpLabelType>
Customization
placeLines, keepTopOrBottomDup, keepLeftOrRightDup, cpLabelType
Examples
Drawing View:
1047
Annotation Modules
Detailed view of the above drawing:
DrawingGALongestSegment
Places a label on the longest segment of a linear object.

<gaModule>DrawingGALongestSegment</gaModule>
Customization
Yes
1048
Annotation Modules
Example
The longest segment of pipe is labeled.
See Also
Edit a label rule to allow non-orthogonal label directions (on page 1049)
Edit a label rule to use the Equivalence Label (on page 1046)
Edit a label rule to allow non-orthogonal label directions

This workflow describes the process for enabling the ability to place a label on a non-orthogonal
pipe in a drawing. Some delivered label rules, including piping, HVAC, cableways, and conduits,
are designed for vertical or horizontal parts, but the allowNonOrthogonalDirections tag allows
you to place labels on routable objects that are not vertical or horizontal. The label rule must be
using the DrawingGALongestSegment geometric analyzer module in order for the
allowNonOrthogonalDirections tag to work.
To place a label on a non-orthogonal pipe, you must edit the label XML file. The default location
for these files is [Reference Data Product
1. Open the appropriate XML file you want to modify.
1049
Annotation Modules
<allowNonOrthogonalDirections>-1</allowNonOrthogonalDirections>
You can place labels on non-orthogonal objects while using a view style that includes the
DrawingGALongestSegment geometric analyzer module.
Edit a Label Rule to use the Equivalence Label

The equivalenceLabel tag eliminates duplicate labels on pipelines with multiple segments. One
label is placed at the end of the longest line segment. If this tag is used with the
DrawingGAEndOfSegment geometric analyzer and the pipeline is clipped, a label is placed at
each end of the pipe segment. If this tag is used with the DrawingGALongestSegment
geometric analyzer and the pipeline is clipped, one label is placed at the end of the longest
segment.
To place a label on a pipeline with multiple segments, you must edit the label XML file. The
1. Open the XML file you want to modify.
<equivalenceLabel>".rtp file name of the label
template"</equivalenceLabel>
For example, the value of the equivalence label for a Piping Plan Flow Arrow Longest
Segment label template is "Piping Plan_FlowArrow_Longest Segment.rtp".
You can place labels on pipelines with multiple segments while using a view style that
includes the DrawingGALongestSegment geometric analyzer module.
To use the equivalenceLabel tag, set the point generator must to DrawingPGLinear. For
more information, see DrawingPGLinear (on page 1019).
DrawingGAMarginOnly
Chains a group of dimensions into the appropriate margins based on where the dimensions are
placed.

<gaModule>DrawingGAMarginOnly</gaModule>
Customization
Yes
1050
Annotation Modules
Example
The dimensions will find clear space when a line segment is too small for the dimension to fit
inline. First, the dimension will be rotated 90 degrees in order to provide more clear space. If
there is still not enough space, the dimension will be jogged to clear space.
DrawingGAPipeSegments
Groups dimensions for pipe segments of any angle into chained families. The dimensions are
placed within the drawing view.

<gaModule>DrawingGAPipeSegments</gaModule>
Customization
Yes
Examples
1051
Annotation Modules
DrawingGAWelds
Sets a weld attribute on the points or deletes points placed by the point generator. This module
is used with the DrawingPGWelds (on page 1023) point generator.

<gaModule>DrawingGAWelds</gaModule>
Customization
None
1052
Annotation Modules
DrawingGeometricAnalyzer
Groups dimensions together within a view based on proximity.
Usage in Label Templates XML

<gaModule>DrawingGeometricAnalyzer</gaModule>
Customization
Yes
Example
1053
Annotation Modules
DummyGeomAnalyzer
Dummy module used for dimension anchoring and penetration plate dimensions. All geometric
analyzing tasks are performed by the point generator being used with the dummy module. This
module must be used with the PenPlatePointGenerator (on page 1039).

<gaModule>DummyGeomAnalyzer</gaModule>
Customization
None
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA
Groups consecutive key points of dimensions. The dimensions are placed within the drawing
view.

<gaModule>ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA</gaModule>
Customization
None
Examples
1054
Annotation Modules
ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels
Identifies the most common label (typical labels) from the drawing view and places it as part of
the view label.
This is done to prevent the duplication of labels in the drawing view.

<gaModule>ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels</gaModule>
<equivalenceLabel>Ship Structure Plate Thickness Material Grade by
COM.rtp</equivalenceLabel>
<equivalenceProperty interfaceName="IJDwgViewTypical"
propertyValue="Value2" propertyKey="Key2" />
Customization
equivalenceLabel, equivalenceProperty
Examples
Before using the ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels geometric analyzer:
1055
Annotation Modules
After using the ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels Geometric Analyzer:
ISGAEliminateOverlappingLabels
Eliminates the duplication of annotations when two geometric objects overlap.

<gaModule>ISGAEliminateOverlappinglabels</gaModule>
Customization
None
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer
Determines the labels needed for a point and gets the text for the label based on the type of
geometry used to generate the point.

<gaModule>ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer</gaModule>
Customization
None
1056
Annotation Modules
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA
Finds the reference plane that is coincident with the geometry of the object to be labeled. When
this module is used with the SMDwgositionByCurve2DAtAxis (see
"SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis" on page 1122) positioning module, the reference plane label
is placed on the appropriate grid axis.

<gaModule>SMDwgGroupByAxisGA</gaModule>
Customization
None
SMDwgConvertToCoordDimGA
Groups key points for dimensions to coordinate system reference planes into consecutive key
points of the dimensions.

<gaModule>SMDwgConvertToCoordDimGA</gaModule>
<gaModuleSettings>
<filterCriteria pointName='FEATURE_DIMPOINT_TOP'/>
</gaModuleSettings>
Customization
Based on the point name specified, the respective key points are grouped.
Examples
This geometric analyzer converts the points to a single set of consecutive key points.
1057
Annotation Modules
The distance measured is cumulative and the dimension line is continuous. The end point of the
first dimension becomes the start point of next dimension.
SMDGAEliminateLabelsWithMissingParents
If all parents of a label are not drawn, then the label is not drawn.
Applies only to seam labels. Shows a seam when both adjacent target plate parts have
been drawn. Other seams are omitted. When a single plate is drawn without any adjacent
plates, no seam symbols are drawn.

<gaModule>SMDGAEliminateLabelsWithMissingParents</gaModule>
Customization
None
Examples
Seam example:
In the first example, plate 1 is drawn. The seam labels at adjacent plates are drawn (green
lines).
In the second example, plate 1 is not drawn. The seam labels at adjacent plates are not drawn
(blue lines).
1058
Annotation Modules
Content Modules
Content modules are used in Drawings label templates to generate labels or dimensions based
on criteria of the 3D objects represented in the drawing views. These modules generally run a
report of a label in order to pass the results on to another module. The content modules are
highly customizable because they are essentially report labels. Content modules for dimensions
also place dimensions on the drawing view.
See Also
Topics
DrawingCuttingPlanesContent ...................................................... 1060
DrawingDimContAngNoReplace ................................................... 1060
DrawingDimContentAngular .......................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearH .......................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearV .......................................................... 1061
DrawingDimContentRadial ............................................................ 1062
DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace .................................................. 1062
DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace .................................................. 1063
DrawingDimContRadNoReplace ................................................... 1063
DrawingFlowDirectionContent ....................................................... 1063
DrawingLabelHelper ...................................................................... 1064
DrawingMatchlineContent.............................................................. 1066
DrawingNArrowContent ................................................................. 1066
DrawingNoContent ........................................................................ 1067
DrawingOrientToY0Content........................................................... 1067
DrawingPipeSegsDimContent ....................................................... 1068
DrawingPipeSegsDimContNoReplace .......................................... 1068
DrawingReferenceLabelContent ................................................... 1068
DrawingWeldSymbols.................................................................... 1069
DwgScantlingWeld......................................................................... 1070
ISDimensionContentOverride ........................................................ 1071
ISDwgEndCutRuleServer .............................................................. 1071
ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol .......................................................... 1072
ISDwgSlotRuleServer .................................................................... 1074
ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent ..................................................... 1074
ISKnucklePointSymbolContent ...................................................... 1075
ISKnuckleSlopingDirectionSymbolContent.................................... 1075
ISMfgMarginSymbolContent .......................................................... 1077
ISPlateAngleSymbolContent ......................................................... 1077
ISPlateThicknessSymbolContent .................................................. 1078
ISProfileAngleSymbolContent ....................................................... 1079
ISProfilePartThicknessSymbolContent.......................................... 1080
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM ............................................ 1081
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM ........................................... 1082
1059
Annotation Modules
ISProfileSysThicknessSymbolContent .......................................... 1082
ISRulesetLabelContent .................................................................. 1083
ISSeamSymbolContent ................................................................. 1083
ISShipDirectionSymbolContent ..................................................... 1084
ProfileSketchMarkingLineSymbol .................................................. 1085
SM3D ProfileSketchFeatureSymbol .............................................. 1086
SlotSymbols ................................................................................... 1087
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM ............................................ 1088
SMDrawingDimContentLinear ....................................................... 1089
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM ........................................ 1089
SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM ................................................. 1090
SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent ............................................... 1091
SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent ........................................... 1091
SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent ............................................ 1092
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent .................................................. 1092
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSDirectionContent.................................... 1093
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent ......................................................... 1093
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolContent ................................. 1094
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery.............................................................. 1095
StructuralWidgetLabelContent ....................................................... 1095
SMProfileSeamSymbolContent ..................................................... 1096
ThicknessSymContent ................................................................... 1096
SMPSWebThicknessContent ........................................................ 1098
DrawingCuttingPlanesContent
Outputs cutting plane information based on the view direction of the section view. Inherits
functionality from DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064).

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingCuttingPlanesContent"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
Example
DrawingDimContAngNoReplace
Places an angular dimension. Dimension is based on paper-space in the SmartFrame. This
module is only used by the penetration plate dimensioning in Piping Isometric Drawings.
1060
Annotation Modules
<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingDimContAngNoReplace"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingDimContentAngular
Places an angular dimension. Dimension is based on 3D model angle instead of what is
generated in the SmartFrame.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingDimContentAngular"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingDimContentLinearH
Places a horizontal dimension and replaces the value of the dimension with the distance
between two dimensioning points in the 3D model.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingDimContentLinearH"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
1061
Annotation Modules
DrawingDimContentLinearV
Places a vertical dimension and replaces the value of the dimension with the distance between
two dimensioning points in the 3D model.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingDimContentLinearV"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingDimContentRadial
Places a radial dimension using the actual 3D model radius. This module is only used by the
penetration plate dimensioning function in Piping Isometric Drawings.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingDimContentRadial"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace
Places a horizontal dimension that is based on paper-space in the SmartFrame.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
1062
Annotation Modules
DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace
Places a horizontal dimension that is based on paper-space in the SmartFrame.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingDimContRadNoReplace
Places a radial dimension using the 2D paper-space model radius in the SmartFrame.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingDimContRadNoReplace"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingFlowDirectionContent
Places flow arrows on pipe runs and orients them based on the flow arrow setting.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingFlowDirectionContent"/>
<unidirectionalSymbol>Piping Plan_FlowArrow_By
Part_Flow_arrow1.sym</undirectionalSymbol>
<bidirectionalSymbol>Piping Plan_FlowArrow_By
Part_Flow_arrow-bi.sym</bidirectionalSymbol>
<noFlowSymbol>Piping Plan_FlowArrow_By
Part_No-Flow_Arrow1.sym<noFlowSymbol>
</content>
</label>
The symbol file must be located in the same directory as the label template XML.
1063
Annotation Modules
Customization
unidirectionalSymbol, bidirectionalSymbol, noFlowSymbol
Example
DrawingLabelHelper
Outputs data in a textbox that is taken from a specified report label.

<label>
<content>
<ID attributeName="Equipment Plan_Equipment_Name">Equipment
Plan_Equipment_Name.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
The ID attributeName must match the name in the Value field of the Text Box Properties
dialog box for the Label Template SYM file you are modifying. For more information on
modifying Label Templates, see Create a Compound Label with a Combined Symbol (on
page 735).
The report template must be located in the same directory as the label template XML.
Customization
attributeName
1064
Annotation Modules
Examples
Sample Output:
This image has been modified in order to demonstrate the label.

Text Box Properties dialog box:
1065
Annotation Modules
DrawingMatchlineContent
Generates Matchline content. This content module is dependent on the DrawingMatchlinePG
point generator. For more information, see DrawingMatchlinePG (on page 1013).

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingMatchlineContent"/>
<ID attributeName="Matchline"
type="North">Matchline\MatchlineNorth.rtp</ID>
type="West">Matchline\MatchlineWest.rtp</ID>
type="South">Matchline\MatchlineSouth.rtp</ID>
type="East">Matchline\MatchlineEast.rtp</ID>
<useView>-1</useView>
</content>
</label>
page 735).
Customization
attributeName, useView
DrawingNArrowContent
Determines direction of true North for the North Arrow symbol.

<label
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingNArrowContent"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
1066
Annotation Modules
Example
DrawingNoContent
Returns no content.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingNoContent"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingOrientToY0Content
Orients label content to the Y0 grid of the coordinate system. This module is used by the
OffCenterline label and inherits its functionality from the DrawingLabelHelper. For more
information, see DrawingLabelHelper (on page 1064).

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingOrientToY0Content"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
1067
Annotation Modules
DrawingPipeSegsDimContent
Places a linear dimension at any angle using the 3D model distance between the dimensioning
points. Distance is perpendicular to axes of pipe segments.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingPipeSegsDimContent"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingPipeSegsDimContNoReplace
Places a linear dimension at any angle using the 2D paper-space distance between the
dimensioning points. Distance is perpendicular to axes of pipe segments.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingPipeSegsDimContNoReplace"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingReferenceLabelContent
Uses data from reports to label objects in drawings. Typically, the value passed from reports to
drawings is an item number, but data from any field in the report can be passed in. Two
conditions exist in order for this content module to work properly: 1) The drawing view must be
linked to a report, and 2) the item being labeled in the view style must be in the report. If
condition one is not true, an error is logged in the SP3D Error Log. If condition two is not true, a
question mark (?) is displayed.
1068
Annotation Modules
<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingReferenceLabelContent"/>
<ID attributeName="ItemTag">ItemTag.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
page 735).
Customization
attributeName
DrawingWeldSymbols
Determines what weld symbols to place on a drawing

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DrawingWeldSymbols"/>
<ID>WeldSymbols\Weldsymbol.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
page 735).
Customization
attributeName
1069
Annotation Modules
DwgScantlingWeld
Creates a weld symbol. Selects a weld symbol file based on weld type.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="DwgScantlingWeld"/>
<contentModuleSettings>
<symbolInfo>
<weldInfo>
<weldType>ButtWeld1</weldType>
</weldInfo>
<symbol>Structure_Weld_IButt.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<weldInfo>
<weldType>TeeWeld1</weldType>
</weldInfo>
<symbol>Structure_Weld_Tee1.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</contentModuleSettings>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the weld symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different weld types.
weldInfo - Contains options for the weld using the end cut symbol.
weldType - Specify a weld type as defined in the Catalog, such as ButtWeld1, ButtWeld2, and
TeeWeld1.
symbol - Specify the weld symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
the same folder as the label template XML file.
Examples
Each weldType can place a different weld symbol.
1 - Tee weld
2 - Butt weld
1070
Annotation Modules
ISDimensionContentOverride
Places a horizontal dimension between two points on a non-scale drawing, such as a profile
sketch drawing. The distance between the points is determined from the model, and a string
with that value overrides the incorrect value of the not-to-scale dimension. This module is
typically used with the ISDimensionBtwPointsPG (on page 1030) point generator and the
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA (on page 1054) geometric analyzer.
Vertical dimensions are not supported.

<dimension>
<dimensionContentModules>
<horiz>ISDimensionContentOverride</horiz>
</dimensionContentModules>
</dimension>
Customization
None
Example
ISDwgEndCutRuleServer
Receives profile and end cut geometry from an end cut content module, and returns the
appropriate end cut symbol.
Used with a delivered content module, such as ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol (on page
1072), and as an interface with third-party software.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol"/>
<externalRuleServer value="ISDwgEndCutRuleServer"/>
.....
1071
Annotation Modules
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol
Creates a profile end cut symbol. Selects an end cut symbol file based on profile cross-section,
end cut type, location of the endcut on the profile, and end cut filter.
Used with the external rule server ISDwgEndCutRuleServer (on page 1071).

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol"/>
<externalRuleServer value="ISDwgEndCutRuleServer"/>
<symbolInfo>
<profileInfo>
<SectionType>B</SectionType>
<EndCutType>W</EndCutType>
<WebCutType>WebCut_C3Right</WebCutType>
<ProfileSide>Start</ProfileSide>
<WebCutFilter>
<![CDATA[Catalog Filters\Default Filters\
Drawing Filters\Types of Drawings\
Scantling By Plate Parts\EndCut Filters\
Sniped Web with Cutback]]>
</WebCutFilter>
<TopFlangeCutFilter>
<![CDATA[Any]]>
</TopFlangeCutFilter>
<BottomFlangeCutFilter>
<![CDATA[Any]]>
</BottomFlangeCutFilter>
</profileInfo>
<symbol>EndCut_1_Open_Off_S.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<profileInfo>
<SectionType>B</SectionType>
<EndCutType>W</EndCutType>
<WebCutType>WebCut_C3Right</WebCutType>
<ProfileSide>End</ProfileSide>
<WebCutFilter>
<![CDATA[Catalog Filters\Default Filters\
Drawing Filters\Types of Drawings\
Scantling By Plate Parts\EndCut Filters\
Sniped Web with Cutback]]>
</WebCutFilter>
<TopFlangeCutFilter>
1072
Annotation Modules
<![CDATA[Any]]>
</TopFlangeCutFilter>
<BottomFlangeCutFilter>
<![CDATA[Any]]>
</BottomFlangeCutFilter>
</profileInfo>
<symbol>EndCut_1_Open_Off_S.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the end cut symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different profile and end cut
combinations.
profileInfo - Contains options for the profile using the end cut symbol.
SectionType - Specify a profile section type defined in the Catalog, such as B, BUL2, EA, FB,
T, or UA. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
EndCutType - Specify an end cut type as defined in the Catalog, such as W, C, F, S, FV, R, or
RV. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
WebCutType - Specify a web cut type as defined in the Catalog, such as WebCut_C3Right,
WebCut_F1B, or WebCut_S1. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
ProfileSide - Specify the end of the profile, relative to the drawing view. Use Start or End. Start
is the bottom and/or left-most end. End is the top and/or right-most end. Different symbols are
typically specified for Start and End when the symbols are unsymmetrical.
1 - Start
2 - End
WebCutFilter, TopFlangeCutFilter, BottomFlangeCutFilter - Specify a filter as defined in the

Catalog. The complete filter path is specified using the XML character data CDATA format. No
end cut symbol is placed for an end cut that does not meet the filter criteria. For more
information, see Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure Drawings and Reports (on page 282).
symbol - Specify the end cut symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is located
in the same folder as the label template XML file. For more information, see End Cut Embedded
Symbols (on page 995).
1073
Annotation Modules
Example
Each combination of options in symbolInfo can place a different end cut symbol. Three types
are shown in the example.
ISDwgSlotRuleServer
Receives profile and slot geometry from a slot content module, and returns the appropriate slot
symbol.
Used with a delivered content module, such as SlotSymbols (on page 1087), and as an
interface with third-party software.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SlotSymbols"/>
<externalRuleServer value="ISDwgSlotRuleServer"/>
.....
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent
Creates a symbol containing the knuckle angle value obtained from the embedded report.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent"/>
<ID attributeName="Scantling Knuckle Surface Angle">
Scantling Knuckle Surface Angle.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
1074
Annotation Modules
Customization
attributeName - Specify an attribute name and the report file (.rtp) that queries the model for
needed values. The values are added to a symbol file (.sym) used by the report. If a path for a
file is not given, the report file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
Example
ISKnucklePointSymbolContent
Creates a knuckle point symbol on a plate.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISKnucklePointSymbolContent"/>
<symbolInfo>
<symbol>Scantling Knuckle Point Symbol.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the knuckle point symbol.
symbol - Specify the knuckle point symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is
located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
Examples
Creates a knuckle slope symbol on a plate, based on the direction of the slope.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISKnuckleSlopingDirectionSymbolContent"/>
<symbolInfo>
<knuckleInfo>
<SurfaceA_Topology>1</SurfaceA_Topology>
<SurfaceB_Topology>2</SurfaceB_Topology>
</knuckleInfo>
1075
Annotation Modules
<symbol>
Scantling Knuckle Plate Sloping Symbol.sym
</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<knuckleInfo>
<SurfaceA_Topology>2</SurfaceA_Topology>
<SurfaceB_Topology>2</SurfaceB_Topology>
</knuckleInfo>
<symbol>
Scantling Knuckle Plate Sloping Bothsides Symbol.sym
</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the knuckle slope symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different surface topology
combinations.
knuckleInfo - Contains properties for the knuckle surfaces
SurfaceA_Topology, SurfaceB_Topology - Specify whether each surface of the knuckle has a
slope with respect to the plane of the drawing view. Select 1 for no slope, 2 for slope.
symbol - Specify the knuckle slope symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is
Examples
Sloped on one side:
Sloped on two sides:
1076
Annotation Modules
ISMfgMarginSymbolContent
Creates a symbol containing the plate margin value obtained from the embedded report.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISMfgMarginSymbolContent"/>
<ID attributeName="MfgMarginValue">MfgMarginValue.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
Customization
Example
ISPlateAngleSymbolContent
Creates a symbol containing the plate angle value obtained from the embedded report.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISPlateAngleSymbolContent"/>
<ID attributeName="Scantling Plate Mounting Angle">
Scantling Plate Mounting Angle.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
Customization
Example
1077
Annotation Modules
ISPlateThicknessSymbolContent
Creates a plate thickness direction symbol for a non-target plate.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISPlateThicknessSymbolContent"/>
<symbolInfo>
<plateInfo>
<ThicknessDirection>Up</ThicknessDirection>
</plateInfo>
<symbol>
Scantlings\ISO Plate Thickness Direction Up.sym
</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<plateInfo>
<ThicknessDirection>Down</ThicknessDirection>
</plateInfo>
<symbol>
Scantlings\ISO Plate Thickness Direction Down.sym
</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<plateInfo>
<ThicknessDirection>Centered</ThicknessDirection>
</plateInfo>
<symbol>
Scantlings\ISO Plate Thickness Direction Centered.sym
</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the thickness symbol.
plateInfo - Contains options for the plate using the thickness symbol.
ThicknessDirection - Specify the thickness direction. Select Up, Down, Centered, or Any. Up
is determined by the positive axes of the drawing view, as defined by the orientation rule of the
view. For more information, see Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on page 259).
symbol - Specify the thickness symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different thickness directions.
1078
Annotation Modules
Example
ISProfileAngleSymbolContent
Creates a symbol containing the profile mounting angle value obtained from the embedded
report.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISProfileAngleSymbolContent"/>
<ID attributeName="Scantling Profile Mounting Angle">
Scantling Profile Mounting Angle.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
Customization
attributeName - Specify a symbol file (.sym) and the report file (.rtp) containing values to be
added to the symbol. The format is:
<ID attributeName="symbol file name (without .sym extension)">report file name.rtp</ID>
If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in the same folder as the label template XML
file.
Example
1079
Annotation Modules
ISProfilePartThicknessSymbolContent
Creates a profile thickness direction symbol for a profile part based on profile cross-section,
thickness direction, and flange direction.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISProfilePartThicknessSymbolContent"/>
<symbolInfo>
<profileInfo>
<crossSectionType>BulbFlat</crossSectionType>
<thicknessDirection>Up</thicknessDirection>
<flangeDirection>Up</flangeDirection>
</profileInfo>
<symbol>
Scantlings\
ISO Profile Bulb flat-section Thickness Up Flange Up.sym
</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<profileInfo>
<crossSectionType>UnequalAngle</crossSectionType>
<thicknessDirection>Down</thicknessDirection>
</profileInfo>
<symbol>
Scantlings\
ISO Profile L-section Thickness Down Flange Up.sym
</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
profileInfo - Contains options for the profile using the thickness symbol.
crossSectionType - Specify a profile section type defined in the Catalog. Select BulbFlat,
EqualAngle, UnequalAngle, FlatBar, IBar, TeeBar, Channel, RoundTube, RectangleTube,
or Any. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
thicknessDirection - Specify the thickness direction. Select Up, Down, Centered, or Any.
flangeDirection - Specify the flange direction. Select Up, Down, or Any.
1080
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different profile and thickness direction
combinations.
Annotation Modules
Up is determined by the positive axes of the drawing view, as defined by the orientation rule
of the view. For more information, see Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on
page 259).
Example
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM
Places a horizontal dimension on a profile feature, such as an edge or corner feature, on a
profile sketch drawing. Points for the dimension are created by
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG (on page 1034).

<dimension>
<horiz>ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM</horiz>
</dimension>
Customization
None
1081
Annotation Modules
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM
Places a radial dimension on a profile feature, such as an edge or corner feature, on a profile
sketch drawing. Points for the dimension are created by ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG
(on page 1036).

<dimension>
<horiz>ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM</horiz>
</dimension>
Customization
None
Creates a profile thickness direction symbol for a profile system based on thickness direction.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISProfileSysThicknessSymbolContent"/>
<symbolInfo>
<profileInfo>
</profileInfo>
<symbol>Scantling Thickness Direction Up.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<profileInfo>
<thicknessDirection>Down</thicknessDirection>
</profileInfo>
<symbol>Scantling Thickness Direction Down.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
profileInfo - Contains options for the profile using the thickness symbol.
1082
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different thickness directions.
Annotation Modules
page 259).
ISRulesetLabelContent
Creates a textbox symbol containing a value obtained from the embedded report.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISRulesetLabelContent"/>
<ID attributeName="Ruleset_Name">Ruleset_Name.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
Customization
ISSeamSymbolContent
Creates a seam symbol on a plate. Selects a seam symbol file based on seam type.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISSeamSymbolContent"/>
<symbolInfo>
<seamInfo>
<SeamType>Design<SeamType>
</seamInfo>
<symbol>Scantling Design Seam Symbol.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<seamInfo>
<SeamType>Planning</SeamType>
</seamInfo>
<symbol>Scantling Block Seam Symbol.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the seam symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different seam types.
seamInfo - Contains options for the seam.
SeamType - Specify a seam type. Select Design, Intersection, Straking, Planning, or Any.
1083
Annotation Modules
symbol - Specify the seam symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
Examples
1- Design seam symbol on a target plate
2 - Design seam symbol on a non-target plate
ISShipDirectionSymbolContent
Creates a ship direction symbol for a specified view direction. A symbol is selected based on the
ship direction matching a selected view direction.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ISShipDirectionSymbolContent"/>
<directionValue>Up</directionValue>
<directionSymbols>
<port>port.sym</port>
<starboard>starboard.sym</starboard>
<aft>aft.sym</aft>
<forward>forward.sym</forward>
<up>up.sym</up>
<down>down.sym</down>
</directionSymbols>
</content>
</label>
Customization
directionValue - Specify the view direction. Use Up, Down, Left, or Right
1084
Annotation Modules
1 - Up
2 - Down
3 - Left
4 - Right
directionSymbols - Specify the symbol (.sym) file to use for each ship direction. Specify
symbols for port, starboard, aft, forward, up, and down. If a path for a file is not given, the
file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
View direction is the direction in paper space (that is, on the drawing sheet).
Ship direction is determined within the view based on the location and direction of the view
relative to the model.
Examples
Ship direction is up for a directionValue of Up. The up option of directionSymbols is used:
Ship direction is starboard for a directionValue of Right. The starboard option of

directionSymbols is used:
1085
Annotation Modules
ProfileSketchMarkingLineSymbol
Places appropriate marking symbol for a given type of marking line.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ProfileSketchMarkingLineSymbol"/>

<symbolInfo>
<MarkInfo>
<MarkingLineType>Fitting</MarkingLineType>
</MarkInfo>
<symbol>FittingMark.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<MarkInfo>
<MarkingLineType>Any</MarkingLineType>
</MarkInfo>
<symbol>DefaultMark.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo, MarkInfo, MarkingLineType, symbol
SM3D ProfileSketchFeatureSymbol
Places feature symbols for defined feature types.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ProfileSketchFeatureSymbol"/>

<symbolInfo>
<FeatureInfo>
<FeatureType>EdgeFeature</FeatureType>
</FeatureInfo>
<symbol>EdgeFeature.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<FeatureInfo>
<FeatureType>WaterStop</FeatureType>
</FeatureInfo>
<symbol>WaterStop.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
1086
Annotation Modules
<FeatureInfo>
<FeatureType>Any</FeatureType>
</FeatureInfo>
<symbol>DefaultFeature.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo, FeatureInfo, symbol
Example
1 - Symbol for a waterstop feature

2 - Symbol for an edge feature
SlotSymbols
Creates a profile slot symbol. Selects a slot symbol file based on slot type, collar side, and plate
tightness.
Used with the external rule server ISDwgSlotRuleServer (on page 1074).
Typically used only with classification drawings containing light (non-detailed) parts.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SlotSymbols"/>
<externalRuleServer value="ISDwgSlotRuleServer"/>
<symbolInfo>
<slotInfo>
<SlotType>SlotAA</SlotType>
<CollarSide>Any</CollarSide>
<PlateTightness>Non-Tight</PlateTightness>
</slotInfo>
<symbol>SystemSlotAA.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<slotInfo>
1087
Annotation Modules
<SlotType>SlotFA</SlotType>
<CollarSide>Hidden</CollarSide>
<PlateTightness>Tight</PlateTightness>
</slotInfo>
<symbol>SystemSlotF_CH_T.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the slot symbol.
slotInfo - Contains options for the slot using the slot symbol.
SlotType - Specify a slot type defined in the Catalog, such as SlotAA, SlotAC, or Slot AI. For
more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
CollarSide - Specify the side of the penetrated plate on which the collar is mounted, as the
collar appears in the drawing view. Select Hidden, Visible, or Any.
PlateTightness - Specify the tightness of the penetrated plate. Select Tight, Non-Tight, or
Any.
symbol - Specify the slot symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
the same folder as the label template XML file. For more information, see Slot Embedded
Symbols (on page 1002).
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different slot combinations.

CollarSide is used to define a SlotType, but the collar geometry may not be defined in the
symbol file.
Example
1088
Annotation Modules
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM
Creates a label containing the girth length of a curve.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
SMDrawingDimContentLinear
Places a linear dimension parallel to an imaginary line drawn between two dimensioning points,
and replaces the value of the dimension with the distance between two dimensioning points in
the 3D model.
Usage in Dimension Template XML

<horiz>SMDrawingDimContentLinear</horiz>
<vert>SMDrawingDimContentLinear</vert>
</dimensionContentModules >
Customization
None
Example
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM
Outputs the labels in the shape of a bevel.
1089
Annotation Modules
<label>
<content>
<contentModule value = "SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
Example
SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM
Outputs the bevel symbol with labels on the profile sketch.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value = "SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
Example
1090
Annotation Modules
SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent
Creates labels containing the pin height obtained from the embedded report.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent">
<eliminateHeight>0</eliminateHeight>
</contentModule>
<ID attributeName="PinHeight">StrMfg PinJig PinHeight.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
Customization
eliminateHeight - Eliminates labels with a value less than or equal to the given height
(millimeters) value.
SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent
Creates a symbol containing the manufacturing profile margin obtained from the embedded
report.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent"/>
<ID attributeName="MfgProfileMarginValue">
MfgProfileMarginValue.rtp</ID>
</content>
</label>
Customization
1091
Annotation Modules
SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent
Creates labels for plate grid names.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent
Creates symbols to designate near side and far side of a plate.
Near side of a plate is the side with the most profile stiffeners.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent"/>
<directionSymbols>
<near>NearSide.sym</near>
<far>FarSide.sym</far>
</directionSymbols>
</content>
</label>
Customization
directionSymbols - Contains options for the symbols.
near, far - Specify the symbol file (.sym) for each side. If a path for a file is not given, the file is
1092
Annotation Modules
Creates ship direction symbols based on whether the near side or the far side of a plate is
displayed.
Near side of a plate is the side with the most profile stiffeners.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SMDwgScantlingNSorFSDirectionContent"/>
<directionSymbols>
<near>NearSide.sym</near>
<far>FarSide.sym</far>
</directionSymbols>
</content>
</label>
Customization
directionSymbols - Contains options for the direction symbols.
port, starboard, aft, forward, up, down- Specify the symbol file (.sym) for each direction. If a
path for a file is not given, the file is located in the same folder as the label template XML file.
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent
Creates a reference axis line with a tick mark at each reference plane. This module is used with
the SMDwgPositionAxis (on page 1122) positioning module.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SMRulerAxisSymbolContent"/>
<axisInfo>
<marginDefinition>1</marginDefinition>
<bottom>
<offset>0.03</offset>
<style>Normal</style>
<tickMarkInfo>
<plusX>0.0</plusX>
<minusX>0.01</minusX>
</tickMarkInfo>
</bottom>
<left>
<offset>0.03</offset>
<tickMarkInfo>
<plusX>0.0</plusX>
<minusX>0.01</minusX>
1093
Annotation Modules
</tickMarkInfo>
</left>
</axisInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
axisInfo - Contains options for axis graphics.
tickMarkInfo - Contains options for tick mark graphics.
marginDefinition - Relationship of the axis to the view margin. Use 0 for margin at the view
frame. Use 1 for margin at the drawing area. 0 is the default value.
bottom or top - Within axisInfo, where the horizontal axis is drawn relative to the drawing view.
left or right - Within axisInfo, where the vertical axis is drawn relative to the drawing view.
offset - Distance of the axis from the marginDefinition.
style - Line style for the axis or tick mark.
plusX, minusX - Length of tick marks from the axis.
Example
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolContent
Creates a looking direction symbol for the view.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolContent"/>
<directionValue>Right</directionValue>
<directionSymbols>
1094
Annotation Modules
<port>port.sym<port>
<starboard>starboard.sym</starboard>
<aft>aft.sym</aft>
<forward>forward.sym</forward>
<up>up.sym</up>
<down>down.sym</down>
</directionSymbols>
</content>
</label>
Customization
port - Specify the port direction symbol file (.sym).
starboard - Specify the starboard direction symbol file (.sym).
aft - Specify the aft direction symbol file (.sym).
forward - Specify the forward direction symbol file (.sym).
up - Specify the up direction symbol file (.sym).
down - Specify the down direction symbol file (.sym).
If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in the same folder as the label template
XML file.
Example
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery
Generates nozzle angle content. This content module is dependent on the
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace point generator. For more information, see
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace (on page 1020).
Customization
None
StructuralWidgetLabelContent
Generates structural widgets that can be moved.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="StructuralWidgetLabelContent"/>
</content>
</label>
Customization
None
1095
Annotation Modules
SMProfileSeamSymbolContent
Creates a seam symbol on a profile. Selects a seam symbol file based on seam type.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SMProfileSeamSymbolContent"/>
<symbolInfo>
<seamInfo>
<SeamType>Design<SeamType>
</seamInfo>
<symbol>Scantling Block Seam Symbol.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<seamInfo>
<SeamType>Any</SeamType>
</seamInfo>
<symbol>Scantling Unknown Seam Symbol.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
symbolInfo - Contains options for the seam symbol.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different seam types.
seamInfo - Contains options for the seam.
SeamType - Specify a seam type. Select Design, Intersection, Straking, Planning, or Any.
symbol - Specify the seam symbol file (.sym). If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
ThicknessSymContent
Creates profile thickness direction symbols for:
Non-target plate parts.
Profile parts based on profile cross-section, thickness direction, and flange direction.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="ThicknessSymContent"/>
<symbolInfo>
<objectInfo>
<crossSectionType>BulbFlat</crossSectionType>
1096
Annotation Modules
</objectInfo>
<symbol>..\ISO Profile Bulb flat-section Thickness
Up Flange Up.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
<symbolInfo>
<objectInfo>
<crossSectionType>N/A</crossSectionType>
<flangeDirection>N/A</flangeDirection>
</objectInfo>
<symbol>..\ISO Plate Thickness Direction Up.sym</symbol>
</symbolInfo>
</content>
</label>
Customization
objectInfo - Contains options for the plate or profile using the thickness symbol.
crossSectionType - Specify a profile section type defined in the Catalog. Select BulbFlat,
EqualAngle, UnequalAngle, FlatBar, IBar, TeeBar, Channel, RoundTube, RectangleTube,
or Any. Select N/A for plates. For more information, see 2D Symbols Reference Data Guide.
flangeDirection - Specify the flange direction for a profile. Select Up, Down, or Any for profiles.
Select N/A for plates.
symbolInfo is typically specified multiple times for different plate thickness directions and
different profile/thickness direction combinations.
page 259).
1097
Annotation Modules
Example
SMPSWebThicknessContent
Creates a web thickness direction symbol and places this on the top and bottom flanges of a
Built Up profile.

<label>
<content>
<contentModule value="SMPSWebThicknessContent"/>
<directionSymbols>
<Up>StrMfg ProfileSketch WebThickness_Up.sym</Up>
<Down>StrMfg ProfileSketch WebThickness_Down.sym</Down>
</directionSymbols>
</content>
</label>
Customization
directionSymbols - Specify the symbol (.sym) file to use for each web thickness. Specify
symbols for thickness up and down directions. If a path for a file is not given, the file is located in
1098
Annotation Modules
Examples
The Up option of directionSymbols specifies the thickness up direction.
The Down option of directionSymbols specifies the thickness down direction.
Up is determined by the positive axes of the drawing view, as defined by the orientation
rule of the view. For more information, see Orientation Rules in Marine Structure Drawings (on
page 259).
Control Generators
Control generator modules are used in Drawings label templates to generate text boxes for
labels.
See Also
Topics
DefaultLabelControlGenerator ....................................................... 1100
DrawingDimGenerator ................................................................... 1100
DrawingPipeSegmentsCG ............................................................. 1100
1099
Annotation Modules
DefaultLabelControlGenerator
Currently used by all label templates. Generates a label control for each label that is used to run
the positioning modules.

<annotationControlGenerator>
<acgModule>DefaultLabelControlGenerator</acgModule>
</annotationControlGenerator>
Customization
None
DrawingDimGenerator
Generates linear, angular, and radial dimension content in horizontal and vertical directions.
Used by most dimension templates.

<acgModule>DrawingDimGenerator</acgModule>
Customization
None
DrawingPipeSegmentsCG
Control generator used for pipe segments. Generates linear dimension content at any angle.

<acgModule>DrawingPipeSegmentsCG</acgModule>
Customization
None
1100
Annotation Modules
Positioning Modules
Positioning modules are used n Drawings label templates to position annotations either in clear
space or in a position absolutely relative to the object being labeled. There are no restrictions on
the number of positioning modules being used with a label or dimension. The positioning module
returns a valid position, an absolute position, or no valid position to the system. The system
consults the next positioning module if there are no valid positions.
See Also
Topics
posModulesSet .............................................................................. 1102
DrawingAbsolute ............................................................................ 1103
DrawingCenterThenAbove ............................................................ 1103
DrawingCenterThenAboveCL ........................................................ 1104
DrawingCenterThenRotate ............................................................ 1104
DrawingCentroid ............................................................................ 1105
DrawingCoordLblPosMod .............................................................. 1105
DrawingDimAbsolutePos ............................................................... 1106
DrawingDimHorizBottomCS .......................................................... 1106
DrawingDimHorizTopCS................................................................ 1106
DrawingDimMarginPos .................................................................. 1107
DrawingDimPipeSegPos ............................................................... 1107
DrawingDimVertLeftCS.................................................................. 1107
DrawingDimVertRightCS ............................................................... 1108
DrawingGridLblHoriz...................................................................... 1108
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly............................................................ 1109
DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos........................................................... 1109
DrawingGridLblVert ....................................................................... 1110
DrawingMatchlinePositioning......................................................... 1110
DrawingQuadFour ......................................................................... 1111
DrawingQuadOne .......................................................................... 1111
DrawingQuadThree ....................................................................... 1112
DrawingQuadTwo .......................................................................... 1112
DrawingVectorAbsolute ................................................................. 1113
DwgClippedPositioning .................................................................. 1113
DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos ............................................................ 1113
DwgLinearAbsPos ......................................................................... 1114
DwgLinearPositioning .................................................................... 1114
DwgMatchlineWithDim................................................................... 1115
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D ............................................................. 1115
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D ............................................... 1118
ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin .............................................. 1120
SMDwgPositionAxis....................................................................... 1122
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis ................................................. 1122
SMDwgPositionGridLblMarginOnly ............................................... 1125
1101
Annotation Modules
posModulesSet
Provides keypoint settings used by positioning modules.

<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
<posModules>
Positioning modules appear here
</posModules>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
Customization
connectPoint - Position of the leader termination if the label has a leader.
positioningPoint - Position of the label relative to the control point on the geometry.
Keypoints
1102
Top Left
Top Middle
Top Right
Middle Left
Middle Middle
Middle Right
Bottom Left
Bottom Middle
Bottom Right
Annotation Modules
DrawingAbsolute
Positions label at an absolute horizontal, vertical, or angular position. The position in coordinate
labels can flip the horizontal, vertical, or angle can be flipped depending on the view direction.

<posModules>
<hOffset>.005</hOffset>
<vOffset>-.005</hOffset>
<angle>0</angle>
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
hOffset, vOffset, angle
DrawingCenterThenAbove
Places a label either in the center of the linear segment or above the linear segment. The
orientation of the label and the definition of "above" is determined by the direction of the linear
segment. DwgLinearAbsPos or DrawingMarginOnly should always follow this module in the
posModules section of the XML.

<label>
<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
<PosModules>
<posModule value="DrawingCenterThenAbove">
</posModule>
<posModule value="DwgLinearAbsPos">
<percentageOffset>0.50</percentageOffset>
<offsetFromMember>0.01</offsetFromMember>
</posModule>
</PosModules>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
</label>
Customization
None
1103
Annotation Modules
DrawingCenterThenAboveCL
Places a label either above or on center of center line on a linear segment. "Above" is
determined by the direction of the line. If no clear space is found, the label is placed on the
longest visible segment of the center line of the linear segment. Used by Piping
Plan_FlowArrow_Longest Segment.xml.
Example
DrawingCenterThenRotate
Positions label in the center of the range of an object and rotates the label 90 degrees if there is
not enough clear space in the first position. The position in coordinate labels can flip the
horizontal, vertical, or angle can be flipped depending on the view direction.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingCenterThenRotate">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
1104
Annotation Modules
DrawingCentroid
Positions labels based on the white space located from the center of the related object and
vector. If objects have the same relation object and vector, they are grouped together. This
positioning module must be used with the DrawingPGNozzleandBrace (on page 1020) point
generator module.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingCentroid">
<rOffset>0.0</rOffset>
<labelType>0</labelType>
<rotation>0</rotation>
<fromMatchline>0</fromMatchline>
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
rOffset, labelType, rotation, fromMatchline
DrawingCoordLblPosMod
Orients coordinate labels based on the "up" direction of the drawing view. DrawingAbsolute or
DrawingMarginOnly should always follow this module in the posModules section of the XML.
This positioning module supports plan views only.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingCoordLblPosMod">
</posModule>
<hOffset>-0.003</hOffset>
<vOffset>0.02</vOffset>
<angle>1.570796</angle>
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
orientation
1105
Annotation Modules
Positions dimensions at an absolute location.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingDimAbsolutePos">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
DrawingDimHorizBottomCS
Places horizontal dimensions below the points being dimensioned on the drawing sheet.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingDimHorizBottomCS">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
None
DrawingDimHorizTopCS
Places a horizontal dimension above the points being dimensioned on the drawing sheet.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingDimHorizTopCS">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
None
1106
Annotation Modules
DrawingDimMarginPos
Places dimensions in the margin outside of the drawing view.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingDimMarginPos">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
None
DrawingDimPipeSegPos
Positions dimensions at any angle inside the view.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingDimPipeSegPos">
<maxOffset>0</maxOffset>
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
minOffset, maxOffset
DrawingDimVertLeftCS
Places vertical dimensions to the left of the points being dimensioned in the drawing sheet.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingDimVertLeftCS">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
None
1107
Annotation Modules
DrawingDimVertRightCS
Positions vertical dimensions to the right of the points being dimensioned on the drawing sheet.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingDimVertRightCS">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
None
DrawingGridLblHoriz
Positions horizontal grid labels to the left or right of a drawing view. The Orientation tag under
labelSettings determines whether the labels are positioned on the left or right side. A value of 3
positions the labels on the left side, while a value of 4 positions the labels on the right side.
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly and DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos must follow this positioning module
in the posModules section.

<label>
<labelSettings>
</labelSettings>
...
<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingGridLblHoriz"/>
<posModule value="DrawingGridLblMarginOnly"/>
<posModule value="DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos"/>
</posModules>
</label>
Customization
Orientation
1108
Annotation Modules
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly
Positions grid labels that are placed in the margin. Places grid labels at a perimeter offset value
in the margin determined by the orientation tag. A value of 1 places the label in the top margin, 2
in the bottom margin, 3 in the left margin, and 4 in the right margin. DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
must follow this positioning module in the posModules section.

<label>
<posModules>
</posModule>
</posModule>
</posModules>
</label>
Customization
Orientation
DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
Places a grid label at an absolute position in the margin determined by the orientation tag in the
XML file. A value of 1 places the label in the top margin, while 2 places a label in the bottom
margin, 3 places the label in the left margin, and 4 places the label in the right margin.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
orientation
1109
Annotation Modules
DrawingGridLblVert
Positions vertical grid labels above or below a drawing view. The Orientation tag under
labelSettings determines whether the labels are positioned above or below the view. A value of
1 positions the labels above the drawing view, while a value of 2 positions the label below the
drawing view. DrawingGridLblMarginOnly and DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos must follow this
positioning module in the posModules section.

<label>
<labelSettings>
</labelSettings>
...
<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingGridLblVert"/>
</posModules>
</label>
Customization
None
DrawingMatchlinePositioning
Positions matchline labels in the margin.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingMatchlinePositioning"/>
</posModules>
Customization
None
1110
Annotation Modules
DrawingQuadFour
Positions label in the fourth quadrant (upper-left) based on the positioning point. This module is
used with DrawingQuadOne, DrawingQuadTwo, and DrawingQuadThree. These modules do
not have to follow a certain order.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingQuadOne"/>
<posModule value="DrawingQuadTwo"/>
<posModule value="DrawingQuadThree"/>
<posModule value="DrawingQuadFour"/>
<hOffset>0.02</hOffset>
</posModules>
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
Additional customization is available in the labelSettings section of the XML file. For
more information, see SP3D Labels Overview OVR.
DrawingQuadOne
Positions labels in the first quadrant (upper-right) based on the positioning point. This module is
used with DrawingQuadTwo, DrawingQuadThree, and DrawingQuadFour. These modules do

<posModules>
<vOffset>0.02</hOffset>
</posModules>
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
1111
Annotation Modules
DrawingQuadThree
Positions labels in the third quadrant (lower-left) based on the positioning point. This module is
used with DrawingQuadOne, DrawingQuadTwo, and DrawingQuadFour. These modules do not
have to follow a certain order.

<posModules>
</posModules>
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
DrawingQuadTwo
Positions labels in the second quadrant (lower-right) based on the positioning point. This module
is used with DrawingQuadOne, DrawingQuadThree, and DrawingQuadFour. These modules do

<posModules>
</posModules>
Customization
hOffset, vOffset
1112
Annotation Modules
DrawingVectorAbsolute
Places label along a vector from the center of the view with a 4 cm offset.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DrawingVectorAbsolute">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
None
DwgClippedPositioning
Positions labels of clipped objects in the adjacent margin.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DwgClippedPositioning">
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
None
DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos
Positions labels on the ends of linear segments. Uses information from DrawingPGLinear (on
page 1019) to determine the ends of linear segments. For more information, see
DrawingPGLinear (on page 1019).

<label>
<posModule value="DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos">
<maxOffset>0</maxOffset>
</posModule>
</label>
Customization
minOffset, maxOffset
1113
Annotation Modules
Example
DwgLinearAbsPos
Positions label at an absolute offset from a linear object. The percentageOffset value
determines where the label is placed on the linear object. A value of 0 places the label at the
beginning of the object, or the bottom-left. A value of 1 places the label at the end of the object,
or the top-right. A value of 0.5 places the label at the half-way point of the object. The
offsetFromMember value determines the distance between the label and object. A positive
value places the label above or left of the object, while a negative value places the label below
or right of the object.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DwgLinearAbsPos">
<percentageOffset>0.50</percentageOffset>
<offsetFromMember>0.01</offsetFromMember>
</posModule>
</posModules>
Customization
percentageOffset, offsetFromMember
DwgLinearPositioning
Aligns the label to the longest line in the 2D representation of an object.

<label>
<posModules>
<posModule value="DwgLinearPositioning"/>
</posModules>
</label>
Customization
None
1114
Annotation Modules
DwgMatchlineWithDim
Positions labels and dimensions outside of the drawing matchline based on user-defined offsets.

<posModules>
<posModule value="DwgMatchlineWithDim"/>
</posModules>
Customization
dimension, dimStyle, dimTextOutside, dimTextRotateClearance, orientation, justification
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D
Positions a label along the 2D curve, using clearspace to avoid overlap with other labels. The
orientation of the label is set from the point, relative to the 2D curve, and is controlled by the
angle parameter.
The 2D curve of the 3D object must have one or more curves.

<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
<posModules>
<posModule value="ISDwgPositionByCurve2D">
<startCurveRatio>0.0</startCurveRatio>
<endCurveRatio>1.0</endCurveRatio>
<angle>0</angle>
<anchor>1</anchor>
<searchMode>0</searchMode>
</posModule>
</posModules>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
Customization
startCurveRatio, endCurveRatio These values specify the start and end points on the 2D
curve between which the search for clearspace positioning is performed. The values are
specified as a ratio along the length of the curve. The endCurveRatio must be greater than
startCurveRatio. Both startCurveRatio and endCurveRatio must be between 0.0 and 1.0.
angle - Orientation of the label
1115
Annotation Modules
0
Tangent
Tangent to a curve
Normal Out
Along outward normal
Normal In
Along inward normal
Horizontal
Vertical
Default
Orientation
Uses the orientation

from the content
module
anchor - The point on the label used for positioning

0
1116
Treat As
Label
Uses a keypoint on the

bounding box of the
label, as specified by
the connectPoint
option in
posModulesSet (on
page 1102).
Annotation Modules
1
Treat As
Symbol
Uses the origin of the

symbol
searchMode - Starting point for the clearspace search along the curve
0
From Center
Starts from the center

of the 2D curve. Tries
to place the label to
the left or right of the
center of the curve.
Low To High
Starts from the

startCurveRatio
location. Tries to place
the label in clearspace
in a search towards
the endCurveRatio
location.
High To Low
Starts from the

endCurveRatio
location. Tries to place
the label in clearspace
in a search towards
the startCurveRatio
location.
Example
Angle is 0, anchor is 0 (using connectPoint 4 in posModulesSet), startCurveRatio is 0.0,
endCurveRatio is 1.0, searchMode is 0
1117
Annotation Modules
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D
Places a label at an absolute position along the 2D curve. This is similar to the
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D (on page 1115) positioning module, but does not use clearspace. The
absolute position is the point created by the point generator used in the label template. The
orientation of the label is set from the point, relative to the 2D curve, and is controlled by the
angle parameter.
This module can be used as the last positioning module in a label template. It will position
the label when other clearspace positioning modules cannot find a location.

<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
<posModules>
<posModule value="ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D">
<angle>0</angle>
<anchor>1</anchor>
</posModule>
</posModules>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
Customization
1118
Tangent
Tangent to a curve
Normal Out
Along outward normal
Normal In
Along inward normal
Annotation Modules
3
Horizontal
Vertical
Default
Orientation
Uses the orientation

from the content
module
anchor - The point on the label used for positioning

0
Treat As
Label
Uses a keypoint on the

bounding box of the
label, as specified by the
connectPoint option in
posModulesSet (on
page 1102).
Treat As
Symbol
Uses the origin of the

symbol
Example
Angle is 0 and anchor is 0 (using connectPoint 4 in posModulesSet)
1119
Annotation Modules
ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin
Positions a label for a 2D curve at the view margin relative to the position of the curve.
The 2D geometry of the 3D object must have one or more curves.

<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
<posModules>
<posModule value="ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin">
<top>1</top>
<bottom>1</bottom>
<left>1</left>
<right>1</right>
<angle>3</angle>
<anchor>0</anchor>
</posModule>
</posModules>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
Customization
top, bottom, left, right - Sides of the view that can be used to locate the label. Labels can only
be located in the margins of the specified sides. Use 1 to allow a label in the margin. Use 0 if no
label in the margin is needed.
1120
Tangent
Normal Out
Annotation Modules
2
Normal In
Horizontal
Vertical
Default
Orientation
anchor - The point on the label used for positioning.

0
Treat as
Label
Treat as
Symbol
Uses a keypoint on
the bounding box of
the label, as specified
by the connectPoint
option in
posModulesSet (on
page 1102).
Uses the origin of the symbol
1121
Annotation Modules
Example
The label is placed in the view margin instead of on the profile geometry.
SMDwgPositionAxis
Positions the reference plane axis line. This module is used with the
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent (on page 1093) content module.

<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
<posModules>
<posModule value="SMDwgPositionAxis" />
</posModules>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
Customization
None
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis
Positions a label for a 2D curve based on a related reference plane. For example, if a non-target
plate is coplanar with a reference plane, the label for that plate can be positioned with respect to
the reference plane instead of the 2D curve for the plate.
1122
This module is used with the SMDwgGroupByAxisGA (on page 1057) geometric analyzer.
The 2D geometry of the 3D object must have one or more curves.
If no reference plane is identified for an object, then no label is positioned by this module.
Annotation Modules
<posSettings>
<posModulesSets>
<posModulesSet>
<posModules>
<posModule value="SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis">
<axisInfo>Grid Axis</axisInfo>
<top>
<offsetX>0.0</offsetX>
<offsetY>0.01</offsetY>
<angle>4</angle>
<anchor>0</anchor>
</top>
<bottom>
<angle>4</angle>
<anchor>0</anchor>
</bottom>
<left>
<angle>3</angle>
<anchor>0</anchor>
</left>
<right>
<angle>3</angle>
<anchor>0</anchor>
</right>
</posModule>
</posModules>
</posModulesSet>
</posModulesSets>
</posSettings>
Customization
axisinfo - Name of the label template .xml file that creates the reference planes.
top, bottom, left, right - Sides of the axis that can be used to locate the label. Labels can only
be located on the specified sides.
offsetX, offsetY - Offset settings within each of the sides.
3
Horizontal
1123
Annotation Modules
4
Vertical
anchor - The point on the label used for positioning.

0
Treat as
Label
Treat as
Symbol
Uses the origin of the symbol
Use
Connect
Point
Similar to 0 (Treat as Label), but uses a keypoint specified by

the connectPoint option defined directly in this module.
Uses a keypoint on
the bounding box of
the label, as specified
by the connectPoint
option in
posModulesSet (on
page 1102).
connectPoint- The keypoint on the text bounding box, used with the anchor option.
1124
Annotation Modules
Example
The thickness symbol is placed on the reference plane instead of the profile geometry.
SMDwgPositionGridLblMarginOnly
Positions grid labels that are placed in the margin. Places grid labels at a perimeter offset value
in the margin determined by the orientation tag. A value of 1 places the label in the top margin, 2
in the bottom margin, 3 in the left margin, and 4 in the right margin. DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos
(on page 1109) must follow this positioning module in the posModules section.

<label>
<posModules>
<posModule value="SMDwgPositionGridLblMarginOnly"/>
</posModule>
</posModule>
</posModules>
</label>
Customization
Orientation
1125
Annotation Modules
Leader Modules
Leader modules are used in Drawings label templates to determine where to position label
leaders on drawings. The leader module is responsible for determining the points for the leader
beginning and end. The leader module also determines the dimensions style of the leader line
(from styles.sha) and whether or not a jog is placed in the leader line. As a result of the leader
positioning, alabel is also positioned and placed on the drawing view.
See Also
Topics
DrawingCoordLeaderControl ......................................................... 1126
DrawingLinearLeader .................................................................... 1127
DwgLeaderControl ......................................................................... 1127
DwgMarginLeaderControl .............................................................. 1128
ISDwgMarginLeader ...................................................................... 1130
DwgStackLabelLeader................................................................... 1131
DrawingCoordLeaderControl
Places a leader line under the coordinate label. The style tag determines which dimension style
to use from styles.sha, while the breakline tag determines whether or not to place a job in the
leader. A value of -1 is true and places a jog in the leader, while a value of 0 does not place a
jog.

<label>
<leaderSettings>
<leaderModule>DrawingAbsoluteLeader</leaderModule>
<breakline>0</breakline>
</leaderSettings>
</label>
Customization
style, breakline
1126
Annotation Modules
DrawingLinearLeader
Places a leader with 3 segments used with grid lines and other linear objects. The style tag
determines which dimension style to use from styles.sha, while the breakline tag determines
whether or not to place a jog in the leader. A value of -1 is true and places a jog in the leader,
while a value of 0 does not place a jog. The jogSegmentOffset value is the linear offset of the
middle of the leader. The jogLength value is the length of the leader segment connected to the
label.

<label>
<leaderSettings>
<leaderModule>DrawingLinearLeader</leaderModule>
<style>ANSI_NOARROW</style>
</leaderSettings>
</label>
Customization
style, breakline, jogSegmentOffset, jogLength
DwgLeaderControl
Places a leader line between the label and the drawing object. The style tag determines which
dimension style to use from styles.sha, while the breakline tag determines whether or not to
place a job in the leader. A value of -1 is true and places a jog in the leader, while a value of 0
does not place a jog.

<label>
<leaderSettings>
<leaderModule>DwgLeaderControl</leaderModule>
<style>ANSI</style>
</leaderSettings>
</label>
Customization
style, breakline
Example
1127
Annotation Modules
DwgMarginLeaderControl
Places a three-segment leader used with grid lines and other linear objects. For labels that are
located outside of the view, a leader is placed between the matchline and the jog segment.

<label>
<leaderSettings>
<leaderModule>DwgMarginLeaderControl</leaderModule>
<leaderOffset>0.035</leaderOffset>
<style>ANSI</style>
</leaderSettings>
</label>
Customization
leaderOffset - The offset between the matchline and leader. By default, this value is 0.035 m.
style - Defines the dimension style to use from styles.sha.
breakline - Defines whether or not to place a jog in the leader. A value of -1 is true and places
jog in the leader, while a value of 0 does not place a jog.
When using leaderOffset, this value must be 0.
jogSegmentOffset - The linear offset of the middle of the leader.
jogLength - The length of the leader segment connected to the label.
Examples
1128
Annotation Modules
In the following example, leaderOffset is not enabled.
1129
Annotation Modules
In the following example, leaderOffset is enabled with the default value.
ISDwgMarginLeader
Places a leader line for margin labeling. The leader is places between the label and the drawing
object. Uses control points from the point generator module to place the terminator of the leader.

<label>
<leaderSettings>
<leaderModule>ISDwgMarginLeader</leaderModule>
<style>ANSI_NOARROW</style>
<witness>ANSI_NOARROW</witness>
</leaderSettings>
</label>
1130
Annotation Modules
Customization
style - Leader style, as defined in the SharedContent share in [Reference Data Product
Folder]\SharedContent\Drawings\Catalog\templates\Styles.sha
witness - Witness style. The witness line is between the leader and the label.
breakline - Use -1 to place a leader jog when the leader passes over a leader for another
annotation. Use 0 to place the leader without a jog.
jogSegmentOffset - Linear offset length of the middle of a jog segment.
jogLength - Length of the segment of the leader that is connected to the label when the leader
has a jog.
DwgStackLabelLeader
Places a single-segment leader line between the label and drawing object. If more than one
label exists for the object, the labels are stacked next to each other along the same axis of the
leader line.You must use the DrawingCentroid (on page 1105) positioning module with this
leader module.

<label>
<leaderSettings>
<leaderModule>DwgStackLabelLeader</leaderModule>
<style>ANSI</style>
</leaderSettings>
</label>
Customization
style, breakline
Example
1131
Annotation Modules
1132
Index
1
147
2
148
3
149
3D Model By Query 32
3D Model Data 32
A
Actions Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 109
Add A Drawing Volume Part Class 705
Add a Report Template 723
Add an Add-on View Style to an Existing
Ruleset View Style 120
Add Flow Arrows to Orthographic Drawings
77
Add-on Ruleset View Styles 247
AddOns Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style
Dialog Box) 119
AddOns Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)
116
Annotation Modules 1011
Apply a Clipped Solid Fill Style to a Drawing
69
Apply a Visible Fill Style to a Drawing 66
Apply an Add-On to a Source Action 117
Apply Grid Labels to Elevation and Section
Views 60
Apply Invisible Option to an Orthographic
View Style 73
Apply Symbology to Graphic Object
Aspects 76
Apply Transparency to an Orthographic
View Style 72
Apply Transparency to Members in a
Ruleset View Style 114
Area Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 118
Assembly Drawing Rule Set 192
Assign Drawing Objects to Specific Layers

86
AWS Standards in Drawings 21
B
Base Control Source
(MfgTemplateRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet)
212
Beam Part Source
(ISSteelOrderRuleSet.Default) 229
BeamPartDrawingWrapperEntity 958
Beams in Elevation View Styles 419, 494,
565, 613
Beams in Isometric View Styles 385, 426
Beams in Plan View Styles 393, 430, 449,
509, 543, 575, 589, 641
Beams in Structural Elevation View Styles
673
Beams in Structural Plan View Styles 687
Belongs to Query Custom Test 236
Bevel Orientation Custom Test 246
Bevel Source
(MfgProfileRuleSet.DefaultRuleSet) 205
Block Action
Get Parts in Range of the Block 169
Block Filters 284
Block Source
Bounded Custom Test 237
Braces in Isometric View Styles 425
Braces in Plan View Styles 394, 435, 506,
533, 576, 625
Braces in Structural Elevation View Styles
674
Braces in Structural Plan View Styles 688
Bulkload Drawings Scales to Codelists
705
Bulkload Files 289, 704, 711
C
Cable Tray Supports in Isometric View
Styles 424
Cable Tray Supports in Plan View Styles
450
433, 448
Cable Trays in Elevation View Styles 416,
554
1133
Index
Cable Trays in Isometric View Styles 423
Cable Trays in Plan View Styles 408, 473,
483, 590
Cableway in Isometric View Styles 572
Cableway Parts in Electrical Plan View
Styles 447
Cableway Parts in Elevation View Styles
415
Cableway Parts in Isometric View Styles
423
Cableways in Plan View Styles 407
CappedNormalPipe 958
Catalog Drawing Filters 283
Catalog Filters Used by Marine Structure
Drawings and Reports 283
Catalog Object Filters 284
Catalog Report Filters 289
Catalog Symbols 1010
Change the End Cut Embedded Symbol
Rule for a Source Action 117
Choose Symbol Dialog Box 101
Chord Line Source
(MfgPinJigSideView.Default) 218
Civil Elevation 932
Civil Isometric View Style 381
Civil Key Plan View Style 391
Civil Overall Key Plan 932
Civil Overall Key Plan View Style 392
Civil Plan 932
Civil Plan View Style 397
Civil Section 932
Civil View Styles 381
Clipped Labels 790
Clipping HVAC and Electrical Objects 409,
545
Clipping in Piping View Styles 585, 650
476, 591
Collation Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 255
CollationRule Sheet 292
Columns in Elevation View Styles 413,
492, 560, 609
Columns in Isometric View Styles 383,
425
Columns in Piping View Styles 642
Columns in Plan Drawing View Styles 394,
430, 436, 506, 576, 638
Columns in Plan View Styles 400, 449,
509, 538, 580
Columns in Structural Elevation View Styles
671
1134
Columns in Structural Plan View Styles

686
Compartment Source
Compartmentation Filters 285
Composed Drawings 35
Compound Labels 733
Concatenated Labels for Marine Structure
Drawings 748
Conduit Clipping in View Styles 566
Conduit Parts in Plan View Styles 477,
592
Conduits in Elevation View Styles 556
Conduits in Plan View Styles 451, 592
Connection Action
Label Butt Welds 186
Label Connections with Intersection
Symbols 184
Label Tee Welds 187
Label with Penetration Symbols 185
Connection Source
Connection Species Custom Test 238
Connection Type Custom Test 238
Connection, Knuckle, and Opening Filters
285
Content Modules 1059
Control Generators 1099
Control Points in Isometric View Styles
w/Coord Label 386
Control Points in Plan View Styles 511,
626
Control Points in Plan View Styles w/Coord
Label 396, 691
Coordinate and Control Point Labels 792
Coordinate Labels 797
Create a Compound Label Using Label
Rules 734
Create a Compound Label Using the
Content Module 738
Create a Compound Label with a Combined
Symbol 735
Create a Custom Cutting Plane Symbol
741
Create a Custom Symbol for Drawings
740
Create a filter-based report that uses the
DrawingMAP table 724
Create a Key Plan View Style 57
Create a Label 731
Create a New Isometric Style 716
Create a New Label Rule 733
Create a Ruleset View Style 124
Index
Create a View Style with Resymbolized
Normal Pipes 950
Create a View Style with Single Line Pipes
953
56
Create Border and Layout Templates 137
Create Line Styles to Use in Drawing View
Styles 58
Create or Edit a Graphic Preparation Rule
59
CtrlPtCoordSym_None_A_NL 812
CtrlPtECoord_None_CA_L 812
CtrlPtNCoord_None_CA_L 813
CtrlPtOnlyCoordSym_None_A_NL 813
CtrlPtOnlyECoord_None_CA_L 813
CtrlPtOnlyNCoord_None_CA_L 813
Custom Graphic Modules 947
Custom Graphic Rule Dialog Box 54
Custom Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)
116
Custom Tests Dialog Box 113
D
DefaultLabelControlGenerator 1100
DefaultLabelGeometricAnalyzer 1044
DefaultLabelPointGenerator 1013
Define a Layout Style 130
Define Layout Style Command 128
Define Layout Style Dialog Box 129
Define View Style Command (Tools Menu)
45
Define View Style Dialog Box 47
Delete a source on the Actions tab 114
DesignEquipmentPartSeparator 959
DetailSimpleReference 827
Dimension Rules 104, 885, 897
Dimension Rules XML 885
Dimension Templates 928
Dimension Templates XML 898
Dimension Templates XML Overview 898
Document and Sheet Naming Rules in
Marine Structure Drawings 269
Documentation Comments 19
Draw 2D Graphics Graphic Rule 282
Draw Detail Custom Test 245
Drawing Rules for View Styles 699
Drawing View Style Creation Process 389,
441, 534, 586, 618, 678, 695
Drawing Volume Properties Sheet 704
DrawingAbsolute 1103
DrawingCenterThenAbove 1103
DrawingCenterThenAboveCL 1104
DrawingCenterThenRotate 1104
DrawingCentroid 1105
DrawingCoordLblPosMod 1105
DrawingCoordLeaderControl 1126
DrawingCuttingPlanesContent 1060
DrawingDimAbsolutePos 1106
DrawingDimContAngNoReplace 1060
DrawingDimContentAngular 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearH 1061
DrawingDimContentLinearV 1062
DrawingDimContentRadial 1062
DrawingDimContLinHNoReplace 1062
DrawingDimContLinVNoReplace 1063
DrawingDimContRadNoReplace 1063
DrawingDimGenerator 1100
DrawingDimHorizBottomCS 1106
DrawingDimHorizTopCS 1106
DrawingDimMarginPos 1107
DrawingDimPipeSegPos 1107
DrawingDimVertLeftCS 1107
DrawingDimVertRightCS 1108
DrawingFlowDirectionContent 1063
DrawingGAByOppositePoints 1045
DrawingGAEndOfSegment 1045
DrawingGALabelInline 1047
DrawingGALongestSegment 1048
DrawingGAMarginOnly 1050
DrawingGAPipeSegments 1051
DrawingGAWelds 1052
DrawingGeometricAnalyzer 1053
DrawingGridLblHoriz 1108
DrawingGridLblMarginOnly 1109
DrawingGridLblMgnAbsPos 1109
DrawingGridLblVert 1110
DrawingIssueReason_Codelist Workbook
708
DrawingLabelHelper 1064
DrawingLinearLeader 1127
DrawingMatchlineContent 1066
DrawingMatchlinePG 1013
DrawingMatchlinePositioning 1110
DrawingNArrowContent 1066
DrawingNoContent 1067
DrawingOrientToY0Content 1067
DrawingPGByNote 1015
DrawingPGControlPoint 1016
DrawingPGCPThenNone 1016
DrawingPGCuttingPlane 1017
DrawingPGKeyPlanControlPoint 1018
DrawingPGLinear 1019
DrawingPGLocalCS 1020
DrawingPGNozzleandBrace 1020
DrawingPGObjectCorners 1021
1135
Index
DrawingPGPipeSegments 1021
DrawingPGStructHoriz 1021
DrawingPGStructVert 1022
DrawingPGWelds 1023
DrawingPipeSegmentsCG 1100
DrawingPipeSegsDimContent 1068
DrawingPipeSegsDimContNoReplace
1068
DrawingPointGenerator 1025
DrawingQuadFour 1111
DrawingQuadOne 1111
DrawingQuadThree 1112
DrawingQuadTwo 1112
DrawingReferenceLabelContent 1068
Drawings by Query Manager 37
Drawings-ExtendCustomAttributes
Workbook 707
DrawingVectorAbsolute 1113
DrawingWeldSymbols 1069
Ducts in HVAC View Styles (Normal
Orientation 541
Ducts in HVAC View Styles (Parallel
Orientation) 539
DummyGeomAnalyzer 1054
DwgClippedPositioning 1113
DwgLblEndOfSegmentPos 1113
DwgLeaderControl 1127
DwgLinearAbsPos 1114
DwgLinearPositioning 1114
DwgMarginLeaderControl 1128
DwgMatchlineWithDim 1115
DwgScantlingWeld 1070
DwgStackLabelLeader 1131
E
Edge Feature Source
Edit a label rule to allow non-orthogonal
label directions 1049
Edit a Label Rule to use the Equivalence
Label 1046, 1050
Edit a Layout Template 135
Edit Action Description Dialog Box 111
Edit an Isometric Backing Sheet 719
Edit Border Template Command (Tools
Menu) 130
Edit Layout Template Command 133
Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog Box 108
Eelctrical Raceway Plan 935
ElbowtoArc 960
ElbowtoSingleArc 960
Electrical Above Ground Plan 933
1136
Electrical Above Ground Plan View Style

404
Electrical CableTray Elevation 933
Electrical CableTray Elevation View Style
410
Electrical CableTray Isometric View Style
421
Electrical CableTray Key Plan View Style
427
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan 933
Electrical CableTray Layout Plan View Style
428
Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan 933
Electrical CableTray Overall Key Plan View
Style 434
Electrical CableTray Plan 934
Electrical CableTray Plan View Style 437
Electrical CableTray Section 934
Electrical CableTray Section View Style
451
Electrical Equipment Elevation 934
Electrical Equipment Elevation View Style
454
Electrical Equipment in Elevation View
Styles 414, 457
Electrical Equipment in Isometric View
Styles 459
444, 466
Electrical Equipment Isometric View Style
458
Electrical Equipment Key Plan 934
Electrical Equipment Key Plan View Style
460
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan 935
Electrical Equipment Overall Key Plan View
Style 461
Electrical Equipment Plan View Style 462
Electrical Equipment Section 935
Electrical Equipment Section View Style
467
Electrical Instrument Plan View Style 469
Electrical Lighting Plan View Style 478
Electrical Packages 299
Electrical Raceway Plan View Style 480
Electrical View Styles 404
Embedded Symbol Rules 993
End Cut and Slot Embedded Symbol Rules
995
End Cut Embedded Symbols 995
EnumerateEquipmentGraphicChildren 961
EnumerateHgrSupGraphicChildren 963
Equipment Elevation 935
Index
Equipment Elevation View Style 488
Equipment Foundations in Isometric View
Styles 426, 499, 629
400, 692
Equipment in Elevation View Styles 421,
561, 610
Equipment in Equipment Elevation View
Styles 493
Equipment in Equipment View Styles 511
Equipment in Isometric View Styles 499,
568, 629
Equipment in Piping View Styles 643
Equipment in Plan View Styles 395, 431,
436, 446, 505, 534, 577, 584, 626, 636
Equipment in Structural Plan View Styles
692
Equipment Isometric View Style 497
Equipment Key Plan View Style 502
Equipment Overall Key Plan 935
Equipment Overall Key Plan View Style
503
Equipment Packages 326
Equipment Plan 936
Equipment Plan View Style 506
Equipment Section 936
Equipment Section View Style 515
Equipment View Styles 488
EquipmentNozzleSeparator 964
Examples of Actions in Scantling Drawing
View Styles 168
Exclude 965
Exclude with Not Drawn Rule 967
Exporting 3D Model Graphics to
MicroStation 34
F
Feature Embedded Symbols 1009
Feature Source
Footing Piers in Isometric View Styles 384
Footings in Elevation View Styles 497
Footings in Isometric View Styles 427,
500, 633
Footings in Plan View Styles 512
Footings in Structural Elevation View Styles
676
Footings in Structural Plan View Styles
691
G
General Marine Label Rules 829
General Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style

Dialog Box) 122
General Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)
116
Generic Horizontal Dimensions 904
Generic Module Folder 34
Generic Name Labels 801
Generic Vertical Dimensions 906
GenericLineWrapperEntity 969
Geometric Analyzers 1044
Get Parts in Range Custom Test 238
GetActual3DGeometry 969
Graphic Rule - Line Dialog Box 95
Graphic Rule - Line with Widget Dialog Box
96
Graphic Rule - Symbol Dialog Box 99
Graphic Rule - VHL Dialog Box 92
Graphic Rules 88
Graphic Rules in Marine Structure Drawings
277
Graphic Style Dialog Box 115
Graphic Tab (Graphic Style Dialog Box)
115
Graphics Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with
Widget Dialog Box) 97
Grid Add-on Rulesets 249
Grid Filters 288
Grid Labels 806
Grid Line Elevation 0 in Isometric View
Styles 387
Grid Lines in Elevation View Styles 418,
564, 612
Grid Lines in Equipment Elevation View
Styles 491, 676
Grid Lines in Plan View Styles 399, 432,
445, 513, 544, 583, 645, 689
Grid Planes in Elevation View Styles 417,
491, 563, 613, 675
GridlinesDrawingWrapperEntity 969
H
Handrails in Elevation View Styles 417,
494, 563, 613
Handrails in Plan Drawings 543
Hanger and Support Piping Properties 827
Hangers and Supports Dimensions 907
HngSup - CAD Detail 936
HngSup - Cad Details View Style 521
HngSup - End 936
HngSup - End Style2 937
HngSup - End Style2 View Style 523
HngSup - End View Style 521
HngSup - ISO View Style 524
1137
Index
HngSup - Key Plan 937
HngSup - Key Plan Label 815
HngSup - Key Plan View Style 525
HngSup - Side Style2 937
HngSup - Side Style2 View Style 526
HngSup - Side View Style 525
HngSup End_KeyPlan_Coordinate Label
814
HngSup
End_KeyPlan_Coordinate_KPLabel
Label 814
HngSup View Styles 521
HngSup3View Package 358
Horizontal and Vertical Cable Trays 910
Horizontal Structure Dimensions 911
Hose Racks in Isometric View Styles 385
Hose Racks in Plan View Styles 398, 513
How Actions are Applied to a View 111,
169
Hull Lines - Body Plan View 144
Hull Lines and Manufacturing Label Rules
832
Hull Lines Drawings Rule Set 193
Hull Lines Source
(HullLinesRuleSets.DefaultRuleset) 194
HVAC Components in HVAC View Styles
541
HVAC Elevation 937
HVAC Elevation View Style 528
HVAC Isometric 938
HVAC Isometric View Style 529
HVAC Key Plan View Style 530
HVAC Overall Key Plan 938
HVAC Overall Key Plan View Style 531
HVAC Packages 337
HVAC Parts in HVAC View Styles 542
HVAC Plan 938
HVAC Plan View Style 537
HVAC Section 938
HVAC Section View Style 546
HVAC View Styles 528
I
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Drawings
Package 299
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Elevation
Package 300
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Isometric
Package 301
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan
Package 302
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Overall Key
Plan Package 303
1138
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Plan Package

303
Imperial_Electrical CableTray Section
Package 304
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Drawings
Package 305
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Elevation
Package 306
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Isometric
Package 306
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Overall Key
Plan Package 308
Imperial_Electrical Equipment Section
Package 310
Imperial_Electrical Instrument Plan
Package 310
Imperial_Electrical Lighting Plan Package
311
Imperial_Equipment Drawings Package
326
Imperial_Equipment Elevation Package
327
Imperial_Equipment Isometric Package
328
Imperial_Equipment Overall Key Plan
Package 329
Imperial_Equipment Plan Package 330
Imperial_Equipment Section Package 331
Imperial_HVAC Drawings Package 337
Imperial_HVAC Elevation Package 338
Imperial_HVAC Isometric Package 338
Imperial_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package
339
Imperial_HVAC Plan Package 340
Imperial_HVAC Section Package 341
Imperial_Instrument Drawings Package
347
Imperial_Instrument Elevation Package
348
Imperial_Instrument Isometric Package
349
Imperial_Instrument Overall Key Plan
Package 349
Imperial_Instrument Plan Package 350
Imperial_Instrument Section Package 351
Imperial_Piping Drawings Package 362
Imperial_Piping Elevation Package 362
Imperial_Piping Isometric Package 363
Imperial_Piping Overall Key Plan Package
364
Imperial_Piping Plan Package 365
Imperial_Piping Section Package 366
Index
Imperial_Structural Drawings Package
371
Imperial_Structural Framing Elevation
Package 372
Imperial_Structural Framing Isometric
Package 372
Imperial_Structural Framing Plan Package
373
Imperial_Structural Framing Section
Package 374
Import a Border File and Create a Drawing
Area 132
Import an Existing MicroStation DGN
Border 718
InsideOrAlongCurve2D 1025
Instrument Elevation 939
Instrument Elevation View Style 551
Instrument Isometric View Style 567
Instrument Key Plan View Style 573
Instrument Overall Key Plan 939
Instrument Overall Key Plan View Style
574
Instrument Packages 347
Instrument Plan View Style 578
Instrument Section 939
Instrument Section View Style 596
Instrument View Styles 551
ISAbsolutePointLabelPG 1028
ISDimensionBetweenPointsGA 1054
ISDimensionBtwPointsPG 1030
ISDimensionContentOverride 1071
ISDwgAbsolutePositionByCurve2D 1118
ISDwgEndCutRuleServer 1071
ISDwgMarginLeader 1130
ISDwgPointsAlongCurve2D 1028
ISDwgPointsForView 1033
ISDwgPositionByCurve2D 1115
ISDwgPositionByCurve2DAtMargin 1120
ISDwgProfileEndCutSymbol 1072
ISDwgSlotRuleServer 1074
ISGAEliminateMostCommonLabels 1055
ISGAEliminateOverlappingLabels 1056
ISKnuckleAngleSymbolContent 1074
ISKnucklePointSymbolContent 1075
1075
ISMfgMarginSymbolContent 1077
ISMidPointLabelPG 1033
Iso PenSpool Package 357
Iso Pipeline Manager Package 358
Iso Pipeline Package 357
Iso Spool Manager Package 358
Iso Spool Package 358
ISO Standards in Drawings 19

Iso Stress Package 358
Isometrics (by Query) Packages 357
ISPinJigPointsOnNearestPin 1033
ISPlateAngleSymbolContent 1077
ISPlateThicknessSymbolContent 1078
ISProfileAngleSymbolContent 1079
IsProfileAngular Custom Test 239
ISProfilePartThicknessSymbolContent
1080
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimCM 1081
ISProfileSketchFeatureLinearDimPG 1034
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimCM
1082
ISProfileSketchFeatureRadialDimPG 1036
1082
ISRulesetLabelAnalyzer 1056
ISRulesetLabelContent 1083
ISRulesetPointGenerator 1038
ISSeamSymbolContent 1083
ISShipDirectionSymbolContent 1084
K
Key Plan Drawing Requirements 699
Key Plan Style Dialog Box 125
Key Plan View Styles 698
Knuckle Action
Label Knuckles 189
L
Label Definition for Marine Structure
Drawings 745
Label Editor 727
Label Rules 102, 725
Label Rules in Marine Structure Drawings
829
Label Rules in Offshore Drawings 862
Label Rules XML 751
Label Templates
A - G 835
H - L 839
Mfg - R 840
Scantling 842
Ship Structure Plate 847
StrMfg - W 850
Label Templates in Marine Structure
Drawings 835
Label Templates XML 772
Label Templates XML Overview 772
Labels Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 122
1139
Index
Ladders in Elevation View Styles 420,
496, 565, 614
Ladders in Plan View Styles 478, 514,
582, 646, 693
Ladders in Structural Elevation View Styles
677
Layout Style Dialog Box 129
Layout Style Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 251
Layout Style Rules in Orthographic
Drawings 701
Leader Modules 1126
Level Custom Test 240
Lighting Fixtures in Plan View Styles 514
Lights in Plan View Styles 480
Line Styles in Marine Structure Drawings
269
Locations of Drawings and Reports Data
30
Longest Segment Labels 810
M
MakeDrawable 970
MakeDrawableSimple 971
Manufacturing Filters 288
Manufacturing PinJig Drawing Rule Set
201
Manufacturing PinJig Side View Rule Set
216
Manufacturing Profile Sketch Rule Set 202
Manufacturing Sketch Rule Set 206
Manufacturing Template Drawing Rule Sets
210
Manufacturing Templateset Full Scale
Drawing Rule Set 213
Marine Structure Drawing Labels, Symbols,
and Dimensions 743
Marine Structure Drawing Packages 140
Marine Structure Drawing Reports 294
Marine Structure Drawing View Style Rule
Sets 191
Marine Structure Drawing View Styles 142
139
Marking Line Embedded Symbols 1006
Marking Lines Source
Matchline Rules 107
Member Part Source
MemberCenterLineWrapperEntity 971
Members in Isometric View Styles 501,
631
1140
Metric_Electrical Above Ground Plan

Package 312
Metric_Electrical CableTray Drawings
Package 313
Metric_Electrical CableTray Elevation
Package 313
Metric_Electrical CableTray Isometric
Package 315
Metric_Electrical CableTray Layout Plan
Package 315
Metric_Electrical CableTray Overall Key
Plan Package 316
Metric_Electrical CableTray Plan Package
317
Metric_Electrical CableTray Section
Package 319
Metric_Electrical Equipment Drawings
Package 319
Metric_Electrical Equipment Elevation
Package 320
Metric_Electrical Equipment Isometric
Package 320
Metric_Electrical Equipment Overall Key
Plan Package 322
Metric_Electrical Equipment Plan Package
322
Metric_Electrical Equipment Section
Package 323
Metric_Electrical Instrument Plan Package
324
Metric_Electrical Lighting Plan Package
325
Metric_Equipment Drawings Package 331
Metric_Equipment Elevation Package 332
Metric_Equipment Isometric Package 333
Metric_Equipment Overall Key Plan
Package 333
Metric_Equipment Plan Package 334
Metric_Equipment Section Package 336
Metric_HVAC Drawings Package 342
Metric_HVAC Elevation Package 342
Metric_HVAC Isometric Package 344
Metric_HVAC Overall Key Plan Package
344
Metric_HVAC Plan Package 345
Metric_HVAC Section Package 346
Metric_Instrument Drawings Package 352
Metric_Instrument Elevation Package 352
Metric_Instrument Isometric Package 353
Metric_Instrument Overall Key Plan
Package 354
Metric_Instrument Plan Package 355
Metric_Instrument Section Package 356
Index
Metric_Piping Drawings Package 366
Metric_Piping Elevation Package 367
Metric_Piping Isometric Package 368
Metric_Piping Overall Key Plan Package
368
Metric_Piping Plan Package 369
Metric_Piping Section Package 370
Metric_Structural Drawings Package 375
Metric_Structural Framing Elevation
Package 375
Metric_Structural Framing Isometric
Package 376
Metric_Structural Framing Plan Package
377
Metric_Structural Framing Section Package
378
Mfg PinJig SideView 149
Mfg Profile Sketch 151
Mfg TemplateSet - Full Scale 152
Mfg Templateset (Full Scale) Package 141
Miscellaneous Dimensions 914
Miscellaneous Labels 812
Modify an Existing Border File 716
Modify Default Isometric Paths 714
Modify Label Symbol File 731
Modify Label XML File 732
Modify the Dimension Template Layer 86
Modify the Label Template Layer 87
Motors in Plan View Styles 443
N
Name Labels (DrawingAbsolute) 818
Name Labels (DwgLinearAbsPos) 820
Name Labels (Name-Elevation-Width) 822
Name Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 109
Name_None_AV_NL 816
Name_None_CPM_JL 817
Name_None_M_JL 817
Naming Rules Worksheet 289
North Arrow Label Rules 834
North Arrow Rules 108
North Arrow Templates 855
North-East Coordinate Labels 770
Nozzle Orientation Labels 823
Nozzle View Styles 599
O
Opening Action
Label with Typicals 190
Opening Source
OpeningDrawingWrapperEntity 972
Openings in Plan View Styles 690
Orientation Custom Test 241
Orientation Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 259
OrientationRule Sheet 291
Orthographic (by Query) Packages 358
Orthographic and Key Plan View Styles
380
Orthographic Drawing by Query
Components 379
Orthographic Drawing Packages 298
Orthographic Drawings by Query WRAP
38
297
Orthographic Drawings View Styles 380
P
Panels and Cabinets in Plan View Styles
514
Parent Plate Custom Test 241
Part Filters 286
PartOccTestCOMLabelFormat 828
PenPlatePointGenerator 1039
Pier and Slab Footings in Isometric View
Styles 383
Pipe Nozzles in Plan View Styles 602
Pipe Support Drawings Package 360
Pipe Supports 939
Pipe Supports - Components View Style
603
Pipe Supports - Piping View Style 603
Pipe Supports - Structure View Style 604
Pipe Supports in Elevation View Styles
558
Pipe Supports in Isometric View Styles
572
Pipe Supports in Plan View Styles 476,
594
Pipe Supports View Styles 602
PipeMfgMapSymbol Sheet 713
PipeMfgRules Sheet 712
PipeMfgSpoolRule Sheet 712
Pipes in Piping Elevation View Styles 615
Pipes in Piping View Styles 647
Pipes in Plan View Styles (Normal
Orientation) 594
PipeTurnFeattoArc 973
Piping Elevation 940
Piping Elevation Style2 View Style 620
Piping Elevation View Style 605
Piping Fire Protection Plan 940
1141
Index
Piping Fire Protection Plan View Style 622
Piping in Drawing View Styles 475, 624
Piping Instruments in Elevation View Styles
558
Piping Instruments in Isometric View Styles
571
472, 595
Piping Isometric Detail 940
Piping Isometric Detail View Style 633
Piping Isometric Drawing by Query
Packages 711
Piping Isometric Drawings by Query 39
709
Piping Isometric Drawings Surface-mounted
Components 715
Piping Isometric Key View Style 634
Piping Isometric View Style 627
Piping Key Plan View Style 634
Piping Overall Key Plan 940
Piping Overall Key Plan View Style 635
Piping Packages 361
Piping Parts in Elevation View Styles 560
Piping Parts in Isometric View Styles 571
Piping Parts in Piping Elevation View Styles
616
Piping Parts in Piping Isometric View Styles
632
Piping Parts in Piping View Styles 649
Piping Parts in Plan View Styles 474, 596
Piping Plan Style2 View Style 652
Piping Plan View Style 638
Piping Plan_M View Style 653
Piping Safety Shower Plan 940
Piping Safety Shower Plan View Style 656
Piping Section 941
Piping Section Style2 View Style 661
Piping Section View Style 658
Piping Utility Station Plan 941
Piping Utility Station Plan View Style 662
Piping View Styles 605
Place a Manual North Arrow on a Drawing
78
Place an Automatic Piping Isometric
Drawings Surface-mounted Components
Label 715
Plan Volumes in View Styles 395, 436,
504, 532, 578, 637
PlaneGeometryDrawingWrapperEntity 973
Planning Joint and Reference Curve Filters
289
1142
Plate Knuckle Source

Plate Part Action
Draw Non-Target Plates Bounded by
Target Hull Plate 171
Draw Non-Target Plates Bounded by
Target Plate 176
Draw Non-Target Plates Spit by Target
Plate 175
Draw Non-Target Plates That Split Target
Plate 177
Draw Target Hull Plate Parts 170
Draw Target Hull Plates as Non-Target
172
Draw Target Light Plates 173
Draw Target Plates 174
Plate Part Source
Plate Stiffeners Summary Label Template
860
Plate Systems on Hull Source
PlateContourDrawingWrapperEntity 974
PlateEdge Source
PlateOuterContourDrawingWrapperEntity
975
PlatePartDrawingWrapperEntity 976
PlateSystemDrawingWrapperEntity 977
Point Generators 1012
PortsSeparator 978
Positioning Modules 1101
posModulesSet 1102
Preface 13
Primary and Secondary Orientation Custom
Tests 242
Profile Knuckle Source
Profile Part Action
Draw and Label Hull Profiles 178
Draw Edge Reinforcement Profiles 180
Draw Non-Target Profiles 181
Draw Target Light Profiles 179
Draw Target Profiles 179
Profile Part Source
Profile Systems on Hull Source
ProfileCSDrawingWrapperEntity 979
ProfileKnuckleAsCurve 974
ProfilePartDrawingWrapperEntity 980
ProfileSketchMarkingLineSymbol 1086
Index
ProfileSystemCSDrawingWrapperEntity
981
ProfileSystemDrawingWrapperEntity 982
Q
Query Tab (Edit Ruleset View Style Dialog
Box) 118
R
Reference Curve Action
Draw and Label Reference Curves 188
(MfgTemplatesetFullScale.DefaultRuleset
) 215
Reference Labels 825
Replace Objects with Line Graphic Rule
281
ReplaceSlopedPipeOnHgr 982
ReplaceWPoint 984
Report Sheet 722
Reports Reference Data 721
Reports Sheet (Marine Structure Drawings)
292
R-Hierarchy Sheet 723
R-Hierarchy Sheet (Marine Structure
Drawings) 293
RteComponentsCtrLine 985
Rules in Marine Structure Drawings 251
Ruleset Custom Tests 236
Ruleset Sheet 291
S
Scantling Drawing Rule Sets 219
Scantling Label Rules 830
Scantling Profile Weld_IButt 865
Scantling Profile Weld_IVButt 866
Scantling Profile Weld_IXButt 866
Scantling Profile Weld_VButt 866
Scantling Profile Weld_XButt 867
Scantling Profile Weld_XButtSM 867
Scantling Profile Weld_YButt 867
Scantling Shell Profile Weld Label 865
Scantlings - Production - Major Views 154
Scantlings - Production - Shell Expansion
155
Scantlings - Production - Shell Profiles
157
Seam Action
Draw Seam Symbols on Bounding Plates

183
Draw Seam Symbols on Target Plates
182
Seam Filters 287
Seam Intersection Point Source
Seam Source
Seam Source
212
Seam Source
) 215
SeamDrawingWrapperEntity 986
Seams on Hull Source
Search Folders 41
Section Size Labels 826
Section View Orientation Rules in Marine
Structure Drawings 263
SectionSimpleReference1 828
SectionSimpleReference2 828
Select Border Family Dialog Box 135
Select Dimension Rule Dialog Box 55
Select Filter Dialog Box 111
Select Graphic Preparation Rule Dialog Box
53
Select Graphic Rule Dialog Box 89
Select Label Rule Dialog Box 55, 104
Select Layout Template Dialog Box 134
Select properties for a manufacturing
sketch source 209
Select Rule Dialog Box (Label Editor - Unit
of Measure) 730
Select Template Dialog Box 131
Select View Rule Dialog Box 105
Shell Expansion 159
ShipDwgSymbolFiles Sheet 290
ShipParentBlockAndPartName View Label
Template 277
Sibling Plates Stiffeners Summary Label
Template 861
SimpleVolumeToX 987
Slabs in Plan View Styles 396, 437, 505,
533, 577, 637
SlopedPipeWArcSymbol 987
Slot Embedded Symbols 1002
SlotSymbols 1087
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Elevation View
Style 486
1143
Index
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan 941
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Plan View Style
483
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section 942
SM_Electrical_Cable_Tray_Section View
Style 485
SM_Equipment_Plan 942
SM_Equipment_Plan View Style 518
SM_Equipment_Section 942
SM_Equipment_Section View Style 519
SM_HVAC_Elevation 943
SM_HVAC_Elevation View Style 520, 550
SM_HVAC_Plan 943
SM_HVAC_Plan View Style 548
SM_HVAC_Section 943
SM_HVAC_Section View Style 549
SM_Lighting_Plan 944
SM_Lighting_Plan View Style 487
SM_Piping_Elevation 944
SM_Piping_Elevation View Style 667
SM_Piping_Plan 944
SM_Piping_Plan View Style 665
SM_Piping_Section 945
SM_Piping_Section View Style 666
SM3D ProfileSketchFeatureSymbol 1086
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthCM 1089
SM3DDwgRemarkingGirthLengthPG 1039
SmartMarine 3D and Oracle 23
931
SmartMarine 3D Documentation Set 15
SMDGAEliminateLabelsWithMissingParent
s 1058
SMDrawingDimContentLinear 1089
SMDwgConvertToCoordDimGA 1057
SMDwgGroupByAxisGA 1057
SMDwgMfgPinHeightLabelContent 1091
SMDwgMfgProfileMarginSymContent
1091
SMDwgPinjigCornersDistancePG 1040
SMDwgPlateGridNameLabelContent 1092
SMDwgPointsByType 1040
SMDwgPositionAxis 1122
SMDwgPositionByCurve2DAtAxis 1122
SMDwgPositionGridLblMarginOnly 1125
SMDwgProfileWeldsPG 1041
SMDwgScantlingNSorFSContent 1092
1093
SMPointsByAssociateObjectsID 1041
SMProfileSeamSymbolContent 1096
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsCM
1089
1144
SMProfileSketchBevelShapeLabelsPG
1042
SMProfileSketchBevelSymbolCM 1090
SMPSWebThicknessContent 1098
SMRulerAxisSymbolContent 1093
SMTemplatesetFullScaleDirSymbolContent
1094
SP3DCoordinate_BottomLeft_CA_JL 819
SP3DCoordinate_TopRight_CA_JL 820
SP3DDrawingLabelQuery 1095
Spreadsheet Reports 41
Stairs in Elevation View Styles 419, 495,
566, 608, 617
Stairs in Plan View Styles 477, 515, 543,
582, 650, 693
Stairs in Structural Elevation View Styles
677
Steel Order 166
Steel Order - Detail Views 163
Steel Order - Section Views 165
Steel Order (Reference Plane) View Style
161
Steel Order Templates 858
Stiffened Plates Custom Test 245
StrMfgTemplateOffsetPG 1043
StrMfgTemplateSetOffsetPG 1043
StructOpenToX 988
Structural Framing Elevation 945
Structural Framing Elevation View Style
669
Structural Framing Isometric View Style
680
Structural Framing Key Plan View Style
682
Structural Framing Packages 371
Structural Framing Plan 945
Structural Framing Plan View Styles 683
Structural Framing Section 946
Structural Framing Section View Style 694
StructuralWidgetLabelContent 1095
Structure in Isometric View Styles 570
Structure in Plan View Styles 480
Structure Margin Dimensions 918
Structure_Weld 868
Structure_Weld_Fillet 875
Structure_Weld_IButt 876
Structure_Weld_IVButt 876
Structure_Weld_IXButt 876
Structure_Weld_Tee1 878
Index
Structure_Weld_TeeK 881
Structure_Weld_TeeV 881
Structure_Weld_TeeX 882
Structure_Weld_TeeY 882
Structure_Weld_VButt 877
Structure_Weld_XButt 877
Structure_Weld_YButt 877
Symbol Definition for Marine Structure
Drawings 749
Symbols in Orthographic Drawings 740
System Filters 287
System-FluidCode-Seq-Insul_None_CPM_
JL 817
T
) 214
Template Source
211
Template Source
) 214
The Management Console, Folders, and
Components 27
ThicknessSymContent 1096
Tools Menu 45
Trenches in Isometric View Styles 388
Trenches in Plan View Styles 399, 444,
515, 625
TrimPipeSurface 990
View Rules 105

View Style Properties Dialog Box 48
View Style Rules 87
View Templates 857
ViewNameDirectionScale View Label
Template 277
ViewTypeDirectionAndScale 883
Visible/Hidden Edges (VHL) Graphic Rule
278
Volume Drawings 43
VolumeWireFrame 990
W
Web Orientation Custom Test 244
Weld Labels 865
WeldLabel 875
WeldSymbol 883
WeldToLine 991
What's New in Drawings and Reports
Reference Data 25
Widget Tab (Graphic Rule - Line with
Widget Dialog Box) 98
U
Use Bubble Labels in Drawings 84
Use the Make Clipped Solid Monolithic
Option 81
Using Custom Graphic Modules and
Subfilters in Drawings 949
V
Vertical Routable Dimensions 919
Vertical Structure Dimensions 921
View Frame Rule Dialog Box 106
View Label Rules in Drawings 827
View Label Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 276
View Naming Rules in Marine Structure
Drawings 274
1145

Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Drawings and Reports Reference Data Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Drawings and Reports

Reference Data Guide

Version 2011 R1 (9.1)

U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend

Warranties and Liabilities